{"rows":20,"os":"0","page":"1","total":"33","procnotices":[{"id":"OP00463607","notice_type":"Invitation for Bids","noticedate":"19-Aug-2026","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2026-10-23T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"11:00","project_ctry_name":"Eswatini","project_id":"P508960","project_name":"Accelerating Sustainable and Clean Energy Access Transformation in Eswatini","bid_reference_no":"SZ-ECC-561950-CW-RFB","bid_description":"Design, Supply and Installation of 11kV Auto Reclosers (Plant)","procurement_group":"CW","procurement_method_code":"RFB","procurement_method_name":"Request for Bids","contact_address":"P.O. 258 , Eluvatsini House, Mhlambanyatsi Road\nH100, Mbabane\nEswatini","contact_ctry_name":"Eswatini","contact_email":"thobeka.gama@eec.co.sz","contact_name":"Thobeka Gama","contact_organization":"Eswatini Electricity Company","contact_phone_no":"26878332239","submission_date":"2026-08-19T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"

Request for Bids

Plant


Design, Supply, and Installation

Two-envelope with Rated Criteria

 

 

 

                                         RFB No: SZ-ECC-561950-CW-RFB

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 March 2025

 

 

 

 

 

 

Request for Bids

Eswatini Electricity Company

 

Procurement of

Design, Supply and Installation of 11kV Auto reclosers (Plant)

For the

Accelerating Sustainable and Clean Energy Access Transformation in Eswatini

Project ID No: P508960

Employer: Eswatini Electricity Company

Project: Accelerating Sustainable and Clean Energy Access Transformation - Eswatini

Contract title: Design, Supply and Installation of 11kV Auto reclosers (Plant)

Country: Kingdom of Eswatini

Loan No. /Credit No. / Grant No.: 7700-SZ

RFB No: SZ-ECC-561950-CW-RFB

Issued on: 19 August 2026

 

 

Standard Procurement Document

 

Table of Contents

 

PART 1 – Bidding Procedures. 3

Section I - Instructions to Bidders. 5

Section II - Bid Data Sheet 39

Section III - Evaluation and Qualification Criteria (After prequalification) 49

Section III - Evaluation and Qualification Criteria (Without prequalification) 59

Section IV - Bidding Forms. 77

Section V - Eligible Countries. 151

Section VI - Fraud and Corruption. 153

PART 2 - Employer’s Requirements. 157

Section VII - Employer’s Requirements. 159

PART 3 – Conditions of Contract and Contract Forms. 189

Section VIII - General Conditions of Contract 191

Section IX - Particular Conditions of Contract 291

Section X - Contract Forms. 297

 

 

 

PART 1 – Bidding Procedures

 

 

Section I - Instructions to Bidders

 

Contents

A.        General 8

1.      Scope of Bid. 8

2.      Source of Funds. 9

3.      Fraud and Corruption. 9

4.      Eligible Bidders. 9

5.      Eligible Plant and Installation Services. 12

B.        Contents of Bidding Document 12

6.      Sections of  Bidding Document 12

7.      Clarification of Bidding Document, Site Visit, Pre-Bid Meeting. 13

8.      Amendment of Bidding Document 15

C.        Preparation of Bids. 15

9.      Cost of Bidding. 15

10.    Language of Bid. 15

11.    Documents Comprising the Bid. 15

12.    Letters of Bid and Price Schedules. 17

13.    Alternative Bids. 17

14.    Documents Establishing the Eligibility of the Plant and Installation Services. 17

15.    Documents Establishing the Eligibility and Qualifications of the Bidder 17

16.    Documents Establishing the Conformity of the Plant and  Installation Services. 18

17.    Bid Prices and Discounts. 18

18.    Currencies of Bid and Payment 21

19.    Period of Validity of Bids. 21

20.    Bid Security. 22

21.    Format and Signing of Bid. 24

D.        Submission of Bids. 24

22.    Submission, Sealing and Marking of Bids. 24

23.    Deadline for Submission of Bids. 25

24.    Late Bids. 25

25.    Withdrawal, Substitution, and Modification of Bids. 25

E.        Public Opening of Technical Parts of Bids. 26

26.    Public Opening of Technical Parts of Bids. 26

F.         Evaluation of Bids- General Provisions. 27

27.    Confidentiality. 27

28.    Clarification of Bids. 28

29.    Deviations, Reservations, and Omissions. 28

G.        Evaluation of Technical Part of Bids. 29

30.    Determination of Responsiveness of Technical Part 29

31.    Eligibility and Qualifications of the Bidder 29

32.    Detailed Evaluation of Technical Part 30

H.        Notification of Evaluation of Technical Parts and Public Opening of Financial Parts. 30

33.    Notification of Evaluation of Technical Parts and Public Opening of Financial Parts. 30

I.         Evaluation of Financial Part of Bids. 32

34.    Adjustments for Non-material Noconformities. 32

35.    Correction of Arithmetic Errors. 32

36.    Evaluation Process, Financial Part 32

37.    Abnormally Low Bids. 33

38.    Unbalanced or Front Loaded Bids. 33

J.         Evaluation of Combined Technical and Financial Parts, Most Advantageous Bid and Notification of Intention to Award. 34

39.    Evaluation of combined Technical and Financial Parts, Most Advantageous Bid. 34

40.    Employer’s right to Accept Any Bid and to Reject Any or All Bids. 34

41.    Standstill Period. 35

42.    Notification of Intention to Award. 35

K.        Award of Contract 35

43.    Award Criteria. 35

44.    Notification of Award. 35

45.    Debriefing by the Employer 36

46.    Signing of Contract 37

47.    Performance Security. 37

48.    Procurement Related Complaint 38

 

 

 

Section I - Instructions to Bidders

 

  1. General

 

  1. Scope of Bid
    1. In connection with the Specific Procurement Notice - Request for Bids (RFB), specified in the Bid Data Sheet (BDS), the Employer, as specified in the BDS, issues this bidding document for the Design, Supply and Installation of Plant as specified in Section VII, Employer’s Requirements. The name, identification, and number of lots (contracts) of this RFB are specified in the BDS.
    2. Throughout this bidding document:
  2. the term “in writing” means communicated in written form (e.g., by mail, e-mail, fax, including if specified in the BDS, distributed or received through the electronic-procurement system used by the Employer) with proof of receipt;
  3. if the context so requires, “singular” means “plural” and vice versa;
  4. “Day” means calendar day, unless otherwise specified as “Business Day.” A Business Day is any day that is an official working day of the Borrower. It excludes the Borrower’s official public holidays;
  5.  “ES” means environmental and social (including Sexual Exploitation and Abuse (SEA), and Sexual Harassment (SH));
  6. “Sexual Exploitation and Abuse” “(SEA)” means the following:

Sexual Exploitation is defined as any actual or attempted abuse of position of vulnerability, differential power or trust, for sexual purposes, including, but not limited to, profiting monetarily, socially or politically from the sexual exploitation of another.  

Sexual Abuse is defined as the actual or threatened physical intrusion of a sexual nature, whether by force or under unequal or coercive conditions.

  1. “Sexual Harassment” “(SH)” is defined as unwelcome sexual advances, requests for sexual favors, and other verbal or physical conduct of a sexual nature by the Contractor’s Personnel with other Contractor’s or Employer’s Personnel.
  2. “Contractor’s Personnel” is as defined in GCC Sub-Clause 1; and
  3. “Employer’s Personnel” is as defined in GCC Sub-Clause 1.

A non-exhaustive list of (i) behaviors which constitute SEA and (ii) behaviors which constitute SH is attached to the Code of Conduct form in Section IV.

 

 

 

  1. Source of Funds
    1. The Borrower or Recipient (hereinafter called “Borrower”) indicated in the BDS has applied for or received financing (hereinafter called “funds”) from the World Bank (hereinafter called “the Bank”) in an amount specified in BDS, toward the project named in BDS.  The Borrower intends to apply a portion of the funds to eligible payments under the contract(s) for which this bidding document is issued.
    2. Payment by the Bank will be made only at the request of the Borrower and upon approval by the Bank in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Loan (or other financing) Agreement. The Loan (or other financing) Agreement prohibits a withdrawal from the loan account for the purpose of any payment to persons or entities, or for any import of goods, equipment, plant, or materials, if such payment or import is prohibited by a decision of the United Nations Security Council taken under Chapter VII of the Charter of the United Nations. No party other than the Borrower shall derive any rights from the Loan (or other financing) Agreement or have any claim to the proceeds of the Loan (or other financing).

 

 

 

  1. Fraud and Corruption
    1. The Bank requires compliance with the Bank’s Anti-Corruption Guidelines and its prevailing sanctions policies and procedures as set forth in the WBG’s Sanctions Framework, as set forth in Section VI.
    2. In further pursuance of this policy, bidders shall permit and shall cause their agents (where declared or not), subcontractors, subconsultants, service providers, suppliers, and personnel, to permit the Bank to inspect all accounts, records and other documents relating to any initial selection process, prequalification process, bid submission, proposal submission and contract performance (in the case of award), and to have them audited by auditors appointed by the Bank.

 

  1. Eligible Bidders
    1. A Bidder may be a firm that is a private entity, a state-owned enterprise or institution subject to ITB 4.6, or any combination of such entities in the form of a joint venture (JV) under an existing agreement or with the intent to enter into such an agreement supported by a letter of intent.  In the case of a joint venture, all members shall be jointly and severally liable for the execution of the entire Contract in accordance with the Contract terms. The JV shall nominate a Representative who shall have the authority to conduct all business for and on behalf of any and all the members of the JV during the Bidding process and, in the event the JV is awarded the Contract, during contract execution. Unless specified in the BDS, there is no limit on the number of members in a JV.
    2. A Bidder shall not have a conflict of interest. Any Bidder found to have a conflict of interest shall be disqualified. A Bidder may be considered to have a conflict of interest for the purpose of this Bidding process, if the Bidder:
  2. directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by or is under common control with another Bidder; or
  3. receives or has received any direct or indirect subsidy from another Bidder; or
  4. has the same legal representative as another Bidder; or
  5. has a relationship with another Bidder, directly or through common third parties, that puts it in a position to influence the Bid of another Bidder, or influence the decisions of the Employer regarding this Bidding process; or
  6. or any of its affiliates participated as a consultant in the preparation of the design or technical specifications of the Plant and Installation Services that are the subject of the Bid; or
  7. or any of its affiliates has been hired (or is proposed to be hired) by the Employer or Borrower as Project Manager for the Contract implementation; or
  8. would be providing goods, works, or non-consulting services resulting from or directly related to consulting services for the preparation or implementation of the project specified in the BDS ITB 2.1 that it provided or were provided by any affiliate that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with that firm; or
  9. has a close business or family relationship with a professional staff of the Borrower (or of the project implementing agency, or of a recipient of a part of the loan) who: (i) are directly or indirectly involved in the preparation of the bidding document or specifications of the Contract, and/or the Bid evaluation process of such Contract; or (ii) would be involved in the implementation or supervision of such contract unless the conflict stemming from such relationship has been resolved in a manner acceptable to the Bank throughout the Bidding process and execution of the Contract.
    1. A firm that is a Bidder (either individually or as a JV member) shall not participate as a Bidder or as JV member in more than one Bid except for permitted alternative Bids. Such participation shall result in the disqualification of all Bids in which the firm is involved. However, this does not limit the participation of a Bidder as subcontractor in another Bid or of a firm as a subcontractor in more than one Bid.
    2. A Bidder may have the nationality of any country, subject to the restrictions pursuant to ITB 4.8. A Bidder shall be deemed to have the nationality of a country if the Bidder is constituted, incorporated or registered in and operates in conformity with the provisions of the laws of that country, as evidenced by its articles of incorporation (or equivalent documents of constitution or association) and its registration documents, as the case may be. This criterion also shall apply to the determination of the nationality of proposed subcontractors or subconsultants for any part of the Contract including related Services.
    3. A Bidder that has been sanctioned by the Bank, pursuant to the Bank’s Anti-Corruption Guidelines, in accordance with its prevailing sanctions policies and procedures as set forth in the WBG’s Sanctions Framework as described in Section VI paragraph 2.2 d., shall be ineligible to be prequalified for, initially selected for, bid for, propose for, or be awarded a Bank-financed contract or benefit from a Bank-financed contract, financially or otherwise, during such period of time as the Bank shall have determined. The list of debarred firms and individuals is available at the electronic address specified in the BDS.
    4. Bidders that are state-owned enterprises or institutions in the Employer’s Country may be eligible to compete and be awarded a Contract(s) only if they can establish, in a manner acceptable to the Bank, that they (i) are legally and financially autonomous (ii) operate under commercial law, and (iii) are not under supervision of the Employer.
    5. A Bidder shall not be under suspension from Bidding by the Employer as the result of the operation of a Bid-Securing Declaration or Proposal-Securing Declaration.
    6. Firms and individuals may be ineligible if so indicated in Section V and (a)as a matter of law or official regulations, the Borrower’s country prohibits commercial relations with that country, provided that the Bank is satisfied that such exclusion does not preclude effective competition for the supply of goods or the contracting of works or services required; or (b)by an act of compliance with a decision of the United Nations Security Council taken under Chapter VII of the Charter of the United Nations, the Borrower’s country prohibits any import of goods or contracting of works or services from that country, or any payments to any country, person, or entity in that country. Where the procurement is implemented across jurisdictional boundaries (and more than one country is a Borrower, and is involved in the procurement), then exclusion of a firm or individual on the basis of ITB 4.8 (a) above by any country may be applied to that procurement across other countries involved, if the Bank and the Borrowers involved in the procurement agree.
    7. A Bidder shall provide such documentary evidence of eligibility satisfactory to the Employer, as the Employer shall reasonably request.    
    8. A firm that is under a sanction of debarment by the Borrower from being awarded a contract is eligible to participate in this procurement, unless the Bank, at the Borrower’s request, is satisfied that the debarment; (a) relates to fraud or corruption, and (b) followed a judicial or administrative proceeding that afforded the firm adequate due process.
    9. This bidding is open only to prequalified Bidders unless specified in the BDS.

 

  1. Eligible Plant and Installation Services
    1. The Plant and Installation Services to be supplied under the Contract and financed by the Bank may have their origin in any country in accordance with Section V, Eligible Countries.
    2. For purposes of ITB 5.1 above, “origin” means the place where the Plant, or component parts thereof are mined, grown, produced or manufactured, and from which the services are provided.  Plant components are produced when, through manufacturing, processing, or substantial or major assembling of components, a commercially recognized product results that is substantially different in its basic characteristics or in purpose or utility from its components.

 

  1. Contents of Bidding Document

 

  1. Sections of  Bidding Document
    1. The bidding document consists of Parts 1, 2, and 3, which include all the sections indicated below, and should be read in conjunction with any Addenda issued in accordance with ITB 8.

PART 1. Bidding Procedures

  • Section I - Instructions to Bidders (ITB)
  • Section II - Bid Data Sheet (BDS)
  • Section III - Evaluation and Qualification Criteria
  • Section IV - Bidding Forms
  • Section V - Eligible Countries
  • Section VI - Fraud and Corruption

PART 2. Employer’s Requirements

  • Section VII -Employer’s Requirements

PART 3. Conditions of Contract and Contract Forms

  • Section VIII - General Conditions of Contract (GCC)
  • Section IX -Particular Conditions of Contract (PCC)
  • Section X -Contract Forms
    1. The Specific Procurement Notice-Request for Bids (RFB) issued by the Employer, or the Notice of Request for Bids (RFB) issued by the Employer to the prequalified Bidders are not part of the bidding document.
    2. Unless obtained directly from the Employer, the Employer is not responsible for the completeness of the document, responses to requests for clarification, the Minutes of the pre-Bid meeting (if any), or Addenda to the bidding document in accordance with ITB 8. In case of any contradiction, documents obtained directly from the Employer shall prevail.
    3. The Bidder is expected to examine all instructions, forms, terms, and specifications in the bidding document and to furnish with its Bid all information or documentation as is required by the bidding document.

 

  1. Clarification of Bidding Document, Site Visit, Pre-Bid Meeting
    1. A Bidder requiring any clarification of the bidding document shall contact the Employer in writing at the Employer’s address indicated in the BDS or raise his enquiries during the pre-Bid meeting if provided for in accordance with ITB 7.4. The Employer will respond in writing to any request for clarification, provided that such request is received prior to the deadline for submission of Bids within a period specified in the BDS.  The Employer shall forward copies of its response to all Bidders who have acquired the bidding document in accordance with ITB 6.3, including a description of the inquiry but without identifying its source. If so specified in the BDS, the Employer shall also promptly publish its response at the web page identified in the BDS. Should the clarification result in changes to the essential elements of the bidding document, the Employer shall amend the bidding document following the procedure under ITB 8 and ITB 23.2.
    2. The Bidder is advised to visit and examine the site where the Plant is to be installed and its surroundings and obtain for itself on its own responsibility all information that may be necessary for preparing the Bid and entering into a Contract for the provision of Plant and Installation Services. The costs of visiting the site shall be at the Bidder’s own expense.
    3. The Bidder and any of its personnel or agents will be granted permission by the Employer to enter upon its premises and lands for the purpose of such visit, but only upon the express condition that the Bidder, its personnel, and agents will release and indemnify the Employer and its personnel and agents from and against all liability in respect thereof, and will be responsible for death or personal injury, loss of or damage to property, and any other loss, damage, costs, and expenses incurred as a result of the inspection.
    4. If so specified in the BDS, the Bidder’s designated representative is invited to attend a pre-Bid meeting and/or a site visit. The purpose of the meeting will be to clarify issues and to answer questions on any matter that may be raised at that stage.
    5. The Bidder is requested to submit any questions in writing, to reach the Employer not later than one week before the meeting.
    6. Minutes of the pre-Bid meeting, including the text of the questions raised without identifying the source, and the responses given, together with any responses prepared after the meeting, will be transmitted promptly to all Bidders who have acquired the bidding document in accordance with ITB 6.3.  If so specified in the BDS, the Employer shall also promptly publish the Minutes of the pre-Bid meeting at the web page identified in the BDS. Any modification to the bidding document that may become necessary as a result of the pre-Bid meeting shall be made by the Employer exclusively through the issue of an Addendum pursuant to ITB 8 and not through the minutes of the pre-Bid meeting. Nonattendance at the pre-Bid meeting will not be a cause for disqualification of a Bidder.

 

  1. Amendment of Bidding Document
    1. At any time prior to the deadline for submission of Bids, the Employer may amend the bidding document by issuing addenda.
    2. Any addendum issued shall be part of the bidding document and shall be communicated in writing to all who have obtained the bidding document from the Employer in accordance with ITB 6.3. The Employer shall also promptly publish the addendum on the Employer’s web page in accordance with ITB 7.1.
    3. To give prospective Bidders reasonable time in which to take an addendum into account in preparing their Bids, the Employer may, at its discretion, extend the deadline for the submission of bids, pursuant to ITB 23.2.

 

  1. Preparation of Bids

 

  1. Cost of Bidding
    1. The Bidder shall bear all costs associated with the preparation and submission of its Bid, and the Employer shall not be responsible or liable for those costs, regardless of the conduct or outcome of the Bidding process.

 

  1. Language of Bid
    1. The Bid, as well as all correspondence and documents relating to the Bid exchanged by the Bidder and the Employer, shall be written in the language specified in the BDS. Supporting documents and printed literature that are part of the Bid may be in another language provided they are accompanied by an accurate translation of the relevant passages in the language specified in the BDS, in which case, for purposes of interpretation of the Bid, such translation shall govern.

 

  1. Documents Comprising the Bid
    1. The Bid shall comprise two Parts, namely the Technical Part and the Financial Part. These two Parts shall be submitted simultaneously in two separate sealed envelopes (two-envelope Bidding process). One envelope shall contain only information relating to the Technical Part and the other, only information relating to the Financial Part. These two envelopes shall be enclosed in a separate sealed outer envelope marked “Original Bid”
    2. The Technical Part shall comprise the following:
  2. Letter of Bid - Technical Part, prepared in accordance with ITB12;
  3. Bid Security or Bid Securing Declaration, in accordance with ITB 20;
  4. Alternative Bid - Technical Part: if permissible in accordance with ITB 13, the Technical Part of any Alternative Bid;
  5. Authorization: written confirmation authorizing the signatory of the Bid to commit the Bidder, in accordance with ITB 21.3;
  6. Eligibility of Plant and Installation Services: documentary evidence established in accordance with ITB 14.1 that the Plant and Installation Services offered by the Bidder in its Bid or in any alternative Bid, if permitted, are eligible;
  7. Bidder’s Eligibility and Qualifications: documentary evidence in accordance with ITB 15.1 establishing the Bidder’s eligibility and qualifications ;
  8. Conformity: documentary evidence in accordance with ITB 16 that the Plant and Installation Services offered by the Bidder conform to the bidding document;
  9. Subcontractors: list of subcontractors in accordance with ITB 16.2; and
  10. any other document required in the BDS.
    1. The Financial Part shall contain the following:
      1. Letter of Bid – Financial Part: prepared in accordance with ITB 12 and ITB 14;
      2. Price Schedules completed in accordance with ITB 12 and ITB 17;
      3. Alternative Bid - Financial Part: if permissible in accordance with ITB 13, the Financial Part of any Alternative Bid; and
      4. any other document required in the BDS.
    2. The Technical Part shall not include any information related to the Bid price. Where material financial information related to the Bid price is contained in the Technical Part the Bid shall be declared non-responsive.
    3. In addition to the requirements under ITB 11.2, Bids submitted by a JV shall include in the Technical Part a copy of the Joint Venture Agreement entered into by all members. Alternatively, a letter of intent to execute a Joint Venture Agreement in the event of a successful Bid shall be signed by all members and submitted with the Bid, together with a copy of the proposed Agreement.
    4. The Bidder shall furnish in the Letter of Bid - Financial Part information on commissions and gratuities, if any, paid or to be paid to agents or any other party relating to this Bid
  1. Letters of Bid and Price Schedules
    1. The Letter of Bid - Technical Part and the Letter of Bid- Financial Part including the Price Schedules shall be prepared, using the relevant forms furnished in Section IV, Bidding Forms.  The forms must be completed as instructed in each form without any alterations to the text, and no substitutes shall be accepted except as provided under ITB 21.3. All blank spaces shall be filled in with the information requested.

 

  1. Alternative Bids
    1. Unless otherwise specified in the BDS, alternative Bids shall not be considered.
    2. When alternatives to the Time Schedule are explicitly invited, a statement to that effect will be included in the BDS, and the method of evaluating different time schedules will be described in Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria.
    3. Except as provided under ITB 13.4 below, Bidders wishing to offer technical alternatives to the Employer’s requirements as described in the bidding document must also provide: (i) a price at which they are prepared to offer a Plant meeting the Employer’s requirements; and (ii) all information necessary for a complete evaluation of the alternatives by the Employer, including drawings, design calculations, technical specifications, breakdown of prices, and proposed installation methodology and other relevant details.  Only the technical alternatives, if any, of the Bidder with the Most Advantageous Bid conforming to the basic technical requirements shall be considered by the Employer.
    4. When Bidders are invited in the BDS to submit alternative technical solutions for specified parts of the facilities, such parts will be identified in the BDS, as will the method for their evaluation, and described in Section VII, Employer’s Requirements.

 

  1. Documents Establishing the Eligibility of the Plant and Installation Services
    1. To establish the eligibility of the Plant and Installation Services in accordance with ITB 5, Bidders shall complete the country of origin declarations in the Price Schedule Forms, included in Section IV, Bidding Forms.

 

  1. Documents Establishing the Eligibility and Qualifications of the Bidder
    1. To establish Bidder’s eligibility in accordance with ITB 4, Bidders shall complete the Letter of Bid- Technical Part, included in Section IV, Bidding Forms.
    2. To establish its qualifications to perform the Contract in accordance with Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria, the Bidder shall provide the information requested in the corresponding information sheets included in Section IV, Bidding Forms.
    3. Any change in the structure or formation of a Bidder after being prequalified and invited to Bid, if applicable, (including, in the case of a JV, any change in the structure or formation of any member and also including any change in any specialized subcontractor whose qualifications were considered to prequalify the Applicant) shall be subject to the written approval of the Employer prior to the deadline for submission of Bids. Such approval shall be denied if (i) a Bidder proposes to associate with a disqualified Bidder or in case of a disqualified joint venture, any of its members; (ii) as a consequence of the change, the Bidder no longer substantially meets the qualification criteria; or (iii) in the opinion of the Employer, the change may result in a substantial reduction in competition. Any such change should be submitted to the Employer not later than fourteen (14) days after the date of the notice for RFB sent to the prequalified Bidders

 

  1. Documents Establishing the Conformity of the Plant and  Installation Services
    1. The Bidder shall furnish the information stipulated in Section IV, Bidding Forms in sufficient detail to demonstrate substantial responsiveness of the Bidders’ proposal to the work requirements and the completion time. 
    2. For major items of Plant and Installation Services as listed by the Employer in Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria, which the Bidder intends to purchase or subcontract, the Bidder shall give details of the name and nationality of the proposed Subcontractors, including manufacturers, for each of those items. In addition, the Bidder shall include in its Bid information establishing compliance with the requirements specified by the Employer for these items.  Quoted rates and prices will be deemed to apply to whichever Subcontractor is appointed, and no adjustment of the rates and prices will be permitted.
    3. The Bidder shall be responsible for ensuring that any Subcontractor proposed complies with the requirements of ITB 4, and that any Plant, or services to be provided by the Subcontractor comply with the requirements of ITB 5 and ITB 16.1.

 

  1. Bid Prices and Discounts
    1. Unless otherwise specified in the BDS, Bidders shall quote for the entire Plant and Installation Services on a “single responsibility” basis. The total Bid price shall include all the Contractor’s obligations mentioned in or to be reasonably inferred from the bidding document in respect of the design, manufacture, including procurement and subcontracting (if any), delivery, construction, installation and completion of the Plant.  This includes all requirements under the Contractor’s responsibilities for testing, pre-commissioning and commissioning of the Plant and, where so required by the bidding document, the acquisition of all permits, approvals and licenses, etc.; the operation, maintenance and training services and such other items and services as specified in the bidding document, all in accordance with the requirements of the General Conditions. Items against which no price is entered by the Bidder will not be paid for by the Employer when executed and shall be deemed to be covered by the prices for other items.
    2. Bidders are required to quote the price for the commercial, contractual and technical obligations outlined in the bidding document.
    3. Bidders shall give a breakdown of the prices in the manner and detail called for in the Price Schedules included in Section IV, Bidding Forms.
    4. Depending on the scope of the Contract, the Price Schedules may comprise up to the six (6) schedules listed below.  Separate numbered Schedules included in Section IV, Bidding Forms, from those numbered 1 to 4 below, shall be used for each of the elements of the Plant and Installation Services. The total amount from each Schedule corresponding to an element of the Plant and Installation Services shall be summarized in the schedule titled Grand Summary, (Schedule 5), giving the total Bid price(s) to be entered in the Letter of Bid. Bidders shall note that the plant and equipment included in Schedule Nos. 1 and 2 below exclude materials used for civil, building and other construction works.  All such materials shall be included and priced under Schedule No. 4, Installation Services. The Schedules comprise:

Schedule No. 1:    Plant (including Mandatory Spare Parts) Supplied from Abroad

Schedule No. 2:    Plant (including Mandatory Spare Parts) Supplied from within the Employer’s Country

Schedule No. 3:    Design Services

Schedule No. 4:    Installation Services

Schedule No. 5:    Grand Summary (Schedule Nos.1 to 4)

Schedule No. 6:    Recommended Spare Parts

    1. In the Schedules, Bidders shall give the required details and a breakdown of their prices as follows:
      1. Plant to be supplied from abroad (Schedule No. 1):

          The price of the Plant shall be quoted on CIP-named place of destination basis as specified in the BDS.

      1. Plant manufactured within the Employer’s Country (Schedule No. 2):

(i)    The price of the Plant shall be quoted on an EXW Incoterm basis (such as “ex-works,” “ex-factory,” “ex-warehouse” or “off-the-shelf,” as applicable), including all customs duties, sales and other taxes already paid or payable on the components and raw materials used in the manufacture or assembly of the Plant;

(ii)   Sales tax and all other taxes payable in the Employer’s Country on the Plant if the contract is awarded to the Bidder;

      1. Design Services (Schedule No. 3);
      2. Installation Services shall be quoted separately (Schedule No. 4) and shall include rates or prices for local transportation to named place of final destination as specified in the BDS, insurance and other services incidental to delivery of the Plant, all labor, contractor’s equipment, temporary works, materials, consumables and all matters and things of whatsoever nature, including operations and maintenance services, the provision of operations and maintenance manuals, training, etc., where identified in the bidding document, as necessary for the proper execution of the installation and other services, including all taxes, duties, levies and charges payable in the Employer’s Country as of twenty-eight (28) days prior to the deadline for submission of Bids;

(e)     Recommended spare parts shall be quoted separately (Schedule 6) as specified in either subparagraph (a) or (b) above in accordance with the origin of the spare parts.

    1. The terms EXW, CIP, and other similar terms shall be governed by the rules prescribed in the current edition of Incoterms, published by the International Chamber of Commerce, as specified in the BDS.
    2. The prices shall be either fixed or adjustable as specified in the BDS.
    3. In the case of Fixed Price, prices quoted by the Bidder shall be fixed during the Bidder’s performance of the contract and not subject to variation on any account.  A Bid submitted with an adjustable price quotation will be treated as non-responsive and rejected.
    4. In the case of Adjustable Price, prices quoted by the Bidder shall be subject to adjustment during performance of the contract to reflect changes in the cost elements such as labor, material, transport and contractor’s equipment in accordance with the procedures specified in the corresponding Appendix to the Contract Agreement. A Bid submitted with a fixed price quotation will not be rejected, but the price adjustment will be treated as zero.  Bidders are required to indicate the source of labor and material indices in the corresponding Form in Section IV, Bidding Forms.
    5. If so indicated in ITB 1.1, Bids are being invited for individual lots (contracts) or for any combination of lots (packages).  Bidders wishing to offer any price reduction (discount) for the award of more than one Contract shall specify in their Letter of Bid the price reductions applicable to each package, or alternatively, to individual Contracts within the package, and the manner in which the price reductions will apply. However, discounts on condition of award of more than one contract will not be used for Bid evaluation purpose.
    6.  Bidders wishing to offer any unconditional discount shall specify in their Letter of Bid the offered discounts and the manner in which price discounts will apply.

 

  1. Currencies of Bid and Payment
    1. The currency(ies) of the Bid and the currency(ies) of payments shall be the same.  The Bidder shall quote in the currency of the Employer’s country the portion of the Bid price that corresponds to expenditures incurred in the currency of the Employer’s Country, unless otherwise specified in the BDS.
    2. The Bidder may express the Bid price in any currency. If the Bidder wishes to be paid in a combination of amounts in different currencies, it may quote its price accordingly but shall use no more than three foreign currencies in addition to the currency of the Employer’s Country.

 

  1. Period of Validity of Bids
    1. Bids shall remain valid until the date specified in the BDS or any extended date if amended by the Employer in accordance with ITB 8. A Bid that is not valid until the date specified in the BDS, or any extended date if amended by the Employer in accordance with ITB 8, shall be rejected by the Employer as nonresponsive.
    2. In exceptional circumstances, prior to the date of expiration of the Bid validity, the Employer may request Bidders to extend the period of validity of their Bids. The request and the responses shall be made in writing. If a Bid Security is requested in accordance with ITB 20, the Bidder granting the request shall also extend the Bid Security for twenty-eight (28) days beyond the deadline of the extended validity period. A Bidder may refuse the request without forfeiting its Bid Security. A Bidder granting the request shall not be required or permitted to modify its Bid, except as provided in ITB 19.3.
    3. If the award is delayed by a period exceeding fifty-six (56) days beyond the expiry of the initial Bid validity specified in accordance with ITB 19.1, the Contract price shall be determined as follows:
  2. in the case of fixed price contracts, the Contract price shall be the Bid price adjusted by the factor or factors specified in the BDS;
  3. in the case of adjustable price contracts, no adjustment shall be made; or
  4. in any case, Bid evaluation shall be based on the Bid price without taking into consideration the applicable correction from those indicated above.

 

  1. Bid Security
    1. The Bidder shall furnish as part of the Technical Part of its Bid, either a Bid-Securing Declaration or a Bid Security as specified in the BDS, in original form and, in the case of a Bid Security, in the amount and currency specified in the BDS.
    2. A Bid-Securing Declaration shall use the form included in Section IV Bidding Forms.
    3. If a Bid Security is specified pursuant to ITB 20.1, the Bid security shall be a demand guarantee in any of the following forms at the Bidder’s option:
  2. an unconditional guarantee issued by a bank or non-bank financial institution (such as an insurance, bonding or surety company);
  3. an irrevocable letter of credit;
  4. a cashier’s or certified check; or
  5. another security indicated in the BDS,

          from a reputable source from an eligible country. If an unconditional guarantee is issued by a non-bank financial institution located outside the Employer’s Country the issuing non-bank financial institution shall have a correspondent financial institution located in the Employer’s Country to make it enforceable unless the Employer has agreed in writing, prior to Bid submission, that a correspondent financial institution is not required. In the case of a bank guarantee, the Bid Security shall be submitted either using the Bid Security Form included in Section IV, Bidding Forms, or in another substantially similar format approved by the Employer prior to Bid submission. The Bid Security shall be valid for twenty-eight (28) days beyond the original date of expiry of the Bid validity, or beyond any extended date if requested under ITB 19.2.

    1. If a Bid Security or a Bid-Securing Declaration is specified pursuant to ITB 20.1, any Bid not accompanied by a substantially responsive Bid Security or Bid-Securing Declaration shall be rejected by the Employer as nonresponsive.
    2. If a Bid Security is specified pursuant to ITB 20.1, the Bid Security of unsuccessful Bidders shall be returned as promptly as possible upon the successful Bidder’s furnishing of the Performance Security pursuant to ITB 47.
    3. The Bid Security of the successful Bidder shall be returned as promptly as possible once the successful Bidder has signed the Contract and furnished the required Performance Security.
    4. The Bid Security may be forfeited:
  2. if a Bidder withdraws its Bid prior to the expiry date of the Bid validity specified by the Bidder on the Letter of Bid or any extended date provided by the Bidder; or
  3. if the successful Bidder fails to:
  1. sign the Contract in accordance with ITB 46; or
  2. furnish a Performance Security in accordance with ITB 47.
    1. The Bid Security or the Bid-Securing Declaration of a JV shall be in the name of the JV that submits the Bid. If the JV has not been legally constituted into a legally enforceable JV at the time of bidding, the Bid Security or the Bid Securing Declaration shall be in the names of all future members as named in the letter of intent referred to in ITB 4.1 and ITB 11.5.
    2. If a Bid Security is not required in the BDS: and
  1. if a Bidder withdraws its Bid prior to the expiry date of the Bid validity specified by the Bidder on the Letter of Bid, or any extended date provided by the Bidder; or
  2. if the successful Bidder fails to:
  1. sign the Contract in accordance with ITB 46; or
  2. furnish a Performance Security in accordance with ITB 47;

the Borrower may, if provided for in the BDS, declare the Bidder disqualified to be awarded a contract by the Employer for a period of time as stated in the BDS.

 

  1. Format and Signing of Bid
    1. The Bidder shall prepare the Bid, in accordance with this Instruction, ITB 11 and ITB 22.
    2. Bidders shall mark as “Confidential” information in their Bids which is confidential to their business. This may include proprietary information, trade secrets or commercial or financially sensitive information.
    3. The original and all copies of the Bid shall be typed or written in indelible ink and shall be signed by a person duly authorized to sign on behalf of the Bidder.  This authorization shall consist of a written confirmation as specified in the BDS and shall be attached to the Bid.  The name and position held by each person signing the authorization must be typed or printed below the signature.  All pages of the Bid where entries or amendments have been made shall be signed or initialed by the person signing the Bid.
    4. In the case that the Bidder is a JV, the Bid shall be signed by an authorized representative of the JV on behalf of the JV, and so as to be legally binding on all the members as evidenced by a power of attorney signed by their legally authorized representatives.
    5. Any interlineations, erasures, or overwriting shall be valid only if they are signed or initialed by the person signing the Bid.

 

  1. Submission of Bids

 

  1. Submission, Sealing and Marking of Bids
    1. The Bidder shall deliver the Bid in two separate, sealed envelopes (the Technical Part and the Financial Part.). These two envelopes shall be enclosed in a separate sealed outer envelope marked “Original Bid”. In addition, the Bidder shall submit copies of the Bid in the number specified in the BDS. Copies of the Technical Part shall be placed in a separate sealed envelope marked “Copies: Technical Part”. Copies of the Financial Part shall be placed in a separate sealed envelope marked “Copies: Financial Part”. The Bidder shall place both of these envelopes in a separate, sealed outer envelope marked “Bid Copies”. In the event of any discrepancy between the original and the copies, the original shall prevail.
    2. If alternative Bids are permitted in accordance with ITB 13, the alternative Bids shall be submitted as follows: the original of the alternative Bid Technical Part shall be placed in a sealed envelope marked “Alternative Bid – Technical Part” and the Financial Part shall be placed in a sealed envelope marked “Alternative Bid – Financial Part” and these two separate sealed envelopes then enclosed within a sealed outer envelope marked “Alternative Bid – Original”, the copies of the alternative Bid will be placed in separate sealed envelopes marked “Alternative Bid – Copies Of Technical Part”, and “Alternative Bid – Copies Of Financial Part” and enclosed in a separate sealed outer envelope marked “Alternative Bid - Copies”.
    3. The envelopes marked “Original Bid” and “Bid Copies” (and, if appropriate, a third envelope marked “Alternative Bid”) shall be enclosed in a separate sealed outer envelope for submission to the Employer.
    4. The inner and outer envelopes shall:
  2. bear the name and address of the Bidder;
  3. be addressed to the Employer in accordance with ITB 23.1;
  4. bear the specific identification of this Bidding process indicated in accordance with ITB 1.1; and
  5. bear a warning not to open before the time and date for Bid opening.
    1. If all envelopes are not sealed and marked as required, the Employer will assume no responsibility for the misplacement or premature opening of the Bid.

 

  1. Deadline for Submission of Bids
    1. Bids must be received by the Employer at the address and no later than the date and time indicated in the BDS. When so specified in the BDS, Bidders shall have the option of submitting their Bids electronically. Bidders submitting Bids electronically shall follow the electronic Bid submission procedures specified in the BDS.
    2. The Employer may, at its discretion, extend the deadline for the submission of Bids by amending the bidding document in accordance with ITB 8, in which case all rights and obligations of the Employer and Bidders previously subject to the deadline shall thereafter be subject to the deadline as extended.

 

  1. Late Bids
    1. The Employer shall not consider any Bid that arrives after the deadline for submission of Bids, in accordance with ITB 23.  Any Bid received by the Employer after the deadline for submission of Bids shall be declared late, rejected, and returned unopened to the Bidder.

 

  1. Withdrawal, Substitution, and Modification of Bids
    1. A Bidder may withdraw, substitute, or modify its bid after it has been submitted by sending a written notice, duly signed by an authorized representative, and shall include a copy of the authorization in accordance with ITB 21.3, (except that withdrawal notices do not require copies). The corresponding substitution or modification of the Bid must accompany the respective written notice.  All notices must be:
  2. prepared and submitted in accordance with ITB 21 and ITB 22 (except that withdrawals notices do not require copies), and in addition, the respective envelopes shall be clearly marked “Withdrawal,” “Substitution,” “Modification”; and
  3. received by the Employer prior to the deadline prescribed for submission of Bids, in accordance with ITB 23.
    1. Bids requested to be withdrawn in accordance with ITB 25.1 shall be returned unopened to the Bidders.
    2. No Bid may be withdrawn, substituted, or modified in the interval between the deadline for submission of Bids and the date of expiry of the Bid validity specified by the Bidder on the Letter of Bid or any extended date thereof. 

 

  1. Public Opening of Technical Parts of Bids

 

  1. Public Opening of Technical Parts of Bids
    1. Except as in the cases specified in ITB 24 and ITB 25.2, the Employer shall publicly open and read out all Bids received by the deadline at the date, time and place specified in the BDS in the presence of Bidders’ designated representatives and anyone who choose to attend. Any specific electronic Bid opening procedures required if electronic Bidding is permitted in accordance with ITB 23.1, shall be as specified in the BDS.
    2. First, the written notice of withdrawal in the envelopes marked “Withdrawal” shall be opened and read out and the envelope with the corresponding Bid shall not be opened but returned to the Bidder.  No bid withdrawal shall be permitted unless the corresponding withdrawal notice contains a valid authorization to request the withdrawal and is read out at Bid opening.
    3. Next, envelopes marked “Substitution” shall be opened and read out and exchanged with the corresponding Bid being substituted, and the substituted Bid shall not be opened, but returned to the Bidder. No Bid substitution shall be permitted unless the corresponding substitution notice contains a valid authorization to request the substitution and is read out at Bid opening.
    4. Next, envelopes marked “Modification” shall be opened and read out with the corresponding Bid. No Bid modification shall be permitted unless the corresponding modification notice contains a valid authorization to request the modification and is read out at Bid opening.
    5. Next, all other envelopes marked “Technical Part” shall be opened one at a time. All envelopes marked “Second Envelope: Financial Part” shall remain sealed and kept by the Employer in safe custody until they are opened at a later public opening, following the evaluation of the Technical Part parts of the Bids. On opening the envelopes marked “Technical Part” the Employer shall read out: the name of the Bidder, the presence or the absence of a Bid Security, or Bid-Securing Declaration, if required, and whether there is a modification; and Alternative Bid - Technical Part; and any other details as the Employer may consider appropriate. 
    6. Only Technical Parts of Bids and Alternative Bid - Technical Parts that are read out at Bid opening shall be considered further for evaluation. The Letter of Bid- Technical Part and the separate sealed envelope marked “Second Envelope: Financial Part” are to be initialed by representatives of the Employer attending Bid opening in the manner specified in the BDS.
    7. The Employer shall neither discuss the merits of any Bid nor reject any Bid (except for late Bids, in accordance with ITB 24.1).
    8. The Employer shall prepare a record of the Bid opening that shall include, as a minimum:
      1. the name of the Bidder and whether there is a withdrawal, substitution, or modification;
      2. the receipt of  envelopes marked “Second Envelope: Financial Part”;
      3. if applicable, any alternative Bid-Technical Part; and
      4. the presence or absence of a Bid Security or a Bid-Securing Declaration. 
    9. The Bidders’ representatives who are present shall be requested to sign the record.  The omission of a Bidder’s signature on the record shall not invalidate the contents and effect of the record.  A copy of the record shall be distributed to all Bidders.

 

  1. Evaluation of Bids- General Provisions

 

  1. Confidentiality
    1. Information relating to the evaluation of the Technical Part shall not be disclosed to Bidders or any other persons not officially concerned with the Bidding process until the notification of evaluation of the Technical Part in accordance with ITB 33. Information relating to the evaluation of Financial Part, the evaluation of combined Technical Part and Financial Part, and recommendation of contract award shall not be disclosed to Bidders or any other persons not officially concerned with the RFB process until the Notification of Intention to Award the Contract is transmitted to Bidders in accordance with ITB 42..
    2. Any effort by a Bidder to influence the Employer in the evaluation of the bids or Contract award decisions may result in the rejection of its Bid.
    3. Notwithstanding ITB 27.2, from the time of Bid opening to the time of Contract Award, if any Bidder wishes to contact the Employer on any matter related to the Bidding process, it should do so in writing.

 

  1. Clarification of Bids

 

    1. To assist in the examination, evaluation, and comparison of the Bids, and qualification of the Bidders, the Employer may, at its discretion, ask any Bidder for a clarification of its Bid.  Any clarification submitted by a Bidder that is not in response to a request by the Employer shall not be considered.  The Employer’s request for clarification and the response shall be in writing.  No change in the prices or substance of the Bid shall be sought, offered, or permitted, except to confirm the correction of arithmetic errors discovered by the Employer in the evaluation of the Bids, in accordance with ITB 35.
    2. If a Bidder does not provide clarifications of its Bid by the date and time set in the Employer’s request for clarification, its Bid may be rejected.

 

  1. Deviations, Reservations, and Omissions
    1. During the evaluation of Bids, the following definitions apply:

(a)     “Deviation” is a departure from the requirements specified in the bidding document;

(b)     “Reservation” is the setting of limiting conditions or withholding from complete acceptance of the requirements specified in the bidding document; and

          (c) “Omission” is the failure to submit part or all of the information or documentation required in the bidding document.

    1. Provided that a Bid is substantially responsive, the Employer may waive any nonmaterial nonconformities in the Bid.
    2. Provided that a Bid is substantially responsive, the Employer may request that the Bidder submit the necessary information or documentation, within a reasonable period of time, to rectify nonmaterial nonconformities in the Bid related to documentation requirements. Requesting information or documentation on such nonconformities shall not be related to any aspect of the price of the Bid. Failure of the Bidder to comply with the request may result in the rejection of its Bid.

 

  1. Evaluation of Technical Part of Bids

 

  1. Determination of Responsiveness of Technical Part
    1. The Employer’s determination of the Technical Part’s responsiveness shall be based on the contents of the Bid, as specified in ITB 11.
    2. Preliminary examination of the Technical Part shall be carried out to identify proposals that are incomplete, invalid or substantially nonresponsive to the requirements of the Bidding documents. A substantially responsive Bid is one that materially confirms to the requirements of the Bidding document without material deviation, reservation, or omission. A material deviation, reservation, or omission is one that,
    1. if accepted, would:
        1. affect in any substantial way the scope, quality, or performance of the Works specified in the Contract; or
        2. limit in any substantial way, inconsistent with the Bidding document, the Employer’s rights or the Bidder’s  obligations under the proposed Contract; or
    2. if rectified, would unfairly affect the competitive position of other Bidders presenting substantially responsive Bids.
    1. If the Technical Part is not substantially responsive to the requirements of the Bidding document, it shall be rejected by the Employer and may not subsequently be made responsive by correction of the material deviation, reservation, or omission.

 

  1. Eligibility and Qualifications of the Bidder
    1. The Employer shall determine to its satisfaction whether the Bidders that have been assessed to have submitted substantially responsive Bids are eligible, and either continue to meet (if prequalification applies) or meet (if prequalification has not been carried out), the qualifying criteria specified in Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria.
    2. The determination shall be based upon an examination of the documentary evidence of the Bidder’s eligibility and qualifications submitted by the Bidder, pursuant to ITB 15. The determination shall not take into consideration the qualifications of other firms such as the Bidder’s subsidiaries, parent entities, affiliates, subcontractors (other than Specialized Subcontractors if permitted in the bidding document), or any other firm.
    3. Prior to Contract award, the Employer will verify that the successful Bidder (including each member of a JV) is not disqualified by the Bank due to noncompliance with contractual SEA/SH prevention and response obligations. The Employer will conduct the same verification for each subcontractor proposed by the successful Bidder. If any proposed subcontractor does not meet the requirement, the Employer will require the Bidder to propose a replacement subcontractor.
    4. Only substantially responsive bids submitted by eligible and qualified bidders shall proceed to the detailed technical evaluation specified in ITB 32.

 

  1. Detailed Evaluation of Technical Part
    1. The Employer’s evaluation of Technical Part will be carried out as specified in Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria.
    2. The scores and weightings to be given to Rated Criteria (including technical and non-price factors and sub factors) are specified in the BDS.

 

  1. Notification of Evaluation of Technical Parts and Public Opening of Financial Parts

 

  1. Notification of Evaluation of Technical Parts and Public Opening of Financial Parts
    1. Following the completion of the evaluation of the Technical Parts of the Bids, the Employer shall notify in writing those Bidders whose Bids were considered substantially non-responsive to the bidding document or failed to meet the eligibility and qualification requirements, advising them of the following information:
  2. the grounds on which their Technical Part of Bid failed to meet the requirements of the bidding document;
  3. their envelopes marked “Second Envelope: Financial Part” will be returned to them unopened after the completion of the selection process and the signing of the Contract; and
  4. notify them of the date, time and location of the public opening of the envelopes marked “Second Envelope: Financial Part”.
    1. The Employer shall, simultaneously, notify in writing those Bidders whose Technical Part have been evaluated as substantially responsive to the bidding document and met the eligibility and qualification requirements, advising them of the following information:
  1. their Bid has been evaluated as substantially responsive to the bidding document and met the eligibility and qualification requirements;
  2. their envelope marked “Second Envelope: Financial Part” will be opened at the public opening of the Financial Parts; and
  3. notify them of the date, time and location of the second public opening of the envelopes marked “Second Envelope: Financial Part” as specified in the BDS.
    1. The opening date shall be not less than ten (10) Business Days from the date of notification of the results of the technical evaluation, specified in ITB 33.1 and 33.2. However, if the Employer receives a complaint on the results of the technical evaluation within the ten (10) Business Days, the opening date shall be subject to ITB 48.1. The Financial Part of the Bid shall be opened publicly in the presence of Bidders’ designated representatives and anyone who chooses to attend.
    2. At this public opening, the Financial Parts will be opened by the Employer in the presence of Bidders, or their designated representatives and anyone else who chooses to attend. Bidders who met the eligibility and qualification requirements and whose bids were evaluated as substantially responsive will have their envelopes marked “Second Envelope: Financial Part” opened at the second public opening. Each of these envelopes marked “Second Envelope: Financial Part” shall be inspected to confirm that they have remained sealed and unopened. These envelopes shall then be opened by the Employer. The Employer shall read out the names of each Bidder, the technical score and the total Bid prices, per lot (contract) if applicable, including any discounts and Alternative Bid - Financial Part, and any other details as the Employer may consider appropriate.
    3. Only envelopes of Financial Part of Bids, Financial Parts of Alternative Bids and discounts that are opened and read out at Bid opening shall be considered further for evaluation. The Letter of Bid – Financial Part and the Priced Activity Schedules are to be initialed by a representative of the Employer attending the Bid opening in the manner specified in the BDS.
    4. The Employer shall neither discuss the merits of any Bid nor reject any envelopes marked “Second Envelope: Financial Part” at this public opening.
    5. The Employer shall prepare a record of the Financial Part of the Bid opening that shall include, as a minimum: (a) the name of the Bidder whose Financial Part was opened; (b) the Bid price, per lot (contract) if applicable, including any discounts; and (c) if applicable, any Alternative Bid – Financial Part.
    6. The Bidders whose envelopes marked “Second Envelope: Financial Part” have been opened or their representatives who are present shall be requested to sign the record. The omission of a Bidder’s signature on the record shall not invalidate the contents and effect of the record. A copy of the record shall be distributed to all Bidders.

 

  1. Evaluation of Financial Part of Bids

 

  1. Adjustments for Non-material Noconformities
    1. Provided that a Bid is substantially responsive, the Employer shall rectify quantifiable nonmaterial nonconformities related to the Bid Price. To this effect, the Bid Price shall be adjusted, for comparison purposes only, to reflect the price of a missing or non-conforming item or component by adding the average price of the item or component quoted by substantially responsive Bidders.  If the price of the item or component cannot be derived from the price of other substantially responsive Bidders, the Employer shall use its best estimate.

 

  1. Correction of Arithmetic Errors
    1. In evaluating the Financial Part of each Bid, the Employer shall correct arithmetical errors on the following basis:
  2. where there are errors between the total of the amounts given under the column for the price breakdown and the amount given under the Total Price, the former shall prevail and the latter will be corrected accordingly;
  3. where there are errors between the total of the amounts of Schedule Nos. 1 to 4 and the amount given in Schedule No. 5 (Grand Summary) the former shall prevail and the latter will be corrected accordingly;
  4. if there is a discrepancy between words and figures, the amount in words shall prevail, unless the amount expressed in words is related to an arithmetic error, in which case the amount in figures shall prevail subject to (a) and (b) above.
    1. Bidders shall be requested to accept correction of arithmetical errors. Failure to accept the correction in accordance with ITB 35.1, shall result in the rejection of the Bid.

 

  1. Evaluation Process, Financial Part
    1. To evaluate the Financial Part, the Employer shall consider the following:
  2. the Bid price, excluding provisional sums and the provision, if any, for contingencies in the Price Schedules;
  3. price adjustment for correction of arithmetic errors in accordance with ITB 35.1;
  4. price adjustment due to discounts offered in accordance with ITB 17.11;
  5. price adjustment due to quantifiable nonmaterial nonconformities in accordance with ITB 34.1;
  6. converting the amount resulting from applying (a) to (c) above, if relevant, to a single currency in accordance with ITB 36.2; and  
  7. the evaluation factors indicated in the BDS and detailed in Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria.
    1. For evaluation and comparison purposes, the currency(ies) of the Bid shall be converted into a single currency as specified in the BDS.
    2. No margin of domestic preference shall apply.
    3. If price adjustment is allowed in accordance with ITB 17.7, the estimated effect of the price adjustment provisions of the Conditions of Contract, applied over the period of execution of the Contract, shall not be taken into account in Bid evaluation.
    4. If this bidding document allows Bidders to quote separate prices for different lots (contracts), each lot will be evaluated separately to determine the Most Advantageous Bid using the methodology specified in Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria. Discounts that are conditional on the award of more than one lotor slice shall not be considered for Bid evaluation.

 

  1. Abnormally Low Bids
    1. An Abnormally Low Bid is one where the Bid price, in combination with other elements of the Bid, appears so low that it raises material concerns as to the capability of the Bidder to perform the Contract for the offered Bid Price.
    2. In the event of identification of a potentially Abnormally Low Bid, the Employer shall seek written clarifications from the Bidder, including detailed price analyses of its Bid price in correlation to the subject matter of the contract, scope, proposed methodology, schedule, allocation of risks and responsibilities and any other requirements of the bidding document.
    3. After evaluation of the price analyses, in the event that the Employer determines that the Bidder has failed to demonstrate its capability to deliver the contract for the offered tender price, the Employer shall reject the Bid.

 

  1. Unbalanced or Front Loaded Bids
    1. If the Bid that is evaluated as the lowest evaluated cost is, in the Employer’s opinion, seriously unbalanced or front loaded the Employer may require the Bidder to provide written clarifications. Clarifications may include detailed price analyses to demonstrate the consistency of the Bid prices with the scope of works, proposed methodology, schedule and any other requirements of the bidding document.
    2. After the evaluation of the information and detailed price analyses presented by the Bidder, the Employer may:
      1. accept the Bid; or
      2. if appropriate, require that the total amount of the Performance Security be increased, at the expense of the Bidder, to a level not exceeding twenty percent (20%) of the Contract Price; or
      3. reject the Bid.

 

  1. Evaluation of Combined Technical and Financial Parts, Most Advantageous Bid and Notification of Intention to Award

 

  1. Evaluation of combined Technical and Financial Parts, Most Advantageous Bid
    1. The Employer’s evaluation of responsive Bids will take into account technical factors, in addition to cost factors in accordance with Section III Evaluation and Qualification Criteria. The weight to be assigned for the Technical factors and cost is  specified in the BDS. The Employer will rank the Bids based on the evaluated Bid score (B).
    2. The Employer shall determine the Most Advantageous Bid. The Most Advantageous Bid is the Bid of the Bidder that meets the Qualification Criteria and whose Bid has been determined to be substantially responsive to the Bidding document and is the Bid with the highest combined technical and financial score
    3. The capabilities of the manufacturers and subcontractors proposed in its Bid to be used by the Bidder with the Most Advantageous Bid for identified major items of supply or services will also be evaluated for acceptability in accordance with Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria.  Their participation should be confirmed with a letter of intent between the parties, as needed.  Should a manufacturer or subcontractor be determined to be unacceptable, the Bid will not be rejected, but the Bidder will be required to substitute an acceptable manufacturer or subcontractor without any change to the Bid price. Prior to signing the Contract, the corresponding Appendix to the Contract Agreement shall be completed, listing the approved manufacturers or subcontractors for each item concerned.

 

  1. Employer’s right to Accept Any Bid and to Reject Any or All Bids
    1. The Employer reserves the right to accept or reject any Bid, and to annul the Bidding process and reject all Bids at any time prior to Contract Award, without thereby incurring any liability to Bidders. In case of annulment, all Bids submitted and specifically, Bid securities shall be promptly returned to the Bidders.

 

  1. Standstill Period
    1. The Contract shall not be awarded earlier than the expiry of the Standstill Period. The Standstill Period shall be ten (10) Business Days unless extended in accordance with ITB 45. The Standstill Period commences the day after the date the Employer has transmitted to each Bidder the Notification of Intention to Award the Contract. Where only one Bid is submitted, or if this contract is in response to an emergency situation recognized by the Bank, the Standstill Period shall not apply.

 

  1. Notification of Intention to Award
    1. The Employer shall send to each Bidder the Notification of Intention to Award the Contract to the successful Bidder. The Notification of Intention to Award shall contain, at a minimum, the following information:
  2. the name and address of the Bidder submitting the successful Bid;
  3. the Contract price of the successful Bid;
  4. the total combined score of the successful Bid;
  5. the names of all Bidders who submitted Bids, and their Bid prices as readout, and as evaluated and technical score;
  6. a statement of the reason(s) the Bid (of the unsuccessful Bidder to whom the notification is addressed) was unsuccessful;
  7. the expiry date of the Standstill Period; and
  8. instructions on how to request a debriefing and/or submit a complaint during the standstill period.

 

  1. Award of Contract

 

  1. Award Criteria
    1. Subject to ITB 40, the Employer shall award the Contract to the successful Bidder. This is the Bidder whose Bid has been determined to be the Most Advantageous Bid.

 

  1. Notification of Award
    1. Prior to the date of expiry  of the bid validity, and upon expiry of the Standstill Period, specified in ITB 41.1 or any extension thereof, and upon satisfactorily addressing any complaint that has been filed within the Standstill Period, the Employer shall notify the successful Bidder, in writing, that its Bid has been accepted. The notification of award (hereinafter and in the Contract Forms called the “Letter of Acceptance”) shall specify the sum that the Employer will pay the Contractor in consideration of the execution of the contract (hereinafter and in the Conditions of Contract and Contract Forms called “the Contract Price”).
    2. Within ten (10) Business Days after the date of transmission of the Letter of Acceptance, the Employer shall publish the Contract Award Notice which shall contain, at a minimum, the following information:
  2. name and address of the Employer;
  3. name and reference number of the contract being awarded, and the selection method used;
  4. names of all Bidders that submitted Bids, and their Bid prices as read out at Bid opening, and as evaluated;
  5. names of all Bidders whose Bids were rejected either as nonresponsive or as not meeting qualification criteria, or were not evaluated, with the reasons therefor;
  6. the name of the successful Bidder, the final total contract price, the contract duration and a summary of its scope; and
  7. successful Bidder’s Beneficial Ownership Disclosure Form.
    1. The Contract Award Notice shall be published on the Employer’s website with free access if available, or in at least one newspaper of national circulation in the Employer’s Country, or in the official gazette.
    2. Until a formal contract is prepared and executed, the Letter of Acceptance shall constitute a binding Contract

 

  1. Debriefing by the Employer
    1. On receipt of the Employer’s Notification of Intention to Award referred to in ITB 42, an unsuccessful Bidder has three (3) Business Days to make a written request to the Employer for a debriefing. The Employer shall provide a debriefing to all unsuccessful Bidders whose request is received within this deadline.
    2. Where a request for debriefing is received within the deadline, the Employer shall provide a debriefing within five (5) Business Days, unless the Employer decides, for justifiable reasons, to provide the debriefing outside this timeframe. In that case, the standstill period shall automatically be extended until five (5) Business Days after such debriefing is provided.  If more than one debriefing is so delayed, the standstill period shall not end earlier than five (5) Business Days after the last debriefing takes place. The Employer shall promptly inform, by the quickest means available, all Bidders of the extended standstill period.
    3. Where a request for debriefing is received by the Employer later than the three (3)-Business Day deadline, the Employer should provide the debriefing as soon as practicable, and normally no later than fifteen (15) Business Days from the date of publication of Public Notice of Award of contract. Requests for debriefing received outside the three (3)-day deadline shall not lead to extension of the standstill period. 
    4. Debriefings of unsuccessful Bidders may be done in writing or verbally. The Bidder shall bear their own costs of attending such a debriefing meeting.

 

  1. Signing of Contract
    1. The Employer shall send to the successful Bidder the Letter of Acceptance including the Contract Agreement, and a request to submit the Beneficial Ownership Disclosure Form providing additional information on its beneficial ownership. The Beneficial Ownership Disclosure Form shall be submitted within eight (8) Business Days of receiving this request.
    2. The successful Bidder shall sign, date and return to the Employer, the Contract Agreement within twenty-eight (28) days of its receipt.
    3. Notwithstanding ITB 46.2 above, in case signing of the Contract Agreement is prevented by any export restrictions attributable to the Employer, to the country of the Employer, or to the use of the Plant and Installation Services to be supplied, where such export restrictions arise from trade regulations from a country supplying those Plant and Installation Services, the Bidder shall not be bound by its Bid, always provided, however, that the Bidder can demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Employer and of the Bank that signing of the Contact Agreement has not been prevented by any lack of diligence on the part of the Bidder in completing any formalities, including applying for permits, authorizations and licenses necessary for the export of the Plant and Installation Services under the terms of the Contract.

 

  1. Performance Security
    1. Within twenty-eight (28) days of the receipt of the Letter of Acceptance from the Employer, the successful Bidder shall furnish the Performance Security in accordance with the General Conditions GCC 13.3, subject to ITB 38, using for that purpose the Performance Security Form included in Section X, Contract Forms, or another form acceptable to the Employer.  If the Performance Security furnished by the successful Bidder is in the form of a bond, it shall be issued by a bonding or insurance company that has been determined by the successful Bidder to be acceptable to the Employer.  A foreign institution providing a bond shall have a correspondent financial institution located in the Employer’s Country, unless the Employer has agreed in writing that a correspondent financial institution is not required.
    2. Failure of the successful Bidder to submit the above-mentioned Performance Security or sign the Contract shall constitute sufficient grounds for the annulment of the award and forfeiture of the Bid Security.  In that event the Employer may award the Contract to the Bidder offering the next Most Advantageous Bid.

 

  1. Procurement Related Complaint
    1. The procedures for making a Procurement-related Complaint are as specified in the BDS.

 

 

 

Section II - Bid Data Sheet

The following specific data for the Facilities to be procured shall complement, supplement, or amend the provisions in the Instructions to Bidders (ITB). Whenever there is a conflict, the provisions herein shall prevail over those in ITB.

A.  General

ITB 1.1

The reference number of the Request for Bids (RFB) is: SZ-ECC-561950-CW-RFB

The Employer is: Eswatini Electricity Company (EEC).

The name of the RFB is: Design, Supply and Installation of 11kV Auto reclosers (Plant)

The number and identification of lots (contracts) comprising this RFB is: one (1)

ITB 1.2 (a)

N/A

ITB 2.1

The Borrower is: Government of Kingdom of Eswatini

Loan or Financing Agreement amount: US$90 million

The name of the Project is: Accelerating Sustainable and Clean Energy Access Transformation (ASCENT) Eswatini

ITB 4.1

Maximum number of members in the JV shall be: Three (3)

ITB 4.5

A list of debarred firms and individuals is available on the Bank’s external website: http://www.worldbank.org/debarr.

ITB 4.11

This Bidding Process is not subject to prequalification.

B.  Bidding Document

ITB 7.1

For Clarification of Bid purposes only, the Employer’s address is:

Attention: Mr. Bongani Chauke, Procurement Manager

Address: Po Box 258, Head Office, Eluvatsini House,

Floor/Room number: Ground Floor                                                              

City: Mbabane 

Country: Kingdom of Eswatini (Swaziland)

Telephone: +268 2409 4065

Electronic mail address: bongani.chauke@eec.co.sz  and thobeka.gama@eec.co.sz

Requests for clarification should be received by the Employer no later than: 12 October 2026.

Web page: www.eec.co.sz

ITB 7.4

A pre-bid meeting shall take place at the following date, time and place:

Date:  10 September 2026

Time: 10h00 SAST

Place: Virtual

Join: https://teams.microsoft.com/meet/350969007718107?p=iaBABpQyLOD1SvWqoV

Meeting ID: 350 969 007 718 107

Passcode: vZ7TW3mc

A non-compulsory site visit conducted by the Employer shall be on 17nth and 18nth September 2026

Telephone: +268 2409 4062 

E-mail: thobeka.gama@eec.co.sz copied to bongani.chauke@eec.co.sz

Contact person/conference coordinator: Ms. Thobeka Gama, Procurement Specialist

ITB 7.6

The Employer shall not publish the Minutes of the pre-Bid meeting on the web page. However, the minutes of the pre-Bid meeting will be circulated to all bidders who have purchased the bidding document.

C.  Preparation of Bids

ITB 10.1

The language of the Bid is: English

All correspondence exchange shall be in English language.

Language for translation of supporting documents and printed literature is English.

ITB 11.2 (i)

The Bidder shall submit the following additional documents in the Technical Part of its Bid:

Code of Conduct for Contractor’s Personnel (ES)

The Bidder shall submit its Code of Conduct that will apply to Contractor’s Personnel (as defined in Sub-Clause 1.1.17 of the General Conditions of Contract), to ensure compliance with the Contractor’s Environmental and Social (ES) obligations under the Contract. The Bidder shall use for this purpose the Code of Conduct form provided in Section IV.  No substantial modifications shall be made to this form, except that the Bidder may introduce additional requirements, including as necessary to take into account specific Contract issues/risks.

A satisfactory code of conduct will contain obligations on all Contractor’s Personnel project staff (including sub-contractors and day workers) that are suitable to address the following issues, as a minimum.  Additional obligations may be added to respond to particular concerns of the region, the location and the project sector or to specific project requirements.  The code of conduct shall contain a statement that the term “child” / “children” means any person(s) under the age of 18 years.

The issues to be addressed include:

1.   Compliance with applicable laws, rules, and regulations.

2.   Compliance with applicable health and safety requirements to protect the local community, the Employer’s Personnel, and the Contractor’s Personnel

3.   Interactions with the local community(ies), members of the local community (ies), and any affected person(s) (for example to convey an attitude of respect, including to their culture and traditions)

4.   Sexual harassment

5.   Sexual exploitation and abuse

6.   Protection of children (including prohibitions against sexual activity or abuse, or otherwise unacceptable behavior towards children, limiting interactions with children, and ensuring their safety in project areas)

7.   Sanitation requirements

8.   Non retaliation against workers who report violations of the Code, if that report is made in good faith.

Management Strategies and Implementation Plans (MSIP) to manage the (ES) risks

The Bidder shall submit Management Strategies and Implementation Plans (MSIPs) to manage the following key Environmental and Social (ES) risks:

  • Gender Based Violence Action plan
  • Sexual Exploitation and Abuse (SEA) prevention and response action plan
  • Traffic Management Plan to ensure safety of local communities from construction traffic
  • Waste management plan

ITB 11.3(d)

The Bidder shall submit the following additional documents in the Financial Part of its Bid: N/A

ITB 13.1

Alternative Bids shall not be considered.

ITB 13.2

Alternatives to the Time Schedule shall not be permitted.

ITB 13.4

Alternative technical solutions shall not be permitted for the Plant and Installation Services.

ITB 17.1

Bidders shall quote for the following components or services on a single responsibility basis:

  • Design, supply, installation, configuration and commissioning of all 13 x 11kV auto reclosers

and

The supply of the following components or services will be provided under the responsibility of the Employer:

  • Wooden structures and steel crossarms for each installation.
  • 11kV/230 16kVA single phase transformer for auxiliary supply with corresponding surge protection, LV MCB in pole mounted box.
  • Bypass 11kV gang switch
  • Earthing material for all 13 sites
    • Clamps
    • Earth spikes
    • Camo conductor
    • Lugs for camo conductor
    • Earthing wire
    • Conductive cement

ITB 17.5 (a) and (d)

Place of destination: Matsapha Central Services Organization (CSO) – EEC Main Stores, Matsapha.

Final destination (Project Site): Various projects sites across the country with 150 km radius from the Matsapha Central Services Organization (CSO) – EEC Main Stores, Matsapha.

ITB 17.6

The Incoterms edition is: CIP-INCOTERMS 2020

ITB 17.7

The prices quoted by the Bidder shall not be subject to adjustment during the performance of the Contract.

ITB 18.1

The currency of bid and payment for Bidder from the Common Monetary Area (CMA) Countries shall be Employer’s Country Lilangeni (SZL).

Bidder from outside the Common Monetary Area (CMA) Countries is not required to quote in the currency of the Employer’s Country Lilangeni (SZL), the portion of the Bid price that corresponds to expenditures incurred in the Employer’s Country currencies.

ITB 19.1

The Bid shall be valid until: 23 January 2027

ITB 19.3 (a)

The Bid price shall be adjusted by the following factor(s): Not Applicable.

ITB 20.1

A Bid Security shall be required.

A Bid-Securing Declaration shall not be required.

If a Bid Security shall be required, the amount and currency of the Bid Security shall be  E50,000.00

ITB 20.3 (d)

Other types of acceptable securities: NONE

ITB 20.9

Not applicable

ITB 21.3

The written confirmation of authorization to sign on behalf of the Bidder shall consist of “Power of Attorney” (either notarized or attested by the appropriate authority in the Bidder’s home country) along with a copy of relevant Board Resolution.

Note: The Power of Attorney shall indicate that the person signing the Bid has the authority to sign the Bid and the Bid is binding upon the Bidder during the full period of its validity. In case of a Joint venture Bid, the Power of Attorney shall be signed by the appropriate official of each of the JV partner.

D.  Submission and Opening of Bids

ITB 22.1

In addition to the original Bid, the number of copies is: Two (2).

Notes:

  1. Electronic copies of the bid shall also be submitted in Flash Drive in the technical proposal envelope.
  2. The price schedule in MS-Excel format shall be submitted, in a separate flash drive in the financial proposal envelope.  

ITB 23.1

For Bid submission purpose only, the Procuring Agency’s address is:

Eswatini Electricity Company

Attention: Mr. Bongani Chauke

Street Address: Eluvatsini House, Mhlambanyatsi Road  

Floor/ Room number: Reception      

City: Mbabane

Country: Kingdom of Eswatini       

The deadline for Bid submission is:

Date: 23 October 2026

Time:11h00 SAST

Bidders shall not have the option of submitting their Bids electronically.

E. Public Opening of Technical Parts of Bids

ITB 26.1

The Bid opening shall take place at:

EEC Head Office

Street Address: Eluvatsini House, Mhlambanyatsi Road  

Floor/ Room number: Reception, Cubicle 1

City: Mbabane

Country: Kingdom of Eswatini

Date:  23 October 2026

Time: 11.15 AM SAST

The electronic Bid opening procedures shall be: N/A

ITB 26.6

The Letter of Bid - Technical Part and the sealed envelope marked “Second Envelope - Financial Part” shall be initialed by at least three (3) representatives of the Employer conducting Bid opening.

G.  Evaluation of Technical Part of Bids

ITB 32.2

The weight to be given for Rated Criteria (including technical and non-price factors) is: 0.5(50 %)

The technical factors and sub-factors, which for purposes of this document carry the same meaning as Rated Criteria, and the corresponding scores in % are:

No.

Rated Criterion

Weight

Subfactors and weight

1

Specific Experience of bidder, capability and suitability of subcontractors

15

  • Relevant similar project experience [5]
  • Bidder capability, resources and delivery record [4]
  • Subcontractor suitability, experience and assigned scope [4]
  • Local/regional support and service capability [2]

2

Technical compliance and plant design solution

25

  • Compliance with and level of exceeding employer’s technical requirements [10]
  • Soundness of plant design basis and process solution efficiency [5]
  • Equipment selection, quality and standards compliance and superiority [5]
  • System integration, reliability, maintainability and operability exceeding generic standards [5]

3

Approach, Methodology, method statement and implementation plan

20

  • Execution approach, procurement and logistics plan [5]
  • Detailed method statement and installation sequence [5]
  • Implementation plan, interfaces and outage management [4]
  • Quality control, inspection, testing and commissioning strategy [3]
  • Risk management, safety, environmental and social controls [3]

4

Key personnel and project organization

20

  • Project manager qualifications, experience and availability [3]
  • Key technical personnel qualifications and relevant experience [7]
  • Project organization structure and reporting lines [3]
  • Clarity of roles, responsibilities and resource allocation [3]
  • Local/regional support and specialist backup [4]

5

Programme, schedule and delivery plan

5

  • Completeness and realism of programme [2]
  • Critical path, milestones and interface alignment [2]
  • Resource loading, float and recovery measures [1]

6

Cybersecurity risk management and innovation

5

  • Cybersecurity risk assessment and mitigation controls [2]
  • Protection of automation, control, communications and remote access systems [1]
  • Alignment with recognized industrial cybersecurity practices [1]
  • Innovation that improves safety, reliability or maintainability [1]

7

Training, documentation, warranties and lifecycle support

10

  • Training plan, content and knowledge transfer [3]
  • Operation and maintenance documentation [2]
  • Spare parts strategy and lifecycle support [3]
  • Warranty, after-sales service and defects liability support [2]

Total

100

 

Minimum Acceptable Score for Technical Proposal 

70

 

 

Note:

  1. Bidders who attain a score less than 70 shall not be considered for financial evaluation.
  2. Rated Criteria, including technical and non-price factors, will be assessed for bids that meet the minimum qualification requirements and pass the pass/fail evaluation stage. This assessment focuses not on meeting minimum standards, but on the extent to which bids exceed them by adding value to the contract and introducing innovations that enhance contract performance outcomes.

H. Notification of Evaluation of Technical Parts and Public Opening of Financial Parts

ITB 33.5

The Letter of Bid – Financial Part and Schedules shall be initialed by three (3) representatives of the Employer conducting Bid opening.   

Each Financial Part of Bid shall be initialed by 3 representatives of the employer conducting the financial opening. Any modification to the total price shall be recorded and initialed by 3 Representatives of the Employer.

I.  Evaluation of Financial Part of Bids

36.1(f)

The adjustments shall be determined using the following criteria, from amongst those set out in Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria:

  1. Deviation in Time for Completion: No
  2. Life cycle costs: the projected operating and maintenance costs during the life of the Facilities: No
  3. Functional Guarantees of the Facilities: No
  4. Work, services, facilities, etc., to be provided by the Employer: No

ITB 36.2

 

 

The currency that shall be used for Bid evaluation and comparison purposes to convert at the selling exchange rate all Bid prices expressed in various currencies into a single currency is: Lilangeni (SZL)

The source of exchange rate shall be: Central Bank of Eswatini

The date for the exchange rate shall be:  23 October 2026

J. Evaluation of Combined Technical and Financial Parts and Most Advantageous Bid

ITB 39.1

The weight to be given for cost is: 0.5 (50%)

K. Award of Contract

ITB 48.1

The procedures for making a Procurement-related Complaint are detailed in the “Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers (Annex III).” If a Consultant wishes to make a Procurement-related Complaint, the Consultant shall submit its complaint following these procedures, In Writing (by the quickest means available, such as by email or fax), to:

For the attention: Mr. Mphumuzi Maziya

Title/position: Managing Director

Client: Eswatini Electricity Company

Email address: mphumuzi.maziya@eec.co.sz copied bongani.chauke@eec.co.sz

A copy of the complaint can be sent for the Bank’s information and monitoring to: pprocurementcomplaints@worldbank.org

In summary, a Procurement-related Complaint may challenge any of the following:

  1. the terms of this Request for Proposal;
  2. the Client’s decision to award the contract.

 

 

Section III - Evaluation and Qualification Criteria (Without prequalification)

This section contains all the criteria that the Employer shall use to evaluate Bids and qualify Bidders. No other factors, methods or criteria shall be used other than specified in this Bidding document. The Bidder shall provide all the information requested in the forms included in Section IV, Bidding Forms.

Wherever a Bidder is required to state a monetary amount, Bidders should indicate the USD equivalent using the rate of exchange determined as follows:

Exchange rates shall be taken from the publicly available source identified in the ITB 36.2. Any error in determining the exchange rates in the Bid may be corrected by the Employer.

Table of Contents

 

1.         Qualification. 61

2.         Evaluation of Technical Part 62

3.         Evaluation of Financial Part 64

4.         Combined Evaluation. 66

5.         Multiple Contracts. 66

 

 

 

 

  1. Qualification

1.1       Qualification Requirements

The Bidder’s qualification shall be assessed in accordance with the Qualification table included in this section.

1.2       Contractor’s Representative and other Key Personnel

            The Bidder must demonstrate that it will have suitably qualified Contractor’s Representative and other suitably qualified (and in adequate numbers) key personnel, as described in the Employer’s Requirements.

The Bidder shall provide details of the Contractor’s Representative and other key personnel, and such other key personnel that the Bidder considers appropriate, together with their academic qualifications and work experience. The Bidder shall complete the relevant Forms in Section IV, Bid Forms.

1.3       Equipment

            The Bidder must demonstrate that it will have access to the key equipment required to perform the contract.

The Bidder shall provide further details of proposed items of equipment using the relevant Form in Section IV.

1.4       Subcontractors/Manufacturers

Subcontractors/manufacturers for major items of supply or services identified in the Initial Selection document must meet or continue to meet the minimum criteria specified therein for each item.

Subcontractors for the following additional major items of supply or services must meet the following minimum criteria, herein listed for that item:

Item No.

Description of Item

Minimum Criteria to be met

1

Telecommunication equipment

5 years’ experience in supplying and installing telecommunication equipment

2

Overhead line construction

5 years’ experience in distribution infrastructure construction

3

11kV Auto reclosers

10 years’ experience in the manufacturing of auto reclosers

4

Protection and SCADA

10 Years experience in protection and automation of electrical transmission or distribution systems

 

Failure to comply with this requirement will result in rejection of the subcontractor.

In the case of a Bidder who offers to supply and/or install Plant and equipment under the contract that the Bidder did not manufacture or otherwise produce and/or install, the Bidder shall provide the manufacturer’s authorization, using the form provided in Section IV, showing that the Bidder has been duly authorized by the manufacturer or producer of the related Plant and equipment or component to supply and/or install that item in the Employer’s country. The Bidder is responsible for ensuring that the manufacturer or producer complies with the requirements of ITB 4 and ITB 5 and meets the minimum criteria listed above for that item.

  1. Evaluation of Technical Part

The total technical points assigned to each Bid in the Evaluated Bid  Formula will be determined by adding and weighting the scores assigned by an evaluation committee to technical factors of the Bid  in accordance with the criteria set forth below.

 

No.

Rated Criterion

Weight

Key Assessment Considerations

1

Specific Experience of bidder, capability and suitability of subcontractors

15%

  • Demonstrated experience of the bidder in successfully completing similar assignment
  • Relevance of previous projects in terms of plant type, capacity, complexity, technology, operating environment and contract scope.
  • Evidence of successful delivery within agreed time, cost, quality, safety and performance requirements.
  • Suitability, capability and experience of proposed subcontractors for their assigned scope of work.
  • Clarity of subcontractor roles, responsibilities, interfaces and reporting arrangements.
  • Evidence that subcontractors have the required technical qualifications, resources, certifications, equipment and specialist expertise.
  • Prior working relationship between the main bidder and proposed subcontractors, including evidence of successful collaboration on similar projects.
  • Availability of local or regional support, service capability, spare parts access and specialist backup during implementation and defects liability period.

2

Technical compliance and plant design solution

25%

  • Compliance with employer’s requirements;
  • process design basis; performance guarantees; equipment selection; system integration; reliability, maintainability and operability; interfaces with existing infrastructure;
  • compliance with applicable standards.

3

Approach, Methodology, method statement and implementation plan

20%

  • Clarity and completeness of execution approach procurement and logistics plan
  • installation sequence; construction methodology detailed method statement; implementation plan; quality control;
  • inspection and test plans
  • commissioning strategy;
  • outage/interface management;
  • Completeness of project risk management
  • safety, environmental & social risk controls.

4

Key personnel and project organization

20%

  • Qualifications,
  • relevant experience and availability of proposed personnel
  • strength of project management structure
  • clarity of roles and responsibilities
  •  experience in similar plant design, supply and installation contracts
  • Loca/regional support and specialist backup.

5

Programme, schedule and delivery plan

5%

  • Completeness of the programme
  • critical path identification
  • engineering, procurement, manufacturing, delivery, installation, testing and commissioning timelines
  • resource loading; milestone alignment; float and recovery measures.

6

Cybersecurity risk management and innovation

5%

  • Assessment and management of cyber risks affecting plant automation, control, communications, remote access, vendor access, software, firmware, data integrity and operational continuity;
  • alignment with recognized industrial control system cybersecurity practices;
  • practical innovations that reduce cyber risk without compromising plant safety, reliability or maintainability.
  • Compliance with cybersecurity requirements

7

Training, documentation, warranties and lifecycle support

10%

  • Completeness of training plan and content; operation and maintenance documentation;
  • spare parts strategy and warranty support; after-sales service; regional maintenance capability; defects liability support.

Total

 

100%

 

 

 

TECHINICAL PART SCORING METHOLOGY

Evaluators will apply the following scoring guidance consistently to each rated criterion. Scores will be based on the extent to which the bidder’s submission demonstrates compliance, completeness, relevance, credibility of evidence, and practical suitability for the required scope of work.

Score

Rating

General Scoring Guidance

0

Non-responsive / No evidence

The submission does not address the criterion, provides no relevant evidence, or contains information that is materially non-compliant with the requirements. The response gives the evaluator no reasonable basis to confirm capability, compliance, or suitability.

1

Poor

The submission addresses the criterion only superficially or partially. Evidence is weak, generic, insufficient, incomplete, or not clearly relevant to the required scope. There are significant gaps, uncertainties, or weaknesses that may create delivery, compliance, performance, safety, operational, or support risks.

2

Acceptable

The submission adequately addresses the criterion and demonstrates basic compliance with the requirements. Evidence is generally relevant and sufficient, although some details may be missing or not fully developed. Any minor weaknesses are manageable and are not expected to materially affect delivery of the required scope.

3

Good

The submission addresses the criterion clearly and comprehensively. Evidence is relevant, credible, and well aligned with the requirements. The response demonstrates sound understanding, suitable capability, and a practical approach marginally exceeding minimum or generic standards. Even if there are very minor omissions or risks that can be readily clarified or managed.

4

Excellent

The submission fully addresses the criterion and exceeds the minimum requirements in a meaningful and relevant way. Evidence is strong, specific, verifiable, and directly applicable to the scope. The response demonstrates superior capability, robust risk controls, clear interfaces, reliable delivery arrangements, and added value without introducing unacceptable risk.

 

The score for each sub- factor (i) within a factor (j) will be combined with the scores of sub- factors in the same factor as a weighted sum to form the Factor Technical Score using the following formula:

 

where:

tji          = the technical score for sub- factor “i” in factor “j”

wji     =  the weight of sub- factor “i” in factor “j”,

k       =  the number of scored sub-factors in factor “j”

and       

The Factor Technical Scores will be combined in a weighted sum to form the total Technical Part Score using the following formula:

 

where:

Sj      =  the Factor Technical Score of factor “j”

Wj     =  the weight of factor “j” as specified in the BDS

n       =  the number of Factors

and    

Note: After the technical evaluation only, only bids that attains a score of 70 % and or above shall be considered for financial evaluation.

 

  1. Evaluation of Financial Part

The following factors and methods will apply:

    1. Time Schedule

Time to complete the Plant and Installation Services from the effective date specified in Article 3 of the Contract Agreement for determining time for completion of pre-commissioning activities is 6 months. No credit will be given for earlier completion.

 

Note: A compliant Bid must offer a contract completion within the time specified above. Bids offering a completion date beyond the maximum designated period shall be rejected as non-responsive.

 

    1. Life Cycle Costs

None

 

    1. Functional Guarantees of the Facilities

The minimum requirements stated in the Specification for functional guarantees required in the Specification are:

 

Functional Guarantee

Minimum (or Maximum, as appropriate) Requirement

1. All 11 kV auto reclosers as stated in the employer’s requirements.

100% operational functionality throughout the Warranty Period & Design Life.

 

The performance figures quoted on forms-FUNC and Technical Data Sheet shall be guaranteed within the tolerances permitted by relevant standards listed under Part-II, Employer’s Requirement, and shall become a part of the successful Bidder's Contract. For the purposes of evaluation, for each percentage point the functional guarantee of the proposed Plant and Installation Services is below the norm specified in the Specification and in the above table, but above the minimum acceptable levels also specified therein, an adjustment of 5% will be added to the Bid price.  If the drop below the norm the Auto reclosers will be rejected.

 

 

    1.  Sustainable Procurement

None

 

    1. Work, services, facilities, etc., to be provided by the Employer

None

 

  1. Combined Evaluation

The Employer will evaluate and compare the Bids that have been determined to be substantially responsive.

An Evaluated Bid Score (B) will be calculated for each responsive Bid using the following formula, which permits a comprehensive assessment of the evaluated cost and the technical merits of each Bid:

 

where

C     =          Evaluated Bid Cost

C low =          the lowest of all Evaluated Bid Costs among responsive Bids

T     =          the total Technical Score awarded to the Bid

Thigh    =          the Technical Score achieved by the Bid  that was scored best among all responsive Bids

X     =          weight for Cost as specified in the BDS

The Bid with the best evaluated Bid Score (B) among responsive Bids shall be the Most Advantageous Bid provided the Bidder is qualified to perform the Contract.

……………………………………………………………………………………

 

 

2. Qualification

Factor

1 Eligibility

Sub-Factor

Criteria

Documentation Required

Requirement

Bidder

Single Entity

Joint Venture(existing or intended)

All members combined

Each Partner

At least one Partner

1.1 Nationality

Nationality in accordance with ITB 4.4.

Must meet requirement

must meet requirement

Must meet requirement

N / A

Form ELI –1.1 and 1.2, with attachments

1.2 Conflict of Interest

No- conflicts of interests as described in ITB 4.2

Must meet requirement

must meet requirement

Must meet requirement

N / A

Letter of Bid

1.3 Bank Ineligibility

Not having been declared ineligible by the Bank as described in 4.5.

Must meet requirement

must meet requirement

Must meet requirement

N / A

Letter of Bid

1.4 State Owned Enterprise or Institution

Compliance with conditions of ITB 4.6

Must meet requirement

Must meet requirement

Must meet requirement

N / A

Form ELI  –1.1 and 1.2, with attachments

1.5 Ineligibility based on a United Nations resolution or Borrower’s country law

Not having been excluded as a result of the Borrower’s country laws or official regulations, or by an act of compliance with UN Security Council resolution, in accordance with ITB 4.8and Section V.

Must meet requirement

must meet requirement

Must meet requirement

N / A

Letter of Bid

 



 

Factor

2. Historical Contract Non-Performance

Sub-Factor

Criteria

Documentation  Required

Requirement

Bidder

Single Entity

Joint Venture (existing or intended)

All members combined

Each member

At least one member

2.1 History of non-performing contracts

Non-performance[1]of a contract did not occur within the last 5 years prior to the deadline for application submission, based on all information on fully settled disputes or litigation.  A fully settled dispute or litigation is one that has been resolved in accordance with the Dispute Resolution Mechanism under the respective contract, and where all appeal instances available to the Bidder have been exhausted.

Must meet requirement by itself or as member to past or existing JV

N / A

Must meet requirement[2]

N / A

Form CON - 2

2.2 Suspension

 Not under suspension based on execution of a Bid Securing Declaration or Proposal Securing Declaration pursuant to ITB 4.7 and ITB 20.9

Must meet requirement

Must meet requirement

Must meet requirement

Must meet requirement

Letter of Bid

2.3 Pending Litigation

Bid’s financial position and prospective long term profitability still sound according to criteria established in 3.1 below and assuming that all pending litigation will be resolved against the Bidder

Must meet requirement

 

N / A

Must meet requirement

N / A

Form CON – 2

2.4 Litigation History

No consistent history of court/arbitral  award decisions against the Bidder[3]since 1st January 2021

 

Must meet requirement

Must meet requirement

Must meet requirement

N/A

Form CON – 2

2.5 Declaration: Environmental and Social (ES) past performance

Declare any contract that has been suspended or terminated and/or performance security called by an employer for reasons of breach of environmental, or social (including Sexual Exploitation, and Abuse) contractual obligations in the past five years.[4]

Must make the declaration. Where there are Specialized Subcontractor/s, the Specialized Subcontractor/s must also make the declaration.

 

 

 

 

 

N/A

Each must make the declaration. Where there are Specialized Subcontractor/s, the Specialized Subcontractor/s must also make the declaration.

 

 

 

 

N/A

Form CON-3 ES Performance Declaration

2.6 Bank’s SEA and/or SH Disqualification

At the time of Contract Award, not subject to disqualification by the Bank for non-compliance with SEA/ SH obligations

Must meet requirement

(including each subcontractor proposed by the Bidder)

N/A

Must meet requirement (including each subcontractor proposed by the Bidder)

N/A

Letter of Bid, Form CON-4

 

Factor

3 Financial Situation

Sub-Factor

Criteria

Documentation Required

Requirement

Bidder

Single Entity

Joint Venture (existing or intended)

All members combined

Each member

At least one member

3.1 Financial Capabilities

Submission of audited balance sheets or if not required by the law of the Bidder’s Country, other financial statements acceptable to the Employer, for the last three [3] years to demonstrate the current soundness of the Bidders financial position and its prospective long-term profitability.

Must meet requirement

N / A

Must meet requirement

N / A

Form FIN – 3.1 with attachments

3.2 Average Annual Turnover

 

Minimum average annual construction turnover in supply and installation of electricity distribution infrastructure of US$ 1,720,000.00 (One million, seven hundred and twenty thousand), calculated as total certified payments received for contracts in progress and/or completed within the last three (3) years,

Must meet requirement

Must meet requirement

Must meet at least 30 % of the requirement

Must meet at least 70 % of the requirement

Form FIN –3.2

3.3 Financial Resources

 

The Bidder must demonstrate access to, or availability of, financial resources such as liquid assets, unencumbered real assets, lines of credit, and other financial means, other than any contractual advance payments to meet:

(i) the following cash-flow requirement:

USD $ 430,000.00 (four hundred and thirty thousand)

and

(ii) the overall cash flow requirements for this contract and its current commitments.

Must meet requirement

Must meet requirement

Must meet at least 30 % of the requirement

Must meet at least 70 % of the requirement

Form FIN –3.3

        

 

 

Factor

4 Experience

Sub-Factor

Criteria

Documentation Required

 

Requirement

Bidder

 

Single Entity

Joint Venture (existing or intended)

 

All members combined

Each member

At least one member

 

4.1 General Experience

Experience in supply, installation and commissioning of electricity distribution control systems under contracts in the role of main contractor, JV member, subcontractor, or management contractor for at least the last five (5) years starting 1st January 2021

Must meet requirement

 

N / A

Must meet requirement

 

N / A

Form EXP-4.1

 

4.2(a) Specific Experience

(a)Participation as contractor, joint venture member[5], management contractor, or subcontractor, in at least two (2) contracts within the last eight (8) years (from 1 January 2018), each with a value of at least $860,000.00 that have been successfully and substantially[6]completed and that are similar to the proposed Plant and Installation Services.

The similarity of the contracts shall be based on the physical size, complexity, methods, technology or other characteristics as described in Section VII, Employer’s Requirements.

Must meet requirement

Must meet requirements[7]

N / A

Must meet the following requirements for the key activities listed below

  • 2 contracts for Supply, Installation and commissioning of 11 to 33 kV auto-reclosers/circuit breakers in Sub-Sahara countries.

 

Form EXP 4.2(a)

 

 

4.2(b)  Specific Experience

(b) For the above or other contracts executed during the period stipulated in 4.2(a) above, a minimum experience in the following key activities:

  • Design, Supply, Installation, and Commissioning of at least two [2] of 11 to 33 kV auto-reclosers/circuit breakers within the last five [5] years; and
  •  At least one of the contracts shall have the complete scope of installation/integration to SCADA in a Sub-Sahara Africa

Bidders should submit details of previous projects and reference letters from clients in support of the projects they are using to demonstrate their qualifications.

The Employer may make independent inquiries about any or all of the projects referenced by bidders and may visit and examine the projects used by Bidders in support of their qualifications.

Must meet requirements

 

Must meet requirements[8]

N / A

Must meet the requirements

Form EXP-4.2(b)

 

4.2 (c) Specific Experience in managing ES aspects

For the contracts in 4.2 (a) above and/or any other contracts [substantially completed and under implementation] as prime contractor, joint venture member, or Subcontractor between 1st January 2021 and Application submission deadline, experience in managing ES risks and impacts in the following aspects:

  • Health and Safety on project areas and working areas
  • ESHS training of Contractor & local partners and staff; including induction training, health screening, training in correct use of PPEs, Project ESHS risks and hazards;
  • Waste management
  • Emergency Management

Must meet requirements

 

Must meet requirements

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

 

Form EXP – 4.2 (c)

 

 

 

Section IV - Bidding Forms

Table of Forms

 

Letter of Bid- Technical Part 79

Technical Proposal 82

Site Organization. 83

Method Statement 84

Mobilization Schedule. 85

Construction Schedule. 86

ES Management Strategies and Implementation Plans (ES-MSIP) 87

Sustainable Procurement Proposal 88

Risk assessment and Proposed Management Plan. 89

Code of Conduct for Contractor’s Personnel (ES) Form.. 90

Plant 94

Contractor’s Equipment 95

Functional Guarantees. 96

Personnel 97

Resume of Proposed Personnel 99

Proposed Subcontractors for Major Items of Plant and Installation Services. 100

Others - Time Schedule. 101

Bidders Qualification without prequalification. 115

Bidder Information Sheet 116

Party to JV Information Sheet 117

Historical Contract Non-Performance, Pending Litigation and Litigation History. 118

Current Contract Commitments / Works in Progress. 124

Financial Situation. 125

Historical Financial Performance. 125

Average Annual Turnover 127

Financial Resources. 128

Experience. 129

General Experience. 129

Specific Experience. 131

Specific Experience in Key Activities. 133

Form of Bid Security. 136

Form of Bid Security – Bank Guarantee. 136

Form of Bid Security- Bid Bond. 138

Form of Bid-Securing Declaration. 139

Manufacturer’s Authorization. 140

Schedule of Rates and Prices. 143

Schedule No. 1.  Plant and Mandatory Spare Parts Supplied from Abroad. 143

Country of Origin Declaration Form.. 144

Schedule No. 2.  Plant and Mandatory Spare Parts Supplied from Within the Employer’s Country. 145

Schedule No. 3.  Design Services. 146

Schedule No. 4.  Installation and Other Services. 147

Schedule No. 5.  Grand Summary. 148

Schedule No. 6.  Recommended Spare Parts. 149

Price Adjustment 150

 

 

Letter of Bid- Technical Part

INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS: DELETE THIS BOX ONCE YOU HAVE COMPLETED THE DOCUMENT

The Bidder must prepare this Letter of Bid on stationery with its letterhead clearly showing the Bidder’s complete name and business address.

Note: All italicized text is to help Bidders in preparing this form.       

 

Date of this Bid submission: [insert date (as day, month and year) of Bid submission]

RFB No.: [insert number of RFB process]

Alternative No.:[insert identification No if this is a Bid for an alternative]

We, the undersigned, hereby submit our Bid, in two parts, namely:

  1. the Technical Part, and
  2. the Financial Part

In submitting our Bid, we make the following declarations:

  1. No reservations: We have examined and have no reservations to the bidding document, including Addenda issued in accordance with Instructions to Bidders (ITB 8);
  2. Eligibility: We meet the eligibility requirements and have no conflict of interest in accordance with ITB 4;
  3. Bid-Securing Declaration: We have not been suspended nor declared ineligible by the Employer based on execution of a Bid-Securing Declaration or Proposal-Securing Declaration in the Employer’s country in accordance with ITB 4.7;
  4. Sexual Exploitation and Abuse (SEA) and/or Sexual Harassment (SH): [select the appropriate option from (i) to (v) below and delete the others].

We [where JV, insert: “including any of our JV members”], and any of our subcontractors:

  1. [have not been subject to disqualification by the Bank for non-compliance with SEA/ SH obligations.]
  2. [are subject to disqualification by the Bank for non-compliance with SEA/ SH obligations.]
  3. [had been subject to disqualification by the Bank for non-compliance with SEA/ SH obligations. An arbitral award on the disqualification case has been made in our favor.]
  4. [had been subject to disqualification by the Bank for non-compliance with SEA/ SH obligations for a period of two years. We have subsequently provided and demonstrated that we have adequate capacity and commitment to comply with SEA and SH prevention and response obligations.]
  5. [had been subject to disqualification by the Bank for non-compliance with SEA/ SH obligations for a period of two years. We have attached documents demonstrating that we have adequate capacity and commitment to comply with SEA and SH prevention and response obligations.]
  1. Conformity: We offer to provide design, supply and installation services in conformity with the bidding document of the following: [insert a brief description of the Plant, Design, Supply and Installation Services]                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      ;
  2. Bid Validity: Our Bid shall be valid until [insert day, month and year in accordance with ITB 19.1], and it shall remain binding upon us and may be accepted at any time on or before this date;
  3. Performance Security: If our Bid is accepted, we commit to obtain a Performance Security in accordance with the bidding document;
  4. One Bid Per Bidder: We are not submitting any other Bid(s) as an individual Bidder, and we are not participating in any other Bid(s) as a Joint Venture member, and meet the requirements of ITB 4.3, other than alternative Bids submitted in accordance with ITB 13;
  5. Suspension and Debarment: We, along with any of our subcontractors, suppliers, consultants, manufacturers, or service providers for any part of the contract, are not subject to, and not controlled by any entity or individual that is subject to, a temporary suspension or a debarment imposed by the World Bank Group or a debarment imposed by the World Bank Group in accordance with the Agreement for Mutual Enforcement of Debarment Decisions between the World Bank and other development banks. Further, we are not ineligible under the Employer’s country laws or official regulations or pursuant to a decision of the United Nations Security Council;
  6. State-owned enterprise or institution: [select the appropriate option and delete the other] [We are not a state-owned enterprise or institution] / [We are a state-owned enterprise or institution but meet the requirements of ITB 4.6];
  7. Binding Contract: We understand that this Bid, together with your written acceptance thereof included in your Letter of Acceptance, shall constitute a binding contract between us, until a formal contract is prepared and executed;
  8. Not Bound to Accept: We understand that you are not bound to accept the lowest evaluated cost Bid, the Most Advantageous Bid or any other Bid that you may receive; and
  9. Fraud and Corruption: We hereby certify that we have taken steps to ensure that no person acting for us or on our behalf engages in any type of Fraud and Corruption.

;

Name of the Bidder: *[insert complete name of the Bidder]

Name of the person duly authorized to sign the Bid on behalf of the Bidder: **[insert complete name of person duly authorized to sign the Bid]

Title of the person signing the Bid: [insert complete title of the person signing the Bid]

Signature of the person named above: [insert signature of person whose name and capacity are shown above]

Date signed [insert date of signing] day of [insert month], [insert year]

*: In the case of the Bid submitted by joint venture specify the name of the Joint Venture as Bidder

**: Person signing the Bid shall have the power of attorney given by the Bidder to be attached with the Bid

 

 

 

 

Technical Proposal

 

 

 

 

Site Organization

 

 

 

Method Statement

[Note to the Bidder: (i) As required in BDS 11.2 (i), also include method statement, management strategies, implementation plans and innovations; (ii) if there are assessed supply chain risks, the method statement must include proposed supply chain risks management plans.]

In addition, the Bidder/Contractor shall establish, implement and maintain a Method Statement for its specific Occupational Health & Safety (OHS) risks on site and describe mitigation measures to keep high risks under control. Method Statement is a type of health and safety document that Contractor shall use for high-risk work. It describes the steps (method) that workers must take to carry out a particular job safely. Primarily, they are for the benefit of those who will physically be carrying out the work, usually those working in the construction sector.

The document shall identify the potential hazards that may arise during a particular task and outline the necessary precautions that must be put in place and taken by workers. The statement must be as simple as possible to avoid any misinterpretations that could result in injury. Workers involved in the work shall read it, understand what is expected of them and follow the measures that are in place to keep them safe. Method Statement shall be approved by the Employer.

The Bidder/Contractor shall describe the method of work to keeping under control high risks and establish a permit to work system and issue a permit to work (PTW) for specific work. PTW shall be issued, but is not limited to, working at height, working in confined spaces, lone work, asbestos, hot work and the use of dangerous plant. Method Statements shall contain the following items but not limited to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mobilization Schedule

[Insert Technical Proposal for Mobilization Schedule]

 

 

 

 

Construction Schedule

The Bidder should chalk out proper mobilisation schedule and construction schedule along with the CPM/ PERT charts for execution of the Contract as a whole. Since no extension of time is anticipated unless exclusively warranted under critical circumstances, work programme for all key activities that may have bearing on project implementation should be clearly shown within the overall project schedule. For example, time required for import of equipment and construction materials together with time schedule within the overall schedule for preconstruction activities like surveys and investigations and preparation of construction drawings.

 

 

 

ES Management Strategies and Implementation Plans (ES-MSIP)

The Bidder shall submit comprehensive and concise Environmental and Social Management Strategies and Implementation Plans (ES-MSIP) as required by ITB 11.1 (j) of the Bid Data Sheet. These strategies and plans shall describe in detail the actions, materials, equipment, management processes etc. that will be implemented by the Contractor, and its subcontractors.

In developing these strategies and plans, the Bidder shall have regard to the ES provisions of the contract including those as may be more fully described in the Employer’s Requirements in Section VII.

 

 

 

Sustainable Procurement Proposal

Note to Bidder: In addition to submitting the required ES Management Strategies and Implementation Plans, the Bidder shall provide its proposal to demonstrate how additional sustainable procurement requirements, if any, specified in Section VII- Employer’s Requirements would be addressed. The Bidder shall also provide its proposal, if any, for exceeding the sustainable procurement requirements.

 

 

 

Risk assessment and Proposed Management Plan

The Bidder should submit a risk register identifying the hazards anticipated during the implementation of the contract.

For the key hazards ranked by impact, the risk register shall include a description of the hazard, an assessment of the potential impact on health and safety, environment, cost, program or other, and the proposed mitigation strategy for each hazard.

 

 

 

 

Note to the Bidder:

The minimum content of the Code of Conduct form as set out by the Employer shall not be substantially modified. However, the Bidder may add requirements as appropriate, including to take into account Contract-specific issues/risks. 

The Bidder shall initial and submit the Code of Conduct form as part of its bid.

 

Code of Conduct for Contractor’s Personnel (ES) Form

Note to the Employer:

The following minimum requirements shall not be modified. The Employer may add additional requirements to address identified issues, informed by relevant environmental and social assessment.

The types of issues identified could include risks associated with: labour influx, spread of communicable diseases, and Sexual Exploitation and Abuse (SEA), Sexual Harassment (SH) etc.

Delete this Box prior to issuance of the bidding documents.

 

 

 

 

We are the Contractor, [enter name of Contractor].  We have signed a contract with [enter name of Employer] for [enter description of the Facilities]. The Plant for the Facilities will be installed at [enter the Site]. Our contract requires us to implement measures to address environmental and social risks, related to the Installation Services i.e. services ancillary to the supply of the Plant for the Facilities, such as inland transportation, site preparation works/ associated civil works, installation, testing, precommissioning, commissioning, operations and maintenance etc. as the case may require.

This Code of Conduct is part of our measures to deal with environmental and social risks related to the Installation Services. 

All personnel that we utilize in the execution of the Contract, including staff, labor and other employees of us and of each Subcontractor, and any other personnel assisting us in the execution of the Contract, are referred to as Contractor’s Personnel.

This Code of Conduct identifies the behavior that we require from the Contractor’s Personnel employed for the execution of Installation Services at the Site (or other places in the country where the Site is located).

Our workplace is an environment where unsafe, offensive, abusive or violent behavior will not be tolerated and where all persons should feel comfortable raising issues or concerns without fear of retaliation.

REQUIRED CONDUCT

Contractor’s  Personnel employed for the execution of Installation Services at the Site (or other places in the country where the Site is located) shall:

  1. carry out his/her duties competently and diligently;
  2. comply with this Code of Conduct and all applicable laws, regulations and other requirements, including requirements to protect the health, safety and well-being of other Contractor’s Personnel and any other person;
  3. maintain a safe working environment including by:
    1. ensuring that workplaces, machinery, equipment and processes under each person’s control are safe and without risk to health;
    2. wearing required personal protective equipment;   
    3. using appropriate measures relating to chemical, physical and biological substances and agents; and
    4. following applicable emergency operating procedures.
  4. report work situations that he/she believes are not safe or healthy and remove himself/herself from a work situation which he/she reasonably believes presents an imminent and serious danger to his/her life or health;
  5. treat other people with respect, and not discriminate against specific groups such as women, people with disabilities, migrant workers or children;
  6. not engage in any form of sexual harassment including unwelcome sexual advances, requests for sexual favors, and other verbal or physical conduct of a sexual nature with other Contractor’s or Employer’s Personnel;
  7. not engage in Sexual Exploitation, which means any actual or attempted abuse of position of vulnerability, differential power or trust, for sexual purposes, including, but not limited to, profiting monetarily, socially or politically from the sexual exploitation of another;
  8. not engage in in Sexual Abuse,  which means the actual or threatened physical intrusion of a sexual nature, whether by force or under unequal or coercive conditions;
  9. not engage in any form of sexual activity with individuals under the age of 18, except in case of pre-existing marriage;
  10. complete relevant training courses that will be provided related to the environmental and social aspects of the Contract, including on health and safety matters, and Sexual Exploitation and Abuse, and Sexual Harassment (SH);
  11.  report violations of this Code of Conduct; and
  12. not retaliate against any person who reports violations of this Code of Conduct, whether to us or the Employer, or who makes use of the grievance mechanism for Contractor’s Personnel or the project’s Grievance Redress Mechanism.

RAISING CONCERNS

If any person observes behavior that he/she believes may represent a violation of this Code of Conduct, or that otherwise concerns him/her, he/she should raise the issue promptly. This can be done in either of the following ways:

  1. Contact [enter name of the Contractor’s Social Expert with relevant experience in handling sexual exploitation, sexual abuse and sexual harassment cases, or if such person is not required under the Contract, another individual designated by the Contractor to handle these matters] in writing at this address [   ] or by telephone at [   ] or in person at [   ]; or
  2. Call [  ]  to reach the Contractor’s hotline (if any) and leave a message.

 

The person’s identity will be kept confidential, unless reporting of allegations is mandated by the country law. Anonymous complaints or allegations may also be submitted and will be given all due and appropriate consideration. We take seriously all reports of possible misconduct and will investigate and take appropriate action. We will provide warm referrals to service providers that may help support the person who experienced the alleged incident, as appropriate.

There will be no retaliation against any person who raises a concern in good faith about any behavior prohibited by this Code of Conduct.  Such retaliation would be a violation of this Code of Conduct. 

CONSEQUENCES OF VIOLATING THE CODE OF CONDUCT

Any violation of this Code of Conduct by the Contractor’s Personnel may result in serious consequences, up to and including termination and possible referral to legal authorities.

FOR CONTRACTOR’s PERSONNEL:

I have received a copy of this Code of Conduct written in a language that I comprehend.  I understand that if I have any questions about this Code of Conduct, I can contact [enter name of Contractor’s contact person(s) with relevant experience] requesting an explanation. 

Name of Contractor’s Personnel: [insert name]                                             Signature: __________________________________________________________

Date: (day month year): _______________________________________________

Countersignature of authorized representative of the Contractor:

Signature: ________________________________________________________

Date: (day month year): ______________________________________________

ATTACHMENT 1: Behaviors constituting SEA and behaviors constituting SH

 

 

 

ATTACHMENT 1 TO THE CODE OF CONDUCT FORM

 

BEHAVIORS CONSTITUTING SEXUAL EXPLOITATION AND ABUSE (SEA) AND BEHAVIORS CONSTITUTING SEXUAL HARASSMENT (SH)

 

The following non-exhaustive list is intended to illustrate types of prohibited behaviors.

  1. Examples of sexual exploitation and abuse include, but are not limited to:

 

  1. Examples of sexual harassment in a work context

 

 

 

Plant

 

Contractor’s Equipment

Form EQU

The Bidder shall provide adequate information to demonstrate clearly that it has the capability to meet the requirements for the key Contractor’s equipment listed in Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria. A separate Form shall be prepared for each item of equipment listed, or for alternative equipment proposed by the Bidder.

 

Item of equipment

 

Equipment information

Name of manufacturer

 

Model and power rating

 

Capacity

 

Year of manufacture

Current status

Current location

 

 

Details of current commitments

 

 

 

Source

Indicate source of the equipment

     o Owned        o Rented      o Leased         o Specially manufactured

 

Omit the following information for equipment owned by the Bidder.

 

Owner

Name of owner

 

Address of owner

 

 

 

 

Telephone

Contact name and title

 

Fax

Telex

Agreements

Details of rental / lease / manufacture agreements specific to the project

 

 

 

 

 

Functional Guarantees

Form FUNC

 

The Bidder shall copy in the left column of the table below, the identification of each functional guarantee required in the Specification and stated by the Employer in para. 1.2 (c) of Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria, and in the right column, provide the corresponding value for each functional guarantee of the proposed plant and equipment.

 

Required Functional Guarantee

Value of Functional Guarantee of the Proposed Plant and Equipment

1.

 

2.

 

3.

 

…

 

 

 

Personnel

Form PER -1

Contractor’s Representative and other Key Personnel

Schedule

Bidders should provide the names of suitably qualified personnel to meet the specified requirements stated in Section VII. The data on their experience should be supplied using the Form below for each candidate.

*As listed in Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria.

Contractor’ Representative and Key Personnel

  1. 1.

Title of position: Contractor’s Representative

 

Name of candidate:

 

Duration of appointment:

[insert the whole period (start and end dates) for which this position will be engaged]

 

Time commitment: for this position:

[insert the number of days/week/months/ that has been scheduled for this position]

 

Expected time schedule for this position:

[insert the expected time schedule for this position (e.g., attach high level Gantt chart]

  1. 2.

Title of position: [Environmental Specialist]

 

Name of candidate:

 

Duration of appointment:

[insert the whole period (start and end dates) for which this position will be engaged]

 

Time commitment: for this position:

[insert the number of days/week/months/ that has been scheduled for this position]

 

Expected time schedule for this position:

[insert the expected time schedule for this position (e.g., attach high level Gantt chart]

  1. 3.

Title of position: [Health and Safety Specialist]

 

Name of candidate:

 

Duration of appointment:

[insert the whole period (start and end dates) for which this position will be engaged]

 

Time commitment: for this position:

[insert the number of days/week/months/ that has been scheduled for this position]

 

Expected time schedule for this position:

[insert the expected time schedule for this position (e.g., attach high level Gantt chart]

  1. 4.

Title of position: [Social Specialist]

 

Name of candidate: 

 

Duration of appointment:

[insert the whole period (start and end dates) for which this position will be engaged]

 

Time commitment: for this position:

[insert the number of days/week/months/ that has been scheduled for this position]

 

Expected time schedule for this position:

[insert the expected time schedule for this position (e.g., attach high level Gantt chart]

  1.  

Title of position: Sexual Exploitation, Abuse and Harassment Expert

 [Where a Project SEA risks are assessed to be substantial or high, key personnel shall include an expert/s with relevant experience in addressing sexual exploitation, sexual abuse and sexual harassment  cases]

 

Name of candidate

 

Duration of appointment:

[insert the whole period (start and end dates) for which this position will be engaged]

 

Time commitment: for this position:

[insert the number of days/week/months/ that has been scheduled for this position]

 

Expected time schedule for this position:

[insert the expected time schedule for this position (e.g., attach high level Gantt chart]

7.

Title of position: [insert title]

 

 

 

Form PER-2

 

Resume of Proposed Personnel 

Name of Bidder

 

 

Position

 

Personnel information

Name

 

Date of birth

 

Professional qualifications

 

Present employment

Name of employer

 

 

Address of employer

 

 

Telephone

 

Contact (manager / personnel officer)

 

Fax

 

E-mail

 

Job title

 

Years with present employer

 

Summarize professional experience over the last 20 years, in reverse chronological order. Indicate particular technical and managerial experience relevant to the project.

From

To

Company / Project / Position / Relevant technical and management experience

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proposed Subcontractors for Major Items of Plant and Installation Services

 

A list of major items of Plant and Installation Services is provided below.

 

The following Subcontractors and/or manufacturers are proposed for carrying out the item of the facilities indicated.  Bidders are free to propose more than one for each item

 

 

Major Items of Plant and Installation Services

Proposed Subcontractors/Manufacturers

Nationality

11kV auto reclosers supply

 

 

Telecommunications equipment (data radios and antennas)

 

 

Overhead line construction

 

 

Protection and SCADA

 

 

 

 

Others - Time Schedule

(to be used by Bidder when alternative Time for Completion is invited in ITB 13.2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bidders Qualification without prequalification

To establish its qualifications to perform the contract in accordance with Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria the Bidder shall provide the information requested in the corresponding Information Sheets included hereunder.

 

Form ELI 1.1

Bidder Information Sheet

Date:  ______________________

RFB No.: ___________________

Page ________ of _______ pages

 

1.  Bidder’s Legal Name

 

2.  In case of JV, legal name of each party:

 

3.  Bidder’s actual or intended Country of Registration:

4.  Bidder’s Year of Registration:

5.  Bidder’s Legal Address in Country of Registration:

 

6.  Bidder’s Authorized Representative Information

     Name:

     Address:

     Telephone/Fax numbers:

     Email Address:

 

7. Attached are copies of original documents of

    Articles of Incorporation (or equivalent documents of constitution or association), and/or documents of registration of the legal entity named above, in accordance with ITB 4.4

    In case of JV, letter of intent to form JV or JV agreement, in accordance with ITB 4.1

    In case of state-owned enterprise or institution, in accordance with ITB 4.6, documents establishing:

  • Legal and financial autonomy
  • Operation under commercial law
  • Establishing that the Bidder is not under the supervision of the Employer

8. Included are the organizational chart, a list of Board of Directors, and the beneficial ownership. The successful Bidder shall provide additional information on beneficial ownership, using the Beneficial Ownership Disclosure Form.

 

 

Form ELI 1.2

Party to JV Information Sheet

Date: ______________________

RFB No.: ___________________

Page ________ of_ ______ pages

 

1.  Bidder’s Legal Name:

 

2.  JV’s Party legal name:

3.  JV’s Party Country of Registration:

4. JV’s Party Year of Registration:

 

5.  JV’s Party Legal Address in Country of Registration:

 

6.  JV’s Party Authorized Representative Information

Name:

Address:

Telephone/Fax numbers:

Email Address:

 

7. Attached are copies of original documents of

    Articles of Incorporation (or equivalent documents of constitution or association), and/or registration documents of the legal entity named above, in accordance with ITB 4.4.

   In case of a state-owned enterprise or institution, documents establishing legal and financial autonomy, operation in accordance with commercial law, and that they are not under the supervision of the Employer, in accordance with ITB 4.6.

8. Included are the organizational chart, a list of Board of Directors, and the beneficial ownership. The successful Bidder shall provide additional information on beneficial ownership for each JV member using the Beneficial Ownership Disclosure Form.

 

 

 

Form CON – 2

Historical Contract Non-Performance, Pending Litigation and Litigation History

Bidder’s Legal Name:  _______________________                                              Date:  _____________________

JV Member Legal Name:  _______________________            ___________________

RFB No.:  __________________

Page _______ of _______ pages

 

Non-Performed Contracts in accordance with Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria

    Contract non-performance did not occur since 1st January [insert year] specified in Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria, Sub-Factor 2.1.

    Contract(s) not performed since 1st January [insert year] specified in Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria, Sub-Factor 2.1

Year

Non- performed portion of contract

Contract Identification

 

Total Contract Amount (current value, currency, exchange rate and US$ equivalent)

[insert year]

[insert amount and percentage]

Contract Identification: [indicate complete contract name/ number, and any other identification]

Name of Employer: [insert full name]

Address of Employer: [insert street/city/country]

Reason(s) for nonperformance: [indicate main reason(s)]

[insert amount]

Pending Litigation, in accordance with Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria

   No pending litigation in accordance with Sub-Factor 2.3.

   Pending litigation in accordance with Sub-Factor 2.3 as indicated below.

 

 

 

Year of dispute

Amount in dispute (currency)

Contract Identification

Total Contract Amount (currency), USD Equivalent (exchange rate)

 

 

Contract Identification: _________

Name of Employer: ____________

Address of Employer: __________

Matter in dispute: ______________

Party who initiated the dispute: ____

Status of dispute: ___________

 

 

 

Contract Identification:

Name of Employer:

Address of Employer:

Matter in dispute:

Party who initiated the dispute:

Status of dispute:

 

Litigation History in accordance with Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria

        No Litigation History in accordance with Sub-Factor 2.4.

        Litigation History in accordance with Sub-Factor 2.4 as indicated below.

Year of award

Outcome as percentage of Net Worth

Contract Identification

Total Contract Amount (currency), USD Equivalent (exchange rate)

[insert year]

[insert percentage]

Contract Identification: [indicate complete contract name, number, and any other identification]

Name of Employer: [insert full name]

Address of Employer: [insert street/city/country]

Matter in dispute: [indicate main issues in dispute]

Party who initiated the dispute: [indicate “Employer” or “Contractor”]

Reason(s) for Litigation and award decision [indicate main reason(s)]

[insert amount]

      

 

 

 

Form CON – 3

Environmental and Social Performance Declaration

[The following table shall be filled in for the Bidder, each member of a Joint Venture and each Specialized Subcontractor]

Bidder’s Name: [insert full name]
Date: [insert day, month, year]
Joint Venture Member’s or Specialized Subcontractor’s Name: [insert full name]
RFB No. and title: [insert RFB number and title]
Page [insert page number] of [insert total number] pages

Environmental and Social Performance Declaration

in accordance with Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria

  No suspension or termination of contract: An employer has not suspended or terminated a contract and/or called the performance security for a contract for reasons related to Environmental or Social (ES) performance since the date specified in Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria, Sub-Factor 2.5.

  Declaration of suspension or termination of contract:  The following contract(s) has/have been suspended or terminated and/or Performance Security called by an employer(s) for reasons related to Environmental or Social (ES) performance since the date specified in Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria, Sub-Factor 2.5. Details are described below:

Year

Suspended or terminated portion of contract

Contract Identification

 

Total Contract Amount (current value, currency, exchange rate and US$ equivalent)

[insert year]

[insert amount and percentage]

Contract Identification: [indicate complete contract name/ number, and any other identification]

Name of Employer: [insert full name]

Address of Employer: [insert street/city/country]

Reason(s) for suspension or termination: [indicate main reason(s) e.g., gender-based violence; sexual exploitation or sexual abuse breaches]

[insert amount]

[insert year]

[insert amount and percentage]

Contract Identification: [indicate complete contract name/ number, and any other identification]

Name of Employer: [insert full name]

Address of Employer: [insert street/city/country]

Reason(s) for suspension or termination: [indicate main reason(s)]

[insert amount]

…

…

[list all applicable contracts]

…

Performance Security called by an employer(s) for reasons related to ES performance

Year

Contract Identification

 

Total Contract Amount (current value, currency, exchange rate and US$ equivalent)

[insert year]

Contract Identification: [indicate complete contract name/ number, and any other identification]

Name of Employer: [insert full name]

Address of Employer: [insert street/city/country]

Reason(s) for calling of performance security: [indicate main reason(s) e.g., for gender-based violence; sexual exploitation, or sexual abuse breaches]

[insert amount]

 

 

 

 

 

 

Form CON – 4

Sexual Exploitation and Abuse (SEA) and/or Sexual Harassment Performance Declaration

[The following table shall be filled in by the Bidder, each member of a Joint Venture and each subcontractor proposed by the Bidder]

Bidder’s Name: [insert full name]
Date: [insert day, month, year]
Joint Venture Member’s or Subcontractor’s Name: [insert full name]
RFB No. and title: [insert RFB number and title]
Page [insert page number] of [insert total number] pages

SEA and/or SH Declaration

in accordance with Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria

We:

¨ (a) have not been subject to disqualification by the Bank for non-compliance with SEA/ SH obligations

¨  (b) are subject to disqualification by the Bank for non-compliance with SEA/ SH obligations

¨ (c) had been subject to disqualification by the Bank for non-compliance with SEA/ SH obligations. An arbitral award on the disqualification case has been made in our favor.

[If (c) above is applicable, attach evidence of an arbitral award reversing the findings on the issues underlying the disqualification.]

 

 

 

 

 

Form CCC

Current Contract Commitments / Works in Progress

Bidders and each member to a JV should provide information on their current commitments on all contracts that have been awarded, or for which a letter of intent or acceptance has been received, or for contracts approaching completion, but for which an unqualified, full completion certificate has yet to be issued.

 

Name of contract

Employer, contact address/tel/fax

Value of outstanding work (current US$ equivalent)

Estimated completion date

Average monthly invoicing over last six months
(US$/month)

1.

 

 

 

 

 

2.

 

 

 

 

 

3.

 

 

 

 

 

4.

 

 

 

 

 

5.

 

 

 

 

 

etc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Form FIN – 3.1

Financial Situation

Historical Financial Performance

Bidder’s Legal Name: _______________________                                               Date:  _____________________

JV Member Legal Name: _______________________                                 RFB   No.:  __________________

Page _______ of _______ pages

To be completed by the Bidder and, if JV, by each member

Financial information in US$ equivalent

Historic information for previous ______ (__) years

 (US$ equivalent in 000s)

 

2022/23

2023/24

2024/25

Avg.

Avg. Ratio

Information from Balance Sheet

Total Assets (TA)

 

 

 

 

 

Total Liabilities (TL)

 

 

 

 

Net Worth (NW)

 

 

 

 

 

Current Assets (CA)

 

 

 

 

 

Current Liabilities (CL)

 

 

 

 

Information from Income Statement

Total Revenue (TR)

 

 

 

 

 

Profits Before Taxes (PBT)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Attached are copies of financial statements (balance sheets, including all related notes, and income statements) for the years required above complying with the following conditions:

  1. Must reflect the financial situation of the Bidder or member to a JV, and not sister or parent companies
  2. Historic financial statements must be audited by a certified accountant
  3. Historic financial statements must be complete, including all notes to the financial statements
  4. Historic financial statements must correspond to accounting periods already completed and audited (no statements for partial periods shall be requested or accepted)

 

 

 

 

Form FIN – 3.2

Average Annual Turnover

Bidder’s Legal Name:  ___________________________                                      Date:  _____________________

JV Member Legal Name: ____________________________                           RFB No.:  __________________  

                                                                                      Page _______ of _______ pages

 

Annual turnover data 

Year

Amount and Currency

US$ equivalent

2022/23

 _________________________________________

____________________

2023/24

 _________________________________________

____________________

2024/25

 _________________________________________

____________________

*Average Annual Turnover

 _________________________________________

____________________

 

*Average annual turnover calculated as total certified payments received for work in progress or completed, divided by the number of years specified in Section III, Evaluation Criteria, Sub-Factor 2.3.2.

 

 

Form FIN3.3

Financial Resources

Specify proposed sources of financing, such as liquid assets, unencumbered real assets, lines of credit, and other financial means, net of current commitments, available to meet the total cash flow demands of the subject contract or contracts as indicated in Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria

Source of financing

Amount (US$ equivalent)

1.

 

 

2.

 

 

3.

 

 

4.

 

 

 

 

Form EXP 4.1

Experience

General Experience

Bidder’s Legal Name:  ____________________________                                  Date:  _____________________

JV Member Legal Name:  ____________________________                          RFB No.:  __________________

                                                                                      Page _______ of _______ pages

 

Starting Month / Year

Ending Month / Year

 

 Years*

Contract Identification

 

Role of Bidder

 

______

 

______

 

Contract name:

Brief Description of the  contract performed by the Bidder:

Name of Employer:

Address:

 

_________

 

 

______

 

______

 

Contract name:

Brief Description of the  contract  performed by the Bidder:

Name of Employer:

Address:

 

_________

 

 

______

 

______

 

Contract name:

Brief Description of the   contract performed by the Bidder:

Name of Employer:

Address:

 

_________

 

 

______

 

______

 

Contract name:

Brief Description of the  contract performed by the Bidder:

Name of Employer:

Address:

 

_________

 

 

______

 

______

 

Contract name:

Brief Description of the   contract  performed by the Bidder:

Name of Employer:

Address:

 

_________

 

 

______

 

______

 

Contract name:

Brief Description of the   contract   performed by the Bidder:

Name of Employer:

Address:

 

_________

 

 

*List calendar year for years with contracts with at least nine (9) months activity per year starting with the earliest year

Form EXP –4.2(a)

Specific Experience

Bidder’s Legal Name:  ___________________________                                      Date:  _____________________

JV Member Legal Name: _________________________                                 RFB No.:  __________________  

                                                                                      Page _______ of _______ pages

 

Similar Contract Number:  ___ of ___ required.

 

Information

Contract Identification

 

_______________________________________

Award date

Completion date

 

_______________________________________

_______________________________________

 

 

 

Role in Contract

Prime Contractor

Member in
JV

 

Management Contractor

Subcontractor

 

Total contract amount

US$__________

If member in a JV or subcontractor, specify participation of total contract amount

 

______%

 

 

___________

 

US$_______

 

Employer’s Name:

 

_______________________________________

Address:

 

Telephone/fax number:

E-mail:

 

_______________________________________

_______________________________________

_______________________________________

_______________________________________

       

 

 

 

Form EXP –4.2(a) (cont.)

Specific Experience (cont.)

Bidder’s Legal Name:  ___________________________                    Page _______ of _______ pages

JV Member Legal Name:  ___________________________

 

Similar Contract No. __[insert specific number] of [total number of contracts] ___ required

Information

Description of the similarity in accordance with Sub-Factor 4.2a) of Section III:

 

Amount

_________________________________

Physical size

_________________________________

Complexity

_________________________________

Methods/Technology

_________________________________

Physical Production Rate

 

_________________________________

 

 

 

 

Form EXP –4.2(b)

Specific Experience in Key Activities

Bidder’s Legal Name:  ___________________________                                      Date:  _____________________

JV Member Legal Name: _________________________                                 RFB No.:  __________________  

Subcontractor’s Legal Name: ______________          Page _______ of _______ pages

 

 

Information

Contract Identification

_______________________________________

Award date

Completion date

_______________________________________

_______________________________________

Role in Contract

Prime Contractor

Management Contractor

 

Subcontractor

 

Total contract amount

US$________

If member in a JV or subcontractor, specify participation of total contract amount

 

__________%

 

_____________

 

US$________

Employer’s Name:

_______________________________________

Address:

 

Telephone/fax number:

E-mail:

_______________________________________

_______________________________________

_______________________________________

_______________________________________

 

 

Form EXP –4.2 (b)(cont.)

Specific Experience in Key Activities (cont.)

Bidder’s Legal Name:  ___________________________                    Page _______ of _______ pages

JV Member Legal Name:  ___________________________

Subcontractor’s Legal Name: __________________________

 

 

Information

Description of the key activities in accordance with Sub-Factor 4.2b) of Section III:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Form EXP –4.2(c)

Specific Experience in Managing ES aspects and any additional sustainable procurement aspects

 

Bidder’s Legal Name:  ___________________________                                      Date:  _____________________

JV Member Legal Name: _________________________                                 RFB No.:  __________________  

Subcontractor’s Legal Name: ______________          Page _______ of _______ pages

        1. Key Requirement no 1 in accordance with 4.2 (c): __

____________________

Contract Identification

 

Award date

 

Completion date

 

Role in Contract

 

Prime Contractor

Member in
JV

Management Contractor

Subcontractor

Total Contract Amount

                                                          US$ ____________

Details of relevant experience

 

        1. Key Requirement no 2 in accordance with 4.2 (c): ______________________
        2. Key Requirement no 3 in accordance with 4.2 (c): ______________________

 

 

 

 

Form of Bid Security

Form of Bid Security – Bank Guarantee

 

[The bank shall fill in this Bank Guarantee Form in accordance with the instructions indicated.]

 

[Guarantor letterhead or SWIFT identifier code]

Beneficiary:  [Employer to insert its name and address]

RFB No.:[Employer to insert reference number for the Request for Bids]

Alternative No.: [Insert identification No if this is a Bid for an alternative]

Date:[Insert date of issue]

BID GUARANTEE No.:[Insert guarantee reference number]

Guarantor:  [Insert name and address of place of issue, unless indicated in the letterhead]

We have been informed that ______ [insert name of the Bidder, which in the case of a joint venture shall be the name of the joint venture (whether legally constituted or prospective) or the names of all members thereof](hereinafter called "the Applicant") has submitted or will submit to the Beneficiary its Bid (hereinafter called "the Bid") for the execution of ________________ under RFB No. ____________

Furthermore, we understand that, according to the Beneficiary’s conditions, Bids must be supported by a Bid guarantee.

At the request of the Applicant, we, as Guarantor, hereby irrevocably undertake to pay the Beneficiary any sum or sums not exceeding in total an amount of ___________ (____________) upon receipt by us of the Beneficiary’s complying demand, supported by the Beneficiary’s statement, whether in the demand itself or a separate signed document accompanying or identifying the demand, stating that either the Bidder:

(a)     has withdrawn its Bid prior to the Bid validity expiry date set forth in the Applicant’s Letter of Bid, or any extended date provided by the Applicant; or

(b)    having been notified of the acceptance of its Bid by the Beneficiary prior to the expiry date of the Bid validity or any extension thereto provided by the Applicant, (i) has failed to execute the Contract Agreement, or (ii) has failed to furnish the Performance Security, in accordance with the Instructions to Bidders (“ITB”) of the Beneficiary’s bidding document.

This guarantee will expire: (a) if the Applicant is the successful Bidder, upon our receipt of copies of the contract agreement signed by the Applicant and the Performance Security issued to the Beneficiary in relation to such contract agreement; or (b) if the Applicantis not the successful Bidder, upon the earlier of (i) our receipt of a copy of the Beneficiary’s notification to the Applicant of the results of the Bidding process; or (ii)twenty-eight days after the expiry date of the Bid validity.

Consequently, any demand for payment under this guarantee must be received by us at the office indicated above on or before that date.

This guarantee is subject to the Uniform Rules for Demand Guarantees (URDG) 2010 Revision, ICC Publication No. 758.

 

_____________________________

[Signature(s)]

Note:  All italicized text is for use in preparing this form and shall be deleted from the final product.

 

 

Manufacturer’s Authorization

 

Date: __________________

RFB No.: _________________

To:  ________________________

WHEREAS

 

We ___________________, who are official manufacturers of____________________, having factories at _____________________, do hereby authorize ______________________ to submit a Bid the purpose of which is to provide the following goods, manufactured by us _______________________, and to subsequently negotiate and sign the Contract.

 

We hereby extend our full guarantee and warranty in accordance with Clause 27 of the General Conditions, with respect to the goods offered by the above firm.

 

Signed: _______________________________________

 

 

Name: ______________________________________       

 

Title:______________________________________

 

Duly authorized to sign this Authorization on behalf of: ______________________________________

 

Dated on ____________ day of __________________, _______

 

INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS: DELETE THIS BOX ONCE YOU HAVE COMPLETED THE DOCUMENT

The Bidder must prepare this Letter of Bid on stationery with its letterhead clearly showing the Bidder’s complete name and business address.

Note: All italicized text is to help Bidders in preparing this form.


Letter of Bid - Financial Part

 

Date of this Bid submission: [insert date (as day, month and year) of Bid submission]

Request for Bid No.: [insert identification]

Alternative No.: [insert identification No if this is a Bid for an alternative]

 

To: [insert complete name of Employer]

 

We, the undersigned, hereby submit the second part of our Bid, the Bid Price and Bill of Quantities. This accompanies the Letter of Bid- Technical Part.

In submitting our Bid, we make the following additional declarations:

  1. Bid Validity: Our Bid shall be valid until [insert day, month and year in accordance with ITB 19.1], and it shall remain binding upon us and may be accepted at any time on or before this date;
  2. Total Price: The total price of our Bid, excluding any discounts offered in item (f) below is: [Insert one of the options below as appropriate]

[Option 1, in case of one lot:]  Total price is: [insert the total price of the Bid in words and figures, indicating the various amounts and the respective currencies];

Or

[Option 2, in case of multiple lots:] (a) Total price of each lot [insert the total price of each lot in words and figures, indicating the various amounts and the respective currencies]; and (b) Total price of all lots (sum of all lots) [insert the total price of all lots in words and figures, indicating the various amounts and the respective currencies];

  1. Discounts: The discounts offered and the methodology for their application are:

(i) The discounts offered are: [Specify in detail each discount offered]

(ii) The exact method of calculations to determine the net price after application of discounts is shown below: [Specify in detail the method that shall be used to apply the discounts];

  1. Commissions, gratuities and fees: We have paid, or will pay the following commissions, gratuities, or fees with respect to the Bidding process or execution of the Contract: [insert complete name of each Recipient, its full address, the reason for which each commission or gratuity was paid and the amount and currency of each such commission or gratuity].

   

Name of Recipient

Address

Reason

Amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(If none has been paid or is to be paid, indicate “none.”)

 

Name of the Bidder:*[insert complete name of  the Bidder]

Name of the person duly authorized to sign the Bid on behalf of the Bidder: ** [insert complete name of person duly authorized to sign the Bid]

Title of the person signing the Bid: [insert complete title of the person signing the Bid]

Signature of the person named above: [insert signature of person whose name and capacity are shown above]

Date signed [insert date of signing] day of [insert month], [insert year]

 

*: In the case of the Bid submitted by a Joint Venture specify the name of the Joint Venture as Bidder.

**: Person signing the Bid shall have the power of attorney given by the Bidder. The power of attorney shall be attached with the Bid Schedules

 

 

 

Schedule of Rates and Prices

Price schedule to be accessed from the following link:

11kV Auto Reclosers

Schedule No. 1.  Plant and Mandatory Spare Parts Supplied from Abroad

 

 

Country of Origin Declaration Form

 

 

Schedule No. 2.  Plant and Mandatory Spare Parts Supplied from Within the Employer’s Country

 

 

 

1 Specify currency in accordance with specifications in Bid Data Sheet under ITB 18.1

 

 

 

 

 

Schedule No. 3.  Design Services

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Schedule No. 4.  Installation and Other Services

 

 

 

Schedule No. 5.  Grand Summary

 

 

 

 

 

Price Adjustment

 

If price adjustment applies in accordance with ITB 17.9, the Bidder shall indicate the sources of indices and source of exchange rate (if applicable) and the base date indices in its Bid.

Item

Source of Indices

Base date Indices

Source of exchnage rate (if applicable)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Section V - Eligible Countries

 

Eligibility for the Provision of Goods, Works and Non-Consulting Services in
Bank-Financed Procurement

 

In reference to ITB 4.8 and 5.1, for the information of the Bidders, at the present time firms, goods and services from the following countries are excluded from this Bidding process: None

Under ITB 4.8 (a) and 5.1: None


 

 

Section VI - Fraud and Corruption

(this Section shall not be changed)

 

  1. Purpose
    1. The Bank’s Anti-Corruption Guidelines and this annex apply with respect to procurement under Bank Investment Project Financing operations.
  2. Requirements
  1. The Bank requires that Borrowers (including beneficiaries of Bank financing); bidders (applicants/proposers), consultants, contractors and suppliers; any sub-contractors, sub-consultants, service providers or suppliers; any agents (whether declared or not); and any of their personnel, observe the highest standard of ethics during the procurement process, selection and contract execution of Bank-financed contracts, and refrain from Fraud and Corruption.
  2. To this end, the Bank:
  1. Defines, for the purposes of this provision, the terms set forth below as follows:
  1. “corrupt practice” is the offering, giving, receiving, or soliciting, directly or indirectly, of anything of value to influence improperly the actions of another party;
  2. “fraudulent practice” is any act or omission, including misrepresentation, that knowingly or recklessly misleads, or attempts to mislead, a party to obtain financial or other benefit or to avoid an obligation;
  3. “collusive practice” is an arrangement between two or more parties designed to achieve an improper purpose, including to influence improperly the actions of another party;
  4. “coercive practice” is impairing or harming, or threatening to impair or harm, directly or indirectly, any party or the property of the party to influence improperly the actions of a party;
  5. “obstructive practice” is:
  1. deliberately destroying, falsifying, altering, or concealing of evidence material to the investigation or making false statements to investigators in order to materially impede a Bank investigation into allegations of a corrupt, fraudulent, coercive, or collusive practice; and/or threatening, harassing, or intimidating any party to prevent it from disclosing its knowledge of matters relevant to the investigation or from pursuing the investigation; or
  2. acts intended to materially impede the exercise of the Bank’s inspection and audit rights provided for under paragraph 2.2 e. below.
  1. Rejects a proposal for award if the Bank determines that the firm or individual recommended for award, any of its personnel, or its agents, or its sub-consultants, sub-contractors, service providers, suppliers and/ or their employees, has, directly or indirectly, engaged in corrupt, fraudulent, collusive, coercive, or obstructive practices in competing for the contract in question;
  2. In addition to the legal remedies set out in the relevant Legal Agreement, may take other appropriate actions, including declaring misprocurement, if the Bank determines at any time that representatives of the Borrower or of a recipient of any part of the proceeds of the loan engaged in corrupt, fraudulent, collusive, coercive, or obstructive practices during the procurement process, selection and/or execution of the contract in question,  without the Borrower having taken timely and appropriate action satisfactory to the Bank to address such practices when they occur, including by failing to inform the Bank in a timely manner at the time  they knew of the practices;
  3. Pursuant to the Bank’s Anti- Corruption Guidelines and in accordance with the Bank’s prevailing sanctions policies and procedures, may sanction a firm or individual, either indefinitely or for a stated period of time, including by publicly declaring such firm or individual ineligible (i) to be awarded or otherwise benefit from a Bank-financed contract, financially or in any other manner;[9] (ii) to be a nominated[10] sub-contractor, consultant, manufacturer or supplier, or service provider of an otherwise eligible firm being awarded a Bank-financed contract; and (iii) to receive the proceeds of any loan made by the Bank or otherwise to participate further in the preparation or implementation of any Bank-financed project;
  4. Requires that a clause be included in bidding/request for proposals documents and in contracts financed by a Bank loan, requiring (i) bidders (applicants/proposers), consultants, contractors, and suppliers, and their sub-contractors, sub-consultants, service providers, suppliers, agents, personnel, permit the Bank to inspect[11] all accounts, records and other documents relating to the procurement process, selection and/or contract execution, and to have them audited by auditors appointed by the Bank.

 

PART 2 - Employer’s Requirements

 

Section VII - Employer’s Requirements

 

Contents

Scope of Supply of Plant and Installation Services by the Contractor. 160

Specification. 161

Forms and Procedures. 168

Form of Completion Certificate. 169

Change Order Procedure and Forms. 171

Change Order Procedure. 172

Annex 1.  Request for Change Proposal 173

Annex 2.  Estimate for Change Proposal 175

Annex 3.  Acceptance of Estimate. 177

Annex 4.  Change Proposal 178

Annex 5.  Change Order 181

Annex 7.  Application for Change Proposal 184

Drawings. 186

Supplementary Information. 187

 

 

 

 

Scope of Supply of Plant and Installation Services by the Contractor

The scope covers the design, supply, equipment installation and commissioning of the 13 pole mounted 11kV auto-reclosers as per the configuration shown in the figure below. The scope highlighted below is a guide to the bidder and any tasks necessary to deliver the project as per the bidder’s design should be included in the scope to be submitted.

 

 

    1. Design

 

The following is to be done by the supplier.

  1. Prepare design report and drawings for the structure to replace existing auto-reclosers with fully remotely operated breakers. The same design to be also used in the proposed new sites. (One Standard Structure – To be used in all 13 structures).
  2. Design and install an earthing system where the earth resistance should be less than 5 ohms.
  3. Drawings to be approved by EEC prior to installation.
  4. Specify interface between pole mount Control Unit and Breaker
  5. Capture coordinates of the different points where the remotely controlled auto-reclosers will be installed and check for UHF signal availability in all the sites.
  6. Do frequency planning for UHF Data radios to be used for communication between SCADA – NCC and Control Unit.

Note: In certain instances, use the nearest substation with UMUX Interface.

    1. Procurement:

The following will have to be procured for the project.

Externally (Provided by supplier):

  1. 13 Remotely controlled auto recloser breakers, accessories, software and licencing. The general circuit breaker specification is included under ‘Specifications.’ This includes the Control Units and Switchgear.
  2. Data radios with UHF antennas (Depending on frequency planning) , accessories, software and licencing.
  3. Depending on interface between radios, control unit and breaker – supplier to provide interface cables and accessories.
  4. Single phase Power cables and accessories.
  5. 11kV Lightning arrestors
  6. labels – danger signs
  7. 11kV Isolating links
  8. Overhead line material and accessories

 

Internal (To be supplied by EEC).

  1. Procure D10 poles (10) limited to 4 structures per site with the relevant cross–arm depending on design.
  2. Earthing equipment for all 13 sites (camo conductor, spikes, clamps, lugs for camo conductor, conductive cement). Ensure earth resistance for site is less than 5 Ohms – depending on design.
  3. 13 of 16kVA single phase transformers, combi units, LV MCB, pole mounted boxes.
  4. ACSR overhead conductor Hare and Mink
    1. Installation and Commissioning

Construction (Supplier):     

  1. Dismantling of existing 13 structures where applicable.
  2. Erect the up the pole structure per site in all the identified 13 structures.
  3. Install, test and commission Auto recloser and mount control unit.
  4. String ACSR and install corresponding dropout fuses.
  5. Ensure all equipment in structure is properly earthed and take earth resistance for record keeping. (Earth resistance to be below 5 Ohms)
  6. Install, test and commission 16kVA transformers and corresponding MV LV equipment
  7. Recover old recloser for disposal / keeping as spare (to be done by EEC).
  8. Installation of bypass gang switch and structure (to be done by EEC).

 

Protection (bidder):

  1. Configure the breaker and prepare it for interface with the SCADA System.
  2. Ensure all analogue and digital points are ready for the SCADA department.
  3. Commission the breaker with the SCADA department.

 

Telecommunications (Supplier):

  1. Install Data radio with all accessories (Antenna, feeder cable, and interface to Control Unit) and ensure connectivity to NCC.
  2. Configure the Data radio.
  3. Commission link to NCC.
  4. Ensure all the radio equipment is properly earthed.

 

SCADA (Supplier):

  1. Build all the breakers in the main SCADA System together with EEC personnel.
  2. Mount Control Unit and configure it for remote operation to NCC.
  3. Ensure proper earthing of all SCADA equipment and provide power backup for Control Unit.
  4. Test and Commission the auto recloser to NCC with EEC personnel.
  5. Prepare final documentation for all the SCADA related equipment.
  6. Update the network diagram as per procedure for all new projects (to be done by EEC).
    1. Training

Provide formal training on the equipment as well. This should be specified in the quotation for the project. The training should be done before project implementation (State the period for training on the breaker, control unit and any other training that might be required for the project). Training should cover 25 technicians from the different sections internally (SCADA, Protection, Switchgear, Distribution, Telecoms).

  1. METHODOLOGY

The bidders are expected to provide a methodology showing how the design, construction, installation and commissioning exercise will be carried out. Include block diagrams where appropriate showing how the entire system integrates. This will indicate the level of understanding of what is expected from the Plant design, supply and installation Contractor.

 

 

 

Specification

This specification covers the requirements for an automatic electrically controlled three phase vacuum recloser for distribution systems. The recloser is intended for radial, loop, and meshed networks.

    1. Quality Assurance

 

3.2.1 Manufacturer qualifications: The chosen manufacturer shall have at least 10 years’ experience in manufacturing vacuum reclosers. The manufacturer of the reclosers shall be completely and solely responsible for the performance of the reclosers as a complete integrated assembly as rated.

3.2.2 Main recloser components such as circuit breaker, vacuum interrupters, current and voltage sensors, control cubicle and software shall be manufactured by the same manufacturer.

3.2.3 The manufacturer shall be able to submit the confirmation of certification or ratings of the reclosers upon request.

3.2.4 The recloser shall be manufactured and type tested according to requirements of applicable industry standards:

            a) IEC 62271-111

            b) IEEE C37.60

3.2.5 The recloser manufacturing process shall be complying with the standard ISO 9001, Quality Management System.

3.2.6 The type test reports should be issued not more than 5 years before the submission date.

3.2.7 The manufacturer shall provide minimum 5-year warranty for all components provided.

3.2.8 The circuit breaker shall be maintenance free over a total life expectancy.

 

3.3   Delivery, storage, and handling

3.3.1 Packing components shall not contain any materials that are hazardous to the environment or personnel. No special methods of disposal shall be required.

3.3.2 All recloser components including circuit breaker, control cubicle, installation frame, pole interface provisions, fasteners shall be delivered in a single package made of recyclable materials.

3.3.3 The package gross weight shall not exceed 300 kg.

3.3.4 It shall be possible to stack at least two original packages during transportation and storage.

3.3.5 The package shall allow stapling and outdoor storage in case indoor storage is unavailable. Unpacked and assembled equipment shall be storable outdoor for not less than 1 year without additional treatment before installation.

3.3.6 All recloser components shall be installed, assembled, and tested in accordance with the requirements of current specification. The recloser shall be delivered fully assembled on the mounting frame and ready for the installation. 

3.3.7 The recloser installation kit shall be designed to reduce the number of lifting operations.

3.4 Technical Specification

3.4.1 General

3.4.1.1 Technical parameters

a)

Rated maximum voltage, kV

12…15

d)

Rated lightning impulse withstand voltage (peak), kV

110

e)

Rated continuous current, A

630

h)

Rated short-circuit breaking current, kA

16

i)

Rated peak withstand current, kA

41.6

j)

Rated short time withstand current, kA

16

k)

Rated duration of short circuit, s

4

l)

Rated frequency, Hz

50

 

3.4.1.2 Power supply characteristics

a)

Supply voltage range shall not be less than, V

85 … 265 AC

110 … 220 DC

b)

Rated power consumption shall not exceed, VA

40

c)

Maximum power consumption shall not exceed, VA

75

d)

Duration of operation without auxiliary supply shall be not less than, hours

48

3.4.2 Recloser control

3.4.2.1 The recloser operation shall be controlled by electronic control modules.

3.4.2.2 The recloser control shall provide the following functions: measurement, protection, monitoring, and remote communication.

3.4.2.3 The recloser control air circulation and dehydration shall be organized to avoid using any humidity control devices or heaters.

3.4.2.4 The external and internal doors shall be able to be securely fixed in the open position.

3.4.2.5 It shall be possible to connect the laptop with configuration software by means of serial interface (USB, RS232).

3.4.2.6 Ethernet (RJ45), Optical Ethernet (SC) SCADA and wireless local engineering access interfaces (Bluetooth, Wi-Fi) shall be available for ordering optionally.

3.4.2.7 The recloser control shall be equipped with a prewired provision for power supply outlet installation. Socket shall be MCB protected.

3.4.2.8 The recloser control shall be equipped with a removable provision for communication equipment installation. It shall be located at the top of the controller and provide at least 326x180x108mm space for communication equipment. Stationary provision is not accepted.

3.4.2.9 The recloser control shall be equipped with the control panel module. The module shall provide local control and indication functions by LED, display, and buttons.

3.4.2.10 The local control panel module shall be equipped with USB A interface.

3.4.2.11 The control panel box shall have a provision for a padlock.

3.4.3 Rechargeable Battery

3.4.3.1 The recloser shall be supplied with rechargeable battery to provide the recloser control with auxiliary power when the main auxiliary power is not present.

3.4.3.2 The battery shall be of a sealed lead acid.

3.4.4.3 The battery shall provide ten full auto reclosing cycles for the recloser without auxiliary power supply.

3.4.4 Protection

The auto-recloser shall have the following protection functionalities but not limited to:

  1. Cold load pickup
  2. Source detector
  3. Combined overcurrent and earth fault auto-reclosing
  4. Directional phase overcurrent
  5. Directional sensitive earth fault
  6. Directional earth fault
  7. Loss of supply
  8. Zone sequence coordination
  9. Voltage and current unbalance
  10. Under-voltage and over voltage auto reclosing

 

3.4.5 Communication

The recloser control shall provide:

3.4.5.1 PMR Telecoms Integration

1 General Integration

  1. Turnkey Connectivity Responsibility: The Contractor shall be fully responsible for the complete end-to-end integration of each Pole-Mounted Recloser (PMR) into the Employer’s existing telecoms network via the DNP3 protocol over a 12.5 kHz licensed radio channel.

 

  1. Scope of Supply: The Contractor shall provide a fully operational, integrated telemetry solution. The Contractor’s scope of supply shall include all hardware, software, licenses, interfaces, and equipment required to establish communication between the PMR and the designated access point, with the sole exception of the physical radio frequency license.

 

2 Equipment and Hardware Requirements

  1. Telemetry Equipment Supply: If an existing Employer-owned Trio QB Access Point has the RF and protocol capacity to absorb the new PMR(s), the Contractor shall supply only the remote-end equipment. This includes, but is not limited to:
  2. Greenfield Access Point Provisions: If the Employer determines that existing Access Points cannot absorb the new PMR(s) due to capacity, bandwidth limitations or geographical line-of-sight constraints, the Contractor shall design and supply a completely new network node. In this scenario, the Contractor’s scope shall expand to include:

 

  1. Radio Frequency and Licensing
  1. Employer Responsibility: The Employer will retain ownership of the radio spectrum (400 – 430MHz). Should the Contractor’s network design or capacity calculations necessitate a new operating frequency, the Employer will undertake and finance the procurement of the new frequency license from the local regulatory authority.
  2. Contractor Responsibility: The Contractor must formally notify the Employer in writing during the engineering design phase if a new frequency or access point is required. The Contractor shall provide all technical data necessary for the Employer to file the regulatory spectrum application.

 

3.4.5.2 SCADA/Telemetry Integration

  1. General
    1. The Contractor shall be responsible for the telemetry configuration and commissioning of the PMR, aligned to the protocol requirements between the SCADA master and the PMR.
    2. The configuration shall align with the standard addressing requirements for each site
    3. The Controller/control panel shall have a Type M plug for 230VAC, to allow laptop use on-site.
  2. Protocols
    1. The protocol of communication shall be DNP3.0 (Subset Level 3) via the telecoms backbone.
    2. IEC 60870-5-101 and IEC 60870-5-104 shall be available options for client-server communication.
    3. The PMR controller shall be configurable for unsolicited communication or reporting to the master.
    4. The controller shall be configured for time synchronization with the master or where possible or practical via a GPS based local clock

 

  1. Interfaces/ Ports

 

The PMR panel/controller shall have the following interfaces/ports

 

Port

Physical Interface

Typical Use

USB

USB Type-B (front panel)

Local engineering

RS-232 Port

DB9

SCADA serial communications (DNP3 Serial, IEC60870-5-101)

Ethernet

RJ45 10/100 Mbps

SCADA over DNP3 TCP, IEC 60870-5-104

RS-485

Optional

Third-party modem or serial communications

 

  1. Cybersecurity

The following are key cybersecurity requirements;

 

 

Environmental and Social (ES) requirements

The project Environmental and Social Safeguards and tentative Contractor – Environment & Social Management Plan templates can be accessed in the following link:

11kV Auto Reclosers

1. ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL MANAGEMENT REQUIREMENTS

The Contractor shall comply with all environmental impact prevention and mitigation measures outlined in the Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) as described herein. Where there is a conflict of requirements, the prevention and mitigation measures listed in the ESMF shall govern.

The Contractor (and sub-contractors) will need to adopt this ESMF and prepare a comprehensive Contractor’s (Construction) Environment and Social Management Plan (CESMP) that will provide the key reference point for compliance.

The Project Applicant, namely the EEC, is responsible for ensuring that the Contractor Team’s execution of the construction phase activities is compliant with the conditions of the ESMF and CESMP. The Contractor must therefore ensure compliance with the ESMF, CESMP, LMP, SEP, SEA/SH Action Plan, GRM Procedure and the OCHSIP at all times during construction activities and maintain environmental and social incidents and GRM registers which keeps a record of all environmental and social incidents as well as community/worker grievances that occur on the site during the installation of the 11kV auto reclosers contracts. These incidents may include:

The Contractor is also responsible for the implementation of corrective actions issued by the Employer within a reasonable or agreed upon period of time.

Within the first 15 days following contract signing, the Contractor shall present an C-ESMP Implementation Plan. The Plan shall be submitted to the Employer for approval prior to the start of the construction works. The Contractor ESMP shall contain, at a minimum but not limited to, the following components:

Any deviations from the approved Contractor’s (Construction) ESMP must be submitted to the Employer for approval.

 

 

 

Compliance with requirements established in General Condition of Contract (GCC)

The Environmental and Social requirements shall be prepared in a manner that does not conflict with the relevant General Conditions of Contract and Particular Conditions of Contract, and in particular:

 

GCC

 Sub-Clause/Clause

Remarks

9.10

Training of Contractor’s Personnel

The Contractor shall ensure that all Contractor personnel receive mandatory training on Environmental and Social (E&S) requirements prior to commencement of works. Training shall include, at a minimum: (i) CESMP obligations; (ii) pollution prevention and waste management; (iii) community health and safety risks; (iv) SEA/SH awareness and Code of Conduct; (v) grievance redress procedures; and (vi) emergency preparedness and response. Refresher training and toolbox talks shall be conducted periodically.

20

Design and Engineering

The Contractor shall ensure that all designs comply with applicable national legislation, Environmental Authorization conditions, and World Bank ESF requirements (particularly ESS4). Designs shall: (i) incorporate climate resilience measures (e.g. flood risk, extreme weather tolerance); (ii) ensure universal access where applicable; (iii) minimize environmental footprint and vegetation clearing; (iv) assess and mitigate risks to the public from operational hazards; and (v) comply with applicable engineering and safety certification standards. All designs shall be reviewed and approved prior to implementation.

 

22.2.4

Rates of wages and conditions of labor

The Contractor shall comply with the Labour Management Procedures (LMP), national labour laws, and ESS2 requirements. This includes: (i) fair wages in line with national minimum standards; (ii) safe and decent working conditions; (iii) prohibition of child labour and forced labour; (iv) non-discrimination and equal opportunity; and (v) provision of written contracts to all workers.

 

22.2.6

Facilities for Staff and Labor

The Contractor shall provide adequate facilities for all personnel, including: (i) safe drinking water; (ii) sanitary and washing facilities segregated where appropriate; (iii) waste management systems; (iv) first aid and medical access; and (v) where accommodation is required, it shall meet GIIP and national standards. Facilities shall be culturally appropriate and accessible, and shall not create environmental or social risks to surrounding communities (ESS2 & ESS4).

 

22.8

Security of the Site

The Contractor shall establish security arrangements consistent with ESS4 and GIIP. Security measures shall be proportionate to the level of risk and shall respect human rights. The Contractor shall: (i) avoid use of excessive force; (ii) train security personnel on Code of Conduct and SEA/SH prevention; (iii) coordinate with local authorities; and (iv) ensure security does not restrict community access unnecessarily. All incidents involving security personnel shall be recorded and reported.

 

22.9

Protection of the Environment

The Contractor shall implement all necessary measures to prevent pollution and environmental degradation in accordance with ESS3 and national legislation. The following limits and controls shall apply:

  1. Hazardous materials must be stored in bunded areas;
  2.  Dust emissions shall be controlled to prevent nuisance beyond site boundaries;
  3.  Noise levels shall comply with national standards and approved working hours;
  4. All waste shall be segregated and disposed of at licensed facilities; and
  5. Fuel and oil spills shall be contained and remediated immediately. The CESMP shall define monitoring measures, thresholds, and corrective actions.

 

22.11

Cultural Heritage Findings

 

The Contractor shall implement a Chance Finds Procedure in accordance with ESS8. In the event of discovery of cultural heritage resources:

  1. All works shall stop immediately in the affected area;
  2. The site shall be secured;
  3.  Relevant authorities shall be notified; and

Works shall only resume upon formal clearance.

  1. Workers shall be trained on recognizing and reporting chance finds.

 

2. Environmental Monitoring and Reporting Requirements

The Contractor shall establish and implement an Environmental Monitoring and Reporting Programme as part of the CESMP to ensure compliance with environmental requirements and to verify the effectiveness of mitigation measures in accordance with ESS1 of the World Bank ESF and applicable national legislation.

Environmental monitoring shall be risk-based, proportionate to the scale and nature of the works, and shall cover all significant environmental aspects associated with construction activities.

a) Monitoring Parameters

The monitoring programme shall include, at a minimum, the following parameters (where applicable):

 

Environmental monitoring is essential to assess impacts such as air, water, soil, and noise pollution arising from construction activities and to ensure mitigation measures are effective.

 

b) Monitoring Frequency and Methods

The Contractor shall:

 

c) Environmental Registers and Records

The Contractor shall maintain up-to-date records, including:

 

d) Reporting Requirements

The Contractor shall:

Maintain records for audit and inspection purposes.

e) Non-Compliance and Corrective Actions

Where monitoring identifies non-compliance:

 

 

f) Roles and Responsibilities

 

 

A Rehabilitation Plan shall also be prepared, which shall include preliminary designs on the temporary and permanent landscaping plan during both the construction and post-construction maintenance period. The landscape plan shall cover all project works which may affect vegetation and natural landform (e.g. borrow pits, disposal sites and temporary and stockpiling areas). Sensitive locations and areas where landscaping works are required both during construction and after the construction shall be identified and incorporated into the design.

3. Environmental and Social Implementation Plans (MSIPs)

The Contractor shall prepare a Construction Environmental and Social Management Plan, implementation plan, referred to, in this document as CESMP implementation plan based on the Project ESMF.

4. Requirements for competence of Environmental and Social Specialist

Contractor shall certify that:

 

5. Applicable ESS Documents for CESMP

Contractor shall use and apply when establishing the Contractor’s (Construction) ESMP the following project documents:

6. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT REQUIREMENTS

The Contractor shall implement all environmental management measures in accordance with:

(a) Environmental Compliance and Permitting

The Contractor shall:

(b) Pollution Prevention and Resource Efficiency & Management (ESS3)

The Contractor shall implement measures to prevent, minimize, and control pollution, including:

 

(c) Soil, Land and Vegetation Management

The Contractor shall:

d) Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources  (ESS6)

The Contractor shall:

 

e) Management of Construction Sites and Camps

The Contractor shall:

 

f) Traffic and Transport Management (ESS4 link)

The Contractor shall:

 

g) Chance Finds Procedure (ESS8 link)

In the event of chance finds (cultural or natural heritage):

 

h) Environmental Training and Awareness

The Contractor shall:

 

i) Emergency Preparedness and Response

The Contractor shall:

 

7. OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH & SAFETY REQUIREMENTS

Health, Safety plan and Coordination

The Contractor shall be fully responsible for ensuring the safety and health of all workmen and other persons in or around the works site. All activities shall be carried out in compliance with national legislation, OCHSIP, World Bank ESF, (ESS 2 and ESS 4) in accordance with the existing legislation.

 

The Contractor shall prepare, submit, and implement a site-specific Occupational Health and Safety (OHS) Management Plan (SHE File) consistent with the OCHSIP, prior to commencement of works. The plan shall, at a minimum, include the following components:

 

This plan must also be compliant with:

 

Plan Scope and Content

The OHS Plan shall:

The Draft OHS Plan submitted at tender stage shall demonstrate the Contractor’s approach and capacity but may exclude detailed site-specific documentation (e.g., MSDS, equipment manuals). The Final OHS Plan, submitted prior to commencement of Works, shall be comprehensive and site-specific.

8. Safety Management Personnel

The Contractor shall appoint a qualified and experienced Safety and Health Coordinator (SHC) who shall:

Have full authority to enforce OHS requirements and to stop any unsafe work;

Be supported by an adequately resourced and competent safety team appropriate to the scale and risk of the Works.

The proposed SHC and safety team shall not be replaced or reduced without prior approval, and any replacement shall have equal or higher qualifications and experience.

 

Evaluation of OHS Plan

The adequacy of the Contractor’s OHS Plan will be evaluated during tender assessment, taking into account:

 

 

9. Social Standards Requirements

The Contractor shall implement all social risk management measures in accordance with the World Bank Environmental and Social Framework (ESF), specifically ESS2 (Labour and Working Conditions), ESS4 (Community Health and Safety), ESS10 (Stakeholder Engagement and Information Disclosure) as well as the project’s Gender Action Plan (GAP).

The Contractor shall develop (in alignment with available project instruments) and comply with all project-specific instruments, including the:

These requirements shall be implemented as part of the Contractor’s CESMP and maintained throughout the duration of the works

 

a) Labour and Working Conditions (ESS2)

The Contractor shall:

b) Community Health and Safety (ESS4)

The Contractor shall:

 

 

d) Stakeholder Engagement and Information Disclosure (ESS10)

The Contractor shall:

e) Grievance Management and Reporting

The Contractor shall:

f) Monitoring and Compliance

The Contractor shall:

 

 

 

Contractor’s Representative and Key Personnel

The Bidder must demonstrate that it will have the personnel for the key positions that meet the following requirements:

Contractor’s Representative and Key Personnel

Item No.

Position/specialization

Relevant academic qualifications

Minimum years of relevant work experience

1

Contractor’s Representative/ Project manager

Bachelors in  (Electrical Engineering)

5

2.

Site Manager/ Construction Manager

Diploma Electrical/Electronic Engineering;

5

  1.  

Tele-Communication Specialist

Diploma Electrical/Electronic Engineering;

10

  1.  

Protection Specialist

Diploma Electrical/Electronic Engineering;

10

  1.  

SCADA Specialist

Diploma Electrical/Electronic Engineering;

10

6.

Environmental and Social expert

Bachelors/Masters in Environment Management, Sciences

5

7.

Health and Safety officer

Bachelors in Environmental Sciences )/Any other degree with Occupational Health

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forms and Procedures

 

 

 

 

Form of Completion Certificate

                                                                                                   Date:                                                                                                              

                                                                                  Loan/Credit No:                                                                                                              

                                                                                              RFB No:                                                                                                              

To: _________________________________

 

Dear Ladies and/or Gentlemen,

Pursuant to GCC Clause 24 (Completion of the Facilities) of the General Conditions of the Contract entered into between yourselves and the Employer dated _____________, relating to the ____________________,  we hereby notify you that the following part(s) of the Facilities was (were) complete on the date specified below, and that, in accordance with the terms of the Contract, the Employer hereby takes over the said part(s) of the Facilities, together with the responsibility for care and custody and the risk of loss thereof on the date mentioned below.

1.         Description of the Facilities or part thereof:  ______________________________

2.         Date of Completion:  __________________

However, you are required to complete the outstanding items listed in the attachment hereto as soon as practicable.

 

This letter does not relieve you of your obligation to complete the execution of the Facilities in accordance with the Contract nor of your obligations during the Defect Liability Period.

 

Very truly yours,

 

                                                                                                                       

Title

(Project Manager)
Form of Operational Acceptance Certificate

 

                                                                                                   Date:                                                                                                              

                                                                                  Loan/Credit No:                                                                                                              

                                                                                              RFB No:                                                                                                              

 

_________________________________________

 

To:  ________________________________________

 

Dear Ladies and/or Gentlemen,

 

Pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 25.3 (Operational Acceptance) of the General Conditions of the Contract entered into between yourselves and the Employer dated _______________, relating to the ___________________________________, we hereby notify you that the Functional Guarantees of the following part(s) of the Facilities were satisfactorily attained on the date specified below. 

 

1.         Description of the Facilities or part thereof:  _______________________________

2.         Date of Operational Acceptance:  _______________________

This letter does not relieve you of your obligation to complete the execution of the Facilities in accordance with the Contract nor of your obligations during the Defect Liability Period.

 

Very truly yours,

                                                                                                                       

Title

(Project Manager)

 

 

Change Order Procedure and Forms

                                                                                                   Date:                                                                                                              

                                                                                  Loan/Credit No:                                                                                                              

                                                                                              RFB No:                                                                                                              

 

 

CONTENTS

 

1.      General

2.      Change Order Log

3.      References for Changes

 

 

 

ANNEXES

 

Annex 1    Request for Change Proposal

Annex 2    Estimate for Change Proposal

Annex 3    Acceptance of Estimate

Annex 4    Change Proposal

Annex 5    Change Order

Annex 6    Pending Agreement Change Order

Annex 7    Application for Change Proposal

 

 

 

Change Order Procedure

1.      General

This section provides samples of procedures and forms for implementing changes in the Facilities during the performance of the Contract in accordance with GCC Clause 39 (Change in the Facilities) of the General Conditions.

2.      Change Order Log

The Contractor shall keep an up-to-date Change Order Log to show the current status of Requests for Change and Changes authorized or pending, as Annex 8.  Entries of the Changes in the Change Order Log shall be made to ensure that the log is up-to-date.  The Contractor shall attach a copy of the current Change Order Log in the monthly progress report to be submitted to the Employer.

3.      References for Changes

(1)    Request for Change as referred to in GCC Clause 39 shall be serially numbered CR-X-nnn.

(2)    Estimate for Change Proposal as referred to in GCC Clause 39 shall be serially numbered CN-X-nnn.

(3)    Acceptance of Estimate as referred to in GCC Clause 39 shall be serially numbered CA-X-nnn.

(4)    Change Proposal as referred to in GCC Clause 39 shall be serially numbered CP-X-nnn.

(5)    Change Order as referred to in GCC Clause 39 shall be serially numbered CO-X-nnn.

Note:   (a)    Requests for Change issued from the Employer’s Home Office and the Site representatives of the Employer shall have the following respective references:

 

Home Office         CR-H-nnn

Site                        CR-S-nnn

 

(b)    The above number “nnn” is the same for Request for Change, Estimate for Change Proposal, Acceptance of Estimate, Change Proposal and Change Order.

 

Annex 1.  Request for Change Proposal

(Employer’s Letterhead)

 

To:  ____________________________________                                        Date:                                                                                                            

 

Attention:  ______________________________________

 

Contract Name:  _________________________________

Contract Number:  _______________________________

 

Dear Ladies and/or Gentlemen:

 

With reference to the captioned Contract, you are requested to prepare and submit a Change Proposal for the Change noted below in accordance with the following instructions within _______________ days of the date of this letter____________________.

 

1.      Title of Change:  ________________________

2.      Change Request No. __________________

3.      Originator of Change:    Employer:  _______________________________

Contractor (by Application for Change Proposal No. _______[12]: 

4.      Brief Description of Change:  _________________________________________________

5.      Facilities and/or Item No. of equipment related to the requested Change:  _____________

6.      Reference drawings and/or technical documents for the request of Change:

Drawing No./Document No.                  Description

 

7.      Detailed conditions or special requirements on the requested Change:  ________________

8.      General Terms and Conditions:

(a)    Please submit your estimate to us showing what effect the requested Change will have on the Contract Price.

(b)    Your estimate shall include your claim for the additional time, if any, for completion of the requested Change.

(c)    If you have any opinion negative to the adoption of the requested Change in connection with the conformability to the other provisions of the Contract or the safety of the Plant or Facilities, please inform us of your opinion in your proposal of revised provisions.

(d)    Any increase or decrease in the work of the Contractor relating to the services of its personnel shall be calculated.

(e)    You shall not proceed with the execution of the work for the requested Change until we have accepted and confirmed the amount and nature in writing.

 

 

                                                                                                                       

(Employer’s Name)

 

 

                                                                                                                       

(Signature)

 

 

                                                                                                                       

(Name of signatory)

 

 

                                                                                                                       

(Title of signatory)

 

 

Annex 2.  Estimate for Change Proposal

(Contractor’s Letterhead)

 

To: ______________________________                                                   Date:                                                                                                            

 

Attention:  _______________________________

 

Contract Name:  _______________________________

Contract Number:  _____________________________

 

Dear Ladies and/or Gentlemen:

With reference to your Request for Change Proposal, we are pleased to notify you of the approximate cost of preparing the below-referenced Change Proposal in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 39.2.1 of the General Conditions.  We acknowledge that your agreement to the cost of preparing the Change Proposal, in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 39.2.2, is required before estimating the cost for change work.

1.      Title of Change:  ________________________

2.      Change Request No./Rev.:  ____________________________

3.      Brief Description of Change:  __________________________

4.      Scheduled Impact of Change:  ___________________________

5.      Cost for Preparation of Change Proposal:  _______________[13]

(a)    Engineering                                                                   (Amount)

(i)     Engineer                        hrs x             rate/hr =                 

(ii)    Draftsperson                  hrs x             rate/hr =                 

Sub-total                        hrs                                               

Total Engineering Cost                                                       

(b)    Other Cost                                                                                   

Total Cost (a) + (b)                                                                               

 

 

                                                                                                                       

(Contractor’s Name)

 

                                                                                                                       

(Signature)

 

                                                                                                                       

(Name of signatory)

 

 

 

                                                                                                                       

(Title of signatory)

 

 

Annex 3.  Acceptance of Estimate

 

(Employer’s Letterhead)

 

To:  ______________________________                                                  Date:                                                                                                            

Attention:  ________________________________

 

Contract Name:  _____________________________

Contract Number:  ___________________________

 

Dear Ladies and/or Gentlemen:

We hereby accept your Estimate for Change Proposal and agree that you should proceed with the preparation of the Change Proposal.

 

1.      Title of Change:  ___________________________

2.      Change Request No./Rev.:  _______________________________

3.      Estimate for Change Proposal No./Rev.:  _______________________________

4.      Acceptance of Estimate No./Rev.:  _______________________________

5.      Brief Description of Change:  _______________________________

 

6.      Other Terms and Conditions:  In the event that we decide not to order the Change accepted, you shall be entitled to compensation for the cost of preparation of Change Proposal described in your Estimate for Change Proposal mentioned in para. 3 above in accordance with GCC Clause 39 of the General Conditions.

                                                                                                                       

(Employer’s Name)

                                                                                                                       

(Signature)

                                                                                                                       

(Name and Title of signatory)

 

Annex 4.  Change Proposal

(Contractor’s Letterhead)

 

To:  _______________________________                                                Date:                                                                                                            

 

Attention:  _______________________________

 

Contract Name:  _______________________________

Contract Number:  _______________________________

 

Dear Ladies and/or Gentlemen:

 

In response to your Request for Change Proposal No. _______________________________, we hereby submit our proposal as follows:

1.      Title of Change:  _______________________________

2.      Change Proposal No./Rev.:  _______________________________

3.      Originator of Change:    Employer:  [_______________________________

Contractor:  _______________________________

4.      Brief Description of Change:  _______________________________

5.      Reasons for Change:  _______________________________

6.      Facilities and/or Item No. of Equipment related to the requested Change:  _______________________________

7.      Reference drawings and/or technical documents for the requested Change:

Drawing/Document No.                  Description

 

8.      Estimate of increase/decrease to the Contract Price resulting from Change Proposal:[14]

                                                                                                                      (Amount)

 

(a)    Direct material                                                                                                                                                          

(b)    Major construction equipment                                                                                                                                  

(c)    Direct field labor (Total           hrs)                                                                                  

(d)    Subcontracts                                                                                                                                                              

(e)    Indirect material and labor                                                                                                                                        

(f)     Site supervision                                                                                                                                                         

(g)    Head office technical staff salaries

Process engineer                        hrs @              rate/hr                                            

Project engineer                         hrs @              rate/hr                                            

Equipment engineer                  hrs @              rate/hr                                            

Procurement                              hrs @              rate/hr                                            

Draftsperson                              hrs @              rate/hr                                            

Total                                           hrs                                                                          

 

(h)    Extraordinary costs (computer, travel, etc.)                                                                                                              

(i)     Fee for general administration,           % of Items                                                                      

(j)     Taxes and customs duties                                                                                                                                          

Total lump sum cost of Change Proposal                                                                                                                           

(Sum of items (a) to (j))

Cost to prepare Estimate for Change Proposal                                                                                                                  

(Amount payable if Change is not accepted)

9.      Additional time for Completion required due to Change Proposal

10.    Effect on the Functional Guarantees

11.    Effect on the other terms and conditions of the Contract

12.    Validity of this Proposal:  within [Number] days after receipt of this Proposal by the Employer

13.    Other terms and conditions of this Change Proposal:

(a)    You are requested to notify us of your acceptance, comments or rejection of this detailed Change Proposal within ______________ days from your receipt of this Proposal.

(b)    The amount of any increase and/or decrease shall be taken into account in the adjustment of the Contract Price.

(c)    Contractor’s cost for preparation of this Change Proposal:2

 

                                                                                                                       

(Contractor’s Name)

 

 

                                                                                                                       

(Signature)

 

 

                                                                                                                       

(Name of signatory)

 

 

                                                                                                                       

(Title of signatory)

 

 

Annex 5.  Change Order

(Employer’s Letterhead)

 

To:  _______________________________                                                Date:                                                                                                            

 

Attention:  _______________________________

 

Contract Name:  _______________________________

Contract Number:  _______________________________

 

Dear Ladies and/or Gentlemen:

We approve the Change Order for the work specified in the Change Proposal (No. _______), and agree to adjust the Contract Price, Time for Completion and/or other conditions of the Contract in accordance with GCC Clause 39 of the General Conditions.

1.      Title of Change:  _______________________________

2.      Change Request No./Rev.:  _______________________________

3.      Change Order No./Rev.:  _______________________________

4.      Originator of Change:    Employer:  _______________________________

Contractor:  _______________________________

5.      Authorized Price:

Ref. No.:  _______________________________                  Date:  __________________________

Foreign currency portion __________  plus Local currency portion __________

6.      Adjustment of Time for Completion

None                              Increase _________ days                      Decrease _________ days

7.      Other effects, if any

 

 

Authorized by:                                                                                    Date:                                                                                                 

(Employer)

 

Accepted by:                                                                                       Date:                                                                                                 

(Contractor)
Annex 6.  Pending Agreement Change Order

(Employer’s Letterhead)

 

To:  _______________________________                                                Date:                                                                                                            

Attention:  _______________________________

Contract Name: _______________________________

Contract Number:  [_______________________________

 

Dear Ladies and/or Gentlemen:

We instruct you to carry out the work in the Change Order detailed below in accordance with GCC Clause 39 of the General Conditions.

1.      Title of Change:  _______________________________

2.      Employer’s Request for Change Proposal No./Rev.:  _______________________________dated:  __________

3.      Contractor’s Change Proposal No./Rev.:  ________________________ dated:  __________

4.      Brief Description of Change:  _______________________________

5.      Facilities and/or Item No. of equipment related to the requested Change:  _______________________________

6.      Reference Drawings and/or technical documents for the requested Change:

Drawing/Document No.                        Description

 

 

 

 

7.      Adjustment of Time for Completion:

8.      Other change in the Contract terms:

9.      Other terms and conditions:

 

                                                                                                                       

(Employer’s Name)

                                                                                                                       

(Signature)

                                                                                                                       

(Name of signatory)

                                                                                                                       

(Title of signatory)

 

 

Annex 7.  Application for Change Proposal

(Contractor’s Letterhead)

 

To:  _______________________________                                                Date:                                                                                                            

 

Attention:  _______________________________

 

Contract Name:  _______________________________

Contract Number:  _______________________________

 

Dear Ladies and/or Gentlemen:

 

We hereby propose that the below-mentioned work be treated as a Change in the Facilities.

 

1.      Title of Change:  _______________________________

2.      Application for Change Proposal No./Rev.: _______________________________                                                                                                                     dated:  _______________________________

3.      Brief Description of Change:  _______________________________

4.      Reasons for Change:

5.      Order of Magnitude Estimation (in the currencies of the Contract):

6.      Scheduled Impact of Change:

7.      Effect on Functional Guarantees, if any:

8.      Appendix:

                                                                                                                       

(Contractor’s Name)

                                                                                                                       

(Signature)

 

                                                                                                                       

(Name of signatory)

 

                                                                                                                       

(Title of signatory)

Drawings

 

 

 

Supplementary Information

The proposed locations of the auto-reclosers across the Eswatini Electricity Company network:

 

 

The coordinates existing locations of the Communication High Sites across the Eswatini Electricity Company network can be found in this link:

11kV Auto Reclosers

 

 

 

PART 3 – Conditions of Contract and Contract Forms

 

 

 

Section VIII - General Conditions of Contract

 

Table of Clauses

 

A.        Contract and Interpretation. 193

1.      Definitions. 193

2.      Contract Documents. 196

3.      Interpretation. 196

4.      Communications. 198

5.      Law and Language. 198

6.      Fraud and Corruption. 198

B.        Subject Matter of Contract 199

7.      Scope of Facilities. 199

8.      Time for Commencement and Completion. 200

9.      Contractor’s Responsibilities. 200

10.    Employer’s Responsibilities. 204

C.        Payment 206

11.    Contract Price. 206

12.    Terms of Payment 206

13.    Securities. 206

14.    Taxes and Duties. 208

D.        Intellectual Property. 209

15.    License/Use of Technical Information. 209

16.    Confidential Information. 209

E.        Execution of the Facilities. 210

17.    Representatives. 210

18.    Work Program.. 212

19.    Subcontracting. 215

20.    Design and Engineering. 216

21.    Procurement 218

22.    Installation. 220

23.    Test and Inspection. 232

24.    Completion of the Facilities. 234

25.    Commissioning and Operational Acceptance. 236

F.         Guarantees and Liabilities. 239

26.    Completion Time Guarantee. 239

27.    Defect Liability. 240

28.    Functional Guarantees. 242

29.    Patent Indemnity. 243

30.    Limitation of Liability. 245

G.        Risk Distribution. 245

31.    Transfer of Ownership. 245

32.    Care of Facilities. 246

33.    Loss of or Damage to Property; Accident or Injury to Workers; Indemnification. 247

34.    Insurance. 248

35.    Unforeseen Conditions. 251

36.    Change in Laws and Regulations. 252

37.    Force Majeure. 252

38.    War Risks. 254

H.        Change in Contract Elements. 255

39.    Change in the Facilities. 255

40.    Extension of Time for Completion. 259

41.    Suspension. 260

42.    Termination. 262

43.    Assignment 269

44.    Export Restrictions. 269

I.         Claims, Disputes and Arbitration. 269

45.    Contractor’s Claims. 269

46.    Disputes and Arbitration. 271

47.    Cyber Security. 275

 

General Conditions of Contract

  1. Contract and Interpretation

1.    Definitions

1.1     The following words and expressions shall have the meanings hereby assigned to them:

“Contract” means the Contract Agreement entered into between the Employer and the Contractor, together with the Contract Documents referred to therein; they shall constitute the Contract, and the term “the Contract” shall in all such documents be construed accordingly.

“Contract Documents” means the documents listed in Article 1.1 (Contract Documents) of the Contract Agreement (including any amendments thereto).

“GCC” means the General Conditions of Contract hereof.

“PCC” means the Particular Conditions of Contract.

“day” means calendar day.

“year” means 365 days.

“month” means calendar month.

“Party” means the Employer or the Contractor, as the context requires, and “Parties” means both of them.

“Employer” means the person named as such in the PCC and includes the legal successors or permitted assigns of the Employer.

“Project Manager” means the person appointed by the Employer in the manner provided in GCC Sub-Clause 17.1 (Project Manager) hereof and named as such in the PCC to perform the duties delegated by the Employer.

“Contractor” means the person(s) whose Bid to perform the Contract has been accepted by the Employer and is named as Contractor in the Contract Agreement, and includes the legal successors or permitted assigns of the Contractor.

“Contractor’s Representative” means any person nominated by the Contractor and approved by the Employer in the manner provided in GCC Sub-Clause 17.2 (Contractor’s Representative and Construction Manager) hereof to perform the duties delegated by the Contractor.

“Construction Manager” means the person appointed by the Contractor’s Representative in the manner provided in GCC Sub-Clause 17.2.4. 

“Subcontractor,” including manufacturers, means any person to whom execution of any part of the Facilities, including preparation of any design or supply of any Plant, is sub-contracted directly or indirectly by the Contractor, and includes its legal successors or permitted assigns.

“Dispute Board” (DB) means the person or persons named as such in the PCC appointed by agreement between the Employer and the Contractor to make a decision with respect to any dispute or difference between the Employer and the Contractor referred to him or her by the Parties pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 46.1 (Dispute Board) hereof.

“The Bank” means the financing institution named in the PCC.

“Contract Price” means the sum specified in Article 2.1 (Contract Price) of the Contract Agreement, subject to such additions and adjustments thereto or deductions therefrom, as may be made pursuant to the Contract.

“Facilities” means the Plant to be supplied and installed, as well as all the Installation Services to be carried out by the Contractor under the Contract.

“Plant” means permanent plant, equipment, machinery, apparatus, materials, articles and things of all kinds to be provided and incorporated in the Facilities by the Contractor under the Contract (including the spare parts to be supplied by the Contractor under GCC Sub-Clause 7.3 hereof), but does not include Contractor’s Equipment.

“Installation Services” means all those services ancillary to the supply of the Plant for the Facilities, to be provided by the Contractor under the Contract, such as transportation and provision of marine or other similar insurance, inspection, expediting, site preparation works (including the provision and use of Contractor’s Equipment and the supply of all construction materials required), installation, testing, precommissioning, commissioning, operations, maintenance, the provision of operations and maintenance manuals, training, etc… as the case may require.

“Contractor’s Equipment” means all facilities, equipment, machinery, tools, apparatus, appliances or things of every kind required in or for installation, completion and maintenance of Facilities that are to be provided by the Contractor, but does not include Plant, or other things intended to form or forming part of the Facilities.

“Country of Origin” means the countries and territories eligible under the rules of the Bank as further elaborated in the PCC.

“Site” means the land and other places upon which the Facilities are to be installed, and such other land or places as may be specified in the Contract as forming part of the Site.

“Effective Date” means the date of fulfillment of all conditions stated in Article 3 (Effective Date) of the Contract Agreement, from which the Time for Completion shall be counted.

“Time for Completion” means the time within which Completion of the Facilities as a whole (or of a part of the Facilities where a separate Time for Completion of such part has been prescribed) is to be attained, as referred to in GCC Clause 8 and in accordance with the relevant provisions of the Contract.

“Completion” means that the Facilities (or a specific part thereof where specific parts are specified in the Contract) have been completed operationally and structurally and put in a tight and clean condition, that all work in respect of Precommissioning of the Facilities or such specific part thereof has been completed, and that the Facilities or specific part thereof are ready for Commissioning as provided in GCC Clause 24 (Completion) hereof.

“Precommissioning” means the testing, checking and other requirements specified in the Employer’s Requirements that are to be carried out by the Contractor in preparation for Commissioning as provided in GCC Clause 24 (Completion) hereof.

“Commissioning” means operation of the Facilities or any part thereof by the Contractor following Completion, which operation is to be carried out by the Contractor as provided in GCC Sub-Clause 25.1 (Commissioning) hereof, for the purpose of carrying out Guarantee Test(s).

“Guarantee Test(s)” means the test(s) specified in the Employer’s Requirements to be carried out to ascertain whether the Facilities or a specified part thereof is able to attain the Functional Guarantees specified in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Functional Guarantees, in accordance with the provisions of GCC Sub-Clause 25.2 (Guarantee Test) hereof.

“Operational Acceptance” means the acceptance by the Employer of the Facilities (or any part of the Facilities where the Contract provides for acceptance of the Facilities in parts), which certifies the Contractor’s fulfillment of the Contract in respect of Functional Guarantees of the Facilities (or the relevant part thereof) in accordance with the provisions of GCC Clause 28 (Functional Guarantees) hereof and shall include deemed acceptance in accordance with GCC Clause 25 (Commissioning and Operational Acceptance) hereof.

“Defect Liability Period” means the period of validity of the warranties given by the Contractor commencing at Completion of the Facilities or a part thereof, during which the Contractor is responsible for defects with respect to the Facilities (or the relevant part thereof) as provided in GCC Clause 27 (Defect Liability) hereof.

“ES” means Environmental and Social (including Sexual Exploitation and Abuse (SEA), and Sexual Harassment (SH)).

“Sexual Exploitation and Abuse” “(SEA)” means the following:

Sexual Exploitation is defined as any actual or attempted abuse of position of vulnerability, differential power or trust, for sexual purposes, including, but not limited to, profiting monetarily, socially or politically from the sexual exploitation of another.

Sexual Abuse is defined as the actual or threatened physical intrusion of a sexual nature, whether by force or under unequal or coercive conditions;

“Sexual Harassment” “(SH)” is defined as unwelcome sexual advances, requests for sexual favors, and other verbal or physical conduct of a sexual nature by the Contractor’s Personnel with other Contractor’s Personnel or Employer’s Personnel.

“Contractor’s Personnel” means all personnel whom the Contractor utilizes in the execution of the Contract, including the staff, labor and other employees of the Contractor and each Subcontractor; and any other personnel assisting the Contractor in the execution of the Contract; and

 “Employer’s Personnel” means all staff, labor and other employees of the Project Manager and of the Employer engaged in fulfilling the Employer’s obligations under the Contract; and any other personnel identified as Employer’s Personnel, by a notice from the Employer to the Contractor.

2.    Contract Documents

2.1     Subject to Article 1.2 (Order of Precedence) of the Contract Agreement, all documents forming part of the Contract (and all parts thereof) are intended to be correlative, complementary and mutually explanatory.  The Contract shall be read as a whole.

3.    Interpretation

3.1     In the Contract, except where the context requires otherwise:

  1. words indicating one gender include all genders;
  2. words indicating the singular also include the plural and words indicating the plural also include the singular;
  3. provisions including the word “agree,” “agreed,” or “agreement” require the agreement to be recorded in writing;
  4. the word “tender” is synonymous with “Bid,” “tenderer,” with “Bidder,” and “tender documents” with “Bidding  Document,” and
  5. “written” or “in writing” means hand-written, type-written, printed or electronically made, and resulting in a permanent record.

The marginal words and other headings shall not be taken into consideration in the interpretation of these Conditions.

3.2     Incoterms

Unless inconsistent with any provision of the Contract, the meaning of any trade term and the rights and obligations of Parties thereunder shall be as prescribed by Incoterms.

Incoterms means international rules for interpreting trade terms published by the International Chamber of Commerce (latest edition), 38 Cours Albert 1er, 75008 Paris, France.

3.3     Entire Agreement

Subject to GCC Sub-Clause 16.4 hereof, the Contract constitutes the entire agreement between the Employer and Contractor with respect to the subject matter of Contract and supersedes all communications, negotiations and agreements (whether written or oral) of Parties with respect thereto made prior to the date of Contract.

3.4     Amendment

No amendment or other variation of the Contract shall be effective unless it is in writing, is dated, expressly refers to the Contract, and is signed by a duly authorized representative of each Party hereto.

3.5     Independent Contractor

The Contractor shall be an independent contractor performing the Contract.  The Contract does not create any agency, partnership, joint venture or other joint relationship between the Parties hereto. Subject to the provisions of the Contract, the Contractor shall be solely responsible for the manner in which the Contract is performed.  All employees, representatives or Subcontractors engaged by the Contractor in connection with the performance of the Contract shall be under the complete control of the Contractor and shall not be deemed to be employees of the Employer, and nothing contained in the Contract or in any subcontract awarded by the Contractor shall be construed to create any contractual relationship between any such employees, representatives or Subcontractors and the Employer.

3.6     Non-Waiver

3.6.1  Subject to GCC Sub-Clause 3.6.2 below, no relaxation, forbearance, delay or indulgence by either Party in enforcing any of the terms and conditions of the Contract or the granting of time by either Party to the other shall prejudice, affect or restrict the rights of that Party under the Contract, nor shall any waiver by either Party of any breach of Contract operate as waiver of any subsequent or continuing breach of Contract.

3.6.2  Any waiver of a Party’s rights, powers or remedies under the Contract must be in writing, must be dated and signed by an authorized representative of the Party granting such waiver, and must specify the right and the extent to which it is being waived.

3.7     Severability

If any provision or condition of the Contract is prohibited or rendered invalid or unenforceable, such prohibition, invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provisions and conditions of the Contract.

3.8     Country of Origin

“Origin” means the place where the plant and component parts thereof are mined, grown, produced or manufactured, and from which the services are provided. Plant components are produced when, through manufacturing, processing, or substantial or major assembling of components, a commercially recognized product results that is substantially different in its basic characteristics or in purpose or utility from its components.

4.    Communica­tions

4.1     Wherever these Conditions provide for the giving or issuing of approvals, certificates, consents, determinations, notices, requests and discharges, these communications shall be:

  1. in writing and delivered against receipt; and
  2. delivered, sent or transmitted to the address for the recipient’s communications as stated in the Contract Agreement.

When a certificate is issued to a Party, the certifier shall send a copy to the other Party. When a notice is issued to a Party, by the other Party or the Project Manager, a copy shall be sent to the Project Manager or the other Party, as the case may be.

5.    Law and Language

5.1     The Contract shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with laws of the country specified in the PCC.

    1. The ruling language of the Contract shall be that stated in the PCC.
    2. The language for communications shall be the ruling language unless otherwise stated in the PCC.

6.    Fraud and Corruption

    1. The Bank requires compliance with the Bank’s Anti-Corruption Guidelines and its prevailing sanctions policies and procedures as set forth in the WBG’s Sanctions Framework, as set forth in Appendix B to the GCC.
    2. The Employer requires the Contractor to disclose any commissions or fees that may have been paid or are to be paid to agents or any other party with respect to the Bidding process or execution of the Contract. The information disclosed must include at least the name and address of the agent or other party, the amount and currency, and the purpose of the commission, gratuity or fee.
  1. Subject Matter of Contract

7.    Scope of Facilities

7.1     Unless otherwise expressly limited in the Employer’s Requirements, the Contractor’s obligations cover the provision of all Plant and the performance of all Installation Services required for the design, and the manufacture (including procurement, quality assurance, construction, installation, associated civil works, Precommissioning and delivery) of the Plant, and the installation, completion and commissioning of the Facilities in accordance with the plans, procedures, specifications, drawings, codes and any other documents as specified in the Section, Employer’s Requirements.  Such specifications include, but are not limited to, the provision of supervision and engineering services; the supply of labor, materials, equipment, spare parts (as specified in GCC Sub-Clause 7.3 below) and accessories; Contractor’s Equipment; construction utilities and supplies; temporary materials, structures and facilities; transportation (including, without limitation, unloading and hauling to, from and at the Site); and storage, except for those supplies, works and services that will be provided or performed by the Employer, as set forth in the  Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Scope of Works and Supply by the Employer.

7.2     The Contractor shall, unless specifically excluded in the Contract, perform all such work and/or supply all such items and materials not specifically mentioned in the Contract but that can be reasonably inferred from the Contract as being required for attaining Completion of the Facilities as if such work and/or items and materials were expressly mentioned in the Contract.

7.3     In addition to the supply of Mandatory Spare Parts included in the Contract, the Contractor agrees to supply spare parts required for the operation and maintenance of the Facilities for the period specified in the PCC and the provisions, if any, specified in the PCC.  However, the identity, specifications and quantities of such spare parts and the terms and conditions relating to the supply thereof are to be agreed between the Employer and the Contractor, and the price of such spare parts shall be that given in Price Schedule No. 6, which shall be added to the Contract Price.  The price of such spare parts shall include the purchase price therefor and other costs and expenses (including the Contractor’s fees) relating to the supply of spare parts.

 

8.    Time for Commence­ment and Completion

8.1     The Contractor shall commence work on the Facilities within the period specified in the PCC and without prejudice to GCC Sub-Clauses 9.9 and 26.2 hereof, the Contractor shall thereafter proceed with the Facilities in accordance with the time schedule specified in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Time Schedule.

8.2     The Contractor shall attain Completion of the Facilities or of a part where a separate time for Completion of such part is specified in the Contract, within the time stated in the PCC or within such extended time to which the Contractor shall be entitled under GCC Clause 40 hereof.

 

9.    Contractor’s Responsibilities

9.1     The Contractor shall design, manufacture including associated purchases and/or subcontracting, install and complete the Facilities in accordance with the Contract. When completed, the Facilities should be fit for the purposes for which they are intended as defined in the Contract.

9.2     The Contractor confirms that it has entered into this Contract on the basis of a proper examination of the data relating to the Facilities including any data as to boring tests provided by the Employer, and on the basis of information that the Contractor could have obtained from a visual inspection of the Site if access thereto was available and of other data readily available to it relating to the Facilities as of the date twenty-eight (28) days prior to Bid submission.  The Contractor acknowledges that any failure to acquaint itself with all such data and information shall not relieve its responsibility for properly estimating the difficulty or cost of successfully performing the Facilities.

9.3     The Contractor shall acquire and pay for all permits, approvals and/or licenses from all local, state or national government authorities or public service undertakings in the country where the Site is located which such authorities or undertakings require the Contractor to obtain in its name and which are necessary for the performance of the Contract, including, without limitation, visas for the Contractor’s Personnel and entry permits for all imported Contractor’s Equipment.  The Contractor shall acquire all other permits, approvals and/or licenses that are not the responsibility of the Employer under GCC Sub-Clause 10.3 hereof and that are necessary for the performance of the Contract.

9.4     The Contractor shall comply with all laws in force in the country where the Facilities are to be implemented.  The laws will include all local, state, national or other laws that affect the performance of the Contract and bind upon the Contractor.  The Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Employer from and against any and all liabilities, damages, claims, fines, penalties and expenses of whatever nature arising or resulting from the violation of such laws by the Contractor or its personnel, including the Subcontractors and their personnel, but without prejudice to GCC Sub-Clause 10.1 hereof.

9.5     Any Plant and Installation Services that will be incorporated in or be required for the Facilities and other supplies shall have their origin as specified under GCC Clause 1 (Country of Origin). Any subcontractors retained by the Contractor shall be from a country as specified in GCC Clause 1 (Country of Origin).

9.6     If the Contractor is a joint venture, or association (JV) of two or more persons, all such persons shall be jointly and severally bound to the Employer for the fulfillment of the provisions of the Contract, and shall designate one of such persons to act as a leader with authority to bind the JV. The composition or the constitution of the JV shall not be altered without the prior consent of the Employer.

9.7     Pursuant to paragraph 2.2 e. of Appendix B to the General Conditions the Contractor shall permit and shall cause its agents (where declared or not), subcontractors, subconsultants, service providers, suppliers, and personnel, to permit, the Bank and/or persons appointed by the Bank to inspect the site and/or the accounts, records and other documents relating to the procurement process, selection and/or contract execution, and to have such accounts, records and other documents audited by auditors appointed by the Bank. The Contractor’s and its Subcontractors’ and subconsultants’ attention is drawn to Sub-Clause 6.1 (Fraud and Corruption) which provides, inter alia, that acts intended to materially impede the exercise of the Bank’s inspection and audit rights constitute a prohibited practice subject to contract termination (as well as to a determination of ineligibility pursuant to the Bank’s prevailing sanctions procedures).

9.8 The Contractor shall conform to the sustainable procurement contractual provisions, if and as specified in the PCC.

9.9   Contractor’s Environmental and Social Management Plan (C-ESMP)         

The Contractor shall not carry out mobilization to Site unless the Project Manager gives approval, an approval that  shall not be unreasonably delayed, to the measures the Contractor proposes to address environmental and social risks and impacts including the code of conduct, in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause  22.4.

The Contractor shall submit, to the Project Manager for Review, any additional Management Strategies and Implementation Plans as are necessary to manage the ES risks and impacts of the Facilities. These Management Strategies and Implementation Plans collectively comprise the Contractor’s Environmental and Social Management Plan (C-ESMP).

The Contractor shall review the C-ESMP, periodically (but not less than every six (6) months), and update it as required to ensure that it contains measures appropriate to the Facilities. The updated C-ESMP shall be submitted to the Project Manager for its approval.

9.10  Training of Contractor’s Personnel

The Contractor shall provide appropriate training to relevant Contractor’s Personnel on ES aspects of the Contract, including appropriate sensitization on prohibition of SEA and health and safety training referred to in GCC Sub-Clause 22.2.7. 

As stated in the Employer’s Requirements or as instructed by the Project Manager, the Contractor shall also allow appropriate opportunities for the relevant Contractor’s Personnel to be trained on ES aspects of the Contract by the Employer’s personnel and/or other personnel assigned by the Employer.

9.11 Stakeholder engagements

The Contractor shall provide relevant contract- related information, as the Employer and/or Project Manager may reasonably request to conduct contract stakeholder engagement. “Stakeholder” refers to individuals or groups who:

      1. are affected or likely to be affected by the Contract; and
      2. may have an interest in the Contract.

The Contractor may also directly participate in contract stakeholder engagements, as the Employer and/or Project Manager may reasonably request.

9.12      Forced Labor

The Contractor, including its Subcontractors, shall not employ or engage forced labour. Forced labour consists of any work or service, not voluntarily performed, that is exacted from an individual under threat of force or penalty, and includes any kind of involuntary or compulsory labour, such as indentured labour, bonded labour or similar labour-contracting arrangements.

No persons shall be employed or engaged who have been subject to trafficking. Trafficking in persons is defined as the recruitment, transportation, transfer, harbouring or receipt of persons by means of the threat or use of force or other forms of coercion, abduction, fraud, deception, abuse of power, or of a position of vulnerability, or of the giving or receiving of payments or benefits to achieve the consent of a person having control over another person, for the purposes of exploitation.

The Contractor shall also take measures to require its suppliers (other than Subcontractors) not to employ or engage forced labour including trafficked persons. If forced labour/trafficking cases are identified, the Contractor shall take measures to require the suppliers to take appropriate steps to remedy them. Where the supplier does not remedy the situation, the Contractor shall within a reasonable period substitute the supplier with a supplier that is able to manage such risks.

9.13      Child Labor

The Contractor, including its Subcontractors, shall not employ or engage a child under the age of 14 unless the national law specifies a higher age (the minimum age).

The Contractor, including its Subcontractors, shall not employ or engage a child between the minimum age and the age of 18 in a manner that is likely to be hazardous, or to interfere with, the child’s education, or to be harmful to the child’s health or physical, mental, spiritual, moral, or social development.

The Contractor including its Subcontractors, shall only employ or engage children between the minimum age and the age of 18 after an appropriate risk assessment has been conducted by the Contractor with the Engineer’s consent. The Contractor shall be subject to regular monitoring by the Project Manager that includes monitoring of health, working conditions and hours of work.

Work considered hazardous for children is work that, by its nature or the circumstances in which it is carried out, is likely to jeopardize the health, safety, or morals of children. Such work activities prohibited for children include work:

  1. with exposure to physical, psychological or sexual abuse;
  2. underground, underwater, working at heights or in confined spaces;
  3. with dangerous machinery, equipment or tools, or involving handling or transport of heavy loads;
  4. in unhealthy environments exposing children to hazardous substances, agents, or processes, or to temperatures, noise or vibration damaging to health; or
  5. under difficult conditions such as work for long hours, during the night or in confinement on the premises of the employer.

The Contractor shall also take measures to require its suppliers (other than Subcontractors) not to employ or engage child labor. If child labor cases are identified, the Contractor shall take measures to require the suppliers to take appropriate steps to remedy them. Where the supplier does not remedy the situation, the Contractor shall within a reasonable period substitute the supplier with a supplier that is able to manage such risks.

9.14      Serious Safety Issues

The Contractor, including its Subcontractors, shall comply with all applicable safety obligations. The Contractor shall also take measures to require its suppliers (other than Subcontractors) to adopt procedures and mitigation measures adequate to address safety issues related to their personnel. If serious safety issues are identified, the Contractor shall take measures to require the suppliers to take appropriate steps to remedy them. Where the supplier does not remedy the situation, the Contractor shall within a reasonable period substitute the supplier with a supplier that is able to manage such risks.

9.15      Obtaining natural resource materials

The Contractor shall obtain natural resource materials  from suppliers  that can demonstrate, through compliance with the applicable verification  and/ or certification requirements, that obtaining such materials is not contributing to the risk of significant conversion or significant degradation of natural or critical habitats such as unsustainably harvested wood products, gravel or sand extraction from riverbeds or beaches.

If a supplier cannot continue to demonstrate that obtaining such materials is not contributing to the risk of significant conversion or significant degradation of natural or critical habitats, the Contractor shall within a reasonable period substitute the supplier with a supplier that is able to demonstrate that they are not significantly adversely impacting the habitats.

9.16   Site Signage

The Contractor shall not post and shall ensure that its Subcontractors/suppliers/manufacturers and Contractors’ Personnel shall not post, any signage on the Site, or in any other place where the Works will be carried out, except such signage as is required under the Contract, including by the Laws of the Country, or has been approved by the Employer. For the purposes of this sub-clause, signage shall include, inter alia, flags, billboards, advertising materials and any other similar item separately posted on the Site.

 

10.  Employer’s Responsibilities

10.1   All information and/or data to be supplied by the Employer as described in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Scope of Works and Supply by the Employer, shall be deemed to be accurate, except when the Employer expressly states otherwise.

10.2   The Employer shall be responsible for acquiring and providing legal and physical possession of the Site and access thereto, and for providing possession of and access to all other areas reasonably required for the proper execution of the Contract, including all requisite rights of way, as specified in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Scope of Works and Supply by the Employer.  The Employer shall give full possession of and accord all rights of access thereto on or before the date(s) specified in that Appendix.

10.3   The Employer shall acquire and pay for all permits, approvals and/or licenses from all local, state or national government authorities or public service undertakings in the country where the Site is located which (a) such authorities or undertakings require the Employer to obtain in the Employer’s name, (b) are necessary for the execution of the Contract, including those required for the performance by both the Contractor and the Employer of their respective obligations under the Contract, and (c) are specified in the  Appendix  (Scope of Works and Supply by the Employer).

10.4   If requested by the Contractor, the Employer shall use its best endeavors to assist the Contractor in obtaining in a timely and expeditious manner all permits, approvals and/or licenses necessary for the execution of the Contract from all local, state or national government authorities or public service undertakings that such authorities or undertakings require the Contractor or Subcontractors or the personnel of the Contractor or Subcontractors, as the case may be, to obtain.

10.5   Unless otherwise specified in the Contract or agreed upon by the Employer and the Contractor, the Employer shall provide sufficient, properly qualified operating and maintenance personnel; shall supply and make available all raw materials, utilities, lubricants, chemicals, catalysts, other materials and facilities; and shall perform all work and services of whatsoever nature, including those required by the Contractor to properly carry out Precommissioning, Commissioning and Guarantee Tests, all in accordance with the provisions of the  Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Scope of Works and Supply by the Employer, at or before the time specified in the program furnished by the Contractor under GCC Sub-Clause 18.2 hereof and in the manner thereupon specified or as otherwise agreed upon by the Employer and the Contractor.

10.6   The Employer shall be responsible for the continued operation of the Facilities after Completion, in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 24.8, and shall be responsible for facilitating the Guarantee Test(s) for the Facilities, in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 25.2.

10.7   All costs and expenses involved in the performance of the obligations under this GCC Clause 10 shall be the responsibility of the Employer, save those to be incurred by the Contractor with respect to the performance of Guarantee Tests, in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 25.2.

10.8   In the event that the Employer shall be in breach of any of his obligations under this Clause, the additional cost incurred by the Contractor in consequence thereof shall be determined by the Project Manager and added to the Contract Price.

 

    
  1. Payment

11.  Contract Price

11.1   The Contract Price shall be as specified in Article 2 (Contract Price and Terms of Payment) of the Contract Agreement.

11.2   Unless an adjustment clause is provided for in the PCC, the Contract Price shall be a firm lump sum not subject to any alteration, except in the event of a Change in the Facilities or as otherwise provided in the Contract.

11.3   Subject to GCC Sub-Clauses 9.2, 10.1 and 35 hereof, the Contractor shall be deemed to have satisfied itself as to the correctness and sufficiency of the Contract Price, which shall, except as otherwise provided for in the Contract, cover all its obligations under the Contract.

12.  Terms of Payment

12.1   The Contract Price shall be paid as specified in Article 2 (Contract Price and Terms of Payment) of the Contract Agreement and in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Terms and Procedures of Payment, which also outlines the procedures to be followed in making application for and processing payments.

12.2   No payment made by the Employer herein shall be deemed to constitute acceptance by the Employer of the Facilities or any part(s) thereof.

12.3   In the event that the Employer fails to make any payment by its respective due date or within the period set forth in the Contract, the Employer shall pay to the Contractor interest on the amount of such delayed payment at the rate(s) shown in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Terms and Procedures of Payment, for the period of delay until payment has been made in full, whether before or after judgment or arbitrage award.

12.4   The currency or currencies in which payments are made to the Contractor under this Contract shall be specified in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Terms and Procedures of Payment, subject to the general principle that payments will be made in the currency or currencies in which the Contract Price has been stated in the Contractor’s Bid.

12.5   As specified in the PCC, if the Contractor fails to perform its cyber security obligations under the Contract, an assessed amount, as determined by the Project Manager, may be withheld until the obligation has been performed.

13.  Securities

13.1   Issuance of Securities

The Contractor shall provide the securities specified below in favor of the Employer at the times, and in the amount, manner and form specified below.

13.2   Advance Payment Security

13.2.1 The Contractor shall, within twenty-eight (28) days of the notification of contract award, provide a security in an amount equal to the advance payment calculated in accordance with the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Terms and Procedures of Payment, and in the same currency or currencies.

13.2.2 The security shall be in the form provided in the Bidding documents or in another form acceptable to the Employer.  The amount of the security shall be reduced in proportion to the value of the Facilities executed by and paid to the Contractor from time to time, and shall automatically become null and void when the full amount of the advance payment has been recovered by the Employer.  The security shall be returned to the Contractor immediately after its expiration.

13.3   Performance Security

13.3.1 The Contractor shall, within twenty-eight (28) days of the notification of contract award, provide a security for the due performance of the Contract in the amount specified in the PCC.

13.3.2 The Performance Security shall be denominated in the currency or currencies of the Contract, or in a freely convertible currency acceptable to the Employer, and shall be in the form provided in Section X, Contract Forms, corresponding to the type of bank guarantee stipulated by the Employer in the PCC, or in another form acceptable to the Employer.

13.3.3 Unless otherwise specified in the PCC, the security shall be reduced by half on the date of the Operational Acceptance. The Security shall become null and void, or shall be reduced pro rata to the Contract Price of a part of the Facilities for which a separate Time for Completion is provided, five hundred and forty (540) days after Completion of the Facilities or three hundred and sixty five (365) days after Operational Acceptance of the Facilities, whichever occurs first; provided, however, that if the Defects Liability Period has been extended on any part of the Facilities pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 27.8 hereof, the Contractor shall issue an additional security in an amount proportionate to the Contract Price of that part.  The security shall be returned to the Contractor immediately after its expiration, provided, however, that if the Contractor, pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 27.10, is liable for an extended defect liability obligation, the Performance Security shall be extended for the period specified in the PCC pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 27.10 and up to the amount specified in the PCC.

13.3.4 The Employer shall not make a claim under the Performance Security, except for amounts to which the Employer is entitled under the Contract. The Employer shall indemnify and hold the Contractor harmless against and from all damages, losses and expenses (including legal fees and expenses) resulting from a claim under the Performance Security to the extent to which the Employer was not entitled to make the claim.

14.  Taxes and Duties

14.1   Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Contract, the Contractor shall bear and pay all taxes, duties, levies and charges assessed on the Contractor, its Subcontractors or their employees by all municipal, state or national government authorities in connection with the Facilities in and outside of the country where the Site is located.

14.2   Notwithstanding GCC Sub-Clause 14.1 above, the Employer shall bear and promptly pay

(a)     all customs and import duties for the Plant specified in Price Schedule No. 1; and

(b)     other domestic taxes such as, sales tax and value added tax (VAT) on the Plant specified in Price Schedules No. 1 and No. 2 and that is to be incorporated into the Facilities, and on the finished goods, imposed by the law of the country where the Site is located.

14.3   If any tax exemptions, reductions, allowances or privileges may be available to the Contractor in the country where the Site is located, the Employer shall use its best endeavors to enable the Contractor to benefit from any such tax savings to the maximum allowable extent.

14.4   For the purpose of the Contract, it is agreed that the Contract Price specified in Article 2 (Contract Price and Terms of Payment) of the Contract Agreement is based on the taxes, duties, levies and charges prevailing at the date twenty-eight (28) days prior to the date of Bid submission in the country where the Site is located (hereinafter called “Tax” in this GCC Sub-Clause 14.4).  If any rates of Tax are increased or decreased, a new Tax is introduced, an existing Tax is abolished, or any change in interpretation or application of any Tax occurs in the course of the performance of Contract, which was or will be assessed on the Contractor, Subcontractors or their employees in connection with performance of the Contract, an equitable adjustment of the Contract Price shall be made to fully take into account any such change by addition to the Contract Price or deduction therefrom, as the case may be, in accordance with GCC Clause 36 hereof.

  1. Intellectual Property

15.  License/Use of Technical Information

15.1    For the operation and maintenance of the Plant, the Contractor hereby grants a non-exclusive and non-transferable license (without the right to sub-license) to the Employer under the patents, utility models or other industrial property rights owned by the Contractor or by a third Party from whom the Contractor has received the right to grant licenses thereunder, and shall also grant to the Employer a non-exclusive and non-transferable right (without the right to sub-license) to use the know-how and other technical information disclosed to the Employer under the Contract. Nothing contained herein shall be construed as transferring ownership of any patent, utility model, trademark, design, copyright, know-how or other intellectual property right from the Contractor or any third Party to the Employer.

15.2   The copyright in all drawings, documents and other materials containing data and information furnished to the Employer by the Contractor herein shall remain vested in the Contractor or, if they are furnished to the Employer directly or through the Contractor by any third Party, including suppliers of materials, the copyright in such materials shall remain vested in such third Party.

16.  Confidential Information

16.1   The Employer and the Contractor shall keep confidential and shall not, without the written consent of the other Party hereto, divulge to any third Party any documents, data or other information furnished directly or indirectly by the other Party hereto in connection with the Contract, whether such information has been furnished prior to, during or following termination of the Contract.  Notwithstanding the above, the Contractor may furnish to its Subcontractor(s) such documents, data and other information it receives from the Employer to the extent required for the Subcontractor(s) to perform its work under the Contract, in which event the Contractor shall obtain from such Subcontractor(s) an undertaking of confidentiality similar to that imposed on the Contractor under this GCC Clause 16.

16.2   The Employer shall not use such documents, data and other information received from the Contractor for any purpose other than the operation and maintenance of the Facilities.  Similarly, the Contractor shall not use such documents, data and other information received from the Employer for any purpose other than the design, procurement of Plant, construction or such other work and services as are required for the performance of the Contract.

16.3   The obligation of a Party under GCC Sub-Clauses 16.1 and 16.2 above, however, shall not apply to that information which

(a)   now or hereafter enters the public domain through no fault of that Party

(b)   can be proven to have been possessed by that Party at the time of disclosure and which was not previously obtained, directly or indirectly, from the other Party hereto

(c)   otherwise lawfully becomes available to that Party from a third Party that has no obligation of confidentiality

(d)  is being provided to the Bank.

16.4   The above provisions of this GCC Clause 16 shall not in any way modify any undertaking of confidentiality given by either of the Parties hereto prior to the date of the Contract in respect of the Facilities or any part thereof.

16.5   The provisions of this GCC Clause 16 shall survive termination, for whatever reason, of the Contract.

  1. Execution of the Facilities

17.  Representatives

17.1   Project Manager

If the Project Manager is not named in the Contract, then within fourteen (14) days of the Effective Date, the Employer shall appoint and notify the Contractor in writing of the name of the Project Manager.  The Employer may from time to time appoint some other person as the Project Manager in place of the person previously so appointed, and shall give a notice of the name of such other person to the Contractor without delay.  No such appointment shall be made at such a time or in such a manner as to impede the progress of work on the Facilities.  Such appointment shall only take effect upon receipt of such notice by the Contractor.  The Project Manager shall represent and act for the Employer at all times during the performance of the Contract.  All notices, instructions, orders, certificates, approvals and all other communications under the Contract shall be given by the Project Manager, except as herein otherwise provided.

All notices, instructions, information and other communications given by the Contractor to the Employer under the Contract shall be given to the Project Manager, except as herein otherwise provided.

17.2   Contractor’s Representative & Construction Manager

17.2.1 If the Contractor’s Representative is not named in the Contract, then within fourteen (14) days of the Effective Date, the Contractor shall appoint the Contractor’s Representative and shall request the Employer in writing to approve the person so appointed.  If the Employer makes no objection to the appointment within fourteen (14) days, the Contractor’s Representative shall be deemed to have been approved.  If the Employer objects to the appointment within fourteen (14) days giving the reason therefor, then the Contractor shall appoint a replacement within fourteen (14) days of such objection, and the foregoing provisions of this GCC Sub-Clause 17.2.1 shall apply thereto.

17.2.2     The Contractor’s Representative shall represent and act for the Contractor at all times during the performance of the Contract and shall give to the Project Manager all the Contractor’s notices, instructions, information and all other communications under the Contract.

All notices, instructions, information and all other communications given by the Employer or the Project Manager to the Contractor under the Contract shall be given to the Contractor’s Representative or, in its absence, its deputy, except as herein otherwise provided.

The Contractor shall not revoke the appointment of the Contractor’s Representative without the Employer’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.  If the Employer consents thereto, the Contractor shall appoint some other person as the Contractor’s Representative, pursuant to the procedure set out in GCC Sub-Clause 17.2.1.

17.2.3     The Contractor’s Representative may, subject to the approval of the Employer which shall not be unreasonably withheld, at any time delegate to any person any of the powers, functions and authorities vested in him or her.  Any such delegation may be revoked at any time.  Any such delegation or revocation shall be subject to a prior notice signed by the Contractor’s Representative, and shall specify the powers, functions and authorities thereby delegated or revoked.  No such delegation or revocation shall take effect unless and until a copy thereof has been delivered to the Employer and the Project Manager.

Any act or exercise by any person of powers, functions and authorities so delegated to him or her in accordance with this GCC Sub-Clause 17.2.3 shall be deemed to be an act or exercise by the Contractor’s Representative.

17.2.4     From the commencement of installation of the Facilities at the Site until Completion, the Contractor’s Representative shall appoint a suitable person as the Construction Manager.  The Construction Manager shall supervise all work done at the Site by the Contractor and shall be present at the Site throughout normal working hours except when on leave, sick or absent for reasons connected with the proper performance of the Contract.  Whenever the Construction Manager is absent from the Site, a suitable person shall be appointed to act as the Construction Manager’s deputy.

17.2.5     The Project Manager may require the Contractor to remove (or cause to be removed) the Contractor’s Representative or any other person employed by the Contractor in the execution of the Contract, who:

  1. persists in any misconduct or lack of care;
  2. carries out duties incompetently or negligently;
  3. fails to comply with any provision of the Contract;
  4. persists in any conduct which is prejudicial to safety, health, or the protection of the environment;
  5. based on reasonable evidence, is determined to have engaged in Fraud and Corruption during the execution of the Contract;
  6. has been recruited from the Employer’s Personnel in breach of GCC Sub-Clause 22.2.2;
  7. undertakes behaviour which breaches the Code of Conduct (ES), as applicable;

If appropriate, the Contractor shall then promptly appoint (or cause to be appointed) a suitable replacement with equivalent skills and experience.

Notwithstanding any requirement from the Project Manager to remove or cause to remove any person, the Contractor shall take immediate action as appropriate in response to any violation of (a) through (g) above. Such immediate action shall include removing (or causing to be removed) from the Site or other places where the Contract is being executed, any Contractor’s Personnel who engages in (a), (b), (c), (d), (e) or (g) above or has been recruited as stated in (f) above..

17.2.6     If any representative or person employed by the Contractor is removed in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 17.2.5, the Contractor shall, where required, promptly appoint a suitable replacement with equivalent skills and experience.

18.  Work Program

18.1   Contractor’s Organization

The Contractor shall supply to the Employer and the Project Manager a chart showing the proposed organization to be established by the Contractor for carrying out work on the Facilities within twenty-one (21) days of the Effective Date.  The chart shall include the identities of the key personnel and the curricula vitae of such key personnel to be employed shall be supplied together with the chart.  The Contractor shall promptly inform the Employer and the Project Manager in writing of any revision or alteration of such an organization chart.

18.2   Program of Performance

Within twenty-eight (28) days after the Effective Date, the Contractor shall submit to the Project Manager a detailed program of performance of the Contract, made in a form acceptable to the Project Manager and showing the sequence in which it proposes to design, manufacture, transport, assemble, install and precommission the Facilities, as well as the date by which the Contractor reasonably requires that the Employer shall have fulfilled its obligations under the Contract so as to enable the Contractor to execute the Contract in accordance with the program and to achieve Completion, Commissioning and Acceptance of the Facilities in accordance with the Contract.  The program so submitted by the Contractor shall accord with the Time Schedule included in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Time Schedule, and any other dates and periods specified in the Contract.  The Contractor shall update and revise the program as and when appropriate or when required by the Project Manager, but without modification in the Times for Completion specified in the PCC pursuant to Sub-Clause 8.2 and any extension granted in accordance with GCC Clause 40, and shall submit all such revisions to the Project Manager.

18.3   Progress Report

The Contractor shall monitor progress of all the activities specified in the program referred to in GCC Sub-Clause 18.2 above, and supply a progress report to the Project Manager every month.

The progress report shall be in a form acceptable to the Project Manager and shall indicate: (a) percentage completion achieved compared with the planned percentage completion for each activity; and (b) where any activity is behind the program, giving comments and likely consequences and stating the corrective action being taken.

Unless otherwise stated in the Employer’s Requirements, each progress report shall include the Environmental and Social (ES) metrics set out in Appendix C.

If stated in the PCC, progress report shall include status of compliance to cyber security risks management, and any foreseeable cyber security risk and mitigation.

In addition to the progress reports, the Contractor shall inform the Project Manager immediately of any allegation, incident or accident in the Site,  which has or is likely to have a significant adverse effect on the environment, the affected communities, the public, Employer’s Personnel or Contractor’s Personnel. This includes, but is not limited to, any incident or accident causing fatality or serious injury; significant adverse effects or damage to private property; any cyber security incidents as specified in the PCC; or any allegation of SEA and/or SH. In case of SEA and/or SH, while maintaining confidentiality as appropriate, the type of allegation (sexual exploitation, sexual abuse or sexual harassment), gender and age of the person who experienced the alleged incident should be included in the information.

The Contractor, upon becoming aware of the allegation, incident or accident, shall also immediately inform the Project Manager of any such incident or accident on the Subcontractors’ or suppliers’ premises relating to the Facilities  which has or is likely to have a significant adverse effect on the environment, the affected communities, the public, Employer’s Personnel, or Contractor’s, its Subcontractors’ and suppliers’ personnel. The notification shall provide sufficient detail regarding such incidents or accidents. The Contractor shall provide full details of such incidents or accidents to the Project Manager within the timeframe agreed with the Project Manager.

The Contractor shall require its Subcontractors and suppliers to immediately notify the Contractor of any incidents or accidents referred to in this Subclause.

18.4   Progress of Performance

If at any time the Contractor’s actual progress falls behind the program referred to in GCC Sub-Clause 18.2, or it becomes apparent that it will so fall behind, the Contractor shall, at the request of the Employer or the Project Manager, prepare and submit to the Project Manager a revised program, taking into account the prevailing circumstances, and shall notify the Project Manager of the steps being taken to expedite progress so as to attain Completion of the Facilities within the Time for Completion under GCC Sub-Clause 8.2, any extension thereof entitled under GCC Sub-Clause 40.1, or any extended period as may otherwise be agreed upon between the Employer and the Contractor.

18.5   Procedures

The Contract shall be executed in accordance with the Contract Documents including the procedures given in the Forms and Procedures of the Employer’s Requirements.

The Contractor may execute the Contract in accordance with its own standard project execution plans and procedures to the extent that they do not conflict with the provisions contained in the Contract.

19.  Subcontracting

19.1   The Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled List of Major Items of Plant and Installation Services and List of Approved Subcontractors, specifies major items of supply or services and a list of approved Subcontractors against each item, including manufacturers.  Insofar as no Subcontractors are listed against any such item, the Contractor shall prepare a list of Subcontractors for such item for inclusion in such list.  The Contractor may from time to time propose any addition to or deletion from any such list.  The Contractor shall submit any such list or any modification thereto to the Employer for its approval in sufficient time so as not to impede the progress of work on the Facilities. Submission by the Contractor, for addition of any Subcontractor not named in the Contract, shall also include the Subcontractor’s declaration in accordance with Appendix D- Sexual exploitation and Abuse (SEA) and/or Sexual Harassment (SH) Performance Declaration. Approval by the Employer for any of the Subcontractors shall not relieve the Contractor from any of its obligations, duties or responsibilities under the Contract.

19.2   The Contractor shall select and employ its Subcontractors for such major items from those listed in the lists referred to in GCC Sub-Clause 19.1.

19.3   For items or parts of the Facilities not specified in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled List of Major Items of Plant and Installation Services and List of Approved Subcontractors, the Contractor may employ such Subcontractors as it may select, at its discretion.

19.4   Each sub-contract shall include provisions which would entitle the Employer to require the sub-contract to be assigned to the Employer under GCC 19.5 (if and when applicable), or in event of termination by the Employer under GCC 42.2.

19.5   If a Subcontractor's obligations extend beyond the expiry date of the relevant Defects Liability Period and the Project Manager, prior to that date, instructs the Contractor to assign the benefits of such obligations to the Employer, then the Contractor shall do so.

19.6 The Contractor shall ensure that its Subcontractors execute the Facilities in accordance with the Contract, including complying with the relevant ES requirements and the obligations set out in GCC Sub-Clause 22.4.

20.  Design and Engineering

20.1   Specifications and Drawings

20.1.1     The Contractor shall execute the basic and detailed design and the engineering work in compliance with the provisions of the Contract, or where not so specified, in accordance with good engineering practice.

The Contractor shall be responsible for any discrepancies, errors or omissions in the specifications, drawings and other technical documents that it has prepared, whether such specifications, drawings and other documents have been approved by the Project Manager or not, provided that such discrepancies, errors or omissions are not because of inaccurate information furnished in writing to the Contractor by or on behalf of the Employer.

20.1.2     The Contractor shall be entitled to disclaim responsibility for any design, data, drawing, specification or other document, or any modification thereof provided or designated by or on behalf of the Employer, by giving a notice of such disclaimer to the Project Manager.

20.2   Codes and Standards

Wherever references are made in the Contract to codes and standards in accordance with which the Contract shall be executed, the edition or the revised version of such codes and standards current at the date twenty-eight (28) days prior to date of Bid submission shall apply unless otherwise specified.  During Contract execution, any changes in such codes and standards shall be applied subject to approval by the Employer and shall be treated in accordance with GCC Clause 39.

20.3   Approval/Review of Technical Documents by Project Manager

20.3.1     The Contractor shall prepare or cause its Subcontractors to prepare, and furnish to the Project Manager the documents listed in the  Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled List of Documents for Approval or Review, for its approval or review as specified and in accordance with the requirements of GCC Sub-Clause 18.2 (Program of Performance).

Any part of the Facilities covered by or related to the documents to be approved by the Project Manager shall be executed only after the Project Manager’s approval thereof.

GCC Sub-Clauses 20.3.2 through 20.3.7 shall apply to those documents requiring the Project Manager’s approval, but not to those furnished to the Project Manager for its review only.

20.3.2     Within fourteen (14) days after receipt by the Project Manager of any document requiring the Project Manager’s approval in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 20.3.1, the Project Manager shall either return one copy thereof to the Contractor with its approval endorsed thereon or shall notify the Contractor in writing of its disapproval thereof and the reasons therefor and the modifications that the Project Manager proposes.

If the Project Manager fails to take such action within the said fourteen (14) days, then the said document shall be deemed to have been approved by the Project Manager.

20.3.3     The Project Manager shall not disapprove any document, except on the grounds that the document does not comply with the Contract or that it is contrary to good engineering practice.

20.3.4     If the Project Manager disapproves the document, the Contractor shall modify the document and resubmit it for the Project Manager’s approval in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 20.3.2. If the Project Manager approves the document subject to modification(s), the Contractor shall make the required modification(s), whereupon the document shall be deemed to have been approved.

20.3.5     If any dispute or difference occurs between the Employer and the Contractor in connection with or arising out of the disapproval by the Project Manager of any document and/or any modification(s) thereto that cannot be settled between the Parties within a reasonable period, then such dispute or difference may be referred to a Dispute Board for determination in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 46.1 hereof.  If such dispute or difference is referred to a Dispute Board, the Project Manager shall give instructions as to whether and if so, how, performance of the Contract is to proceed.  The Contractor shall proceed with the Contract in accordance with the Project Manager’s instructions, provided that if the Dispute Board upholds the Contractor’s view on the dispute and if the Employer has not given notice under GCC Sub-Clause 46.3 hereof, then the Contractor shall be reimbursed by the Employer for any additional costs incurred by reason of such instructions and shall be relieved of such responsibility or liability in connection with the dispute and the execution of the instructions as the Dispute Board shall decide, and the Time for Completion shall be extended accordingly.

20.3.6     The Project Manager’s approval, with or without modification of the document furnished by the Contractor, shall not relieve the Contractor of any responsibility or liability imposed upon it by any provisions of the Contract except to the extent that any subsequent failure results from modifications required by the Project Manager.

20.3.7     The Contractor shall not depart from any approved document unless the Contractor has first submitted to the Project Manager an amended document and obtained the Project Manager’s approval thereof, pursuant to the provisions of this GCC Sub-Clause 20.3.

If the Project Manager requests any change in any already approved document and/or in any document based thereon, the provisions of GCC Clause 39 shall apply to such request.

21.  Procurement

21.1   Plant

Subject to GCC Sub-Clause 14.2, the Contractor shall procure and transport all Plant in an expeditious and orderly manner to the Site.

21.2   Employer-Supplied Plant

If the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Scope of Works and Supply by the Employer, provides that the Employer shall furnish any specific items to the Contractor, the following provisions shall apply:

21.2.1     The Employer shall, at its own risk and expense, transport each item to the place on or near the Site as agreed upon by the Parties and make such item available to the Contractor at the time specified in the program furnished by the Contractor, pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 18.2, unless otherwise mutually agreed.

21.2.2     Upon receipt of such item, the Contractor shall inspect the same visually and notify the Project Manager of any detected shortage, defect or default.  The Employer shall immediately remedy any shortage, defect or default, or the Contractor shall, if practicable and possible, at the request of the Employer, remedy such shortage, defect or default at the Employer’s cost and expense.  After inspection, such item shall fall under the care, custody and control of the Contractor.  The provision of this GCC Sub-Clause 21.2.2 shall apply to any item supplied to remedy any such shortage or default or to substitute for any defective item, or shall apply to defective items that have been repaired.

21.2.3     The foregoing responsibilities of the Contractor and its obligations of care, custody and control shall not relieve the Employer of liability for any undetected shortage, defect or default, nor place the Contractor under any liability for any such shortage, defect or default whether under GCC Clause 27 or under any other provision of Contract.

21.3   Transportation

21.3.1     The Contractor shall at its own risk and expense transport all the materials and the Contractor’s Equipment to the Site by the mode of transport that the Contractor judges most suitable under all the circumstances.

21.3.2     Unless otherwise provided in the Contract, the Contractor shall be entitled to select any safe mode of transport operated by any person to carry the materials and the Contractor’s Equipment.

21.3.3     Upon dispatch of each shipment of materials and the Contractor’s Equipment, the Contractor shall notify the Employer by telex, cable, facsimile or electronic means, of the description of the materials and of the Contractor’s Equipment, the point and means of dispatch, and the estimated time and point of arrival in the country where the Site is located, if applicable, and at the Site.  The Contractor shall furnish the Employer with relevant shipping documents to be agreed upon between the Parties.

21.3.4     The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining, if necessary, approvals from the authorities for transportation of the materials and the Contractor’s Equipment to the Site.  The Employer shall use its best endeavors in a timely and expeditious manner to assist the Contractor in obtaining such approvals, if requested by the Contractor.  The Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Employer from and against any claim for damage to roads, bridges or any other traffic facilities that may be caused by the transport of the materials and the Contractor’s Equipment to the Site.

21.4   Customs Clearance

The Contractor shall, at its own expense, handle all imported materials and Contractor’s Equipment at the point(s) of import and shall handle any formalities for customs clearance, subject to the Employer’s obligations under GCC Sub-Clause 14.2, provided that if applicable laws or regulations require any application or act to be made by or in the name of the Employer, the Employer shall take all necessary steps to comply with such laws or regulations.  In the event of delays in customs clearance that are not the fault of the Contractor, the Contractor shall be entitled to an extension in the Time for Completion, pursuant to GCC Clause 40.

22.  Installation

22.1   Setting Out/Supervision

22.1.1     Bench Mark:  The Contractor shall be responsible for the true and proper setting-out of the Facilities in relation to bench marks, reference marks and lines provided to it in writing by or on behalf of the Employer.

           If, at any time during the progress of installation of the Facilities, any error shall appear in the position, level or alignment of the Facilities, the Contractor shall forthwith notify the Project Manager of such error and, at its own expense, immediately rectify such error to the reasonable satisfaction of the Project Manager.  If such error is based on incorrect data provided in writing by or on behalf of the Employer, the expense of rectifying the same shall be borne by the Employer.

22.1.2     Contractor’s Supervision:  The Contractor shall give or provide all necessary superintendence during the installation of the Facilities, and the Construction Manager or its deputy shall be constantly on the Site to provide full-time superintendence of the installation.  The Contractor shall provide and employ only technical personnel who are skilled and experienced in their respective callings and supervisory staff who are competent to adequately supervise the work at hand.

22.2   Labor:

22.2.1 Engagement of Staff and Labor

Except as otherwise stated in the  Employer’s Requirements, the Contractor shall make arrangements for the engagement of all staff and labor, local or otherwise, and for their payment, housing, feeding and transport.

The Contractor shall provide and employ on the Site in the installation of the Facilities such skilled, semi-skilled and unskilled labor as is necessary for the proper and timely execution of the Contract.  The Contractor is encouraged to use local labor that has the necessary skills.

The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining all necessary permit(s) and/or visa(s) from the appropriate authorities for the entry of all labor and personnel to be employed on the Site into the country where the Site is located. The Employer will, if requested by the Contractor, use his best endeavors in a timely and expeditious manner to assist the Contractor in obtaining any local, state, national or government permission required for bringing in the Contractor’s   Personnel.

The Contractor shall at its own expense provide the means of repatriation to all of its Contractor’s Personnel employed for the excution of the Contract at the Site or other places where the Installation Services are carried out to the place where they were recruited or to their domicile.  It shall also provide suitable temporary maintenance of all such persons from the cessation of their employment on the Contract to the date programmed for their departure.  In the event that the Contractor defaults in providing such means of transportation and temporary maintenance, the Employer may provide the same to such personnel and recover the cost of doing so from the Contractor.

The Contractor shall provide Contractor’s Personnel employed for the execution of the Contract at the Site or other places where the Installation Services are carried out, relevant information and documentation that are clear and understandable regarding their terms and conditions of employment. The information and documentation shall set out their rights under relevant labor laws applicable to the Contractor’s Personnel (which will include any applicable collective agreements), including their rights related to hours of work, wages, overtime, compensation and benefits, as well as those arising from any requirements in the  Employer’s Requirements. The Contractor’s Personnel shall be informed when any material changes to their terms or conditions of employment occur.

22.2.2 Persons in the Service of Employer

The Contractor shall not recruit, or attempt to recruit, staff and labor from amongst the Employer’s Personnel.

22.2.3 Labor Laws

The Contractor shall comply with all the relevant labor laws applicable to the Contractor’s Personnel, including laws relating to their employment, health, safety, welfare, immigration and emigration, and shall allow them all their legal rights.

The Contractor shall at all times during the progress of the Contract use its best endeavors to prevent any unlawful, riotous or disorderly conduct or behavior by or amongst its employees and the labor of its Subcontractors.

The Contractor shall, in all dealings with its labor and the labor of its Subcontractors currently employed on or connected with the Contract, pay due regard to all recognized festivals, official holidays, religious or other customs and all local laws and regulations pertaining to the employment of labor.

22.2.4 Rates of Wages and Conditions of Labor

The Contractor shall pay rates of wages, and observe conditions of labor, which are not lower than those established for the trade or industry where the work is carried out. If no established rates or conditions are applicable, the Contractor shall pay rates of wages and observe conditions which are not lower than the general level of wages and conditions observed locally by employers whose trade or industry is similar to that of the Contractor.

The Contractor shall inform the Contractor’s Personnel about:

  1. any deduction to their payment and the conditions of such deductions in accordance with the applicable laws or as stated in the Employer’s Requirements; and
  2. their liability to pay personal income taxes in the Country in respect of such of their salaries, wages, allowances and any benefits as are subject to tax under the laws of the Country for the time being in force.

The Contractor shall perform such duties in regard to such deductions thereof as may be imposed on him by such laws.

Where required by applicable Laws or as stated in the Employer’s Requirements, the Contractor and its Subcontarctors shall provide their  personnel written notice of termination of employment and details of severance payments in a timely manner. The Contractor and its Subcontractors shall have paid their personnel (either directly or where appropriate for their benefit) all due wages and entitlements including, as applicable, social security benefits and pension contributions, on or before the end of their engagement/ employment.

22.2.5 Working Hours

    No work shall be carried out on the Site on locally recognized days of rest, or outside the normal working hours stated in the PCC, unless:

(a)     otherwise stated in the Contract,

(b)     the Project Manager gives consent, or

(c)     the work is unavoidable, or necessary for the protection of life or property or for the safety of the Facilities, in which case the Contractor shall immediately advise the Project Manager.

If and when the Contractor considers it necessary to carry out work at night or on public holidays so as to meet the Time for Completion and requests the Project Manager’s consent thereto, the Project Manager shall not unreasonably withhold such consent.

This Sub-Clause shall not apply to any work which is customarily carried out by rotary or double-shifts.

22.2.6 Facilities for Staff and Labor

Except as otherwise stated in the Employer’s Requirements, the Contractor shall provide and maintain all necessary accommodation and welfare facilities for the Contractor’s Personnel employed for the execution of the Contract at the Site or other places where the Installation Services are carried out. The Contractor shall also provide facilities for the Employer’s  Personnel as stated in the Employer’s Requirements.

If stated in the Employer’s Requirements, the Contractor shall give access to or provide services that accommodate the physical, social and cultural needs of the Contractor’s Personnel. The Contractor shall also provide similar facilities for the Employer’s Personnel as stated in the Employer’s Requirements.

The Contractor shall not permit any of the Contractor’s Personnel to maintain any temporary or permanent living quarters within the structures forming part of the Facilities.

22.2.7 Health and Safety

The Contractor shall at all times take all reasonable precautions to maintain the health and safety of the  Contractor’s Personnel employed for the execution of Installation Services at the Site (or other places in the country where the Site is located).

Subject to GCC Sub-Clause 9.9, the Contractor shall submit to the Project Manager for its approval a health and safety manual which sets out all the health and safety requirements under the Contract.

The health and safety manual shall be in addition to any other similar document required under applicable health and safety regulations and Laws.

The Contractor shall:

  1. comply with all applicable health and safety regulations and laws;
  2. comply with all applicable health and safety obligations specified in the Contract;
  3. develop and implement procedures to establish and maintain a safe working environment without risk to health at all workplaces, machinery, equipment and processes under the control of the Contractor, including control measures for chemical, physical and biological substances and agents;
  4. provide health and safety training of the Contractor’s Personnel as appropriate and maintain training records;
  5. actively engage the Contractor’s Personnel in promoting understanding, and methods for, implementation of health and safety requirements, as well as in providing information to such personnel, and provision of personal protective equipment without expense to the personnel;
  6. put in place workplace processes for the Contractor’s  Personnel to report work situations that they believe are not safe or healthy, and to remove themselves from a work situation which they have reasonable justification to believe presents an imminent and serious danger to their life or health; Contractor’s Personnel who remove themselves from such work situations shall not be required to return to work until necessary remedial action to correct the situation has been taken. Such personnel shall not be retaliated against or otherwise subject to reprisal or negative action for such reporting or removal;
  7. in collaboration with local health authorities, ensure that medical staff, first aid facilities, sick bay and ambulance service are available at all times at the Site and at any accommodation for Contractor’s and Employer’s Personnel;
  8. appoint an accident prevention officer at the Site, responsible for maintaining safety and protection against accidents. This person shall be qualified for this responsibility and shall have the authority to issue instructions and take protective measures to prevent accidents. Throughout the performance of the Contract, the Contractor shall provide whatever is required by this person to exercise this responsibility and authority;
  9. put in place measures to avoid or minimize the potential for community exposure to water-borne, water-based, water-related, and vector-borne diseases;
  10. put in place measures to be implemented to avoid or minimize the spread of communicable diseases (including transfer of Sexually Transmitted Diseases or Infections (STDs), such as HIV virus) and non-communicable diseases associated with the Installation Services, taking into consideration differentiated exposure to and higher sensitivity of vulnerable groups. This includes taking measures to avoid or minimize the transmission of communicable diseases that may be associated with the influx of temporary or permanent Contract-related labor;
  11. have in place procedures for prevention, preparedness and response activities to be implemented in the case of an emergency event (i.e. an unanticipated incident, arising from both natural and man-made hazards, typically in the form of fire, explosions, leaks or spills, which may occur for a variety of different reasons including failure to implement operating procedures that are designed to prevent their occurrence, extreme weather or lack of early warning);
  12. collaborate, as applicable,  with the Employer’s Personnel, any other contractors employed by the Employer, and/or personnel of any legally constituted public authorities and private utility companies that are employed in carrying out, on or near the site, of any work not included in the Contract, in applying the health and safety requirements. This is without prejudice to the responsibility of the relevant entities  for the health and safety of their  own  personnel; and  
  13. put in place a system for regular review of health and safety performance and the working environment.

22.2.8 Funeral Arrangements

In the event of the death of any of the Contractor’s Personnel or accompanying members of their families, the Contractor shall be responsible for making the appropriate arrangements for their return or burial, unless otherwise specified in the PCC.

22.2.9 Records of Contractor’s Personnel

The Contractor shall keep accurate records of the Contractor’s Personnel, including the number of each class of Contractor’s personnel on the Site and the names, ages, genders, hours worked and wages paid to all workers. These records shall be summarized on a monthly basis in a form approved by the Project Manager and shall be available for inspection by the Project Manager until the Contractor has completed all work.

22.2.10 Supply of Foodstuffs

The Contractor shall arrange for the provision of a sufficient supply of suitable food as may be stated in the Employer’s Requirements at reasonable prices for the Contractor’s personnel for the purposes of or in connection with the Contract.

22.2.11 Supply of Water

The Contractor shall, having regard to local conditions, provide on the Site an adequate supply of drinking and other water for the use of the Contractor’s personnel.

22.2.12 Measures against Insect and Pest Nuisance

The Contractor shall at all times take the necessary precautions to protect the Contractor’s Personnel employed on the Site from insect and pest nuisance, and to reduce their danger to health. The Contractor shall comply with all the regulations of the local health authorities, including use of appropriate insecticide.

22.2.13 Alcoholic Liquor or Drugs

The Contractor shall not, otherwise than in accordance with the laws of the Country, import, sell, give barter or otherwise dispose of any alcoholic liquor or drugs, or permit or allow importation, sale, gift barter or disposal by Contractor's Personnel.

22.2.14 Arms and Ammunition

The Contractor shall not give, barter, or otherwise dispose of, to any person, any arms or ammunition of any kind, or allow Contractor's Personnel to do so.

22.2.15 Workers’ Organizations

In countries where the relevant labor laws recognize workers’ rights to form and to join workers’ organizations of their choosing and to bargain collectively without interference, the Contractor shall comply with such laws. In such circumstances, the role of legally established workers’ organizations and legitimate workers’ representatives will be respected, and they will be provided with information needed for meaningful negotiation in a timely manner. Where the relevant labor laws substantially restrict workers’ organizations, the Contractor shall enable alternative means for the Contractor’s Personnel to express their grievances and protect their rights regarding working conditions and terms of employment. The Contractor shall not seek to influence or control these alternative means. The Contractor shall not discriminate or retaliate against the Contractor’s Personnel who participate, or seek to participate, in such organizations and collective bargaining or alternative mechanisms. Workers’ organizations are expected to fairly represent the workers in the workforce.

22.2.16  Non-Discrimination and Equal Opportunity

The Contractor shall not make decisions relating to the employment or treatment of Contractor’s Personnel on the basis of personal characteristics unrelated to inherent job requirements. The Contractor shall base the employment of Contractor’s Personnel on the principle of equal opportunity and fair treatment, and shall not discriminate with respect to any aspects of the employment relationship, including recruitment and hiring, compensation (including wages and benefits), working conditions and terms of employment, access to training, job assignment, promotion, termination of employment or retirement, and disciplinary practices.

Special measures of protection or assistance to remedy past discrimination or selection for a particular job based on the inherent requirements of the job shall not be deemed discrimination. The Contractor shall provide protection and assistance as necessary to ensure non-discrimination and equal opportunity, including for specific groups such as women, people with disabilities, migrant workers and children (of working age in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 9.13).

22.2.17  Contractor’s Personnel Grievance Mechanism

The Contractor shall have a grievance mechanism for the Contractor’s Personnel, and where relevant the workers’ organizations stated in subclause 22.2.15, to raise workplace concerns. The grievance mechanism shall be proportionate to the nature, scale, risks and impacts of the Contract. The mechanism shall address concerns promptly, using an understandable and transparent process that provides timely feedback to those concerned in a language they understand, without any retribution, and shall operate in an independent and objective manner.

The Contractor’s Personnel shall be informed of the grievance mechanism at the time of engagement for the Contract, and the measures put in place to protect them against any reprisal for its use. Measures will be put in place to make the grievance mechanism easily accessible to all Contractor’s Personnel.

The grievance mechanism shall not impede access to other judicial or administrative remedies that might be available, or substitute for grievance mechanisms provided through collective agreements.

The grievance mechanism may utilize existing grievance mechanisms, providing that they are properly designed and implemented, address concerns promptly, and are readily accessible to such project workers. Existing grievance mechanisms may be supplemented as needed with Contract-specific arrangements.

22.3   Contractor’s Equipment

22.3.1 All Contractor’s Equipment brought by the Contractor onto the Site shall be deemed to be intended to be used exclusively for the execution of the Contract.  The Contractor shall not remove the same from the Site without the Project Manager’s consent that such Contractor’s Equipment is no longer required for the execution of the Contract.

22.3.2 Unless otherwise specified in the Contract, upon completion of the Facilities, the Contractor shall remove from the Site all Equipment brought by the Contractor onto the Site and any surplus materials remaining thereon.

22.3.3 The Employer will, if requested, use its best endeavors to assist the Contractor in obtaining any local, state or national government permission required by the Contractor for the export of the Contractor’s Equipment imported by the Contractor for use in the execution of the Contract that is no longer required for the execution of the Contract.

22.4   Site Regulations

The Employer and the Contractor shall establish Site regulations setting out the rules to be observed in the execution of the Contract at the Site and shall comply therewith.  The Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Project Manager with a copy to the Employer, proposed Site regulations for the Project Manager’s approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.

Such Site regulations shall include, but shall not be limited to, Code of Conduct for environmental and social aspectssubmitted as part of the Bid and agreed to by the Employer, , security arrangements in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 22.8, safety of the Facilities, gate control, sanitation, medical care, and fire prevention.

The Contractor shall take all necessary measures to ensure that each Contractor’s Personnel, employed for the execution of the Contract at the Site or other places where the Installation Services are carried out, is made aware of the Code of Conduct including specific behaviors that are prohibited, and understands the consequences of engaging in such prohibited behaviors. 

These measures include providing instructions and documentation that can be understood by the Contractor’s Personnel and seeking to obtain that person’s signature acknowledging receipt of such instructions and/or documentation, as appropriate.

The Contractor shall also ensure that the Code of Conduct is visibly displayed in multiple locations on the Site and any other place where the Installation Services  will be carried out, as well as in areas outside the Site accessible to the local community and project affected people. The posted Code of Conduct shall be provided in languages comprehensible to Contractor’s Personnel, Employer’s Personnel and the local community.

The Contractor’s Management Strategy and Implementation Plans shall include appropriate processes for the Contractor to verify compliance with these obligations.

22.5   Opportunities for Other Contractors

22.5.1 The Contractor shall, upon written request from the Employer or the Project Manager, give all reasonable opportunities for carrying out the work to any other contractors employed by the Employer on or near the Site.

22.5.2 If the Contractor, upon written request from the Employer or the Project Manager, makes available to other contractors any roads or ways the maintenance for which the Contractor is responsible, permits the use by such other contractors of the Contractor’s Equipment, or provides any other service of whatsoever nature for such other contractors, the Employer shall fully compensate the Contractor for any loss or damage caused or occasioned by such other contractors in respect of any such use or service, and shall pay to the Contractor reasonable remuneration for the use of such equipment or the provision of such services.

22.5.3 The Contractor shall also so arrange to perform its work as to minimize, to the extent possible, interference with the work of other contractors.  The Project Manager shall determine the resolution of any difference or conflict that may arise between the Contractor and other contractors and the workers of the Employer in regard to their work.

22.5.4 The Contractor shall notify the Project Manager promptly of any defects in the other contractors’ work that come to its notice, and that could affect the Contractor’s work.  The Project Manager shall determine the corrective measures, if any, required to rectify the situation after inspection of the Facilities.  Decisions made by the Project Manager shall be binding on the Contractor.

22.6   Emergency Work

If, by reason of an emergency arising in connection with and during the execution of the Contract, any protective or remedial work is necessary as a matter of urgency to prevent damage to the Facilities, the Contractor shall immediately carry out such work.

If the Contractor is unable or unwilling to do such work immediately, the Employer may do or cause such work to be done as the Employer may determine is necessary in order to prevent damage to the Facilities.  In such event the Employer shall, as soon as practicable after the occurrence of any such emergency, notify the Contractor in writing of such emergency, the work done and the reasons therefor. If the work done or caused to be done by the Employer is work that the Contractor was liable to do at its own expense under the Contract, the reasonable costs incurred by the Employer in connection therewith shall be paid by the Contractor to the Employer.  Otherwise, the cost of such remedial work shall be borne by the Employer.

22.7   Site Clearance

22.7.1 Site Clearance in Course of Performance:  In the course of carrying out the Contract, the Contractor shall keep the Site reasonably free from all unnecessary obstruction, store or remove any surplus materials, clear away any wreckage, rubbish or temporary works from the Site, and remove any Contractor’s Equipment no longer required for execution of the Contract.

22.7.2 Clearance of Site after Completion:  After Completion of all parts of the Facilities, the Contractor shall clear away and remove all wreckage, rubbish and debris of any kind from the Site, and shall leave the Site and Facilities in a clean and safe condition.

22.8    Security of the Site

The Contractor shall be responsible for the security of the Site including providing and maintaining at its own expense all lighting, fencing, and watching when and where necessary for the proper execution and the protection of the Facilities, or for the safety of the owners and occupiers of adjacent property and for the safety of the public.

If required in the Employer’s Requirements, the Contractor shall submit for the Project Manager’s No-objection a security management plan that sets the security arrangements for the Site.

In making security arrangements, the Contractor shall be guided by applicable laws and any other requirements stated in the Employer’s Requirements.

The Contractor shall (i) conduct appropriate background checks on any personnel retained to provide security; (ii) train the security personnel adequately (or determine that they are properly trained) in the use of force (and where applicable, firearms), and appropriate conduct towards Contractor’s Personnel, Employer’s personnel and affected communities; and (iii) require the security personnel to act within the applicable Laws and any requirements set out in the Employer’s Reqquirements.

The Contractor shall not permit any use of force by security personnel in providing security except when used for preventive and defensive purposes in proportion to the nature and extent of the threat.

22.9 Protection of the Environment

The Contractor shall take all necessary measures to:

      1. protect the environment (both on and off the Site); and
      2. limit damage and nuisance to people and property resulting from pollution, noise and other results of the Contractor’s operations and/ or activities.

The Contractor shall ensure that emissions, surface discharges, effluent and any other pollutants from the Contractor’s activities shall exceed neither the values indicated in the Employer’s Requirements, nor those prescribed by applicable laws.

In the event of damage to the environment, property and/or nuisance to people, on or off Site as a result of the Contractor’s operations, the Contractor shall agree with the Project Manager the appropriate actions and time scale to remedy, as practicable, the damaged environment to its former condition. The Contractor shall implement such remedies at its cost to the satisfaction of the Project Manager.

22.10  Traffic and Road Safety

The Contractor shall take all necessary safety measures to avoid the occurrence of incidents and injuries to any third party associated with the use of Contractor’s Equipment on public roads or other public infrastructure.

The Contractor shall monitor and use road safety incidents and accidents reports to identify negative safety issues, and establish and implement necessary measures to resolve them.

22.11 Cultural Heritage Findings

All fossils, coins, articles of value or antiquity, structures, groups of structures, and other remains or items of geological, archaeological, paleontological, historical, architectural, religious interest found on the Site shall be placed under the care and custody of the Employer.

The Contractor shall:

  1. take all reasonable precautions, including fencing-off the area or site of the finding, to avoid further disturbance and prevent Contractor’s Personnel or other persons from removing or damaging any of these findings;
  2. as soon as practicable after discovery of any such finding, give a notice to the Project Manager, to give the Project Manager the opportunity to promptly inspect and/or investigate the finding before it is disturbed and to issue instructions for dealing with it;
  3. train relevant Contractor’s Personnel on the procedures for handling such findings; and
  4. implement any other action consistent with the requirements of the Employer’s Requirements and relevant laws.

If the Contractor suffers delay and/or incurs extra costs from complying  with the Project Manager instructions,  the Contractor shall be entitled to an extension of time under GCC Sub-Clause 40.1, and the amount of such extra costs shall be added to the Contract Price.

23.  Test and Inspection

23.1   The Contractor shall at its own expense carry out at the place of manufacture and/or on the Site all such tests and/or inspections of the Plant and any part of the Facilities as are specified in the Contract.

23.2   The Employer and the Project Manager or their designated representatives shall be entitled to attend the aforesaid test and/or inspection, provided that the Employer shall bear all costs and expenses incurred in connection with such attendance including, but not limited to, all traveling and board and lodging expenses.

23.3   Whenever the Contractor is ready to carry out any such test and/or inspection, the Contractor shall give a reasonable advance notice of such test and/or inspection and of the place and time thereof to the Project Manager.  The Contractor shall obtain from any relevant third Party or manufacturer any necessary permission or consent to enable the Employer and the Project Manager or their designated representatives to attend the test and/or inspection.

23.4   The Contractor shall provide the Project Manager with a certified report of the results of any such test and/or inspection.

If the Employer or Project Manager or their designated representatives fails to attend the test and/or inspection, or if it is agreed between the Parties that such persons shall not do so, then the Contractor may proceed with the test and/or inspection in the absence of such persons, and may provide the Project Manager with a certified report of the results thereof.

23.5   The Project Manager may require the Contractor to carry out any test and/or inspection not required by the Contract, provided that the Contractor’s reasonable costs and expenses incurred in the carrying out of such test and/or inspection shall be added to the Contract Price.  Further, if such test and/or inspection impede the progress of work on the Facilities and/or the Contractor’s performance of its other obligations under the Contract, due allowance will be made in respect of the Time for Completion and the other obligations so affected.

23.6   If any Plant or any part of the Facilities fails to pass any test and/or inspection, the Contractor shall either rectify or replace such Plant or part of the Facilities and shall repeat the test and/or inspection upon giving a notice under GCC Sub-Clause 23.3.

23.7   If any dispute or difference of opinion shall arise between the Parties in connection with or arising out of the test and/or inspection of the Plant or part of the Facilities that cannot be settled between the Parties within a reasonable period of time, it may be referred to an Dispute Board for determination in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 46.3.

23.8   The Contractor shall afford the Employer and the Project Manager, at the Employer’s expense, access at any reasonable time to any place where the Plant are being manufactured or the Facilities are being installed, in order to inspect the progress and the manner of manufacture or installation, provided that the Project Manager shall give the Contractor a reasonable prior notice. Without prejudice to GCC Sub-Clause 9.7, as instructed by the Project Manager, the Contractor shall also afford other relevant entities (at the Employer’s or their respective entities’ expense, as appropriate) access to the Facilities, to inspect progress and the manner of the execution of the Facilities, carry out environmental and social audit, as appropriate, or carry out any other duty as stated in the Employer’s Requirements or as instructed by the Project Manager.

23.9   The Contractor agrees that neither the execution of a test and/or inspection of Plant or any part of the Facilities, nor the attendance by the Employer or the Project Manager, nor the issue of any test certificate pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 23.4, shall release the Contractor from any other responsibilities under the Contract.

23.10 No part of the Facilities or foundations shall be covered up on the Site without the Contractor carrying out any test and/or inspection required under the Contract.  The Contractor shall give a reasonable notice to the Project Manager whenever any such parts of the Facilities or foundations are ready or about to be ready for test and/or inspection; such test and/or inspection and notice thereof shall be subject to the requirements of the Contract.

23.11 The Contractor shall uncover any part of the Facilities or foundations, or shall make openings in or through the same as the Project Manager may from time to time require at the Site, and shall reinstate and make good such part or parts.

If any parts of the Facilities or foundations have been covered up at the Site after compliance with the requirement of GCC Sub-Clause 23.10 and are found to be executed in accordance with the Contract, the expenses of uncovering, making openings in or through, reinstating, and making good the same shall be borne by the Employer, and the Time for Completion shall be reasonably adjusted to the extent that the Contractor has thereby been delayed or impeded in the performance of any of its obligations under the Contract.

24.  Completion of the Facilities

24.1   As soon as the Facilities or any part thereof has, in the opinion of the Contractor, been completed operationally and structurally and put in a tight and clean condition as specified in the Employer’s Requirements, excluding minor items not materially affecting the operation or safety of the Facilities, the Contractor shall so notify the Employer in writing.

24.2   Within seven (7) days after receipt of the notice from the Contractor under GCC Sub-Clause 24.1, the Employer shall supply the operating and maintenance personnel specified in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Scope of Works and Supply by the Employer for Precommissioning of the Facilities or any part thereof.

Pursuant to the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Scope of Works and Supply by the Employer, the Employer shall also provide, within the said seven (7) day period, the raw materials, utilities, lubricants, chemicals, catalysts, facilities, services and other matters required for Precommissioning of the Facilities or any part thereof.

24.3   As soon as reasonably practicable after the operating and maintenance personnel have been supplied by the Employer and the raw materials, utilities, lubricants, chemicals, catalysts, facilities, services and other matters have been provided by the Employer in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 24.2, the Contractor shall commence Precommissioning of the Facilities or the relevant part thereof in preparation for Commissioning, subject to GCC Sub-Clause 25.5.

24.4   As soon as all works in respect of Precommissioning are completed and, in the opinion of the Contractor, the Facilities or any part thereof is ready for Commissioning, the Contractor shall so notify the Project Manager in writing.

24.5   The Project Manager shall, within fourteen (14) days after receipt of the Contractor’s notice under GCC Sub-Clause 24.4, either issue a Completion Certificate in the form specified in the Employer’s Requirements (Forms and Procedures), stating that the Facilities or that part thereof have reached Completion as of the date of the Contractor’s notice under GCC Sub-Clause 24.4, or notify the Contractor in writing of any defects and/or deficiencies.

If the Project Manager notifies the Contractor of any defects and/or deficiencies, the Contractor shall then correct such defects and/or deficiencies, and shall repeat the procedure described in GCC Sub-Clause 24.4.

If the Project Manager is satisfied that the Facilities or that part thereof have reached Completion, the Project Manager shall, within seven (7) days after receipt of the Contractor’s repeated notice, issue a Completion Certificate stating that the Facilities or that part thereof have reached Completion as of the date of the Contractor’s repeated notice.

If the Project Manager is not so satisfied, then it shall notify the Contractor in writing of any defects and/or deficiencies within seven (7) days after receipt of the Contractor’s repeated notice, and the above procedure shall be repeated.

24.6   If the Project Manager fails to issue the Completion Certificate and fails to inform the Contractor of any defects and/or deficiencies within fourteen (14) days after receipt of the Contractor’s notice under GCC Sub-Clause 24.4 or within seven (7) days after receipt of the Contractor’s repeated notice under GCC Sub-Clause 24.5, or if the Employer makes use of the Facilities or part thereof, then the Facilities or that part thereof shall be deemed to have reached Completion as of the date of the Contractor’s notice or repeated notice, or as of the Employer’s use of the Facilities, as the case may be.

24.7   As soon as possible after Completion, the Contractor shall complete all outstanding minor items so that the Facilities are fully in accordance with the requirements of the Contract, failing which the Employer will undertake such completion and deduct the costs thereof from any monies owing to the Contractor.

24.8   Upon Completion, the Employer shall be responsible for the care and custody of the Facilities or the relevant part thereof, together with the risk of loss or damage thereto, and shall thereafter take over the Facilities or the relevant part thereof.

25.   Commissioning and Operational Acceptance

25.1   Commissioning

25.1.1 Commissioning of the Facilities or any part thereof shall be commenced by the Contractor immediately after issue of the Completion Certificate by the Project Manager, pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 24.5, or immediately after the date of the deemed Completion, under GCC Sub-Clause 24.6.

25.1.2 The Employer shall supply the operating and maintenance personnel and all raw materials, utilities, lubricants, chemicals, catalysts, facilities, services and other matters required for Commissioning.

25.1.3 In accordance with the requirements of the Contract, the Contractor’s and Project Manager’s advisory personnel shall attend the Commissioning, including the Guarantee Test, and shall advise and assist the Employer.

25.2   Guarantee Test

25.2.1 Subject to GCC Sub-Clause 25.5, the Guarantee Test and repeats thereof shall be conducted by the Contractor during Commissioning of the Facilities or the relevant part thereof to ascertain whether the Facilities or the relevant part can attain the Functional Guarantees specified in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Functional Guarantees.  The Employer shall promptly provide the Contractor with such information as the Contractor may reasonably require in relation to the conduct and results of the Guarantee Test and any repeats thereof.

25.2.2 If for reasons not attributable to the Contractor, the Guarantee Test of the Facilities or the relevant part thereof cannot be successfully completed within the period from the date of Completion specified in the PCC or any other period agreed upon by the Employer and the Contractor, the Contractor shall be deemed to have fulfilled its obligations with respect to the Functional Guarantees, and GCC Sub-Clauses 28.2 and 28.3 shall not apply.

25.3   Operational Acceptance

25.3.1 Subject to GCC Sub-Clause 25.4 below, Operational Acceptance shall occur in respect of the Facilities or any part thereof when

(a)     the Guarantee Test has been successfully completed and the Functional Guarantees are met; or

(b)     the Guarantee Test has not been successfully completed or has not been carried out for reasons not attributable to the Contractor within the period from the date of Completion specified in the PCC pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 25.2.2 above or any other period agreed upon by the Employer and the Contractor; or

(c)     the Contractor has paid the liquidated damages specified in GCC Sub-Clause 28.3 hereof; and

(d)     any minor items mentioned in GCC Sub-Clause 24.7 hereof relevant to the Facilities or that part thereof have been completed.

25.3.2 At any time after any of the events set out in GCC Sub-Clause 25.3.1 have occurred, the Contractor may give a notice to the Project Manager requesting the issue of an Operational Acceptance Certificate in the form provided in the Employer’s Requirements (Forms and Procedures) in respect of the Facilities or the part thereof specified in such notice as of the date of such notice.

25.3.3 The Project Manager shall, after consultation with the Employer, and within seven (7) days after receipt of the Contractor’s notice, issue an Operational Acceptance Certificate.

25.3.4 If within seven (7) days after receipt of the Contractor’s notice, the Project Manager fails to issue the Operational Acceptance Certificate or fails to inform the Contractor in writing of the justifiable reasons why the Project Manager has not issued the Operational Acceptance Certificate, the Facilities or the relevant part thereof shall be deemed to have been accepted as of the date of the Contractor’s said notice.

25.4   Partial Acceptance

25.4.1 If the Contract specifies that Completion and Commissioning shall be carried out in respect of parts of the Facilities, the provisions relating to Completion and Commissioning including the Guarantee Test shall apply to each such part of the Facilities individually, and the Operational Acceptance Certificate shall be issued accordingly for each such part of the Facilities.

25.4.2 If a part of the Facilities comprises facilities such as buildings, for which no Commissioning or Guarantee Test is required, then the Project Manager shall issue the Operational Acceptance Certificate for such facility when it attains Completion, provided that the Contractor shall thereafter complete any outstanding minor items that are listed in the Operational Acceptance Certificate.

25.5 Delayed Precommissioning and/or Guarantee Test

25.5.1 In the event that the Contractor is unable to proceed with the Precommissioning of the Facilities pursuant to Sub-Clause 24.3, or with the Guarantee Test pursuant to Sub-Clause 25.2, for reasons attributable to the Employer either on account of non availability of other facilities under the responsibilities of other contractor(s), or for reasons beyond the Contractor’s control, the provisions leading to “deemed” completion of activities such as Completion, pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 24.6, and Operational Acceptance, pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 25.3.4, and Contractor’s obligations regarding Defect Liability Period, pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 27.2, Functional Guarantee, pursuant to GCC Clause 28, and Care of Facilities, pursuant to GCC Clause 32, and GCC Clause 41.1, Suspension, shall not apply.  In this case, the following provisions shall apply.

25.5.2 When the Contractor is notified by the Project Manager that he will be unable to proceed with the activities and obligations pursuant to above Sub-Clause 25.5.1, the Contractor shall be entitled to the following:

(a)     the Time of Completion shall be extended for the period of suspension without imposition of liquidated damages pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 26.2;

(b)     payments due to the Contractor in accordance with the provision specified in the  Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Terms and Procedures of Payment, which would not have been payable in normal circumstances due to non-completion of the subject activities, shall be released to the Contractor against submission of a security in the form of a bank guarantee of equivalent amount acceptable to the Employer, and which shall become null and void when the Contractor will have complied with its obligations regarding those payments, subject to the provision of Sub-Clause 25.5.3 below;

(c)     the expenses towards the above security and extension of other securities under the contract, of which validity needs to be extended, shall be reimbursed to the Contractor by the Employer;

(d)     the additional charges towards the care of the Facilities pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 32.1 shall be reimbursed to the Contractor by the Employer for the period between the notification mentioned above and the notification mentioned in Sub-Clause 25.5.4 below.  The provision of GCC Sub-Clause 33.2 shall apply to the Facilities during the same period.

25.5.3 In the event that the period of suspension under above Sub-Clause 25.5.1 actually exceeds one hundred eighty (180) days, the Employer and Contractor shall mutually agree to any additional compensation payable to the Contractor.

25.5.4 When the Contractor is notified by the Project Manager that the Plant is ready for Precommissioning, the Contractor shall proceed without delay in performing Precommissioning in accordance with Clause 24.

  1. Guarantees and Liabilities

26.  Completion Time Guarantee

26.1   The Contractor guarantees that it shall attain Completion of the Facilities (or a part for which a separate time for completion is specified) within the Time for Completion specified in the PCC pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 8.2, or within such extended time to which the Contractor shall be entitled under GCC Clause 40  hereof.

26.2   If the Contractor fails to attain Completion of the Facilities or any part thereof within the Time for Completion or any extension thereof under GCC Clause 40, the Contractor shall pay to the Employer liquidated damages in the amount specified in the PCC as a percentage rate of the Contract Price or the relevant part thereof.  The aggregate amount of such liquidated damages shall in no event exceed the amount specified as “Maximum” in the PCC as a percentage rate of the Contract Price.  Once the “Maximum” is reached, the Employer may consider termination of the Contract, pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 42.2.2.

Such payment shall completely satisfy the Contractor’s obligation to attain Completion of the Facilities or the relevant part thereof within the Time for Completion or any extension thereof under GCC Clause 40.  The Contractor shall have no further liability whatsoever to the Employer in respect thereof.

However, the payment of liquidated damages shall not in any way relieve the Contractor from any of its obligations to complete the Facilities or from any other obligations and liabilities of the Contractor under the Contract.

Save for liquidated damages payable under this GCC Sub-Clause 26.2, the failure by the Contractor to attain any milestone or other act, matter or thing by any date specified in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Time Schedule, and/or other program of work prepared pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 18.2 shall not render the Contractor liable for any loss or damage thereby suffered by the Employer.

26.3   If the Contractor attains Completion of the Facilities or any part thereof before the Time for Completion or any extension thereof under GCC Clause 40, the Employer shall pay to the Contractor a bonus in the amount specified in the PCC.  The aggregate amount of such bonus shall in no event exceed the amount specified as “Maximum” in the PCC.

27.  Defect Liability

27.1   The Contractor warrants that the Facilities or any part thereof shall be free from defects in the design, engineering, materials and workmanship of the Plant supplied and of the work executed.

27.2   The Defect Liability Period shall be five hundred and forty (540) days from the date of Completion of the Facilities (or any part thereof) or one year from the date of Operational Acceptance of the Facilities (or any part thereof), whichever first occurs, unless specified otherwise in the PCC pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 27.10.

If during the Defect Liability Period any defect should be found in the design, engineering, materials and workmanship of the Plant supplied or of the work executed by the Contractor, the Contractor shall promptly, in consultation and agreement with the Employer regarding appropriate remedying of the defects, and at its cost, repair, replace or otherwise make good as the Contractor shall determine at its discretion, such defect as well as any damage to the Facilities caused by such defect.  The Contractor shall not be responsible for the repair, replacement or making good of any defect or of any damage to the Facilities arising out of or resulting from any of the following causes:

(a)     improper operation or maintenance of the Facilities by the Employer;

(b)     operation of the Facilities outside specifications provided in the Contract; or

(c)     normal wear and tear.

27.3   The Contractor’s obligations under this GCC Clause 27 shall not apply to:

(a)     any materials that are supplied by the Employer under GCC Sub-Clause 21.2, are normally consumed in operation, or have a normal life shorter than the Defect Liability Period stated herein;

(b)     any designs, specifications or other data designed, supplied or specified by or on behalf of the Employer or any matters for which the Contractor has disclaimed responsibility herein; or

(c)     any other materials supplied or any other work executed by or on behalf of the Employer, except for the work executed by the Employer under GCC Sub-Clause 27.7.

27.4   The Employer shall give the Contractor a notice stating the nature of any such defect together with all available evidence thereof, promptly following the discovery thereof.  The Employer shall afford all reasonable opportunity for the Contractor to inspect any such defect.

27.5   The Employer shall afford the Contractor all necessary access to the Facilities and the Site to enable the Contractor to perform its obligations under this GCC Clause 27.

The Contractor may, with the consent of the Employer, remove from the Site any Plant or any part of the Facilities that are defective if the nature of the defect, and/or any damage to the Facilities caused by the defect, is such that repairs cannot be expeditiously carried out at the Site.

27.6   If the repair, replacement or making good is of such a character that it may affect the efficiency of the Facilities or any part thereof, the Employer may give to the Contractor a notice requiring that tests of the defective part of the Facilities shall be made by the Contractor immediately upon completion of such remedial work, whereupon the Contractor shall carry out such tests.

If such part fails the tests, the Contractor shall carry out further repair, replacement or making good, as the case may be, until that part of the Facilities passes such tests.  The tests shall be agreed upon by the Employer and the Contractor.

27.7   If the Contractor fails to commence the work necessary to remedy such defect or any damage to the Facilities caused by such defect within a reasonable time (which shall in no event be considered to be less than fifteen (15) days), the Employer may, following notice to the Contractor, proceed to do such work, and the reasonable costs incurred by the Employer in connection therewith shall be paid to the Employer by the Contractor or may be deducted by the Employer from any monies due the Contractor or claimed under the Performance Security.

27.8   If the Facilities or any part thereof cannot be used by reason of such defect and/or making good of such defect, the Defect Liability Period of the Facilities or such part, as the case may be, shall be extended by a period equal to the period during which the Facilities or such part cannot be used by the Employer because of any of the aforesaid reasons.

27.9   Except as provided in GCC Clauses 27 and 33, the Contractor shall be under no liability whatsoever and howsoever arising, and whether under the Contract or at law, in respect of defects in the Facilities or any part thereof, the Plant, design or engineering or work executed that appear after Completion of the Facilities or any part thereof, except where such defects are the result of the gross negligence, fraud, or criminal or willful action of the Contractor.

27.10 In addition, any such component of the Facilities, and during the period of time as may be specified in the PCC, shall be subject to an extended defect liability period.  Such obligation of the Contractor shall be in addition to the defect liability period specified under GCC Sub-Clause 27.2.

28.  Functional Guarantees

28.1   The Contractor guarantees that during the Guarantee Test, the Facilities and all parts thereof shall attain the Functional Guarantees specified in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Functional Guarantees, subject to and upon the conditions therein specified.

28.2   If, for reasons attributable to the Contractor, the minimum level of the Functional Guarantees specified in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Functional Guarantees, are not met either in whole or in part, the Contractor shall at its cost and expense make such changes, modifications and/or additions to the Plant or any part thereof as may be necessary to meet at least the minimum level of such Guarantees.  The Contractor shall notify the Employer upon completion of the necessary changes, modifications and/or additions, and shall request the Employer to repeat the Guarantee Test until the minimum level of the Guarantees has been met.  If the Contractor eventually fails to meet the minimum level of Functional Guarantees, the Employer may consider termination of the Contract, pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 42.2.2.

28.3   If, for reasons attributable to the Contractor, the Functional Guarantees specified in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Functional Guarantees, are not attained either in whole or in part, but the minimum level of the Functional Guarantees specified in the said Appendix to the Contract Agreement is met, the Contractor shall, at the Contractor’s option, either

(a)     make such changes, modifications and/or additions to the Facilities or any part thereof that are necessary to attain the Functional Guarantees at its cost and expense, and shall request the Employer to repeat the Guarantee Test or

(b)     pay liquidated damages to the Employer in respect of the failure to meet the Functional Guarantees in accordance with the provisions in the  Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Functional Guarantees.

28.4   The payment of liquidated damages under GCC Sub-Clause 28.3, up to the limitation of liability specified in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Functional Guarantees, shall completely satisfy the Contractor’s guarantees under GCC Sub-Clause 28.3, and the Contractor shall have no further liability whatsoever to the Employer in respect thereof.  Upon the payment of such liquidated damages by the Contractor, the Project Manager shall issue the Operational Acceptance Certificate for the Facilities or any part thereof in respect of which the liquidated damages have been so paid.

29.  Patent Indemnity

29.1   The Contractor shall, subject to the Employer’s compliance with GCC Sub-Clause 29.2, indemnify and hold harmless the Employer and its employees and officers from and against any and all suits, actions or administrative proceedings, claims, demands, losses, damages, costs, and expenses of whatsoever nature, including attorney’s fees and expenses, which the Employer may suffer as a result of any infringement or alleged infringement of any patent, utility model, registered design, trademark, copyright or other intellectual property right registered or otherwise existing at the date of the Contract by reason of:  (a) the installation of the Facilities by the Contractor or the use of the Facilities in the country where the Site is located; and (b) the sale of the products produced by the Facilities in any country.

Such indemnity shall not cover any use of the Facilities or any part thereof other than for the purpose indicated by or to be reasonably inferred from the Contract, any infringement resulting from the use of the Facilities or any part thereof, or any products produced thereby in association or combination with any other equipment, Plant or materials not supplied by the Contractor, pursuant to the Contract Agreement.

29.2   If any proceedings are brought or any claim is made against the Employer arising out of the matters referred to in GCC Sub-Clause 29.1, the Employer shall promptly give the Contractor a notice thereof, and the Contractor may at its own expense and in the Employer’s name conduct such proceedings or claim and any negotiations for the settlement of any such proceedings or claim.

If the Contractor fails to notify the Employer within twenty-eight (28) days after receipt of such notice that it intends to conduct any such proceedings or claim, then the Employer shall be free to conduct the same on its own behalf.  Unless the Contractor has so failed to notify the Employer within the twenty-eight (28) day period, the Employer shall make no admission that may be prejudicial to the defense of any such proceedings or claim.

The Employer shall, at the Contractor’s request, afford all available assistance to the Contractor in conducting such proceedings or claim, and shall be reimbursed by the Contractor for all reasonable expenses incurred in so doing.

29.3   The Employer shall indemnify and hold harmless the Contractor and its employees, officers and Subcontractors from and against any and all suits, actions or administrative proceedings, claims, demands, losses, damages, costs, and expenses of whatsoever nature, including attorney’s fees and expenses, which the Contractor may suffer as a result of any infringement or alleged infringement of any patent, utility model, registered design, trademark, copyright or other intellectual property right registered or otherwise existing at the date of the Contract arising out of or in connection with any design, data, drawing, specification, or other documents or materials provided or designed by or on behalf of the Employer.

30.  Limitation of Liability

30.1   Except in cases of criminal negligence or willful misconduct,

(a)     neither Party shall be liable to the other Party, whether in contract, tort, or otherwise, for any indirect or consequential loss or damage, loss of use, loss of production, or loss of profits or interest costs, which may be suffered by the other Party in connection with the Contract, other than specifically provided as any obligation of the Party in the Contract, and

(b)     the aggregate liability of the Contractor to the Employer, whether under the Contract, in tort or otherwise, shall not exceed the amount resulting from the application of the multiplier specified in the PCC, to the Contract Price or, if a multiplier is not so specified, the total Contract Price, provided that this limitation shall not apply to the cost of repairing or replacing defective equipment, or to any obligation of the Contractor to indemnify the Employer with respect to patent infringement.

  1. Risk Distribution

31.  Transfer of Ownership

31.1   Ownership of the Plant (including spare parts) to be imported into the country where the Site is located shall be transferred to the Employer upon loading on to the mode of transport to be used to convey the Plant from the country of origin to that country.

31.2   Ownership of the Plant (including spare parts) procured in the country where the Site is located shall be transferred to the Employer when the Plant are brought on to the Site.

31.3   Ownership of the Contractor’s Equipment used by the Contractor and its Subcontractors in connection with the Contract shall remain with the Contractor or its Subcontractors.

31.4   Ownership of any Plant in excess of the requirements for the Facilities shall revert to the Contractor upon Completion of the Facilities or at such earlier time when the Employer and the Contractor agree that the Plant in question are no longer required for the Facilities.

31.5   Notwithstanding the transfer of ownership of the Plant, the responsibility for care and custody thereof together with the risk of loss or damage thereto shall remain with the Contractor pursuant to GCC Clause 32 (Care of Facilities) hereof until Completion of the Facilities or the part thereof in which such Plant are incorporated.

32.  Care of Facilities

32.1   The Contractor shall be responsible for the care and custody of the Facilities or any part thereof until the date of Completion of the Facilities pursuant to GCC Clause 24 or, where the Contract provides for Completion of the Facilities in parts, until the date of Completion of the relevant part, and shall make good at its own cost any loss or damage that may occur to the Facilities or the relevant part thereof from any cause whatsoever during such period.  The Contractor shall also be responsible for any loss or damage to the Facilities caused by the Contractor or its Subcontractors in the course of any work carried out, pursuant to GCC Clause 27.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Contractor shall not be liable for any loss or damage to the Facilities or that part thereof caused by reason of any of the matters specified or referred to in paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of GCC Sub-Clauses 32.2 and 38.1.

32.2   If any loss or damage occurs to the Facilities or any part thereof or to the Contractor’s temporary facilities by reason of

(a)     insofar as they relate to the country where the Site is located, nuclear reaction, nuclear radiation, radioactive contamination, pressure wave caused by aircraft or other aerial objects, or any other occurrences that an experienced contractor could not reasonably foresee, or if reasonably foreseeable could not reasonably make provision for or insure against, insofar as such risks are not normally insurable on the insurance market and are mentioned in the general exclusions of the policy of insurance, including War Risks and Political Risks, taken out under GCC Clause 34 hereof; or

(b)     any use or occupation by the Employer or any third Party other than a Subcontractor, authorized by the Employer of any part of the Facilities; or

(c)     any use of or reliance upon any design, data or specification provided or designated by or on behalf of the Employer, or any such matter for which the Contractor has disclaimed responsibility herein,

the Employer shall pay to the Contractor all sums payable in respect of the Facilities executed, notwithstanding that the same be lost, destroyed or damaged, and will pay to the Contractor the replacement value of all temporary facilities and all parts thereof lost, destroyed or damaged.  If the Employer requests the Contractor in writing to make good any loss or damage to the Facilities thereby occasioned, the Contractor shall make good the same at the cost of the Employer in accordance with GCC Clause 39.  If the Employer does not request the Contractor in writing to make good any loss or damage to the Facilities thereby occasioned, the Employer shall either request a change in accordance with GCC Clause 39, excluding the performance of that part of the Facilities thereby lost, destroyed or damaged, or, where the loss or damage affects a substantial part of the Facilities, the Employer shall terminate the Contract pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 42.1 hereof.

32.3   The Contractor shall be liable for any loss of or damage to any Contractor’s Equipment, or any other property of the Contractor used or intended to be used for purposes of the Facilities, except (i) as mentioned in GCC Sub-Clause 32.2 with respect to the Contractor’s temporary facilities, and (ii) where such loss or damage arises by reason of any of the matters specified in GCC Sub-Clauses 32.2 (b) and (c) and 38.1.

32.4   With respect to any loss or damage caused to the Facilities or any part thereof or to the Contractor’s Equipment by reason of any of the matters specified in GCC Sub-Clause 38.1, the provisions of GCC Sub-Clause 38.3 shall apply.

33.  Loss of or Damage to Property; Accident or Injury to Workers; Indemnifica­tion

33.1   Subject to GCC Sub-Clause 33.3, the Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Employer and its employees and officers from and against any and all suits, actions or administrative proceedings, claims, demands, losses, damages, costs, and expenses of whatsoever nature, including attorney’s fees and expenses, in respect of the death or injury of any person or loss of or damage to any property other than the Facilities whether accepted or not, arising in connection with the supply and installation of the Facilities and by reason of the negligence of the Contractor or its Subcontractors, or their employees, officers or agents, except any injury, death or property damage caused by the negligence of the Employer, its contractors, employees, officers or agents.

33.2   If any proceedings are brought or any claim is made against the Employer that might subject the Contractor to liability under GCC Sub-Clause 33.1, the Employer shall promptly give the Contractor a notice thereof and the Contractor may at its own expense and in the Employer’s name conduct such proceedings or claim and any negotiations for the settlement of any such proceedings or claim.

If the Contractor fails to notify the Employer within twenty-eight (28) days after receipt of such notice that it intends to conduct any such proceedings or claim, then the Employer shall be free to conduct the same on its own behalf.  Unless the Contractor has so failed to notify the Employer within the twenty-eight (28) day period, the Employer shall make no admission that may be prejudicial to the defense of any such proceedings or claim.

The Employer shall, at the Contractor’s request, afford all available assistance to the Contractor in conducting such proceedings or claim, and shall be reimbursed by the Contractor for all reasonable expenses incurred in so doing.

33.3   The Employer shall indemnify and hold harmless the Contractor and its employees, officers and Subcontractors from any liability for loss of or damage to property of the Employer, other than the Facilities not yet taken over, that is caused by fire, explosion or any other perils, in excess of the amount recoverable from insurances procured under GCC Clause 34, provided that such fire, explosion or other perils were not caused by any act or failure of the Contractor.

33.4   The Party entitled to the benefit of an indemnity under this GCC Clause 33 shall take all reasonable measures to mitigate any loss or damage which has occurred.  If the Party fails to take such measures, the other Party’s liabilities shall be correspondingly reduced.

34.  Insurance

34.1   To the extent specified in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Insurance Requirements, the Contractor shall at its expense take out and maintain in effect, or cause to be taken out and maintained in effect, during the performance of the Contract, the insurances set forth below in the sums and with the deductibles and other conditions specified in the said Appendix.  The identity of the insurers and the form of the policies shall be subject to the approval of the Employer, who should not unreasonably withhold such approval.

(a)     Cargo Insurance During Transport

Covering loss or damage occurring while in transit from the Contractor’s or Subcontractor’s works or stores until arrival at the Site, to the Plant (including spare parts therefor) and to the Contractor’s Equipment.

(b)     Installation All Risks Insurance

Covering physical loss or damage to the Facilities at the Site, occurring prior to Completion of the Facilities, with an extended maintenance coverage for the Contractor’s liability in respect of any loss or damage occurring during the Defect Liability Period while the Contractor is on the Site for the purpose of performing its obligations during the Defect Liability Period.

(c)     Third Party Liability Insurance

Covering bodily injury or death suffered by third Parties including the Employer’s personnel, and loss of or damage to property occurring in connection with the supply and installation of the Facilities.

(d)     Automobile Liability Insurance

Covering use of all vehicles used by the Contractor or its Subcontractors, whether or not owned by them, in connection with the execution of the Contract.

(e)     Workers’ Compensation

In accordance with the statutory requirements applicable in any country where the Contract or any part thereof is executed.

(f)     Employer’s Liability

In accordance with the statutory requirements applicable in any country where the Contract or any part thereof is executed.

(g)     Other Insurances

Such other insurances as may be specifically agreed upon by the Parties hereto as listed in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Insurance Requirements.

34.2   The Employer shall be named as co-insured under all insurance policies taken out by the Contractor pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 34.1, except for the Third Party Liability, Workers’ Compensation and Employer’s Liability Insurances, and the Contractor’s Subcontractors shall be named as co-insureds under all insurance policies taken out by the Contractor pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 34.1 except for the Cargo Insurance During Transport, Workers’ Compensation and Employer’s Liability Insurances.  All insurer’s rights of subrogation against such co-insureds for losses or claims arising out of the performance of the Contract shall be waived under such policies.

34.3   The Contractor shall, in accordance with the provisions of the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Insurance Requirements, deliver to the Employer certificates of insurance or copies of the insurance policies as evidence that the required policies are in full force and effect.  The certificates shall provide that no less than twenty-one (21) days’ notice shall be given to the Employer by insurers prior to cancellation or material modification of a policy.

34.4   The Contractor shall ensure that, where applicable, its Subcontractor(s) shall take out and maintain in effect adequate insurance policies for their personnel and vehicles and for work executed by them under the Contract, unless such Subcontractors are covered by the policies taken out by the Contractor.

34.5   The Employer shall at its expense take out and maintain in effect during the performance of the Contract those insurances specified in the  Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Insurance Requirements, in the sums and with the deductibles and other conditions specified in the said Appendix.  The Contractor and the Contractor’s Subcontractors shall be named as co-insureds under all such policies.  All insurers’ rights of subrogation against such co-insureds for losses or claims arising out of the performance of the Contract shall be waived under such policies.  The Employer shall deliver to the Contractor satisfactory evidence that the required insurances are in full force and effect.  The policies shall provide that not less than twenty-one (21) days’ notice shall be given to the Contractor by all insurers prior to any cancellation or material modification of the policies.  If so requested by the Contractor, the Employer shall provide copies of the policies taken out by the Employer under this GCC Sub-Clause 34.5.

34.6   If the Contractor fails to take out and/or maintain in effect the insurances referred to in GCC Sub-Clause 34.1, the Employer may take out and maintain in effect any such insurances and may from time to time deduct from any amount due the Contractor under the Contract any premium that the Employer shall have paid to the insurer, or may otherwise recover such amount as a debt due from the Contractor.  If the Employer fails to take out and/or maintain in effect the insurances referred to in GCC 34.5, the Contractor may take out and maintain in effect any such insurances and may from time to time deduct from any amount due the Employer under the Contract any premium that the Contractor shall have paid to the insurer, or may otherwise recover such amount as a debt due from the Employer.  If the Contractor fails to or is unable to take out and maintain in effect any such insurances, the Contractor shall nevertheless have no liability or responsibility towards the Employer, and the Contractor shall have full recourse against the Employer for any and all liabilities of the Employer herein.

34.7   Unless otherwise provided in the Contract, the Contractor shall prepare and conduct all and any claims made under the policies effected by it pursuant to this GCC Clause 34, and all monies payable by any insurers shall be paid to the Contractor.  The Employer shall give to the Contractor all such reasonable assistance as may be required by the Contractor.  With respect to insurance claims in which the Employer’s interest is involved, the Contractor shall not give any release or make any compromise with the insurer without the prior written consent of the Employer.  With respect to insurance claims in which the Contractor’s interest is involved, the Employer shall not give any release or make any compromise with the insurer without the prior written consent of the Contractor.

35.  Unforeseen Conditions

35.1   If, during the execution of the Contract, the Contractor shall encounter on the Site any physical conditions other than climatic conditions, or artificial obstructions that could not have been reasonably foreseen prior to the date of the Contract Agreement by an experienced contractor on the basis of reasonable examination of the data relating to the Facilities including any data as to boring tests, provided by the Employer, and on the basis of information that it could have obtained from a visual inspection of the Site if access thereto was available, or other data readily available to it relating to the Facilities, and if the Contractor determines that it will in consequence of such conditions or obstructions incur additional cost and expense or require additional time to perform its obligations under the Contract that would not have been required if such physical conditions or artificial obstructions had not been encountered, the Contractor shall promptly, and before performing additional work or using additional Plant or Contractor’s Equipment, notify the Project Manager in writing of

(a)     the physical conditions or artificial obstructions on the Site that could not have been reasonably foreseen;

(b)     the additional work and/or Plant and/or Contractor’s Equipment required, including the steps which the Contractor will or proposes to take to overcome such conditions or obstructions;

(c)     the extent of the anticipated delay; and

(d)     the additional cost and expense that the Contractor is likely to incur.

On receiving any notice from the Contractor under this GCC Sub-Clause 35.1, the Project Manager shall promptly consult with the Employer and Contractor and decide upon the actions to be taken to overcome the physical conditions or artificial obstructions encountered.  Following such consultations, the Project Manager shall instruct the Contractor, with a copy to the Employer, of the actions to be taken.

35.2   Any reasonable additional cost and expense incurred by the Contractor in following the instructions from the Project Manager to overcome such physical conditions or artificial obstructions referred to in GCC Sub-Clause 35.1 shall be paid by the Employer to the Contractor as an addition to the Contract Price.

If the Contractor is delayed or impeded in the performance of the Contract because of any such physical conditions or artificial obstructions referred to in GCC Sub-Clause 35.1, the Time for Completion shall be extended in accordance with GCC Clause 40.

36.  Change in Laws and Regulations

36.1   If, after the date twenty-eight (28) days prior to the date of Bid submission, in the country where the Site is located, any law, regulation, ordinance, order or by-law having the force of law is enacted, promulgated, abrogated or changed which shall be deemed to include any change in interpretation or application by the competent authorities, that subsequently affects the costs and expenses of the Contractor and/or the Time for Completion, the Contract Price shall be correspondingly increased or decreased, and/or the Time for Completion shall be reasonably adjusted to the extent that the Contractor has thereby been affected in the performance of any of its obligations under the Contract.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, such additional or reduced costs shall not be separately paid or credited if the same has already been accounted for in the price adjustment provisions where applicable, in accordance with the PCC pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 11.2.

37.  Force Majeure

37.1   “Force Majeure” shall mean any event beyond the reasonable control of the Employer or of the Contractor, as the case may be, and which is unavoidable notwithstanding the reasonable care of the Party affected, and shall include, without limitation, the following:

(a)     war, hostilities or warlike operations whether a state of war be declared or not, invasion, act of foreign enemy and civil war

(b)     rebellion, revolution, insurrection, mutiny, usurpation of civil or military government, conspiracy, riot, civil commotion and terrorist acts

(c)     confiscation, nationalization, mobilization, commandeering or requisition by or under the order of any government or de jure or de facto authority or ruler or any other act or failure to act of any local state or national government authority

(d)     strike, sabotage, lockout, embargo, import restriction, port congestion, lack of usual means of public transportation and communication, industrial dispute, shipwreck, shortage or restriction of power supply, epidemics, quarantine and plague

(e)     earthquake, landslide, volcanic activity, fire, flood or inundation, tidal wave, typhoon or cyclone, hurricane, storm, lightning, or other inclement weather condition, nuclear and pressure waves or other natural or physical disaster

(f)     shortage of labor, materials or utilities where caused by circumstances that are themselves Force Majeure.

37.2   If either Party is prevented, hindered or delayed from or in performing any of its obligations under the Contract by an event of Force Majeure, then it shall notify the other in writing of the occurrence of such event and the circumstances thereof within fourteen (14) days after the occurrence of such event.

37.3   The Party who has given such notice shall be excused from the performance or punctual performance of its obligations under the Contract for so long as the relevant event of Force Majeure continues and to the extent that such Party’s performance is prevented, hindered or delayed.  The Time for Completion shall be extended in accordance with GCC Clause 40.

37.4   The Party or Parties affected by the event of Force Majeure shall use reasonable efforts to mitigate the effect thereof upon its or their performance of the Contract and to fulfill its or their obligations under the Contract, but without prejudice to either Party’s right to terminate the Contract under GCC Sub-Clauses 37.6 and 38.5.

37.5

          No delay or nonperformance by either Party hereto caused by the occurrence of any event of Force Majeure shall

(a)     constitute a default or breach of the Contract, or

(b)     give rise to any claim for damages or additional cost or expense occasioned thereby, subject to GCC Sub-Clauses 32.2, 38.3 and 38.4

if and to the extent that such delay or nonperformance is caused by the occurrence of an event of Force Majeure.

37.6   If the performance of the Contract is substantially prevented, hindered or delayed for a single period of more than sixty (60) days or an aggregate period of more than one hundred and twenty (120) days on account of one or more events of Force Majeure during the currency of the Contract, the Parties will attempt to develop a mutually satisfactory solution, failing which either Party may terminate the Contract by giving a notice to the other, but without prejudice to either Party’s right to terminate the Contract under GCC Sub-Clause 38.5.

37.7   In the event of termination pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 37.6, the rights and obligations of the Employer and the Contractor shall be as specified in GCC Sub-Clauses 42.1.2 and 42.1.3.

37.8   Notwithstanding GCC Sub-Clause 37.5, Force Majeure shall not apply to any obligation of the Employer to make payments to the Contractor herein.

38.  War Risks

38.1   “War Risks” shall mean any event specified in paragraphs (a) and (b) of GCC Sub-Clause 37.1 and any explosion or impact of any mine, bomb, shell, grenade or other projectile, missile, munitions or explosive of war, occurring or existing in or near the country (or countries) where the Site is located.

38.2   Notwithstanding anything contained in the Contract, the Contractor shall have no liability whatsoever for or with respect to

(a)     destruction of or damage to Facilities, Plant, or any part thereof;

(b)     destruction of or damage to property of the Employer or any third Party; or

(c)     injury or loss of life

if such destruction, damage, injury or loss of life is caused by any War Risks, and the Employer shall indemnify and hold the Contractor harmless from and against any and all claims, liabilities, actions, lawsuits, damages, costs, charges or expenses arising in consequence of or in connection with the same.

38.3   If the Facilities or any Plant or Contractor’s Equipment or any other property of the Contractor used or intended to be used for the purposes of the Facilities shall sustain destruction or damage by reason of any War Risks, the Employer shall pay the Contractor for

(a)     any part of the Facilities or the Plant so destroyed or damaged to the extent not already paid for by the Employer

          and so far as may be required by the Employer, and as may be necessary for completion of the Facilities

(b)     replacing or making good any Contractor’s Equipment or other property of the Contractor so destroyed or damaged

(c)     replacing or making good any such destruction or damage to the Facilities or the Plant or any part thereof .

If the Employer does not require the Contractor to replace or make good any such destruction or damage to the Facilities, the Employer shall either request a change in accordance with GCC Clause 39, excluding the performance of that part of the Facilities thereby destroyed or damaged or, where the loss, destruction or damage affects a substantial part of the Facilities, shall terminate the Contract, pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 42.1.

If the Employer requires the Contractor to replace or make good on any such destruction or damage to the Facilities, the Time for Completion shall be extended in accordance with GCC 40.

38.4   Notwithstanding anything contained in the Contract, the Employer shall pay the Contractor for any increased costs or incidentals to the execution of the Contract that are in any way attributable to, consequent on, resulting from, or in any way connected with any War Risks, provided that the Contractor shall as soon as practicable notify the Employer in writing of any such increased cost.

38.5   If during the performance of the Contract any War Risks shall occur that financially or otherwise materially affect the execution of the Contract by the Contractor, the Contractor shall use its reasonable efforts to execute the Contract with due and proper consideration given to the safety of its and its Subcontractors’ personnel engaged in the work on the Facilities, provided, however, that if the execution of the work on the Facilities becomes impossible or is substantially prevented for a single period of more than sixty (60) days or an aggregate period of more than one hundred and twenty (120) days on account of any War Risks, the Parties will attempt to develop a mutually satisfactory solution, failing which either Party may terminate the Contract by giving a notice to the other.

38.6   In the event of termination pursuant to GCC Sub-Clauses 38.3 or 38.5, the rights and obligations of the Employer and the Contractor shall be specified in GCC Sub-Clauses 42.1.2 and 42.1.3.

  1. Change in Contract Elements

39.  Change in the Facilities

39.1   Introducing a Change

39.1.1 Subject to GCC Sub-Clauses 39.2.5 and 39.2.7, the Employer shall have the right to propose, and subsequently require, that the Project Manager order the Contractor from time to time during the performance of the Contract to make any change, modification, addition or deletion to, in or from the Facilities hereinafter called “Change”, provided that such Change falls within the general scope of the Facilities and does not constitute unrelated work and that it is technically practicable, taking into account both the state of advancement of the Facilities and the technical compatibility of the Change envisaged with the nature of the Facilities as specified in the Contract.

39.1.2 Value Engineering: The Contractor may prepare, at its own cost, a value engineering proposal at any time during the performance of the contract. The value engineering proposal shall, at a minimum, include the following;

  1. the proposed change(s), and a description of the difference to the existing contract requirements;
  2. a full cost/benefit analysis of the proposed change(s) including a description and estimate of costs (including life cycle costs) the Employer may incur in implementing the value engineering proposal; and
  3. a description of any effect(s) of the change on performance/functionality.

The Employer may accept the value engineering proposal if the proposal demonstrates benefits that:

  1. accelerates the delivery period; or
  2. reduces the Contract Price or the life cycle costs to the Employer; or
  3. improves the quality, efficiency, safety or sustainability of the Facilities; or
  4. yields any other benefits to the Employer,

without compromising the necessary functions of the Facilities.

If the value engineering proposal is approved by the Employer and results in:

  1. a reduction of the Contract Price; the amount to be paid to the Contractor shall be the percentage specified in the PCC of the reduction in the Contract Price; or
  2. an increase in the Contract Price; but results in a reduction in life cycle costs due to any benefit described in (a) to (d) above, the amount to be paid to the Contractor shall be the full increase in the Contract Price.

39.1.3 Notwithstanding GCC Sub-Clauses 39.1.1 and 39.1.2, no change made necessary because of any default of the Contractor in the performance of its obligations under the Contract shall be deemed to be a Change, and such change shall not result in any adjustment of the Contract Price or the Time for Completion.

39.1.4 The procedure on how to proceed with and execute Changes is specified in GCC Sub-Clauses 39.2 and 39.3, and further details and forms are provided in the Employer’s Requirements (Forms and Procedures).

39.2   Changes Originating from Employer

39.2.1 If the Employer proposes a Change pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 39.1.1, it shall send to the Contractor a “Request for Change Proposal,” requiring the Contractor to prepare and furnish to the Project Manager as soon as reasonably practicable a “Change Proposal,” which shall include the following:

(a)       brief description of the Change

(b)       effect on the Time for Completion

(c)       estimated cost of the Change

(d)       effect on Functional Guarantees (if any)

(e)       effect on the Facilities

(f)       effect on any other provisions of the Contract: and

(g)      any additional documents as specified in the PCC.

39.2.2 Prior to preparing and submitting the “Change Proposal,” the Contractor shall submit to the Project Manager an “Estimate for Change Proposal,” which shall be an estimate of the cost of preparing and submitting the Change Proposal.

           Upon receipt of the Contractor’s Estimate for Change Proposal, the Employer shall do one of the following:

(a)       accept the Contractor’s estimate with instructions to the Contractor to proceed with the preparation of the Change Proposal

(b)       advise the Contractor of any part of its Estimate for Change Proposal that is unacceptable and request the Contractor to review its estimate

(c)       advise the Contractor that the Employer does not intend to proceed with the Change.

39.2.3 Upon receipt of the Employer’s instruction to proceed under GCC Sub-Clause 39.2.2 (a), the Contractor shall, with proper expedition, proceed with the preparation of the Change Proposal, in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 39.2.1.

39.2.4 The pricing of any Change shall, as far as practicable, be calculated in accordance with the rates and prices included in the Contract.  If such rates and prices are inequitable, the Parties thereto shall agree on specific rates for the valuation of the Change.

39.2.5 If before or during the preparation of the Change Proposal it becomes apparent that the aggregate effect of compliance therewith and with all other Change Orders that have already become binding upon the Contractor under this GCC Clause 39 would be to increase or decrease the Contract Price as originally set forth in Article 2 (Contract Price) of the Contract Agreement by more than fifteen percent (15%), the Contractor may give a written notice of objection thereto prior to furnishing the Change Proposal as aforesaid.  If the Employer accepts the Contractor’s objection, the Employer shall withdraw the proposed Change and shall notify the Contractor in writing thereof.

The Contractor’s failure to so object shall neither affect its right to object to any subsequent requested Changes or Change Orders herein, nor affect its right to take into account, when making such subsequent objection, the percentage increase or decrease in the Contract Price that any Change not objected to by the Contractor represents.

39.2.6 Upon receipt of the Change Proposal, the Employer and the Contractor shall mutually agree upon all matters therein contained.  Within fourteen (14) days after such agreement, the Employer shall, if it intends to proceed with the Change, issue the Contractor with a Change Order.

If the Employer is unable to reach a decision within fourteen (14) days, it shall notify the Contractor with details of when the Contractor can expect a decision.

If the Employer decides not to proceed with the Change for whatever reason, it shall, within the said period of fourteen (14) days, notify the Contractor accordingly.  Under such circumstances, the Contractor shall be entitled to reimbursement of all costs reasonably incurred by it in the preparation of the Change Proposal, provided that these do not exceed the amount given by the Contractor in its Estimate for Change Proposal submitted in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 39.2.2.

39.2.7 If the Employer and the Contractor cannot reach agreement on the price for the Change, an equitable adjustment to the Time for Completion, or any other matters identified in the Change Proposal, the Employer may nevertheless instruct the Contractor to proceed with the Change by issue of a “Pending Agreement Change Order.”

Upon receipt of a Pending Agreement Change Order, the Contractor shall immediately proceed with effecting the Changes covered by such Order.  The Parties shall thereafter attempt to reach agreement on the outstanding issues under the Change Proposal.

If the Parties cannot reach agreement within sixty (60) days from the date of issue of the Pending Agreement Change Order, then the matter may be referred to the Dispute Board in accordance with the provisions of GCC Sub-Clause 46.1.

39.3   Changes Originating from Contractor

39.3.1 If the Contractor proposes a Change pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 39.1.2, the Contractor shall submit to the Project Manager a written “Application for Change Proposal,” giving reasons for the proposed Change and including the information specified in GCC Sub-Clause 39.1.2.

Upon receipt of the Application for Change Proposal, the Parties shall follow the procedures outlined in GCC Sub-Clauses 39.2.6 and 39.2.7.  However, the Contractor shall not be entitled to recover the costs of preparing the Application for Change Proposal.

40.  Extension of Time for Completion

40.1   The Time(s) for Completion specified in the PCC pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 8.2 shall be extended if the Contractor is delayed or impeded in the performance of any of its obligations under the Contract by reason of any of the following:

(a)     any Change in the Facilities as provided in GCC Clause 39

(b)     any occurrence of Force Majeure as provided in GCC Clause 37, unforeseen conditions as provided in GCC Clause 35, or other occurrence of any of the matters specified or referred to in paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of GCC Sub-Clause 32.2

(c)     any suspension order given by the Employer under GCC Clause 41 hereof or reduction in the rate of progress pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 41.2 or

(d)     any changes in laws and regulations as provided in GCC Clause 36 or

(e)     any default or breach of the Contract by the Employer, Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled ,or any activity, act or omission of the Employer, or the Project Manager, or any other contractors employed by the Employer, or

  1. any delay on the part of a Subcontractor, provided such delay is due to a cause for which the Contractor himself would have been entitled to an extension of time under this sub-clause, or
  2. delays attributable to the Employer or caused by customs, or
  3. any other matter specifically mentioned in the Contract

by such period as shall be fair and reasonable in all the circumstances and as shall fairly reflect the delay or impediment sustained by the Contractor.

40.2   Except where otherwise specifically provided in the Contract, the Contractor shall submit to the Project Manager a notice of a claim for an extension of the Time for Completion, together with particulars of the event or circumstance justifying such extension as soon as reasonably practicable after the commencement of such event or circumstance.  As soon as reasonably practicable after receipt of such notice and supporting particulars of the claim, the Employer and the Contractor shall agree upon the period of such extension.  In the event that the Contractor does not accept the Employer’s estimate of a fair and reasonable time extension, the Contractor shall be entitled to refer the matter to a Dispute Board, pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 46.1.

40.3 The Contractor shall at all times use its reasonable efforts to minimize any delay in the performance of its obligations under the Contract.

40.4  In all cases where the Contractor has given a notice of a claim for an extension of time under GCC 40.2, the Contractor shall consult with the Project Manager in order to determine the steps (if any) which can be taken to overcome or minimize the actual or anticipated delay. The Contractor shall there after comply with all reasonable instructions which the Project Manager shall give in order to minimize such delay. If compliance with such instructions shall cause the Contractor to incur extra costs and the Contractor is entitled to an extension of time under GCC 40.1, the amount of such extra costs shall be added to the Contract Price.

41.  Suspension

41.1   The Employer may request the Project Manager, by notice to the Contractor, to order the Contractor to suspend performance of any or all of its obligations under the Contract.  Such notice shall specify the obligation of which performance is to be suspended, the effective date of the suspension and the reasons therefor.  The Contractor shall thereupon suspend performance of such obligation, except those obligations necessary for the care or preservation of the Facilities, until ordered in writing to resume such performance by the Project Manager.

If, by virtue of a suspension order given by the Project Manager, other than by reason of the Contractor’s default or breach of the Contract, the Contractor’s performance of any of its obligations is suspended for an aggregate period of more than ninety (90) days, then at any time thereafter and provided that at that time such performance is still suspended, the Contractor may give a notice to the Project Manager requiring that the Employer shall, within twenty-eight (28) days of receipt of the notice, order the resumption of such performance or request and subsequently order a change in accordance with GCC Clause 39, excluding the performance of the suspended obligations from the Contract.

If the Employer fails to do so within such period, the Contractor may, by a further notice to the Project Manager, elect to treat the suspension, where it affects a part only of the Facilities, as a deletion of such part in accordance with GCC Clause 39 or, where it affects the whole of the Facilities, as termination of the Contract under GCC Sub-Clause 42.1.

41.2   If

(a)     the Employer has failed to pay the Contractor any sum due under the Contract within the specified period, has failed to approve any invoice or supporting documents without just cause pursuant to the  Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Terms and Procedures of Payment, or commits a substantial breach of the Contract, the Contractor may give a notice to the Employer that requires payment of such sum, with interest thereon as stipulated in GCC Sub-Clause 12.3, requires approval of such invoice or supporting documents, or specifies the breach and requires the Employer to remedy the same, as the case may be.  If the Employer fails to pay such sum together with such interest, fails to approve such invoice or supporting documents or give its reasons for withholding such approval, or fails to remedy the breach or take steps to remedy the breach within fourteen (14) days after receipt of the Contractor’s notice or

(b)     the Contractor is unable to carry out any of its obligations under the Contract for any reason attributable to the Employer, including but not limited to the Employer’s failure to provide possession of or access to the Site or other areas in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 10.2, or failure to obtain any governmental permit necessary for the execution and/or completion of the Facilities,

then the Contractor may by fourteen (14) days’ notice to the Employer suspend performance of all or any of its obligations under the Contract, or reduce the rate of progress.

41.3   If the Contractor’s performance of its obligations is suspended or the rate of progress is reduced pursuant to this GCC Clause 41, then the Time for Completion shall be extended in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 40.1, and any and all additional costs or expenses incurred by the Contractor as a result of such suspension or reduction shall be paid by the Employer to the Contractor in addition to the Contract Price, except in the case of suspension order or reduction in the rate of progress by reason of the Contractor’s default or breach of the Contract.

41.4   During the period of suspension, the Contractor shall not remove from the Site any Plant, any part of the Facilities or any Contractor’s Equipment, without the prior written consent of the Employer.

42.  Termination

42.1   Termination for Employer’s Convenience

42.1.1 The Employer may at any time terminate the Contract for any reason by giving the Contractor a notice of termination that refers to this GCC Sub-Clause 42.1.

42.1.2 Upon receipt of the notice of termination under GCC Sub-Clause 42.1.1, the Contractor shall either immediately or upon the date specified in the notice of termination

(a)     cease all further work, except for such work as the Employer may specify in the notice of termination for the sole purpose of protecting that part of the Facilities already executed, or any work required to leave the Site in a clean and safe condition

(b)     terminate all subcontracts, except those to be assigned to the Employer pursuant to paragraph (d) (ii) below

(c)     remove all Contractor’s Equipment from the Site, repatriate the Contractor’s Personnel from the Site, remove from the Site any wreckage, rubbish and debris of any kind, and leave the whole of the Site in a clean and safe condition, and

(d)     subject to the payment specified in GCC Sub-Clause 42.1.3,

(i)      deliver to the Employer the parts of the Facilities executed by the Contractor up to the date of termination

(ii)    to the extent legally possible, assign to the Employer all right, title and benefit of the Contractor to the Facilities and to the Plant as of the date of termination, and, as may be required by the Employer, in any subcontracts concluded between the Contractor and its Subcontractors; and

(iii)   deliver to the Employer all non-proprietary drawings, specifications and other documents prepared by the Contractor or its Subcontractors as at the date of termination in connection with the Facilities.

42.1.3 In the event of termination of the Contract under GCC Sub-Clause 42.1.1, the Employer shall pay to the Contractor the following amounts:

(a)     the Contract Price, properly attributable to the parts of the Facilities executed by the Contractor as of the date of termination

(b)     the costs reasonably incurred by the Contractor in the removal of the Contractor’s Equipment from the Site and in the repatriation of the Contractor’s Personnel

(c)     any amounts to be paid by the Contractor to its Subcontractors in connection with the termination of any subcontracts, including any cancellation charges

(d)     costs incurred by the Contractor in protecting the Facilities and leaving the Site in a clean and safe condition pursuant to paragraph (a) of GCC Sub-Clause 42.1.2

(e)     the cost of satisfying all other obligations, commitments and claims that the Contractor may in good faith have undertaken with third Parties in connection with the Contract and that are not covered by paragraphs (a) through (d) above.

42.2   Termination for Contractor’s Default

42.2.1 The Employer, without prejudice to any other rights or remedies it may possess, may terminate the Contract forthwith in the following circumstances by giving a notice of termination and its reasons therefor to the Contractor, referring to this GCC Sub-Clause 42.2:

(a)     if the Contractor becomes bankrupt or insolvent, has a receiving order issued against it, compounds with its creditors, or, if the Contractor is a corporation, a resolution is passed or order is made for its winding up, other than a voluntary liquidation for the purposes of amalgamation or reconstruction, a receiver is appointed over any part of its undertaking or assets, or if the Contractor takes or suffers any other analogous action in consequence of debt

(b)     if the Contractor assigns or transfers the Contract or any right or interest therein in violation of the provision of GCC Clause 43.

(c)     if the Contractor, in the judgment of the Employer has engaged in Fraud and Corruption, as defined in   paragrpah 2.2 a. of Appendix B to the GCC, in competing for or in executing the Contract.

42.2.2 If the Contractor

(a)     has abandoned or repudiated the Contract

(b)     has without valid reason failed to commence work on the Facilities promptly or has suspended, other than pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 41.2, the progress of Contract performance for more than twenty-eight (28) days after receiving a written instruction from the Employer to proceed

(c)     persistently fails to execute the Contract in accordance with the Contract or persistently neglects to carry out its obligations under the Contract without just cause

(d)     refuses or is unable to provide sufficient materials, services or labor to execute and complete the Facilities in the manner specified in the program furnished under GCC Sub-Clause 18.2  at rates of progress that give reasonable assurance to the Employer that the Contractor can attain Completion of the Facilities by the Time for Completion as extended,

          then the Employer may, without prejudice to any other rights it may possess under the Contract, give a notice to the Contractor stating the nature of the default and requiring the Contractor to remedy the same.  If the Contractor fails to remedy or to take steps to remedy the same within fourteen (14) days of its receipt of such notice, then the Employer may terminate the Contract forthwith by giving a notice of termination to the Contractor that refers to this GCC Sub-Clause 42.2.

42.2.3 Upon receipt of the notice of termination under GCC Sub-Clauses 42.2.1 or 42.2.2, the Contractor shall, either immediately or upon such date as is specified in the notice of termination,

(a)     cease all further work, except for such work as the Employer may specify in the notice of termination for the sole purpose of protecting that part of the Facilities already executed, or any work required to leave the Site in a clean and safe condition

(b)     terminate all subcontracts, except those to be assigned to the Employer pursuant to paragraph (d) below

(c)     deliver to the Employer the parts of the Facilities executed by the Contractor up to the date of termination

(d)     to the extent legally possible, assign to the Employer all right, title and benefit of the Contractor to the  Facilities and to the Plant as of the date of termination, and, as may be required by the Employer, in any subcontracts concluded between the Contractor and its Subcontractors

(e)     deliver to the Employer all drawings, specifications and other documents prepared by the Contractor or its Subcontractors as of the date of termination in connection with the Facilities.

42.2.4 The Employer may enter upon the Site, expel the Contractor, and complete the Facilities itself or by employing any third Party.  The Employer may, to the exclusion of any right of the Contractor over the same, take over and use with the payment of a fair rental rate to the Contractor, with all the maintenance costs to the account of the Employer and with an indemnification by the Employer for all liability including damage or injury to persons arising out of the Employer’s use of such equipment, any Contractor’s Equipment owned by the Contractor and on the Site in connection with the Facilities for such reasonable period as the Employer considers expedient for the supply and installation of the Facilities.

Upon completion of the Facilities or at such earlier date as the Employer thinks appropriate, the Employer shall give notice to the Contractor that such Contractor’s Equipment will be returned to the Contractor at or near the Site and shall return such Contractor’s Equipment to the Contractor in accordance with such notice.  The Contractor shall thereafter without delay and at its cost remove or arrange removal of the same from the Site.

42.2.5 Subject to GCC Sub-Clause 42.2.6, the Contractor shall be entitled to be paid the Contract Price attributable to the Facilities executed as of the date of termination, the value of any unused or partially used Plant on the Site, and the costs, if any, incurred in protecting the Facilities and in leaving the Site in a clean and safe condition pursuant to paragraph (a) of GCC Sub-Clause 42.2.3.  Any sums due the Employer from the Contractor accruing prior to the date of termination shall be deducted from the amount to be paid to the Contractor under this Contract.

42.2.6 If the Employer completes the Facilities, the cost of completing the Facilities by the Employer shall be determined.

If the sum that the Contractor is entitled to be paid, pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 42.2.5, plus the reasonable costs incurred by the Employer in completing the Facilities, exceeds the Contract Price, the Contractor shall be liable for such excess.

If such excess is greater than the sums due the Contractor under GCC Sub-Clause 42.2.5, the Contractor shall pay the balance to the Employer, and if such excess is less than the sums due the Contractor under GCC Sub-Clause 42.2.5, the Employer shall pay the balance to the Contractor.

The Employer and the Contractor shall agree, in writing, on the computation described above and the manner in which any sums shall be paid.

42.3   Termination by the Contractor

42.3.1 If

(a)    the Employer has failed to pay the Contractor any sum due under the Contract within the specified period, has failed to approve any invoice or supporting documents without just cause pursuant to the  Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Terms and Procedures of Payment, or commits a substantial breach of the Contract, the Contractor may give a notice to the Employer that requires payment of such sum, with interest thereon as stipulated in GCC Sub-Clause 12.3, requires approval of such invoice or supporting documents, or specifies the breach and requires the Employer to remedy the same, as the case may be.  If the Employer fails to pay such sum together with such interest, fails to approve such invoice or supporting documents or give its reasons for withholding such approval, fails to remedy the breach or take steps to remedy the breach within fourteen (14) days after receipt of the Contractor’s notice, or

(b)    the Contractor is unable to carry out any of its obligations under the Contract for any reason attributable to the Employer, including but not limited to the Employer’s failure to provide possession of or access to the Site or other areas or failure to obtain any governmental permit necessary for the execution and/or completion of the Facilities,

then the Contractor may give a notice to the Employer thereof, and if the Employer has failed to pay the outstanding sum, to approve the invoice or supporting documents, to give its reasons for withholding such approval, or to remedy the breach within twenty-eight (28) days of such notice, or if the Contractor is still unable to carry out any of its obligations under the Contract for any reason attributable to the Employer within twenty-eight (28) days of the said notice, the Contractor may by a further notice to the Employer referring to this GCC Sub-Clause 42.3.1, forthwith terminate the Contract.

42.3.2 The Contractor may terminate the Contract forthwith by giving a notice to the Employer to that effect, referring to this GCC Sub-Clause 42.3.2, if the Employer becomes bankrupt or insolvent, has a receiving order issued against it, compounds with its creditors, or, being a corporation, if a resolution is passed or order is made for its winding up (other than a voluntary liquidation for the purposes of amalgamation or reconstruction), a receiver is appointed over any part of its undertaking or assets, or if the Employer takes or suffers any other analogous action in consequence of debt.

42.3.3 If the Contract is terminated under GCC Sub-Clauses 42.3.1 or 42.3.2, then the Contractor shall immediately

(a)     cease all further work, except for such work as may be necessary for the purpose of protecting that part of the Facilities already executed, or any work required to leave the Site in a clean and safe condition

(b)     terminate all subcontracts, except those to be assigned to the Employer pursuant to paragraph (d) (ii)

(c)     remove all Contractor’s Equipment from the Site and repatriate the Contractor’s Personnel from the Site, and

(d)     subject to the payment specified in GCC Sub-Clause 42.3.4,

(i)      deliver to the Employer the parts of the Facilities executed by the Contractor up to the date of termination

(ii)    to the extent legally possible, assign to the Employer all right, title and benefit of the Contractor to the Facilities and to the Plant as of the date of termination, and, as may be required by the Employer, in any subcontracts concluded between the Contractor and its Subcontractors, and

(iii)   deliver to the Employer all drawings, specifications and other documents prepared by the Contractor or its Subcontractors as of the date of termination in connection with the Facilities.

42.3.4 If the Contract is terminated under GCC Sub-Clauses 42.3.1 or 42.3.2, the Employer shall pay to the Contractor all payments specified in GCC Sub-Clause 42.1.3, and reasonable compensation for all loss, except for loss of profit, or damage sustained by the Contractor arising out of, in connection with or in consequence of such termination.

42.3.5 Termination by the Contractor pursuant to this GCC Sub-Clause 42.3 is without prejudice to any other rights or remedies of the Contractor that may be exercised in lieu of or in addition to rights conferred by GCC Sub-Clause 42.3.

42.4   In this GCC Clause 42, the expression “Facilities executed” shall include all work executed, Installation Services provided, and all Plant acquired, or subject to a legally binding obligation to purchase, by the Contractor and used or intended to be used for the purpose of the Facilities, up to and including the date of termination.

42.5   In this GCC Clause 42, in calculating any monies due from the Employer to the Contractor, account shall be taken of any sum previously paid by the Employer to the Contractor under the Contract, including any advance payment paid pursuant to the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Terms and Procedures of Payment.

43.  Assignment

43.1   Neither the Employer nor the Contractor shall, without the express prior written consent of the other Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, assign to any third Party the Contract or any part thereof, or any right, benefit, obligation or interest therein or thereunder, except that the Contractor shall be entitled to assign either absolutely or by way of charge any monies due and payable to it or that may become due and payable to it under the Contract.

44. Export Restrictions

44.1   Notwithstanding any obligation under the Contract to complete all export formalities, any export restrictions attributable to the Employer, to the country of the Employer or to the use of the Plant and Installation Services to be supplied which arise from trade regulations from a country supplying those Plant and Installation Services, and which substantially impede the Contractor from meeting its obligations under the Contract, shall release the Contractor from the obligation to provide deliveries or services, always provided, however, that the Contractor can demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Employer and of the Bank that it has completed all formalities in a timely manner, including applying for permits, authorizations and licenses necessary for the export of the Plant and Installation Services under the terms of the Contract.  Termination of the Contract on this basis shall be for the Employer’s convenience pursuant to Sub-Clause 42.1.

  1. Claims, Disputes and Arbitration

45.  Contractor’s Claims

45.1   If the Contractor considers himself to be entitled to any extension of the Time for Completion and/or any additional payment, under any Clause of these Conditions or otherwise in connection with the Contract, the Contractor shall submit a notice to the Project Manager, describing the event or circumstance giving rise to the claim. The notice shall be given as soon as practicable, and not later than 28 days after the Contractor became aware, or should have become aware, of the event or circumstance.

If the Contractor fails to give notice of a claim within such period of 28 days, the Time for Completion shall not be extended, the Contractor shall not be entitled to additional payment, and the Employer shall be discharged from all liability in connection with the claim. Otherwise, the following provisions of this Sub-Clause shall apply.

The Contractor shall also submit any other notices which are required by the Contract, and supporting particulars for the claim, all as relevant to such event or circumstance.

The Contractor shall keep such contemporary records as may be necessary to substantiate any claim, either on the Site or at another location acceptable to the Project Manager. Without admitting the Employer’s liability, the Project Manager may, after receiving any notice under this Sub-Clause, monitor the record-keeping and/or instruct the Contractor to keep further contemporary records. The Contractor shall permit the Project Manager to inspect all these records, and shall (if instructed) submit copies to the Project Manager.

Within 42 days after the Contractor became aware (or should have become aware) of the event or circumstance giving rise to the claim, or within such other period as may be proposed by the Contractor and approved by the Project Manager, the Contractor shall send to the Project Manager a fully detailed claim which includes full supporting particulars of the basis of the claim and of the extension of time and/or additional payment claimed. If the event or circumstance giving rise to the claim has a continuing effect:

  1. this fully detailed claim shall be considered as interim;
  2. the Contractor shall send further interim claims at monthly intervals, giving the accumulated delay and/or amount claimed, and such further particulars as the Project Manager may reasonably require; and
  3. the Contractor shall send a final claim within 28 days after the end of the effects resulting from the event or circumstance, or within such other period as may be proposed by the Contractor and approved by the Project Manager.

Within 42 days after receiving a claim or any further particulars supporting a previous claim, or within such other period as may be proposed by the Project Manager and approved by the Contractor, the Project Manager shall respond with approval, or with disapproval and detailed comments. He may also request any necessary further particulars, but shall nevertheless give his response on the principles of the claim within such time.

Each Payment Certificate shall include such amounts for any claim as have been reasonably substantiated as due under the relevant provision of the Contract. Unless and until the particulars supplied are sufficient to substantiate the whole of the claim, the Contractor shall only be entitled to payment for such part of the claim as he has been able to substantiate.

The Project Manager shall agree with the Contractor or estimate: (i) the extension (if any) of the Time for Completion (before or after its expiry) in accordance with GCC Clause 40, and/or (ii) the additional payment (if any) to which the Contractor is entitled under the Contract.

The requirements of this Sub-Clause are in addition to those of any other Sub-Clause which may apply to a claim. If the Contractor fails to comply with this or another Sub-Clause in relation to any claim, any extension of time and/or additional payment shall take account of the extent (if any) to which the failure has prevented or prejudiced proper investigation of the claim, unless the claim is excluded under the second paragraph of this Sub-Clause.

In the event that the Contractor and the Employer cannot agree on any matter relating to a claim, either Party may refer the matter to the Dispute Board pursuant to GCC 46 hereof.

46. Disputes and Arbitration

46.1   Appointment of the Dispute Board

Disputes shall be referred to a DB for decision in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 46.3. The Parties shall appoint a DB by the date stated in the PCC.

The DB shall comprise, as stated in the PCC, either one or three suitably qualified persons (“the members”), each of whom shall meet the criteria set forth in Sub-Clause 3 of Appendix A- General Conditions of Dispute Board Agreement. If the number is not so stated and the Parties do not agree otherwise, the DB shall comprise three persons, one of whom shall serve as chairman.

If the Contract is with a foreign Contractor, the DB members shall not have the same nationality as the Employer or the Contractor.

If the Parties have not jointly appointed the DB 21 days before the date stated in the PCC and the DB is to comprise three persons, each Party shall nominate one member for the approval of the other Party. The first two members shall recommend and the Parties shall agree upon the third member, who shall act as chairman.

However, if a list of potential members is included in the PCC, the members shall be selected from those on the list, other than anyone who is unable or unwilling to accept appointment to the DB.

The agreement between the Parties and either the sole member or each of the three members shall incorporate by reference the General Conditions of Dispute Board Agreement contained in the Appendix to these General Conditions, with such amendments as are agreed between them.

The DB shall be deemed to be constituted on the date the Parties and the sole member or the three members (as the case may be) of the DB have all signed a DB agreement.

The terms of the remuneration of either the sole member or each of the three members, including the remuneration of any expert whom the DB consults, shall be mutually agreed upon by the Parties when agreeing the terms of appointment of the member or such expert (as the case may be). Each Party shall be responsible for paying one-half of this remuneration.

If a member declines to act or is unable to act as a result of death, disability, resignation or termination of appointment, a replacement shall be appointed in the same manner as the replaced person was required to have been nominated or agreed upon, as described in this Sub-Clause.

The appointment of any member may be terminated by mutual agreement of both Parties, but not by the Employer or the Contractor acting alone. Unless otherwise agreed by both Parties, the appointment of the DB (including each member) shall expire when the Operational Acceptance Certificate has been issued in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 25.3.

 

46.2   Failure to Agree on the Composition of the Dispute Board

If any of the following conditions apply, namely:

  1. the Parties fail to agree upon the appointment of the sole member of the DB by the date stated in the first paragraph of GCC Sub-Clause 46.1,
  2. either Party fails to nominate a member (for approval by the other Party) of a DB of three persons by such date,
  3. the Parties fail to agree upon the appointment of the third member (to act as chairman) of the DB by such date, or
  4. the Parties fail to agree upon the appointment of a replacement person within 42 days after the date on which the sole member or one of the three members declines to act or is unable to act as a result of death, disability, resignation or termination of appointment,

then the appointing entity or official named in the PCC shall, upon the request of either or both of the Parties and after due consultation with both Parties, appoint this member of the DB. This appointment shall be final and conclusive. Each Party shall be responsible for paying one-half of the remuneration of the appointing entity or official.

 

46.3   Obtaining Dispute Board’s Decision

If a dispute (of any kind whatsoever) arises between the Parties in connection with the performance of the Contract, including any dispute as to any certificate, determination, instruction, opinion or valuation of the Project Manager, either Party may refer the dispute in writing to the DB for its decision, with copies to the other Party and the Project Manager. Such reference shall state that it is given under this Sub-Clause.

For a DB of three persons, the DB shall be deemed to have received such reference on the date when it is received by the chairman of the DB.

Both Parties shall promptly make available to the DB all such additional information, further access to the Site, and appropriate facilities, as the DB may require for the purposes of making a decision on such dispute. The DB shall be deemed to be not acting as arbitrator(s).

Within 84 days after receiving such reference, or within such other period as may be proposed by the DB and approved by both Parties, the DB shall give its decision, which shall be reasoned and shall state that it is given under this Sub-Clause. The decision shall be binding on both Parties, who shall promptly give effect to it unless and until it shall be revised in an amicable settlement or an arbitral award as described below. Unless the Contract has already been abandoned, repudiated or terminated, the Contractor shall continue with the performance of the Facilities in accordance with the Contract.

If either Party is dissatisfied with the DB’s decision, then either Party may, within 28 days after receiving the decision, give notice to the other Party of its dissatisfaction and intention to commence arbitration. If the DB fails to give its decision within the period of 84 days (or as otherwise approved) after receiving such reference, then either Party may, within 28 days after this period has expired, give notice to the other Party of its dissatisfaction and intention to commence arbitration.

In either event, this notice of dissatisfaction shall state that it is given under this Sub-Clause, and shall set out the matter in dispute and the reason(s) for dissatisfaction. Except as stated in GCC Sub-Clauses 46.6 and 46.7, neither Party shall be entitled to commence arbitration of a dispute unless a notice of dissatisfaction has been given in accordance with this Sub-Clause.

If the DB has given its decision as to a matter in dispute to both Parties, and no notice of dissatisfaction has been given by either Party within 28 days after it received the DB’s decision, then the decision shall become final and binding upon both Parties.

 

46.4   Amicable Settlement

Where notice of dissatisfaction has been given under GCC Sub-Clause 46.3 above, both Parties shall attempt to settle the dispute amicably before the commencement of arbitration. However, unless both Parties agree otherwise, arbitration may be commenced on or after the fifty-sixth day after the day on which notice of dissatisfaction and intention to commence arbitration was given, even if no attempt at amicable settlement has been made.

 

46.5   Arbitration

Unless indicated otherwise in the PCC, any dispute not settled amicably and in respect of which the DB’s decision (if any) has not become final and binding shall be finally settled by arbitration. Unless otherwise agreed by both Parties, arbitration shall be conducted as follows:

(a)     For contracts with foreign contractors:

unless otherwise specified in the PCC; the dispute shall be finally settled under the Rules of Arbitration of the International Chamber of Commerce; by one or three arbitrators appointed in accordance with these Rules. The place of arbitration shall be the neutral location stated in the PCC; and the arbitration shall be conducted in the ruling language stated in the PCC;

and

(b)     For contracts with domestic contractors, arbitration with proceedings conducted in accordance with the laws of the Employer’s Country.

The arbitrator(s) shall have full power to open up, review and revise any certificate, determination, instruction, opinion or valuation of the Project Manager, and any decision of the DB, relevant to the dispute. Nothing shall disqualify the Project Manager from being called as a witness and giving evidence before the arbitrator(s) on any matter whatsoever relevant to the dispute.

Neither Party shall be limited in the proceedings before the arbitrator(s) to the evidence or arguments previously put before the DB to obtain its decision, or to the reasons for dissatisfaction given in its notice of dissatisfaction. Any decision of the DB shall be admissible in evidence in the arbitration.

Arbitration may be commenced prior to or after completion of the Facilities. The obligations of the Parties, the Project Manager and the DB shall not be altered by reason of any arbitration being conducted during the progress of the execution of the Facilities.

 

46.6   Failure to Comply with Dispute Board’s Decision

In the event that a Party fails to comply with a DB decision which has become final and binding, then the other Party may, without prejudice to any other rights it may have, refer the failure itself to arbitration under GCC Sub-Clause 46.5. GCC Sub-Clauses 46.3 and 46.4 shall not apply to this reference.

 

46.7   Expiry of Dispute Board’s Appointment

If a dispute arises between the Parties in connection with the performance of the Contract, and there is no DB in place, whether by reason of the expiry of the DB’s appointment or otherwise:

(a)     GCC Sub-Clauses 46.3 and 46.4 shall not apply, and

(b)     the dispute may be referred directly to arbitration under GCC Sub-Clause 46.5

47. Cyber Security

 

47.1   Pursuant to the PCC, the Contractor including its Subcontractors/ suppliers/ manufacturers shall take all technical and organizational measures necessary to protect the information technology systems and data used in connection with the Contract. Without limiting the foregoing, the Contractor, including its Subcontractors/ suppliers/ manufacturers, shall use all reasonable efforts to establish, maintain, implement and comply with, reasonable information technology, information security, cyber security and data protection controls, policies and procedures, including oversight, access controls, encryption, technological and physical safeguards and business continuity/disaster recovery and security plans that are designed to protect against and prevent breach, destruction, loss, unauthorized distribution, use, access, disablement, misappropriation or modification, or other compromise or misuse of or relating to any information technology system or data used in connection with the Contract.

 

 

 

 

APPENDIX A

General Conditions of Dispute Board Agreement

1.       Definitions

Each “Dispute Board Agreement” is a tripartite agreement by and between:

the “Employer”;

the “Contractor”; and

the “Member” who is defined in the Dispute Board Agreement as being:

(i)      the sole member of the “DB” and, where this is the case, all references to the “Other Members” do not apply, or

(ii)     one of the three persons who are jointly called the “DB” (or “dispute board”) and, where this is the case, the other two persons are called the “Other Members”.

The Employer and the Contractor have entered (or intend to enter) into a contract, which is called the “Contract” and is defined in the Dispute Board Agreement, which incorporates this Appendix. In the Dispute Board Agreement, words and expressions which are not otherwise defined shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Contract.

2.       General Provisions

Unless otherwise stated in the Dispute Board Agreement, it shall take effect on the latest of the following dates:

(a)     the Commencement Date defined in the Contract,

(b)     when the Employer, the Contractor and the Member have each signed the Dispute Board Agreement, or

(c)     when the Employer, the Contractor and each of the Other Members (if any) have respectively each signed a dispute board agreement.

This employment of the Member is a personal appointment. At any time, the Member may give not less than 70 days’ notice of resignation to the Employer and to the Contractor, and the Dispute Board Agreement shall terminate upon the expiry of this period.

3.       Warranties

The Member warrants and agrees that he/she is and shall be impartial and independent of the Employer, the Contractor and the Project Manager. The Member shall promptly disclose, to each of them and to the Other Members (if any), any fact or circumstance which might appear inconsistent with his/her warranty and agreement of impartiality and independence.

  1. When appointing the Member, the Employer and the Contractor relied upon the Member’s representations that he/she is:has at least a bachelor’s degree in relevant disciplines such as law, engineering, construction management or contract management; 
  2. has at least ten years of experience in contract administration/management and dispute resolution, out of which at least five years of experience as an arbitrator or adjudicator in construction-related disputes;
  3. has received formal training as an adjudicator from an internationally recognized organization; 
  4. has experience and/or is knowledgeable in the type of work which the Contractor is to carry out under the Contract;
  5. has experience in the interpretation of construction and/or engineering contract documents; and
  6. is fluent in the language for communications defined in GCC Sub-Clause 5.3 (or the language as agreed between the Parties and the DB).

4.       General Obligations of the Member

The Member shall:

(a)     have no interest financial or otherwise in the Employer, the Contractor or the Project Manager, nor any financial interest in the Contract except for payment under the Dispute Board Agreement;

(b)     not previously have been employed as a consultant or otherwise by the Employer, the Contractor or the Project Manager, except in such circumstances as were disclosed in writing to the Employer and the Contractor before they signed the Dispute Board Agreement;

(c)     have disclosed in writing to the Employer, the Contractor and the Other Members (if any), before entering into the Dispute Board Agreement and to his/her best knowledge and recollection, any professional or personal relationships with any director, officer or employee of the Employer, the Contractor or the Project Manager, and any previous involvement in the overall project of which the Contract forms part;

(d)     not, for the duration of the Dispute Board Agreement, be employed as a consultant or otherwise by the Employer, the Contractor or the Project Manager, except as may be agreed in writing by the Employer, the Contractor and the Other Members (if any);

(e)     comply with the annexed procedural rules and with GCC Sub-Clause 46.3;

(f)     not give advice to the Employer, the Contractor, the Employer’s Personnel or the Contractor’s  Personnel concerning the conduct of the Contract, other than in accordance with the annexed procedural rules;

(g)     not while a Member enter into discussions or make any agreement with the Employer, the Contractor or the Project Manager regarding employment by any of them, whether as a consultant or otherwise, after ceasing to act under the Dispute Board Agreement;

(h)     ensure his/her availability for all site visits and hearings as are necessary;

(i)      become conversant with the Contract and with the progress of the Facilities (and of any other parts of the project of which the Contract forms part) by studying all documents received which shall be maintained in a current working file;

(j)      treat the details of the Contract and all the DB’s activities and hearings as private and confidential, and not publish or disclose them without the prior written consent of the Employer, the Contractor and the Other Members (if any); and

(k)     be available to give advice and opinions, on any matter relevant to the Contract when requested by both the Employer and the Contractor, subject to the agreement of the Other Members (if any).

5.       General Obligations of the Employer and the Contractor

The Employer, the Contractor, the Employer’s Personnel and the Contractor’s Personnel shall not request advice from or consultation with the Member regarding the Contract, otherwise than in the normal course of the DB’s activities under the Contract and the Dispute Board Agreement. The Employer and the Contractor shall be responsible for compliance with this provision, by the Employer’s Personnel and the Contractor’s  Personnel respectively.

The Employer and the Contractor undertake to each other and to the Member that the Member shall not, except as otherwise agreed in writing by the Employer, the Contractor, the Member and the Other Members (if any):

(a)     be appointed as an arbitrator in any arbitration under the Contract;

(b)     be called as a witness to give evidence concerning any dispute before arbitrator(s) appointed for any arbitration under the Contract; or

(c)     be liable for any claims for anything done or omitted in the discharge or purported discharge of the Member’s functions, unless the act or omission is shown to have been in bad faith.

The Employer and the Contractor hereby jointly and severally indemnify and hold the Member harmless against and from claims from which he is relieved from liability under the preceding paragraph.

Whenever the Employer or the Contractor refers a dispute to the DB under GCC Sub-Clause 46.3, which will require the Member to make a site visit and attend a hearing, the Employer or the Contractor shall provide appropriate security for a sum equivalent to the reasonable expenses to be incurred by the Member. No account shall be taken of any other payments due or paid to the Member.

6.       Payment

The Member shall be paid as follows, in the currency named in the Dispute Board Agreement:

(a)     a retainer fee per calendar month, which shall be considered as payment in full for:

(i)      being available on 28 days’ notice for all site visits and hearings;

(ii)    becoming and remaining conversant with all project developments and maintaining relevant files;

(iii)    all office and overhead expenses including secretarial services, photocopying and office supplies incurred in connection with his duties; and

(iv)    all services performed hereunder except those referred to in sub-paragraphs (b) and (c) of this Clause.

The retainer fee shall be paid with effect from the last day of the calendar month in which the Dispute Board Agreement becomes effective; until the last day of the calendar month in which the Taking-Over Certificate is issued for the whole of the Facilities.

With effect from the first day of the calendar month following the month in which Taking-Over Certificate is issued for the whole of the Facilities, the retainer fee shall be reduced by one third This reduced fee shall be paid until the first day of the calendar month in which the Member resigns or the Dispute Board Agreement is otherwise terminated.

(b)     a daily fee which shall be considered as payment in full for:

(i)      each day or part of a day up to a maximum of two days’ travel time in each direction for the journey between the Member’s home and the site, or another location of a meeting with the Other Members (if any);

(ii)     each working day on site visits, hearings or preparing decisions; and

(iii)    each day spent reading submissions in preparation for a hearing.

(c)     all reasonable expenses including necessary travel expenses (air fare in less than first class, hotel and subsistence and other direct travel expenses) incurred in connection with the Member’s duties, as well as the cost of telephone calls, courier charges, faxes and telexes: a receipt shall be required for each item in excess of five percent of the daily fee referred to in sub-paragraph (b) of this Clause;

(d)     any taxes properly levied in the Country on payments made to the Member (unless a national or permanent resident of the Country) under this Clause 6.

The retainer and daily fees shall be as specified in the Dispute Board Agreement. Unless it specifies otherwise, these fees shall remain fixed for the first 24 calendar months and shall thereafter be adjusted by agreement between the Employer, the Contractor and the Member, at each anniversary of the date on which the Dispute Board Agreement became effective.

If the Parties fail to agree on the retainer fee or the daily fee the appointing entity or official named in the PCC shall determine the amount of the fees to be used.

The Member shall submit invoices for payment of the monthly retainer and air fares quarterly in advance. Invoices for other expenses and for daily fees shall be submitted following the conclusion of a site visit or hearing. All invoices shall be accompanied by a brief description of activities performed during the relevant period and shall be addressed to the Contractor.

The Contractor shall pay each of the Member’s invoices in full within 56 calendar days after receiving each invoice and shall apply to the Employer (in the Statements under the Contract) for reimbursement of one-half of the amounts of these invoices. The Employer shall then pay the Contractor in accordance with the Contract.

If the Contractor fails to pay to the Member the amount to which he/she is entitled under the Dispute Board Agreement, the Employer shall pay the amount due to the Member and any other amount which may be required to maintain the operation of the DB; and without prejudice to the Employer’s rights or remedies. In addition to all other rights arising from this default, the Employer shall be entitled to reimbursement of all sums paid in excess of one-half of these payments, plus all costs of recovering these sums and financing charges calculated at the rate specified in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 12.3.

If the Member does not receive payment of the amount due within 70 days after submitting a valid invoice, the Member may (i) suspend his/her services (without notice) until the payment is received, and/or (ii) resign his/her appointment by giving notice under Clause 7.

7.       Termination

At any time: (i) the Employer and the Contractor may jointly terminate the Dispute Board Agreement by giving 42 days’ notice to the Member; or (ii) the Member may resign as provided for in Clause 2.

If the Member fails to comply with the Dispute Board Agreement, the Employer and the Contractor may, without prejudice to their other rights, terminate it by notice to the Member. The notice shall take effect when received by the Member.

If the Employer or the Contractor fails to comply with the Dispute Board Agreement, the Member may, without prejudice to his other rights, terminate it by notice to the Employer and the Contractor. The notice shall take effect when received by them both.

Any such notice, resignation and termination shall be final and binding on the Employer, the Contractor and the Member. However, a notice by the Employer or the Contractor, but not by both, shall be of no effect.

8.       Default of the Member

If the Member fails to comply with any of his obligations under Clause 4 concerning his impartiality or independence in relation to the Employer or the Contractor, he/she shall not be entitled to any fees or expenses hereunder and shall, without prejudice to their other rights, reimburse each of the Employer and the Contractor for any fees and expenses received by the Member and the Other Members (if any), for proceedings or decisions (if any) of the DB which are rendered void or ineffective by the said failure to comply.

9.       Disputes

Any dispute or claim arising out of or in connection with this Dispute Board Agreement, or the breach, termination or invalidity thereof, shall be finally settled by institutional arbitration. If no other arbitration institute is agreed, the arbitration shall be conducted under the Rules of Arbitration of the International Chamber of Commerce by one arbitrator appointed in accordance with these Rules of Arbitration.

 

Appendix A

DISPUTE BOARD GUIDELINES

1.         Unless otherwise agreed by the Employer and the Contractor, the DB shall visit the site at intervals of not more than 140 days, including times of critical construction events, at the request of either the Employer or the Contractor. Unless otherwise agreed by the Employer, the Contractor and the DB, the period between consecutive visits shall not be less than 70 days, except as required to convene a hearing as described below.

2.         The timing of and agenda for each site visit shall be as agreed jointly by the DB, the Employer and the Contractor, or in the absence of agreement, shall be decided by the DB. The purpose of site visits is to enable the DB to become and remain acquainted with the progress of the execution of the Contract and of any actual or potential problems or claims, and, as far as reasonable, to prevent potential problems or claims from becoming disputes.

3.         Site visits shall be attended by the Employer, the Contractor and the Project Manager and shall be coordinated by the Employer in co-operation with the Contractor. The Employer shall ensure the provision of appropriate conference facilities and secretarial and copying services. At the conclusion of each site visit and before leaving the site, the DB shall prepare a report on its activities during the visit and shall send copies to the Employer and the Contractor.

4.         The Employer and the Contractor shall furnish to the DB one copy of all documents which the DB may request, including Contract documents, progress reports, variation instructions, certificates and other documents pertinent to the performance of the Contract. All communications between the DB and the Employer or the Contractor shall be copied to the other Party. If the DB comprises three persons, the Employer and the Contractor shall send copies of these requested documents and these communications to each of these persons.

5.         If any dispute is referred to the DB in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 46.3, the DB shall proceed in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 46.3 and these Guidelines. Subject to the time allowed to give notice of a decision and other relevant factors, the DB shall:

(a)        act fairly and impartially as between the Employer and the Contractor, giving each of them a reasonable opportunity of putting his case and responding to the other’s case, and

(b)       adopt procedures suitable to the dispute, avoiding unnecessary delay or expense.

6.         The DB may conduct a hearing on the dispute, in which event it will decide on the date and place for the hearing and may request that written documentation and arguments from the Employer and the Contractor be presented to it prior to or at the hearing.

7.          Except as otherwise agreed in writing by the Employer and the Contractor, the DB shall have power to adopt an inquisitorial procedure, to refuse admission to hearings or audience at hearings to any persons other than representatives of the Employer, the Contractor and the Project Manager, and to proceed in the absence of any Party who the DB is satisfied received notice of the hearing; but shall have discretion to decide whether and to what extent this power may be exercised.

8.         The Employer and the Contractor empower the DB, among other things, to:

(a)        establish the procedure to be applied in deciding a dispute,

(b)       decide upon the DB’s own jurisdiction, and as to the scope of any dispute referred to it,

(c)        conduct any hearing as it thinks fit, not being bound by any rules or procedures other than those contained in the Contract and these Guidelines,

(d)       take the initiative in ascertaining the facts and matters required for a decision,

(e)       make use of its own specialist knowledge, if any,

(f)        decide upon the payment of financing charges in accordance with the Contract,

(g)       decide upon any provisional relief such as interim or conservatory measures,

(h)       open up, review and revise any certificate, decision, determination, instruction, opinion or valuation of the Project Manager, relevant to the dispute, and

(i)        appoint, should the DB so consider necessary and the Parties agree, a suitable expert/s  (including legal and technical expert(s)) at the cost of the Parties to give advice on a specific matter/s relevant to the dispute.

9.         The DB shall not express any opinions during any hearing concerning the merits of any arguments advanced by the Parties. Thereafter, the DB shall make and give its decision in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 46.3, or as otherwise agreed by the Employer and the Contractor in writing. If the DB comprises three persons:

(a)        it shall convene in private after a hearing, in order to have discussions and prepare its decision;

(b)       it shall endeavor to reach a unanimous decision: if this proves impossible the applicable decision shall be made by a majority of the Members, who may require the minority Member to prepare a written report for submission to the Employer and the Contractor; and

(c)         if a Member fails to attend a meeting or hearing, or to fulfil any required function, the other two Members may nevertheless proceed to make a decision, unless:

(i)        either the Employer or the Contractor does not agree that they do so, or

(ii)       the absent Member is the chairman and he/she instructs the other Members to not make a decision.

 

 

APPENDIX B

 

Fraud and Corruption

(Text in this Appendix shall not be modified)

  1. Purpose
    1. The Bank’s Anti-Corruption Guidelines and this annex apply with respect to procurement under Bank Investment Project Financing operations.
  2. Requirements
  1. The Bank requires that Borrowers (including beneficiaries of Bank financing); bidders (applicants/proposers), consultants, contractors and suppliers; any sub-contractors, sub-consultants, service providers or suppliers; any agents (whether declared or not); and any of their personnel, observe the highest standard of ethics during the procurement process, selection and contract execution of Bank-financed contracts, and refrain from Fraud and Corruption.
  2. To this end, the Bank:
  1. Defines, for the purposes of this provision, the terms set forth below as follows:
  1. “corrupt practice” is the offering, giving, receiving, or soliciting, directly or indirectly, of anything of value to influence improperly the actions of another party;
  2. “fraudulent practice” is any act or omission, including misrepresentation, that knowingly or recklessly misleads, or attempts to mislead, a party to obtain financial or other benefit or to avoid an obligation;
  3. “collusive practice” is an arrangement between two or more parties designed to achieve an improper purpose, including to influence improperly the actions of another party;
  4. “coercive practice” is impairing or harming, or threatening to impair or harm, directly or indirectly, any party or the property of the party to influence improperly the actions of a party;
  5. “obstructive practice” is:
  1. deliberately destroying, falsifying, altering, or concealing of evidence material to the investigation or making false statements to investigators in order to materially impede a Bank investigation into allegations of a corrupt, fraudulent, coercive, or collusive practice; and/or threatening, harassing, or intimidating any party to prevent it from disclosing its knowledge of matters relevant to the investigation or from pursuing the investigation; or
  2. acts intended to materially impede the exercise of the Bank’s inspection and audit rights provided for under paragraph 2.2 e. below.
  1. Rejects a proposal for award if the Bank determines that the firm or individual recommended for award, any of its personnel, or its agents, or its sub-consultants, sub-contractors, service providers, suppliers and/ or their employees, has, directly or indirectly, engaged in corrupt, fraudulent, collusive, coercive, or obstructive practices in competing for the contract in question;
  2. In addition to the legal remedies set out in the relevant Legal Agreement, may take other appropriate actions, including declaring misprocurement, if the Bank determines at any time that representatives of the Borrower or of a recipient of any part of the proceeds of the loan engaged in corrupt, fraudulent, collusive, coercive, or obstructive practices during the procurement process, selection and/or execution of the contract in question, without the Borrower having taken timely and appropriate action satisfactory to the Bank to address such practices when they occur, including by failing to inform the Bank in a timely manner at the time  they knew of the practices;
  3. Pursuant to the Bank’s Anti- Corruption Guidelines and in accordance with the Bank’s prevailing sanctions policies and procedures, may sanction a firm or individual, either indefinitely or for a stated period of time, including by publicly declaring such firm or individual ineligible (i) to be awarded or otherwise benefit from a Bank-financed contract, financially or in any other manner;[15] (ii) to be a nominated[16] sub-contractor, consultant, manufacturer or supplier, or service provider of an otherwise eligible firm being awarded a Bank-financed contract; and (iii) to receive the proceeds of any loan made by the Bank or otherwise to participate further in the preparation or implementation of any Bank-financed project;
  4. Requires that a clause be included in bidding/request for proposals documents and in contracts financed by a Bank loan, requiring (i) bidders (applicants/proposers), consultants, contractors, and suppliers, and their sub-contractors, sub-consultants, service providers, suppliers, agents, personnel, permit the Bank to inspect[17] all accounts, records and other documents relating to the procurement process, selection and/or contract execution, and to have them audited by auditors appointed by the Bank.

 

 

APPENDIX C

Metrics for Progress Reports- Environmental and Social (ES)

Metrics for regular reporting:

          1. environmental incidents or non-compliances with contract requirements, including contamination, pollution or damage to ground or water supplies;
          2. health and safety incidents, accidents, injuries that require treatment and all fatalities;
          3. interactions with regulators:  identify agency, dates, subjects, outcomes (report the negative if none);
          4. status of all permits and agreements:
  2. work permits: number required, number received, actions taken for those not received;
  3. status of permits and consents:
  1. safety officer: number days worked, number of full inspections & partial inspections, reports to construction/project management;
  2. number of workers, work hours, metric of PPE use (percentage of workers with full personal protection equipment (PPE), partial, etc.), worker violations observed (by type of violation, PPE or otherwise), warnings given, repeat warnings given, follow-up actions taken (if any);
          1. worker accommodations:
  1. number of expats housed in accommodations, number of locals;
  2. date of last inspection, and highlights of inspection including status of accommodations’ compliance with national and local law and good practice, including sanitation, space, etc.;
  3. actions taken to recommend/require improved conditions, or to improve conditions.
          1. Health services: provider of health services, information and/or training, location of clinic, number of non-safety disease or illness treatments and diagnoses (no names to be provided);
          2. gender (for expats and locals separately): number of female workers, percentage of workforce, gender issues raised and dealt with (cross-reference grievances or other sections as needed);
          3. training:
  1. number of new workers, number receiving induction training, dates of induction training;
  2. number and dates of toolbox talks, number of workers receiving Occupational Health and Safety (OHS), environmental and social training;
  3. number and dates of communicable diseases (including STDs) sensitization and/or training, no. workers receiving training (in the reporting period and in the past); same questions for gender sensitization, flag person training.
  4. number and date of SEA prevention and SH sensitization and/or training events, including number of workers receiving training on Code of Conduct for Contractor’s Personnel (in the reporting period and in the past), etc.
          1. environmental and social supervision:
  1. environmental: days worked, areas inspected and numbers of inspections of each (road section, work camp, accommodations, quarries, borrow areas, spoil areas, swamps, forest crossings, etc.), highlights of activities/findings (including violations of environmental and/or social best practices, actions taken), reports to environmental and/or social specialist/construction/site management;
  2. social: days worked, number of partial and full site inspections (by area: road section, work camp, accommodations, quarries, borrow areas, spoil areas, clinic, HIV/AIDS center, community centers, etc.), highlights of activities (including violations of environmental and/or social requirements observed, actions taken), reports to environmental and/or social specialist/construction/site management; and
  3. community liaison person(s): days worked (hours community center open), number of people met, highlights of activities (issues raised, etc.), reports to environmental and/or social specialist /construction/site management.
          1. Grievances: list new grievances (e.g., number of allegations of SEA and SH) received in the reporting period and number of unresolved past grievances by date received, complainant’s age and sex, how received, to whom referred to for action, resolution and date (if completed), data resolution reported to complainant, any required follow-up (Cross-reference other sections as needed):
  1. Worker grievances;
  2. Community grievances
          1. Traffic, road safety and vehicles/equipment:
  1. traffic and road safety incidents and accidents involving project vehicles & equipment: provide date, location, damage, cause, follow-up;
  2. traffic and road safety incidents and accidents involving non-project vehicles or property (also reported under immediate metrics): provide date, location, damage, cause, follow-up;
  3. overall condition of vehicles/equipment (subjective judgment by environmentalist); non-routine repairs and maintenance needed to improve safety and/or environmental performance (to control smoke, etc.).
          1. Environmental mitigations and issues (what has been done):
  1. erosion control: controls implemented by location, status of water crossings, environmentalist inspections and results, actions taken to resolve issues, emergency repairs needed to control erosion/sedimentation;
  2. spill clean-ups, if any:  material spilled, location, amount, actions taken, material disposal (report all spills that result in water or soil contamination;
  3. waste management: types and quantities generated and managed, including amount taken offsite (and by whom) or reused/recycled/disposed on-site;
  4. details of tree plantings and other mitigations required undertaken in the reporting period;
          1. compliance:
  1. compliance status for conditions of all relevant consents/permits, for the Work, etc.): statement of compliance or listing of issues and actions taken (or to be taken) to reach compliance;
  2. compliance status of C-ESMP/ESIP requirements: statement of compliance or listing of issues and actions taken (or to be taken) to reach compliance
  3. compliance status of SEA and SH prevention and response action plan: statement of compliance or listing of issues and actions taken (or to be taken) to reach compliance
  4. compliance status of Health and Safety Management Plan re: statement of compliance or listing of issues and actions taken (or to be taken) to reach compliance
  5. other unresolved issues from previous reporting periods related to environmental and social: continued violations, continued failure of equipment, continued lack of vehicle covers, spills not dealt with, continued compensation or blasting issues, etc.  Cross-reference other sections as needed.

 

 

 

APPENDIX D

Sexual Exploitation and Abuse (SEA) and/or Sexual Harassment (SH) Performance Declaration for Subcontractors

 

[The following table shall be filled in by each subcontractor proposed by the Contractor, that was not named in the Contract]

Subcontractor’s Name: [insert full name]
Date: [insert day, month, year]
Contract reference [insert contract reference]
Page [insert page number] of [insert total number] pages
 

SEA and/or SH Declaration

 

We:

¨  (a) have not been subject to disqualification by the Bank for non-compliance with SEA/ SH obligations.

¨  (b) are subject to disqualification by the Bank for non-compliance with SEA/ SH obligations.

¨  (c) had been subject to disqualification by the Bank for non-compliance with SEA/ SH obligations. An arbitral award on the disqualification case has been made in our favor.

 

[If (c) above is applicable, attach evidence of an arbitral award reversing the findings on the issues underlying the disqualification.]

 

Name of the Subcontractor                                                         

Name of the person duly authorized to sign on behalf of the Subcontractor _______

Title of the person signing on behalf of the Subcontractor                                                                                               ______________________

Signature of the person named above                                                                                               ______________________

Date signed ________________________________ day of ___________________, _____

Countersignature of authorized representative of the Contractor:

Signature: ________________________________________________________

Date signed ________________________________ day of ___________________, _____

 

Section IX - Particular Conditions of Contract

 

The following Particular Conditions of Contract shall supplement the General Conditions of Contract in Section VIII. Whenever there is a conflict, the provisions herein shall prevail over those in the General Conditions.

 

 

Particular Conditions of Contract (PCC)

The following Particular Conditions (PCC) shall supplement the General Conditions (GCC).  Whenever there is a conflict, the provisions herein shall prevail over those in the GCC.  The clause number of the PCC is the corresponding clause number of the GCC.

PCC 1. Definitions

The Employer is:  Eswatini Electricity Company

The Project Manager is: Mr. Senzo Shongwe

The Bank is: World Bank

Country of Origin: all countries and territories as indicated in Section V of the bidding document, Eligible Countries.

PCC 5. Law and Language

PCC 5.1      The Contract shall be interpreted in accordance with the laws of: Kingdom of Eswatini

PCC 5.2      The ruling language is: English

PCC 5.3      The language for communications is: English

PCC 7. Scope of Facilities [Spare Parts] (GCC Clause 7)

PCC 7.3      The Contractor agrees to supply spare parts for a period of years: five (5) years

Addition to PCC 7.3

The Contractor shall carry sufficient inventories to ensure an ex-stock supply of consumable spares for the Plant. Other spare parts and components shall be supplied as promptly as possible, but at the most within six (6) months of placing the order and opening the letter of credit.  In addition, in the event of termination of the production of spare parts, advance notification will be made to the Employer of the pending termination, with sufficient time to permit the Employer to procure the needed requirement.  Following such termination, the Contractor will furnish to the extent possible and at no cost to the Employer the blueprints, drawings and specifications of the spare parts, if requested.

PCC 8. Time for Commencement and Completion

PCC 8.1      The Contractor shall commence work on the Facilities within 15 (fifteen) calendar days from the Effective Date for determining Time for Completion as specified in the Contract Agreement.

PCC 8.2      The Time for Completion of the whole of the Facilities shall be Six (6) months from the Effective Date as described in the Contract Agreement.

PCC 9. Contractor’s Responsibilities

PCC 9.8      The following sustainable procurement contractual provisions apply:

  • The 11kV auto recloser must utilize vacuum interruption and be insulated with solid dielectrics.
  • The use of SF (Sulfur Hexafluoride) gas or insulating oils is strictly prohibited to minimize global warming potential and eliminate hazardous leaks.
  • The recloser manufacturing process shall be comply with the standard ISO 9001, Quality Management System.
  • The Recloser packaging material shall be recyclable.
  • The recloser shall be almost maintenance free throughout its life expectancy.

PCC 11. Contract Price

PCC 11.2    The Contract Price shall be a firm lump sum.

PCC 12. Terms of Payment

PCC 12.5   An amount equivalent to 2% of the Contract price.

PCC 13. Securities

PCC 13.3.1 The amount of Performance Security, as a percentage of the Contract Price for the Facility or for the part of the Facility for which a separate Time for Completion is provided, shall be: Ten (10%) of the Total Contract Price.

PCC 13.3.2 The Performance Security shall be in the form of the Bank Guarantee attached hereto in Section X, Contract Forms.

The Performance Security shall be issued by any registered "A" class commercial Bank in Kingdom of Eswatini, or a Foreign Bank. If Performance Security will be issued by a Foreign Bank, it shall be counter guaranteed by any registered "A" class commercial Bank in Kingdom of Eswatini. The performance security as required by the clause 13.3.1 above shall be valid for period covering entire contract execution period and any extension thereof plus defect liability period plus three months.

PCC 13.3.3 The Performance Security shall not be reduced on the date of the Operational Acceptance.

PCC 13.3.3 The Performance Security shall be reduced to ten percent (10%) of the value of the component covered by the extended defect liability to cover the Contractor’s extended defect liability in accordance with the provision in the PCC, pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 27.10. 

PCC 15. License/Use of Technical Information

PCC 15.2 Add the following as second paragraph:

The Employer shall have the right to reproduce any or all drawings, documents and other materials furnished to the Employer for the purpose of the Contract and in addition, if required, for operation and maintenance.

PCC 18. Progress Report

PCC 18.3   Progress reports shall include status of compliance to cyber security risks management, and any foreseeable cyber security risk and mitigation.

Potential and occurred cyber security incidents are to be immediately reported

PCC 21. Procurement

PCC 21.3.2 Add the following to the clause:

The Employer shall in no way be responsible for the condition of road and access.

PCC 22 Installation

PCC22.2.5 Working Hours

Normal working hours are: 0800hrs to 1700hrs (Monday to Friday)

PCC 22.2.8 Funeral Arrangements: as specified in the GCC.

PCC 23. Tests and Inspection

PCC 23.2 Supplement GCC 23.2 with the following:

For tests / inspections and training, the Contractor will arrange and pay for the visa fee, accommodation in the international and local travel of two (02) representatives of the employer i.e. - air tickets; local transport; accommodation.

PCC 23.3 Supplement GCC 23.3 with the following:

The Contractor shall furnish the Project Manager with the details of the program of the tests and/or inspection and of the place and time thereof at least two (2) weeks in advance in case of domestic supplies & six (6) weeks in advance in case of foreign supplies.

PCC 23.4 Supplement GCC 23.3 with the following:

The Contractor shall provide the Project Manager with a certified report of the results of any such test and/or inspection within fifteen (15) days after completion of tests.

PCC 23.6 Add the following at the end of GCC 23.6:

All costs incurred by the Employer including all travelling and board and lodging expenses by the repetition of the tests or false call for tests shall be borne by the Contractor pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 23.2. Any delay in delivery due to retest or false call shall not constitute a release of the Contractor from his responsibilities for delay.

PCC 25. Commissioning and Operational Acceptance

PCC 25.2.2 The Guarantee Test of the Facilities shall be successfully completed within one (1) month from the date of Completion.

PCC 25.3.1(e) Add the following new sub-clause:

Three (3) sets of as built drawings, operating and maintenance manuals and USB drives etc.

PCC 26. Completion Time Guarantee

PCC 26.2

Applicable rate for liquidated damages: 1% per week

The above rate applies to the price of the part of the Facilities, as quoted in the Price Schedule, for that part for which the Contractor fails to achieve Completion within the particular Time for Completion. 

Maximum deduction for liquidated damages: 10% of the Contract Price

PCC 26.3    Applicable (amount or rate) for the bonus for early Completion:

Maximum bonus: N/A

PCC 26.3    No bonus will be given for earlier Completion of the Facilities or part thereof.

PCC 27. Defect Liability

PCC 27.10  The critical components covered under the extended defect liability are None.

PCC 30. Limitation of Liability

PCC 30.1 (b) The multiplier of the Contract Price is: one (1)

PCC 39. Value Engineering

PCC 39.1.2 If the value engineering proposal is approved by the Employer the amount to be paid to the Contractor shall be 50 % of the reduction in the Contract Price

PCC 39.2.1

(f) A “Change Proposal,” which shall include the following:

  • Effect on the Resource mobilization schedule
  • Effect on Risk Register
  • Effect on the payment schedule.

The Contractor shall implement and maintain appropriate administrative, technical, and physical safeguards to protect the Telecoms network, SCADA system, associated networks, software, hardware, and operational technology assets from unauthorized access, misuse, alteration, disruption, destruction, or disclosure.

PCC46. Disputes and Arbitration

PCC 46.1    The DB shall be appointed within 30 days after a dispute has been declared by either party of the Contract Agreement PCC 46.1

The DB shall be: comprised of one (1) person, who is fluent in the English language and shall be a professional experienced in the type of activities involved in the performance of the Contract and with the interpretation of contractual documents. The potential member is an independent and neutral with no interest in the Contract.

 

PCC 46.1 List of potential DB members:

List of arbitrators of the Association of Arbitrators (Southern Africa) (to be defined at contract signing).

Proposed by Contractor [Attach CVs to the Contract]

List of arbitrators of the Association of Arbitrators (Southern Africa) (to be defined at contract signing).

 

PCC 46.2 Appointment (if not agreed) to be made by: Association of Arbitrators (Southern Africa)

PCC 46.5    Procedure to settle disputes in respect of which DB’s decision (if any) has not become final and binding shall be finally settled by arbitration:

Rules of arbitration

GCC Sub-Clause 46.5(a): For a Foreign Contractor, the dispute shall be finally settled under the Rules of the Rules of the Conduct of Arbitrations (5th Edition 2005) of the Association of Arbitrators (Southern Africa); by one or three arbitrators appointed in accordance with these Rules. The place of arbitration shall be the neutral location agreed by both parties.

 

GCC Sub-Clause 46.5 (b): For a local Contractor, the dispute shall be finally settled under the Rules of the Rules of the Conduct of Arbitrations (5th Edition 2005) of the Association of Arbitrators (Southern Africa) within the context of the Law of Eswatini; by one or three arbitrators appointed in accordance with these Rules. The place of arbitration shall be in Eswatini.

PCC 47.

PCC 47.1- The Contractor shall comply with the following Cyber security requirements:

1. Comply with IEC 62443 (Industrial Automation and Control Systems cybersecurity).

2. Support IEC 62351 security measures for power system communications, including secure DNP3 communications where applicable.

3. Meet the cybersecurity capability requirements of IEEE 1686 for Intelligent Electronic Devices (IEDs).

 

Section X - Contract Forms

Table of Forms

Notification of Intention to Award. 298

Letter of Acceptance. 305

Contract Agreement 306

Appendix 1.  Terms and Procedures of Payment 310

Appendix 2.  Price Adjustment 313

Appendix 3.  Insurance Requirements. 315

Appendix 4.  Time Schedule. 318

Appendix 5.  List of Major Items of Plant and Installation Services and List of Approved Subcontractors. 319

Appendix 6.  Scope of Works and Supply by the Employer 320

Appendix 7.  List of Documents for Approval or Review.. 321

Appendix 8.  Functional Guarantees. 322

Performance Security Form– Bank Guarantee. 324

Performance Security Form- Conditional Bank Guarantee. 327

Advance Payment Security. 329

 

Notification of Intention to Award

 

[This Notification of Intention to Award shall be sent to each Bidder that submitted a Bid, unless the Bidder has previously received notice of exclusion from the process at an interim stage of the procurement process]

[Send this Notification to the Bidder’s Authorized Representative named in the Bidder Information Form]

For the attention of Bidder’s Authorized Representative

Name: [insert Authorized Representative’s name]

Address: [insert Authorized Representative’s Address]

Telephone/Fax numbers: [insert Authorized Representative’s telephone/fax numbers]

Email Address: [insert Authorized Representative’s email address]

[IMPORTANT: insert the date that this Notification is transmitted to all participating Bidders. The Notification must be sent to all Bidders simultaneously. This means on the same date and as close to the same time as possible.] 

DATE OF TRANSMISSION: This Notification is sent by: [email/fax] on [date] (local time)

Notification of Intention to Award

Employer: [insert the name of the Employer]

Project: [insert name of project]

Contract title: [insert the name of the contract]

Country: [insert country where RFB is issued]

Loan No. /Credit No. / Grant No.: [insert reference number for loan/credit/grant]

RFB No: [insert RFB reference number from Procurement Plan]

This Notification of Intention to Award (Notification) notifies you of our decision to award the above contract. The transmission of this Notification begins the Standstill Period. During the Standstill Period, you may:

  1. request a debriefing in relation to the evaluation of your Bid, and/or
  2. submit a Procurement-related Complaint in relation to the decision to award the contract.
  1. The successful Bidder

Name:

[insert name of successful Bidder]

Address:

[insert address of the successful Bidder]

Contract price:

[insert contract price of the successful Bid]

Total combined score:

[insert the total combined score of the successful Bidder]

  1. Other Bidders [INSTRUCTIONS: insert names of all Bidders that submitted a Bid, Bid prices as read out and evaluated, technical scores and  combined scores.]

Name of Bidder

Technical Score

Bid Price

Evaluated Bid Cost

Combined Score

[insert name]

[insert Technical score]

[insert Bid price]

[insert evaluated cost]

[insert combined score]

[insert name]

[insert Technical score]

[insert Bid price]

[insert evaluated cost]

[insert combined score]

[insert name]

[insert Technical score]

[insert Bid price]

[insert evaluated cost]

[insert combined score]

[insert name]

[insert Technical score]

[insert Bid price]

[insert evaluated cost]

[insert combined score]

[insert name]

[insert Technical score]

[insert Bid price]

[insert evaluated cost]

[insert combined score]

  1. Reason/s why your Bid was unsuccessful[Delete if the combined score already reveals the reason]

[INSTRUCTIONS: State the reason/s why this Bidder’s Bid was unsuccessful. Do NOT include: (a) a point by point comparison with another Bidder’s Bid or (b) information that is marked confidential by the Bidder in its Bid.]

  1. How to request a debriefing

DEADLINE: The deadline to request a debriefing expires at midnight on [insert date] (local time).

You may request a debriefing in relation to the results of the evaluation of your Bid. If you decide to request a debriefing, your written request must be made within three (3) Business Days of receipt of this Notification of Intention to Award.

Provide the contract name, reference number, name of the Bidder, contact details; and address the request for debriefing as follows:

Attention: [insert full name of person, if applicable]

Title/position: [insert title/position]

Agency: [insert name of Employer]

Email address: [insert email address]

Fax number: [insert fax number] delete if not used

If your request for a debriefing is received within the 3 Business Days deadline, we will provide the debriefing within five (5) Business Days of receipt of your request. If we are unable to provide the debriefing within this period, the Standstill Period shall be extended by five (5) Business Days after the date that the debriefing is provided. If this happens, we will notify you and confirm the date that the extended Standstill Period will end.

The debriefing may be in writing, by phone, video conference call or in person. We shall promptly advise you in writing how the debriefing will take place and confirm the date and time.

If the deadline to request a debriefing has expired, you may still request a debriefing. In this case, we will provide the debriefing as soon as practicable, and normally no later than fifteen (15) Business Days from the date of publication of the Contract Award Notice.

  1. How to make a complaint

DEADLINE::  The deadline for submitting a Procurement-related Complaint challenging the decision to award the contract expires on midnight, [insert date] (local time).

Provide the contract name, reference number, name of the Bidder, contact details; and address the Procurement-related Complaint as follows:

Attention: [insert full name of person, if applicable]

Title/position: [insert title/position]

Agency: [insert name of Employer]

Email address: [insert email address]

Fax number: [insert fax number] delete if not used

At this point in the procurement process, you may submit a Procurement-related Complaint challenging the decision to award the contract. You do not need to have requested, or received, a debriefing before making this complaint. Your complaint must be submitted within the Standstill Period and received by us before the Standstill Period ends.

Further information:

For more information see the Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers (Procurement Regulations) (Annex III). You should read these provisions before preparing and submitting your complaint. In addition, the World Bank’s Guidance “How to make a Procurement-related Complaint” provides a useful explanation of the process, as well as a sample letter of complaint.

In summary, there are four essential requirements:

  1. You must be an ‘interested party’. In this case, that means a Bidder who submitted a Bid in this procurement and is the recipient of a Notification of Intention to Award.
  2. The complaint can only challenge the decision to award the contract.
  3. You must submit the complaint within the deadline stated above.
  4. You must include, in your complaint, all of the information required by the Procurement Regulations (as described in Annex III).
  1. Standstill Period

DEADLINE: The Standstill Period is due to end at midnight on [insert date] (local time).

The Standstill Period lasts ten (10) Business Days after the date of transmission of this Notification of Intention to Award.

The Standstill Period may be extended. This may happen where we are unable to provide a debriefing within the five (5) Business Day deadline. If this happens we will notify you of the extension

If you have any questions regarding this Notification please do not hesitate to contact us.

On behalf of the Employer:

Signature:        ______________________________________________

Name:               ______________________________________________

Title/position: ______________________________________________

Telephone:       ______________________________________________

Email:              ______________________________________________

 

 

 

 

INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS: DELETE THIS BOX ONCE YOU HAVE COMPLETED THE FORM

 

This Beneficial Ownership Disclosure Form (“Form”) is to be completed by the successful Bidder.  In case of joint venture, the Bidder must submit a separate Form for each member.  The beneficial ownership information to be submitted in this Form shall be current as of the date of its submission.

 

For the purposes of this Form, a Beneficial Owner of a Bidder is any natural person who ultimately owns or controls the Bidder by meeting one or more of the following conditions:

  • directly or indirectly holding 25% or more of the shares
  • directly or indirectly holding 25% or more of the voting rights
  • directly or indirectly having the right to appoint a majority of the board of directors or equivalent governing body of the Bidder


Beneficial Ownership Disclosure Form

 

 

RFB No.: [insert number of RFB process]

Request for Bid No.: [insert identification]

 

To: [insert complete name of Employer]

 

In response to your request in the Letter of Acceptance dated [insert date of letter of Acceptance] to furnish additional information on beneficial ownership: [select one option as applicable and delete the options that are not applicable]

 

(i) we hereby provide the following beneficial ownership information. 

 

Details of beneficial ownership

Identity of Beneficial Owner

 

Directly or indirectly holding 25% or more of the shares

(Yes / No)

 

Directly or indirectly holding 25 % or more of the Voting Rights

(Yes / No)

 

Directly or indirectly having the right to appoint a majority of the board of the directors or an equivalent governing body of the Bidder

(Yes / No)

[include full name (last, middle, first), nationality, country of residence]

 

 

 

 

OR

 

(ii) We declare that there is no Beneficial Owner meeting one or more of the following conditions:

 

OR

 

(iii) We declare that we are unable to identify any Beneficial Owner meeting one or more of the following conditions. [If this option is selected, the Bidder shall provide explanation on why it is unable to identify any Beneficial Owner]

 

Name of the Bidder: *[insert complete name of the Bidder]_________

 

Name of the person duly authorized to sign the Bid on behalf of the Bidder: **[insert complete name of person duly authorized to sign the Bid]___________

 

Title of the person signing the Bid: [insert complete title of the person signing the Bid]______

 

Signature of the person named above: [insert signature of person whose name and capacity are shown above]_____

 

Date signed [insert date of signing] day of [insert month], [insert year]_____

 

 

 

 

* In the case of the Bid submitted by a Joint Venture specify the name of the Joint Venture as Bidder. In the event that the Bidder is a joint venture, each reference to “Bidder” in the Beneficial Ownership Disclosure Form (including this Introduction thereto) shall be read to refer to the joint venture member.

** Person signing the Bid shall have the power of attorney given by the Bidder. The power of attorney shall be attached with the Bid Schedules.

 

 

 

 

Letter of Acceptance

______________________

To:  ____________________________

 

This is to notify you that your Bid dated ____________ for execution of the _________________ for the Contract Price in the aggregate of _____________________ ________________, as corrected and modified in accordance with the Instructions to Bidders is hereby accepted by our Agency.

 

You are requested to furnish (i) the Performance Security within 28 days in accordance with the Conditions of Contract, using for that purpose one of the Performance Security Forms and (ii) the additional information on beneficial ownership in accordance with ITB 46.1, within eight (8) Business days using the Beneficial Ownership Disclosure Form, included in Section X, - Contract Forms, of the bidding document.

 

 

 

Authorized Signature:                                                                                                                                            

Name and Title of Signatory:                                                                                                                                            

Name of Agency:                                                                                                                                            

 

Attachment:  Contract Agreement

 

 

Contract Agreement

THIS AGREEMENT is made the ________ day of ________________________, _____,

BETWEEN

 

(1)Eswatini Electricity Company a corporation incorporated under the laws of the kingdom of Eswatini and having its principal place of business at Eluvatsini house, Mhlambanyatsi Road Mbabane, Eswatini  (hereinafter called “the Employer”), and (2) ______________________, a corporation incorporated under the laws of ________________________ and having its principal place of business at ________________________ (hereinafter called “the Contractor”).

 

WHEREAS the Employer desires to engage the Contractor to design, manufacture, test, deliver, install, complete and commission certain Facilities, viz. Design Supply and Installation of 11kV auto reclosers under the Accelerating Sustainable and Clean Energy Access Transformation (ASCENT) Project (“the Facilities”), and the Contractor has agreed to such engagement upon and subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter appearing.

 

NOW IT IS HEREBY AGREED as follows:

 

Article 1.  Contract Documents

1.1    Contract Documents (Reference GCC Clause 2)

The following documents shall constitute the Contract between the Employer and the Contractor, and each shall be read and construed as an integral part of the Contract:

(a)    This Contract Agreement and the Appendices hereto

(b)    Letter of Bid and Price Schedules submitted by the Contractor

(c)    Particular Conditions

(d)    General Conditions

(e)    Specification

(f)     Drawings

(g)    Other completed Bidding forms submitted with the Bid

(h)    Any other documents forming part of the Employer’s Requirements

(i)    Any other documents forming part of the contract, including, but not limited to:

      1. the ES Management Strategies and Implementation Plans; and
      2. Code of Conduct for Contractor’s Personnel (ES).
      3. The SEA/SH prevention and Response Plan
      4. Project ESMF
      5. Project Labour Management

1.2    Order of Precedence (Reference GCC Clause 2)

In the event of any ambiguity or conflict between the Contract Documents listed above, the order of precedence shall be the order in which the Contract Documents are listed in Article 1.1 (Contract Documents) above.

1.3    Definitions (Reference GCC Clause 1)

Capitalized words and phrases used herein shall have the same meanings as are ascribed to them in the General Conditions.

Article 2.  Contract Price and Terms of Payment

2.1    Contract Price (Reference GCC Clause 11)

The Employer hereby agrees to pay to the Contractor the Contract Price in consideration of the performance by the Contractor of its obligations hereunder.  The Contract Price shall be the aggregate of:  __________________, _______________ as specified in Price Schedule No. 5 (Grand Summary), and_______________, _________________, or such other sums as may be determined in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Contract.

2.2    Terms of Payment (Reference GCC Clause 12)

The terms and procedures of payment according to which the Employer will reimburse the Contractor are given in the Appendix (Terms and Procedures of Payment) hereto.

The Employer will not instruct its bank to issue an irrevocable confirmed documentary credit made available to the Contractor in a bank in the country of the Contractor. The credit shall be for an amount of $0.00 and shall be subject to the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits 2007 Revision, ICC Publication No. 600.

In the event that the amount payable under Schedule No. 1 is adjusted in accordance with GCC 11.2 or with any of the other terms of the Contract, the Employer shall arrange for the documentary credit to be amended accordingly.

 

Article 3.  Effective Date

3.1    Effective Date (Reference GCC Clause 1)

The Effective Date from which the Time for Completion of the Facilities shall be counted is the date when all of the following conditions have been fulfilled:

(a)    This Contract Agreement has been duly executed for and on behalf of the Employer and the Contractor;

(b)    The Contractor has submitted to the Employer the Performance Security and the advance payment guarantee;

(c)    The Employer has paid the Contractor the advance payment;

(f) Individual Letters from key personnel confirming availability

Each party shall use its best efforts to fulfill the above conditions for which it is responsible as soon as practicable.

3.2    If the conditions listed under 3.1 are not fulfilled within two (2) months from the date of this Contract notification because of reasons not attributable to the Contractor, the Parties shall discuss and agree on an equitable adjustment to the Contract Price and the Time for Completion and/or other relevant conditions of the Contract.

Article 4.  Communications

4.1    The address of the Employer for notice purposes, pursuant to GCC 4.1 is: ______________________.

    1. The address of the Contractor for notice purposes, pursuant to GCC 4.1 is: ________________________.

Article 5.  Appendices

5.1    The Appendices listed in the attached List of Appendices shall be deemed to form an integral part of this Contract Agreement.

    1. Reference in the Contract to any Appendix shall mean the Appendices attached hereto, and the Contract shall be read and construed accordingly.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Employer and the Contractor have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their duly authorized representatives the day and year first above written.

 

Signed by, for and on behalf of the Employer

 

 

                                                                                                                       

[Signature]

 

                                                                                                                       

[Title]

 

in the presence of                                                                                           

 

 

Signed by, for and on behalf of the Contractor

 

 

                                                                                                                       

[Signature]

 

                                                                                                                       

[Title]

 

in the presence of                                                                                           

 

 

APPENDICES

 

Appendix 1     Terms and Procedures of Payment

Appendix 2     Price Adjustment

Appendix 3     Insurance Requirements

Appendix 4     Time Schedule

Appendix 5     List of Major Items of Plant and Installation Services and List of Approved Subcontractors

Appendix 6     Scope of Works and Supply by the Employer

Appendix 7     List of Documents for Approval or Review

Appendix 8     Functional Guarantees

 

 

 

Appendix 1.  Terms and Procedures of Payment

In accordance with the provisions of GCC Clause 12 (Terms of Payment), the Employer shall pay the Contractor in the following manner and at the following times, on the basis of the Price Breakdown given in the section on Price Schedules.  Payments will be made in the currencies quoted by the Bidder unless otherwise agreed between the Parties.  Applications for payment in respect of part deliveries may be made by the Contractor as work proceeds.

 

TERMS OF PAYMENT

 

Schedule No. 1.  Plant and Equipment Supplied from Abroad

In respect of plant and equipment supplied from abroad, the following payments shall be made:

Ten percent (10%) of the total CIP amount as an advance payment against receipt of invoice and an irrevocable advance payment security for the equivalent amount made out in favor of the Employer.  The advance payment security may be reduced in proportion to the value of the plant and equipment delivered to the site, as evidenced by shipping and delivery documents.

Eighty percent (80%) of the total or pro rata CIP amount upon Incoterm “CIP”, upon delivery to the site within forty-five (45) days after receipt of documents.

Five percent (5%) of the total or pro rata CIP amount upon issue of the Completion Certificate, within forty-five (45) days after receipt of invoice.

Five percent (5%) of the total or pro rata CIP amount upon issue of the Operational Acceptance Certificate, within forty-five (45) days after receipt of invoice.

Schedule No. 2.  Plant and Equipment Supplied from within the Employer’s Country

In respect of plant and equipment supplied from within the Employer’s Country, the following payments shall be made:

Ten percent (10%) of the total EXW amount as an advance payment against receipt of invoice, and an irrevocable advance payment security for the equivalent amount made out in favor of the Employer.  The advance payment security may be reduced in proportion to the value of the plant and equipment delivered to the site, as evidenced by shipping and delivery documents.

Eighty percent (80%) of the total or pro rata EXW amount upon Incoterm “Ex-Works,” upon delivery to the site within forty-five (45) days after receipt of invoice and documents.

Five percent (5%) of the total or pro rata EXW amount upon issue of the Completion Certificate, within forty-five (45) days after receipt of invoice.

Five percent (5%) of the total or pro rata EXW amount upon issue of the Operational Acceptance Certificate, within forty-five (45) days after receipt of invoice.

Schedule No. 3.  Design Services

In respect of design services for both the foreign currency and the local currency portions, the following payments shall be made:

Ten percent (10%) of the total design services amount as an advance payment against receipt of invoice, and an irrevocable advance payment security for the equivalent amount made out in favor of the Employer. 

Ninety percent (90%) of the total or pro rata design services amount upon acceptance of design in accordance with GCC Clause 20 by the Project Manager within forty-five (45) days after receipt of invoice.

Schedule No. 4.  Installation Services

In respect of installation services for both the foreign and local currency portions, the following payments shall be made:

Ten percent (10%) of the total installation services amount as an advance payment against receipt of invoice, and an irrevocable advance payment security for the equivalent amount made out in favor of the Employer.  The advance payment security may be reduced in proportion to the value of work performed by the Contractor as evidenced by the invoices for installation services.

Eighty percent (80%) of the measured value of work performed by the Contractor, as identified in the said Program of Performance, during the preceding month, as evidenced by the Employer’s authorization of the Contractor’s application, will be made monthly within forty-five (45) days after receipt of invoice.

Five percent (5%) of the total or pro rata value of installation services performed by the Contractor as evidenced by the Employer’s authorization of the Contractor’s monthly applications, upon issue of the Completion Certificate, within forty-five (45) days after receipt of invoice.

Five percent (5%) of the total or pro rata value of installation services performed by the Contractor as evidenced by the Employer’s authorization of the Contractor’s monthly applications, upon issue of the Operational Acceptance Certificate, within forty-five (45) days after receipt of invoice.

In the event that the Employer fails to make any payment on its respective due date, the Employer shall pay to the Contractor interest on the amount of such delayed payment at the rate of for local currency/CMA (lending Rate at Central Bank of Eswatini plus 1%) ÷12 and “for USD, the (Secured Overnight Financing Rate (SOFR) plus 1%) ÷12  ; for Euro,( EURIBOR plus 1%) ÷12; per month for period of delay until payment has been made in full.

 

PAYMENT PROCEDURES

 

The procedures to be followed in applying for certification and making payments shall be as follows:

The Contractor should submit invoice outlining the pay items covering the pro rata value of Supply/Work Done along with the submission of the following documents to the Project Manager:

      1. For Supply:
  2. Three (3) copies of Contractor’s invoice certified by the Employer showing contract no., description of goods, quantity, unit price and total amount.
  3. Payment Authorization as per the specified format duly signed by the authorized official (s), designated by the Employer to operate the Line of Credit.
  4. Original and Six (6) copies of negotiable, clean, on-board bill of lading marked freight prepaid / Lorry Receipt and 6 copies of non-negotiable bill of lading / Lorry Receipt.
  5. Three (3) copies of Detailed Packing list identifying contents of each package.
  6. Insurance Policy/Certificate.
  7. Manufacturer’s / Supplier’s Warranty Certificate.
  8. Dispatch authorization issued by the employer with the factory inspection report.
  9. Certificate of origin.
      1. For Design Services and Installation Services:
  1. All Payments for the works in part or full shall be based upon measurements or otherwise as per the Contract. After excavation before filling the trench/holes, the Contractor shall take and record measurements in presence of the authorized representatives of the Employer.
  2. The Value of work executed shall be determined by the Employer. The Value of work executed shall comprise the value of the quantities of the items in the Price Bid.
  3. The Contractor seeking any payment shall submit to the Employer an Invoice with bills with the relevant approved measurement certificates and other requisite documents, duly signed by the site representatives of the Employer. The Employer will then verify the bills and approve for release of payment.

 

 

 

Appendix 2.  Price Adjustment (Not Applicable)

The prices are to remain firm and fixed for the duration of the Contract.

 

 

Appendix 3.  Insurance Requirements

Insurances to be Taken Out by the Contractor

In accordance with the provisions of GCC Clause 34, the Contractor shall at its expense take out and maintain in effect, or cause to be taken out and maintained in effect, during the performance of the Contract, the insurances set forth below in the sums and with the deductibles and other conditions specified.  The identity of the insurers and the form of the policies shall be subject to the approval of the Employer, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld.

(a)    Cargo Insurance

Covering loss or damage occurring, while in transit from the supplier’s or manufacturer’s works or stores until arrival at the Site, to the Facilities (including spare parts therefor) and to the construction equipment to be provided by the Contractor or its Subcontractors.

Amount

Deductible limits

Parties Insured

From

To

110% of the Contract Price

NIL

Employer, Contractor

Manufacturer’s   Works

Site

 

(b)    Installation All Risks Insurance

Covering physical loss or damage to the Facilities at the Site, occurring prior to completion of the Facilities, with an extended maintenance coverage for the Contractor’s liability in respect of any loss or damage occurring during the defect liability period while the Contractor is on the Site for the purpose of performing its obligations during the defect liability period.

 

Amount

Deductible limits

Parties Insured

From

To

110% of the Contract Price

NIL

Employer, Contractor, and Subcontractor  (if any)

Receipt of site

Up to Defect Liability Period

 

(c)    Third Party Liability Insurance

Covering bodily injury or death suffered by third parties (including the Employer’s personnel) and loss of or damage to property (including the Employer’s property and any parts of the Facilities that have been accepted by the Employer) occurring in connection with the supply and installation of the Facilities.

Amount

Deductible limits

Parties Insured

From

To

USD 100,000 per person per occasion

NIL

Employer, Contractor, and Subcontractor  (if any)

Commencement of work

Up to Defect Liability Period

USD 10,000

NIL

Third party personnel

Commencement of work

Up to Defect Liability Period

USD 50,000

NIL

Employer’s Property

Commencement of work

Up to Defect Liability Period

 

 

(d)    Automobile Liability Insurance

Covering use of all vehicles used by the Contractor or its Subcontractors (whether or not owned by them) in connection with the supply and installation of the Facilities.  Comprehensive insurance in accordance with statutory requirements.

 

(e)    Workers’ Compensation

In accordance with the statutory requirements applicable in any country where the Facilities or any part thereof is executed.

 

(f)     Employer’s Liability

In accordance with the statutory requirements applicable in any country where the Facilities or any part thereof is executed.

 

(g)    Other Insurances

The Contractor is also required to take out and maintain at its own cost the following insurances:

Amount

Deductible limits

Parties Insured

From

To

To be indicated by the Contractor

NIL

Contractor, and Subcontractor  (if any)

Receipt of site

Up to Defect Liability Period

 

 

The Employer shall be named as co-insured under all insurance policies taken out by the Contractor pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 34.1, except for the Third Party Liability, Workers’ Compensation and Employer’s Liability Insurances, and the Contractor’s Subcontractors shall be named as co-insureds under all insurance policies taken out by the Contractor pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 34.1, except for the Cargo, Workers’ Compensation and Employer’s Liability Insurances.  All insurer’s rights of subrogation against such co-insureds for losses or claims arising out of the performance of the Contract shall be waived under such policies.

 

Insurances To Be Taken Out By The Employer

 

The Employer shall at its expense take out and maintain in effect during the performance of the Contract the following insurances.

 

Details:

NIL

 

 

Appendix 4.  Time Schedule

4.1 Description of Facilities:

Name of Facilities

Completion Time required by the Employer from the Effective Date

Completion date guaranteed by the Bidder from the effective date

Design, Supply and installation of 11kV auto-reclosers

 

 

Six (6) Months

 

 

 

4.2 The activities under the Contractor’s program for Project Completion shall be in the form of a master network (MNW) and shall identify the various activities like design, engineering, manufacturing, supply, installation, factory testing, transportation to site, site testing and commissioning, trial operation and taking over etc. of the facilities or specific part thereof (where specific parts are specified in PCC). The network shall conform to the above Project Completion Schedule. This master network will be discussed and agreed before Kick-off meeting in line with the above. The detailed network(s) and project implementation plans & programs shall preferably be prepared in Primavera or in MS Project or in the latest Project Management tool as convenient to the Employer and shall form part of the contract.

4.3 The Employer reserves the right to request minor changes in the work schedule at the time of Award of Contract to the successful Bidder.

 

 

Appendix 5.  List of Major Items of Plant and Installation Services and List of Approved Subcontractors

A list of major items of Plant and Installation Services is provided below.

 

The following Subcontractors and/or manufacturers are approved for carrying out the items of the Facilities indicated below.  Where more than one Subcontractor is listed, the Contractor is free to choose between them, but it must notify the Employer of its choice in good time prior to appointing any selected Subcontractor.  In accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 19.1, the Contractor is free to submit proposals for Subcontractors for additional items from time to time.  No Subcontracts shall be placed with any such Subcontractors for additional items until the Subcontractors have been approved in writing by the Employer and their names have been added to this list of Approved Subcontractors.

 

 

Major Items of Plant and Installation Services

Approved Subcontractors/Manufacturers

Nationality

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Appendix 6.  Scope of Works and Supply by the Employer

The following personnel, facilities, works and supplies will be provided/supplied by the Employer, and the provisions of GCC Clauses 10, 21 and 24 shall apply as appropriate. All personnel, facilities, works and supplies will be provided by the Employer in good time so as not to delay the performance of the Contractor, in accordance with the approved Time Schedule and Program of Performance pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 18.2.

Unless otherwise indicated, all personnel, facilities, works and supplies will be provided free of charge to the Contractor.

Personnel

Charge to Contractor (if any)

  • Operational staff for witnessing works, arranging outages and supervision during network outages.

None

Facilities

Charge to Contractor (if any)

None

None

Works

Charge to Contractor (if any)

  • Dismantling of existing 11 kV infrastructure at all 13 sites
  • Dismantling of existing 11 kV infrastructure at all 13 sites                                            

None

Supplies

Charge to Contractor (if any)

  • 4 D10/11 poles per site and corresponding steel cross arms
  • 13 x 16KVA 11/0.23kV transformers and corresponding MV surge arrestors, LV MCB in pole mounted box
  • Supply of Camo earthing conductor, clamps, spikes, lugs and conductive cement for all 13 sites

 

None

 

 

 

Appendix 7.  List of Documents for Approval or Review

 

Pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 20.3.1, the Contractor shall prepare, or cause its Subcontractor to prepare, and present to the Project Manager in accordance with the requirements of GCC Sub-Clause 18.2 (Program of Performance), the following documents for

 

A.     Approval

 

B.     Review

 

 

Appendix 8.  Functional Guarantees

1.      General

This Appendix sets out

(a)    the functional guarantees referred to in GCC Clause 28 (Functional Guarantees)

(b)    the preconditions to the validity of the functional guarantees, either in production and/or consumption, set forth below

(c)    the minimum level of the functional guarantees

(d)    the formula for calculation of liquidated damages for failure to attain the functional guarantees.

2.      Preconditions

The Contractor gives the functional guarantees (specified herein) for the facilities, subject to the following preconditions being fully satisfied:

____________________________________________________________________________________

3.      Functional Guarantees

Subject to compliance with the foregoing preconditions, the Contractor guarantees as follows:

3.1    Production Capacity

_____________________________________________________________________________

and/or

3.2    Raw Materials and Utilities Consumption

____________________________________________________________________________

4.      Failure in Guarantees and Liquidated Damages

4.1    Failure to Attain Guaranteed Production Capacity

If the production capacity of the facilities attained in the guarantee test, pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 25.2, is less than the guaranteed figure specified in para. 3.1 above, but the actual production capacity attained in the guarantee test is not less than the minimum level specified in para. 4.3 below, and the Contractor elects to pay liquidated damages to the Employer in lieu of making changes, modifications and/or additions to the Facilities, pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 28.3, then the Contractor shall pay liquidated damages at the rate of ___________________ for every complete one percent (1%) of the deficiency in the production capacity of the Facilities, or at a proportionately reduced rate for any deficiency, or part thereof, of less than a complete one percent (1%).

4.2    Raw Materials and Utilities Consumption in Excess of Guaranteed Level

__________________________________________________________________

If the actual measured figure of specified raw materials and utilities consumed per unit (or their average total cost of consumption) exceeds the guaranteed figure specified in para. 3.2 above (or their specified average total cost of consumption), but the actual consumption attained in the guarantee test, pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 25.2, is not more than the maximum level specified in para. 4.3 below, and the Contractor elects to pay liquidated damages to the Employer in lieu of making changes, modifications and/or additions to the Facilities pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 28.3, then the Contractor shall pay liquidated damages at the rate of [amount in the contract currency] for every complete one percent (1%) of the excess consumption of the Facilities, or part thereof, of less than a complete one percent (1%).

4.3    Minimum Levels

Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph, if as a result of the guarantee test(s), the following minimum levels of performance guarantees (and consumption guarantees) are not attained by the Contractor, the Contractor shall at its own cost make good any deficiencies until the Facilities reach any of such minimum performance levels, pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 28.2:

(a)    production capacity of the Facilities attained in the guarantee test:  ninety-five percent (95%) of the guaranteed production capacity (the values offered by the Contractor in its Bid for functional guarantees represents 100%).

and/or

(b)    average total cost of consumption of all the raw materials and utilities of the Facilities:  one hundred and five percent (105%) of the guaranteed figures (the figures offered by the Contractor in its Bid for functional guarantees represents 100%).

4.4    Limitation of Liability

Subject to para. 4.3 above, the Contractor’s aggregate liability to pay liquidated damages for failure to attain the functional guarantees shall not exceed ______ percent ( ___ %) of the Contract price.

 

 

 

Performance Security Form– Bank Guarantee[18]

[Guarantor letterhead or SWIFT identifier code]

Beneficiary:   [insert name and Address of Employer]

 

Date:   _ [Insert date of issue]

PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE No.: ____[Insert guarantee reference number]

Guarantor:  [Insert name and address of place of issue, unless indicated in the letterhead]

We have been informed that ____________________ (hereinafter called “the Applicant”) has entered into Contract No. ________________dated ____________ with the Beneficiary, for the execution of ____________________________ (hereinafter called “the Contract”).

 

Furthermore, we understand that, according to the conditions of the Contract, a performance guarantee is required.

At the request of the Applicant, we as Guarantor, hereby irrevocably undertake to pay the Beneficiary any sum or sums not exceeding in total an amount of _________________(___)[19],such sum being payable in the types and proportions of currencies in which the Contract Price is payable, upon receipt by us of the Beneficiary’s complying demand supported by the Beneficiary’s statement, whether in the demand itself or in a separate signed document accompanying or identifying the demand, stating that the Applicant is in breach of its obligation(s) under the Contract, without the Beneficiary needing to prove or to show grounds for your demand or the sum specified therein.

This guarantee shall be reduced by half upon our receipt of:

 

(a)        a copy of the Operational Acceptance Certificate; or

(b)       a registered letter from the Applicant (i) attaching a copy of its notice requesting issuance of the Operational Acceptance Certificate and (ii) stating that the Project Manager has failed to issue such Certificate within the time required or provide in writing justifiable reasons why such Certificate has not been issued, so that Operational Acceptance is deemed to have occurred.

 

This guarantee shall expire no later than the earlier of:[20]

(a)        twelve months after our receipt of either (a) or (b) above; or

(b)       eighteen months after our receipt of:

(i)        a copy of the Completion Certificate; or

(ii)       a registered letter from the Applicant, attaching a copy of the notice to the Project Manager that the Facilities are ready for commissioning, and stating that fourteen days have elapsed from receipt of such notice (or seven days have elapsed if the notice was a repeated notice) and the Project Manager has failed to issue a Completion Certificate or inform the Applicant in writing of any defects or deficiencies; or

(iii)      a registered letter from the Applicant stating that no Completion Certificate has been issued but the Employer is making use of the Facilities; or

 

(c)        the ____ day of _____, 2___.[21]

 

Consequently, any demand for payment under this guarantee must be received by us at this office on or before that date.

This guarantee is subject to the Uniform Rules for Demand Guarantees (URDG) 2010 Revision, ICC Publication No. 758, except that the supporting statement under Article 15(a) is hereby excluded.

_____________________
[signature(s)]


 

Note:  All italicized text (including footnotes) is for use in preparing this form and shall be deleted from the final product.

 

Performance Security Form- Conditional Bank Guarantee

                                                                                                   Date:                                                                                                              

                                                                                  Loan/Credit No:                                                                                                              

                                                                                              RFB No:                                                                                                              

To: ___________________________________

 

Dear Ladies and/or Gentlemen,

We refer to the Contract Agreement (“the Contract”) signed on [date] between you and ____________________________ (“the Contractor”) concerning design, execution and completion of ____________________________.

By this letter we, the undersigned, [name of Bank], a Bank (or company) organized under the laws of _________________ and having its registered/principal office at _________________, do hereby jointly and severally with the Contractor irrevocably guarantee payment owed to you by the Contractor, pursuant to the Contract, up to the sum of ___________, equivalent to _______________ percent (%)  of the Contract Price until the date of the Operational Acceptance Certificate and thereafter up to a sum of ____________, equivalent to__________ percent (%)  of the Contract Price, until twelve (12) months after the date of Operational Acceptance, or eighteen (18) months after Completion of the Facilities, whichever comes first.

Where it is agreed between you and the Contractor that the Facilities are to be accepted in parts, and thus where there are separate Completion and Operational Acceptance Certificates for each part, this Letter of Guarantee shall be apportioned to the value of each such part and shall reduce or expire as provided above on or following Completion or Operational Acceptance of each part.

We shall only undertake to make payment under this Letter of Guarantee upon our receipt of a written demand signed by your duly authorized officer for a specified sum, where such demand sets out the reasons for your claim under this Letter of Guarantee and is accompanied by

(a)    a copy of the written notice sent by you to the Contractor before making the claim under this Guarantee, specifying the Contractor’s breach of contract and requesting the Contractor to remedy it

(b)    a letter signed by your duly authorized officer certifying that the Contractor has failed to remedy the default within the period allowed for remedial action

(c)    a copy of your written notice to the Contractor stating your intent to claim under this Letter of Guarantee because of the Contractor’s failure to remedy the default in accordance with the request referred to in para. (a) above.

Our liability under this Letter of Guarantee shall be to pay to you whichever is the lesser of the sum so requested or the amount then guaranteed hereunder in respect of any demand duly made hereunder prior to expiry of this Letter of Guarantee, without being entitled to inquire whether or not this payment is lawfully demanded.

This Letter of Guarantee shall be valid from the date of issue until the earlier of twelve (12) months after the date of Operational Acceptance or eighteen (18) months after the date of Completion of the Facilities or, where the Facilities are to be accepted in parts, twelve (12) months after the date of Operational Acceptance or eighteen (18) months after the date of Completion of the last part or [date], whichever comes first.

Except for the documents herein specified, no other documents or other action shall be required, notwithstanding any applicable law or regulation.

If the Defect Liability Period is extended with respect to any part of the Facilities in accordance with the Contract, you shall notify us, and the validity of this Letter of Guarantee shall be extended with respect to the percentage of the Contract Price stipulated in the notification until expiry of such extended Defect Liability Period.

Our liability under this Letter of Guarantee shall become null and void immediately upon its expiry, whether it is returned or not, and no claim may be made hereunder after such expiry or after the aggregate of the sums paid by us to you shall equal the sums guaranteed hereunder, whichever is the earlier.

All notices to be given hereunder shall be given by registered (airmail) post to the addressee at the address herein set out or as otherwise advised by and between the parties hereto.

We hereby agree that any part of the Contract may be amended, renewed, extended, modified, compromised, released or discharged by mutual agreement between you and the Contractor, and this security may be exchanged or surrendered without in any way impairing or affecting our liabilities hereunder without notice to us and without the necessity for any additional endorsement, consent or guarantee by us, provided, however, that the sum guaranteed shall not be increased or decreased.

No action, event or condition which by any applicable law should operate to discharge us from liability hereunder shall have any effect and we hereby waive any right we may have to apply such law, so that in all respects our liability hereunder shall be irrevocable and, except as stated herein, unconditional in all respects.

Yours truly,

 

                                                                                                                       

Authorized Signature

 

Advance Payment Security

Demand Guarantee

[Guarantor letterhead or SWIFT identifier code]

 

Beneficiary: ........................................................ Name and Address of Employer .....................................................

Date:[Insert date of issue].....................................................................................................................................................

Advance Payment Guarantee No.:[Insert guarantee reference number]

Guarantor:  [Insert name and address of place of issue, unless indicated in the letterhead]

............................................................................................................................................................................................................................

We have been informed that . . . . .. . . . .  (hereinafter called “the Applicant”) has entered into Contract No. . . . . .. . . . . dated . . . . . . ..with the Beneficiary, for the execution of, . . . . . .. . . . .  (hereinafter called “the Contract”).

Furthermore, we understand that, according to the Conditions of the Contract, an advance payment in the sum  . . . . .. . . . . . (. . . . .. . . . .  ) is to be made against an advance payment guarantee.

At the request of the Applicant, we as Guarantor, hereby irrevocably undertake to pay the Beneficiary any sum or sums not exceeding in total an amount of .
(. . . . .. . . . .  ) [22] upon receipt by us of the Beneficiary’s complying demand supported by the Beneficiary’s statement whether in the demand itself or in a separate signed document accompanying or identifying the demand, stating either that the applicant:

      1. has used the advance payment for purposes other than the costs of mobilization in respect of the Facilities; or
      2.  has failed to repay the advance payment in accordance with the Contract conditions, specifying the amount which the Applicant has failed to repay.

A demand under this guarantee may be presented as from the presentation to the Guarantor of a certificate from the Beneficiary’s bank stating that the advance payment referred to above has been credited to the Applicant on its account number ___________ at _________________..

 

The maximum amount of this guarantee shall be progressively reduced by the amount of the advance payment repaid by the Applicant as indicated in copies of interim statements or payment certificates which shall be presented to us.  This guarantee shall expire, at the latest, upon our receipt of documentation indicating full repayment by the Applicant of the amount of the advance payment, or on the . . . day of . . . . . . . , . . . . .[23], whichever is earlier.  Consequently, any demand for payment under this guarantee must be received by us at this office on or before that date.

This guarantee is subject to the Uniform Rules for Demand Guarantees (URDG) 2010 Revision, ICC Publication No. 758, except that the supporting statement under Article 15(a) is hereby excluded.

 

____________________ [signature(s)]


Note:  All italicized text (including footnotes) is for use in preparing this form and shall be deleted from the final product.

 

 

[1]   Nonperformance, as decided by the Employer, shall include all contracts where (a) nonperformance was not challenged by the contractor, including through referral to the dispute resolution mechanism under the respective contract, and (b) contracts that were so challenged but fully settled against the contractor. Nonperformance shall not include contracts where Employers decision was overruled by the dispute resolution mechanism. Nonperformance must be based on all information on fully settled disputes or litigation, i.e., dispute or litigation that has been resolved in accordance with the dispute resolution mechanism under the respective contract and where all appeal instances available to the Bidder have been exhausted.

[2]         This requirement also applies to contracts executed by the Bidder as JV member.

[3]      The Bidder shall provide accurate information on the related Letter of Bid about any litigation or arbitration resulting from contracts completed or ongoing under its execution over the last five years. A consistent history of awards against the Bidder or any member of a joint venture may result in failure of the Bid.

[4] The Employer may use this information to seek further information or clarifications in carrying out its due diligence. 

[5]    For contracts under which the Bidder participated as a joint venture member or sub-contractor, only the Bidder’s share, by value, shall be considered to meet this requirement

[6]      Substantial completion shall be based on 80% or more Plant and installation completed under the contract.

[7]      In the case of JV, the value of contracts completed by its members shall not be aggregated to determine whether the requirement of the minimum value of a single contract has been met. Instead, each contract performed by each member shall satisfy the minimum value of a single contract as required for single entity. In determining whether the JV meets the requirement of total number of contracts, only the number of contracts completed by all members each of value equal or more than the minimum value required shall be aggregated.

[8] In the case of JV, the value of contracts completed by its members shall not be aggregated to determine whether the requirement of the minimum value of a single contract has been met. Instead, each contract performed by each member shall satisfy the minimum value of a single contract as required for single entity. In determining whether the JV meets the requirement of total number of contracts, only the number of contracts completed by all members each of value equal or more than the minimum value required shall be aggregated.

[9]      For the avoidance of doubt, a sanctioned party’s ineligibility to be awarded a contract shall include, without limitation, (i) applying for pre-qualification, expressing interest in a consultancy, and bidding, either directly or as a nominated sub-contractor, nominated consultant, nominated manufacturer or supplier, or nominated service provider, in respect of such contract, and (ii) entering into an addendum or amendment introducing a material modification to any existing contract.

[10]        A nominated sub-contractor, nominated consultant, nominated manufacturer or supplier, or nominated service provider (different names are used depending on the particular bidding document) is one which has been: (i) included by the bidder in its pre-qualification application or bid because it brings specific and critical experience and know-how that allow the bidder to meet the qualification requirements for the particular bid; or (ii) appointed by the Borrower. 

[11]        Inspections in this context usually are investigative (i.e., forensic) in nature.  They involve fact-finding activities undertaken by the Bank or persons appointed by the Bank to address specific matters related to investigations/audits, such as evaluating the veracity of an allegation of possible Fraud and Corruption, through the appropriate mechanisms.  Such activity includes but is not limited to: accessing and examining a firm's or individual's financial records and information, and making copies thereof as relevant; accessing and examining any other documents, data and information (whether in hard copy or electronic format) deemed relevant for the investigation/audit, and making copies thereof as relevant; interviewing staff and other relevant individuals; performing physical inspections and site visits; and obtaining third party verification of information.

 

 

[13] Costs shall be in the currencies of the Contract.

[14] Costs shall be in the currencies of the Contract.

2 Specify where necessary.

[15]      For the avoidance of doubt, a sanctioned party’s ineligibility to be awarded a contract shall include, without limitation, (i) applying for pre-qualification, expressing interest in a consultancy, and bidding, either directly or as a nominated sub-contractor, nominated consultant, nominated manufacturer or supplier, or nominated service provider, in respect of such contract, and (ii) entering into an addendum or amendment introducing a material modification to any existing contract.

[16]        A nominated sub-contractor, nominated consultant, nominated manufacturer or supplier, or nominated service provider (different names are used depending on the particular bidding document) is one which has been: (i) included by the bidder in its pre-qualification application or bid because it brings specific and critical experience and know-how that allow the bidder to meet the qualification requirements for the particular bid; or (ii) appointed by the Borrower. 

[17]        Inspections in this context usually are investigative (i.e., forensic) in nature.  They involve fact-finding activities undertaken by the Bank or persons appointed by the Bank to address specific matters related to investigations/audits, such as evaluating the veracity of an allegation of possible Fraud and Corruption, through the appropriate mechanisms.  Such activity includes but is not limited to: accessing and examining a firm's or individual's financial records and information, and making copies thereof as relevant; accessing and examining any other documents, data and information (whether in hard copy or electronic format) deemed relevant for the investigation/audit, and making copies thereof as relevant; interviewing staff and other relevant individuals; performing physical inspections and site visits; and obtaining third party verification of information.

[18]      The Employer should insert either the Bank Guarantee or the Conditional Guarantee.

[19]      The Guarantor shall insert an amount representing the percentage of the Contract Price specified in the Contract and denominated either in the currency(ies) of the Contract or a freely convertible currency acceptable to the Employer.

[20]      This text shall be revised as and where necessary to take into account (i) partial acceptance of the Facilities in accordance with Sub-Clause 25.4 of the GCC; and (ii) extension of the Performance Security when the Contractor is liable for an extended warranty obligation pursuant to Sub-Clause 27.10 of the GCC (although in this latter case the Employer might want to consider an extended warranty security in lieu of the extension of the Performance Security).

[21]      Insert the date twenty-eight days after the expected expiration date of the Defect Liability Period. The Employer should note that in the event of an extension of the time for completion of the Contract, the Employer would need to request an extension of this guarantee from the Guarantor. Such request must be in writing and must be made prior to the expiration date established in the guarantee. In preparing this guarantee, the Employer might consider adding the following text to the form, at the end of the penultimate paragraph: “The Guarantor agrees to a one-time extension of this guarantee for a period not to exceed [six months][one year], in response to the Employer’s written request for such extension, such request to be presented to the Guarantor before the expiry of the guarantee.”

 

[22]The Guarantor shall insert an amount representing the amount of the advance payment and denominated either in the currency(ies) of the advance payment as specified in the Contract, or in a freely convertible currency acceptable to the Employer.

[23]Insert the expected expiration date of the Time for Completion.  The Employer should note that in the event of an extension of the time for completion of the Contract, the Employer would need to request an extension of this guarantee from the Guarantor.  Such request must be in writing and must be made prior to the expiration date established in the guarantee. In preparing this guarantee, the Employer might consider adding the following text to the form, at the end of the penultimate paragraph:  “The Guarantor agrees to a one-time extension of this guarantee for a period not to exceed [six months][one year], in response to the Beneficiary’s written request for such extension, such request to be presented to the Guarantor before the expiry of the guarantee.”

"},{"id":"OP00432363","notice_type":"Request for Expression of Interest","noticedate":"27-May-2026","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2026-06-17T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"14:00","project_ctry_name":"China","project_id":"P177450","project_name":"Sustainable Ecosystem Restoration and Biodiversity Conservation Project","bid_reference_no":"SXPMO-CS01","bid_description":"Project Management Consulting Services","procurement_group":"CS","procurement_method_code":"QCBS","procurement_method_name":"Quality And Cost-Based Selection","contact_address":"China","contact_ctry_name":"China","contact_email":"xmb1630@163.com","contact_name":"Xiaowen Hu","contact_organization":"Accounting Center of Shanxi Forestry and Grassland Bureau","contact_phone_no":"+86-351-3126275","submission_date":"2026-05-27T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"

REQUEST FOR EXPRESSIONS OF INTEREST

(CONSULTING SERVICES – FIRMS SELECTION)

 

Country: People's Republic of China

Name of Project: Sustainable Ecosystem Restoration and Biodiversity Conservation Project

Loan No.: 9843-CN

 

Assignment Title: Project Management Consulting Services 

Reference No. (as per Procurement Plan): SXPMO-CS01

 

The Chinese Government has received financing from the World Bank toward the cost of the Sustainable Ecosystem Restoration and Biodiversity Conservation Project, and intends to apply part of the proceeds for Project Management Consulting Services .

The consulting services (“the Services”) include Comprehensive Project Implementation Management, Procurement and Contract Management, Financial Management, Environmental and Social Management, Project Capacity Building and Training Management, Project Result Monitoring, Project Technical Support, Establishment of a Technical Committee, Project Report Preparation, Support for World Bank Team Management Activities, etc. Total number of person-months shall not be less than 178 person-months. The implementation of the consulting service is expected to commence on the date of contract signing and continue until May 31, 2031, covering the entire project implementation period. For specific details, please refer to the Terms of Reference (TOR).

The detailed Terms of Reference (TOR) for the assignment are attached to this request for expressions of interest.

The Accounting Center of Shanxi Forestry and Grassland Bureau now invites eligible consulting firms (“Consultants”) to indicate their interest in providing the Services. Interested Consultants should provide information demonstrating that they have the required qualifications and relevant experience to perform the Services. The shortlisting criteria are: Consultants participating in bidding competition should be companies or entities with the qualifications to independently sign contracts. The consultant shall have completed at least 2 consulting service contracts for project implementation management under projects financed by International Financial Institutions within the past ten years (2016.1.1-2025.12.31, the project completion date shall prevail). Among these, at least 1 shall have been completed for World Bank-funded projects. Consultants are required to provide supporting documents (scanned copies of contracts and proof of project completion, etc.). The project implementation management consulting team shall be composed of experts with international experience and qualifications, as well as experts with domestic experience. The consultant is required to develop a reasonable personnel input plan and schedule based on the specific needs of the project and their professional judgment, ensuring that the total number of person-months shall not be less than 178 person-months. Key Experts will not be evaluated at the shortlisting stage.

The attention of interested Consultants is drawn to Section III, paragraphs, 3.13, 3.15, and 3.16 of the World Bank’s “Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers” September 2025 (“Procurement Regulations”), setting forth the World Bank’s policy on conflict of interest.

Consultants may associate with other firms to enhance their qualifications, but should indicate clearly whether the association is in the form of a joint venture and/or a sub- consultancy. In the case of a joint venture, all the partners in the joint venture shall be jointly and severally liable for the entire contract, if selected.

A Consultant will be selected in accordance with the Quality Cost Based Selection (QCBS) method set out in the Procurement Regulations.

Further information can be obtained at the address below during office hours (office hours: 9:00-12:00,13:30-18:00).

Expressions of interest must be delivered to the address below (in person, or by mail, or by e-mail) by 14:00 (Beijing Time) of June 17, 2026 .

  1. In person, or by mail: 15th Floor, South Building, Jiuling Plaza, No.21, Xisanhuan North Road, Haidian District, Beijing, China
  2. Or by e-mail: maohongyan@chinatendering.com.cn.

 

The Client:

Accounting Center of Shanxi Forestry and Grassland Bureau Project Management Office of Sustainable Ecosystem Restoration and Biodiversity Conservation Project

Attn: Xiaowen Hu, Engineer

Add: Room 520, 5th Floor, Building A, Lihua Building, No.1 Changfeng West Street, Wanbailin District, Taiyuan City, Shanxi Province

Postal Code: 030000

Tel: +86-351-3126275

E-mail: xmb1630@163.com

 

The Client’s Agent:

China Capital Tendering Co., Ltd.

Attn: Hongyan Mao, Project Manager

Add: 15th Floor, South Building, Jiuling Plaza, No.21, Xisanhuan North Road, Haidian District, Beijing, China

Postal Code: 100089

Tel: +86-10-67409997

Email: maohongyan@chinatendering.com.cn

 

Attachment: 

SUSTAINABLE ECOSYSTEM RESTORATION AND BIODIVERSITY CONSERVATION PROJECT

Project Implementation Management Consulting Services

Terms of Reference (TOR)

 

  1. Project Background

The Sustainable Ecosystem Restoration And Biodiversity Conservation Project (hereinafter referred to as the "Project") is proposed to be implemented utilizing loans from the World Bank (International Bank for Reconstruction and Development) (hereinafter referred to as the "World Bank") and domestic counterpart funds. The project will contribute directly to conserving globally significant biodiversity resources in China’s Shanxi province, contributing to halting and reversing global biodiversity loss. Biodiversity provides essential ecosystem services, which are often shared widely across populations, making them difficult to monetize in ways that attract private investment. As a result, without public sector involvement, biodiversity conservation may be underfunded, leading to ecosystem degradation and loss of valuable resources. In addition, it will directly contribute to global climate change mitigation through carbon sequestration from the restoration of ecosystems and habitats. Finally, the project will generate knowledge and experience on the implementation of the GBF which can provide models for replication in other parts of China as well as globally. Knowledge generated under the project will also be disseminated to other countries facing similar challenges, especially in Africa, South and Central Asia, through the China-World Bank Group Global Center for Ecological Systems and Transitions launched in December 2024.

The Project Development Objective is (PDO) to restore priority habitats and enhance in-situ and ex-situ conservation for priority species in targeted areas of Shanxi Province. The project's construction content consists of two components:

Component 1: Investments in Ecosystem Restoration and Species Conservation. The key outputs include: (i) Completion of mixed forest ecosystem planting; (ii) Installation of water points, salt points, and shelter shrubs; (iii) Establishment and operationalization of prey breeding and rewilding facilities; (iv) Protection of key habitats for priority species; (v) Establishment and operationalization of a botanical garden; (vi) Restoration of key wetlands.

Component 2: Strengthening Knowledge and Institutional Capacities for Biodiversity Conservation. The key outputs include: (i) Establishment and operationalization of a data platform for monitoring priority species; (ii) Completion of biodiversity research, surveys, and assessments; (iii) Upgrading of wildlife rescue and disease control facilities; (iv) Establishment and operationalization of visitor centers and education bases; (v) Successful implementation of community outreach activities; (vi) Completion of satisfaction surveys; (vii) Implementation of training and capacity building activities; (viii) Development of technical standards, guidelines, and strategies; (ix) Conducting assessments and certifications according to the Guidelines for OECM and the IUCN Green List of Protected and Conserved Areas; (x) Successful organization of knowledge sharing and exchange activities.

The Component 1 will focus on ecosystem restoration by rehabilitating targeted priority habitats for umbrella and migratory species and combining in-situ and ex-situ conservation for other priority species. The Component 2 will generate knowledge and strengthen institutional capacities to enhance sustainability of biodiversity conservation outcomes and enable replicability and future scale-up. On-the-ground habitat restoration under Component 1 will be integrated with rigorous M&E, capacity-building, public engagement, and technical assistance under Component 2 to ensure that conservation efforts in Shanxi are effective, sustainable, and scalable. Improved M&E will allow for timely interventions for adaptive management and informing the development of evidence-based technical standards to enable replication; increased public awareness will enhance community support for biodiversity conservation; while strengthened capacities will support local institutions in implementing and sustaining conservation efforts beyond the project lifetime. Together, both Components will contribute to the conservation of threatened and endemic species, the resilience of ecosystems and people, and the overall health of biodiversity, so that project outcomes are effective and sustainable in the long term.

The overall implementation period for the project is from 2025 to May 31, 2031. The total planned investment is US$168 million, of which US$100 million is proposed to be financed by a World Bank loan, with the remaining funds covered by domestic counterpart funds.

  1. Consulting Services Objectives

To ensure the smooth implementation of the project and the achievement of the development objectives jointly established by the Shanxi Provincial Government and the World Bank, the Sustainable Ecosystem Restoration And Biodiversity Conservation Project Management Office (hereinafter referred to as the "Provincial PMO") proposes to utilize the World Bank loan to hire Project Implementation Management Consultants (hereinafter referred to as the "Consultants") to provide project management consulting services (hereinafter referred to as the "Consulting Services") throughout the entire project implementation period. The Consultants will provide support to the Provincial PMO and the PIUs in comprehensive project implementation management, knowledge learning and sharing, capacity building, and technical assistance. This support aims to ensure the project's compliance with the legal agreements signed between the Chinese government, the Shanxi Provincial Government, and the World Bank, as well as with the relevant policies, guidelines, and regulations of both the World Bank and China.

Working under the authorization of the Provincial PMO, the Consultants will carry out project implementation and management tasks, closely collaborating with all relevant project stakeholders. Their responsibilities include formulating project implementation plans, driving project execution, and facilitating timely communication and resolution of various issues arising during implementation. They will assist the Provincial PMO and PIUs in strictly adhering to the project's Loan Agreement and Project Agreement, ensuring compliance with their covenants and clauses, alongside relevant Chinese laws, regulations, and standards. The Consultants will assist the Provincial PMO and PIUs in preparing and updating the Annual Work Plan, Fund Utilization Plan, Procurement Plan, and Capacity Building Plan, and will support the PMO and PIUs in carrying out a series of activities according to these plans. They will assist the Provincial PMO and PIUs in carrying out in various tasks such as bidding and procurement, contract management, project mid-term review, and project completion; the Consultants will strictly implement the ESMP, coordinate the monitoring of the implementation of special plans for environment, society, resettlement, gender, labor, and occupational health and safety, and link internal and external monitoring activities; the Consultants will provide technical support and assistance for project design, construction, and operation to ensure high quality. They will conduct thematic training on project management, safeguard policies and technical topics for the Provincial PMO, PIUs, supervisors, and contractors; prepare and submit reports including Project Progress Reports, the Mid-term Adjustment Report, and the Project Completion Report, and assist the PMO in establishing a Technical Committee and conducting its related activities.

  1. Scope of Services

The Consultant shall assist the Provincial PMO and the PIUs in carrying out the following tasks:

3.1 Comprehensive Project Implementation Management

Assist in the overall coordination and management of the project, working with all stakeholders to facilitate smooth project implementation in accordance with the project's legal documents, the Project Operation Manual, and relevant domestic regulations.

Assist in formulating and dynamically maintaining the project's overall and annual work plans as well as fund utilization plan, ensuring the orderly sequencing of various activities.

Improve the project organizational and institutional systems, including further clarifying work processes, task decomposition, role responsibilities, and developing relevant detailed implementation rules (e.g., for withdrawal and disbursement, contract variations, etc.), to ensure the efficiency and completeness of the project organizational structure.

Strengthen project communication and coordination. Given the numerous institutions and stakeholders involved in the World Bank-funded project, communication and coordination are challenging, with long paths for information collection, transmission, and analysis. The Consultant team will assist the Provincial PMO in internal and external project communication and coordination, enhancing the communication and coordination mechanisms among participating parties, particularly assisting the Provincial PMO in communication and coordination with the World Bank team.

Assist in carrying out communication and visibility management under the project. Support the Provincial PMO in managing the project information platform, assist in preparing publicity materials, organizing knowledge-sharing activities, implementing project communication and coordination mechanisms, and actively conducting project visibility activities. Undertake filing and archiving management of the records and documents of the Provincial PMO and PIUs during Project implementation.

Strengthen project schedule management, quality management, and investment control to ensure the project achieves its overall objectives for schedule, quality, and cost.

3.2 Procurement and Contract Management

Assist in promptly updating the Procurement Plan, reviewing the technical sections of bidding documents, and providing review comments on construction drawings, specifications, bills of quantities, equipment parameters, and TOR for consulting services provided by the PIUs; assist in reviewing procurement process documents such as bidding documents prepared by bidding agents and bid evaluation reports from Bid Evaluation Committees; track and promote the implementation progress of the Procurement Plan; assist in responding to queries and various issues raised during the bidding process; assist in reviewing contract documents and in contract negotiations.

Assist in establishing a contract management system to manage all project contracts, supervise the contract implementation process based on contract terms, and provide specific guidance; conduct reviews of contract variations, provide opinions based on relevant domestic regulations and World Bank principles, monitor implementation risks for each contract, and resolve various issues during implementation; guide the completion acceptance of contracts to ensure compliance of the acceptance process and completeness of documentation; provide procurement and contract management training.

3.3 Financial Management

Assist in project financial management to ensure compliance with relevant domestic policies and regulations, as well as World Bank financial management guidelines and requirements, ensuring effective use of World Bank loan and domestic counterpart funds; Assist in timely processing of loan withdrawal and disbursement, guide PIUs to establish independent account sets and manage project funds; Assist in preparing financial reports in accordance with the requirements of the Ministry of Finance and the World Bank, including unaudited interim and annual financial statements; According to the contract and relevant regulations, review and guide the disbursement application and related materials; Assist the Provincial PMO and the PIUs in preparing for the annual audit, and provide rectification suggestions for the problems found during the audit; Assist in resolving issues arising in project financial management and provide technical support for organizing financial archive materials.

3.4 Environmental and Social Management

Assist in the comprehensive management of the project's environmental and social aspects to ensure compliance with relevant domestic regulations and the principles and requirements of the World Bank's Environmental and Social Framework (ESF). Guide the implementation and monitoring of the Stakeholder Engagement Plan (SEP), Environmental and Social Commitment Plan (ESCP), Resettlement Action Plan (RAP), Process Framework, Social Management Plan (SMP), Gender Management Plan (GMP), Labor Management Procedure, EIA, EMP, Biodiversity Management Plan, and Pest Management Plan. Monitor the implementation of relevant procedures/codes of conduct, the GRM, and the incident reporting mechanism. Report on the implementation progress and issues related to these plans in the progress reports. Assist in reviewing monitoring and evaluation reports submitted by external monitoring agencies and provide comments for revision.

3.5 Project Capacity Building and Training Management

Assist in preparing the overall project capacity building and training plan and annual plans. Assist the Provincial PMO and PIUs in analyzing and evaluating the effectiveness of capacity building and training activities, and monitoring the results of the implementation of the capacity building and training plan.

Arrange for team experts to provide training to the PMO and PIUs as per their schedules. Simultaneously, lead the organization of training activities related to project management, World Bank policies, and project construction technical standards. The consultant is expected to provide a total of approximately 730 person-days of training for personnel of the Provincial PMO and PIUs (covering topics such as project management, technical aspects, World Bank policies, etc.). During the implementation phase, the Consultant shall develop detailed plans based on actual needs, submit them to the Provincial PMO for review and approval, and then proceed with implementation.

The provisional sum for training under the contract shall be used to cover expenses directly related to training activities, including meals, venue rental, meals for trainers, training materials, transportation, and other expenses. Trainers will primarily be sourced from within the consultant's team, and their costs will be covered using the expert person-month fees. Training expenses shall comply with the "Shanxi Provincial Government Training Fee Management Measures" and other relevant provincial regulations, and shall be reimbursed based on actual invoices within the prescribed limits.

Upon completion of each training session, the consultant shall provide a summary report for that session. The summary should reflect the overall situation, outcomes, participant feedback, training expenses, participant list, lessons learned, and plans for future training activities.

3.6 Project Result Monitoring

Assist the Provincial PMO in conducting indicator monitoring during project implementation and after completion, based on the DMF outlined in the PAD. Establish a monitoring and reporting system for the DMF indicators, and regularly report to the Provincial PMO and the World Bank on the achievement of DMF indicators, existing issues, as well as opinions and recommendations.

3.7 Project Technical Support

Organize multiple industry experts to form a technical expert group, providing professional opinions and suggestions to the Provincial PMO and PIUs for various project stages. As needed, technical experts will deeply engage in key critical points such as design reviews, site supervision, completion acceptance, operational plan quality, review of research findings, and development of specifications and standards. They will fully utilize their technical expertise to participate in project decision-making and implementation, ensuring high quality in project design, construction, and operation and maintenance management.

3.8 Establishment of a Technical Committee

The Technical Committee will consist of approximately 15 experts at the academician-level and professor-level, covering key technical fields relevant to the project (e.g., biodiversity, NCL, forestry, wetlands, botanical gardens, etc.).

The Technical Committee shall, as required by the Provincial PMO and PIUs, organize meetings at least once a year, responsible for conducting high-level seminars, reviewing overall technical schemes, and conducting site visits (each meeting lasting approximately 3 days, with around 40 participants in discussions/training sessions). The Technical Committee will ensure the incorporation of national and international best practices during project implementation and promote the widespread dissemination and sharing of project knowledge and experiences within Shanxi, across China, and internationally.

Within 3 months of the consultant's mobilization, an agreement shall be reached with the Provincial PMO regarding the composition and activity plan of the Technical Committee. The establishment of the Technical Committee shall be completed within 6 months.

The provisional sum for the Technical Committee under the contract will be used to cover expenses directly related to its establishment and seminar activities. This includes expert fees (covering person-month fees, meals, round-trip transportation), venue rental for seminars, participant-related expenses (meals, accommodation, etc.) and other associated expenses. The expenses for Technical Committee activities shall comply with relevant central and local regulations pertaining to science or technical research activities.

3.9 Project Report Preparation

In accordance with the requirements of the Loan Agreement and Project Agreement, assist the Provincial PMO in preparing and submitting relevant reports required by the World Bank and the PMO. These include the Consulting Services Inception Report, Project Progress Reports, Mid-term Adjustment Report (if any), Project Completion Report, Semi-annual and Annual Financial Statements/Reports, Environmental and Social Internal Monitoring Reports, Resettlement Internal Monitoring Reports, etc. Also, assist the PMO in the preparation and submission of the Annual Work Plan.

  1. The Consulting Services Inception Report shall include the understanding of the project, the composition and responsibilities of the consultant's experts, an outline of the consulting service tasks and deliverables, a description of the project management approach, and the personnel input plan.
  2. The Project Progress Reports shall cover the overall project progress during the reporting period, encompassing contract procurement and management, withdrawal and disbursement, environmental and social management, results indicator monitoring, capacity building and training, along with necessary annexes and appendices, meeting World Bank’s requirements.
  3. The Mid-term Adjustment Report shall include a summary of the initial project implementation phase, describe the content and reasons for mid-term adjustments, update the procurement plan, investment estimates, financial and economic analyses, evaluate results indicators, update environmental and social documents, and summarize lessons learned, all in compliance with World Bank’s requirements.
  4. The Project Completion Report shall provide a comprehensive summary of the entire project, analyze the actual completion of project activities and the achievement of results indicators, and evaluate the overall project performance, in line with World Bank’s requirements.
  5. Consultants shall assist the provincial PMO and PIUs in timely preparing and submitting unaudited semi-annual project financial statements, annual financial statements, and audited annual financial reports to the World Bank.
  6. Incorporate the external monitoring reports on environment, society, and resettlement as annexes to the Project Progress Reports, Mid-term Adjustment Report, and Project Completion Report.
  7. Assist the PMO in preparing and updating documents such as the Annual Work Plan, Fund Utilization Plan, Procurement Plan, and Capacity Building and Training Plan, as required by the Project Operation Manual.

3.10 Support for World Bank Team Management Activities

In accordance with the requirements of the Provincial PMO, provide translation and assist in handling correspondence with the World Bank and relevant project documents. Assist in preparing for World Bank missions and support the implementation of specific tasks (or actions) required by the World Bank's MOU.

  1. Assist the Provincial PMO in communicating with the World Bank on project management matters, implementing relevant requirements and actions, and translating correspondence and materials exchanged between parties.
  2. Assist the Provincial PMO in preparing reports and PowerPoint presentations for World Bank supervision missions, and draft itineraries for mission activities.
  3. Assist the Provincial PMO in arranging logistics for World Bank missions, participate in the mission activities, and translate the World Bank's MOU.
  4. Take minutes during discussions with the World Bank mission, summarize key points, and submit them to the Provincial PMO. Assist the Provincial PMO and PIUs in carrying out the specific tasks (or actions) outlined in the MOU.
  1. Qualifications for Consulting Services Consultants

4.1 General Requirements for Consultants

Consultants participating in bidding competition should be companies or entities with the qualifications to independently sign contracts.

The consultant shall have completed at least 2 consulting service contracts for project implementation management under projects financed by International Financial Institutions within the past ten years (2016.1.1-2025.12.31, the project completion date shall prevail). Among these, at least 1 shall have been completed for World Bank-funded projects. Consultants are required to provide supporting documents (scanned copies of contracts and proof of project completion, etc.).

4.2 Consultant Input and Person-Month Allocation

The project implementation management consulting team shall be composed of experts with international experience and qualifications, as well as experts with domestic experience.

The consultant is required to develop a reasonable personnel input plan and schedule based on the specific needs of the project and their professional judgment, ensuring that the total number of person-months shall not be less than 178 person-months.

4.3 Expert Qualification Requirements and Tasks

1) Team Leader / Project Management Expert. This expert shall have at least 15 years of experience in managing the implementation of projects financed by international financial institutions, coupled with sound international exposure and qualifications. They shall have successfully served as the Project Management Team Leader during the implementation phase of at least 3 such projects, at least 1 of which shall be World Bank-funded projects. The expert shall hold a bachelor's degree or higher in project management or engineering, and have good English speaking and writing skills. The Team Leader will lead the entire consultant team in providing comprehensive management assistance to the Provincial PMO and PIUs throughout the project implementation process. Key responsibilities include:

  1. Planning and organizing the consultant team to complete the consulting service tasks specified in Section 3.1. Assisting the PMO in developing detailed project implementation schedules, work plans, and implementation approaches for key project activities in accordance with World Bank project management requirements, providing continuous assistance to the Provincial PMO and PIUs in all aspects of project implementation management.
  2. Guiding and organizing the consultant team to update project documents as needed based on project implementation progress. This includes the Project Procurement Plan, Operational Manual, as well as Contract Management Manual, Financial Management Manual, etc., ensuring they remain aligned with actual project implementation management needs.
  3. Preparing the consultant team's annual work plans, ensuring timely and effective provision of specialized consulting services according to project advancement needs. Summarizing and evaluating the completion status of the previous year's work plan, identifying and assessing project risks, promptly reporting to the Provincial PMO with recommendations and suggestions.
  4. Reviewing various reports prepared by the consultant team's experts and assisting the Provincial PMO in submitting World Bank-required reports on time.
  5. Guiding and organizing the project consultant team to establish a project management information system. This includes internal procedures for routine data and document archiving, and information management related to procurement, payments, contracts, environmental and social monitoring, results indicator monitoring, and various reports between the Provincial PMO and PIUs.
  6. Arranging for the consultant team to provide timely assistance to the Provincial PMO and PIUs during World Bank missions, ensuring the smooth completion of missions. Supporting the Provincial PMO in maintaining communication with the World Bank and overall project management.
  7. Providing training related to project implementation management for the Provincial PMO and PIUs.
  8. Leading the project management consultant team in assisting the Provincial PMO and PIUs with other tasks related to project implementation management.

2) Deputy Team Leader / Project Management Expert. This expert shall have at least 10 years of project management experience, including over 5 years of experience managing projects financed by international financial institutions. They must have consulting experience during the implementation phase of at least 3 international financial institutions-funded projects, including 1 World Bank-funded project, and have served as Team Leader or Deputy Team Leader in at least 2 of these projects. The expert shall hold a bachelor's degree or higher in project management or engineering, and have good English speaking and writing skills. Key responsibilities include:

  1. Assisting the Team Leader in completing the consulting service tasks specified in Section 3.1. Supporting the Team Leader in helping the Provincial PMO and PIUs develop detailed project implementation schedules, work plans, and implementation methodologies for key project activities based on the overall implementation plan and World Bank project management requirements, providing continuous assistance to the PMO in all aspects of overall project management.
  2. Focusing on managing the overall progress of each project phase (including design, procurement, implementation, etc.), assisting the Provincial PMO and PIUs in resolving various issues arising during project implementation, and providing expert opinions and recommendations.
  3. Assisting the Provincial PMO in reviewing withdrawal and disbursement applications submitted by PIUs, including supporting documents required domestically and by the World Bank, with a focus on verifying the alignment and compliance of withdrawal and disbursement applications with contract provisions and project progress.
  4. Assisting the Team Leader in assessing the overall project implementation progress, comprehensively identifying and evaluating various risks during implementation (e.g., scope, schedule, cost, quality), promptly reporting to the Provincial PMO with targeted response recommendations and suggestions.
  5. Assisting the Team Leader in preparing and submitting various project reports on time as required by the PMO and the World Bank, together with other experts in the consulting team, focusing on content related to overall project scope, progress, payments, achievement of performance indicators, contract compliance, etc.
  6. Assisting the Provincial PMO and PIUs in establishing and improving the project quality management system, monitoring the effective execution of quality management processes, and ensuring project outcomes meet established standards and requirements.
  7. Assisting the Team Leader in reviewing annual plans and phase plans prepared by PIUs based on the overall project plan. Monitoring the progress of each task at various stages against the plans through data analysis and milestone checks, identifying and coordinating solutions to problems encountered during project advancement.
  8. Jointly reviewing contract variation documents with the Contract Management Expert, assessing the impact of variations on project objectives, budget, and schedule from an overall project management perspective, and promptly identifying and reporting issues related to contract variations.
  9. Participating in project phase acceptance and final project acceptance activities as required by the Provincial PMO and PIUs, ensuring the acceptance process is standardized and results meet project objectives.
  10. The Deputy Team Leader will be responsible for assisting the PMO in communication and visibility activities under the project, assisting to establish communication and coordination mechanisms, developing visibility plans, and coordinating the dissemination of project promotions and outcomes.
  11. Providing assistance during World Bank missions, assisting the Provincial PMO and PIUs respond to the World Bank's concerns and questions regarding overall project management and implementation progress.
  12. Providing training related to project management (schedule, quality, and cost) for the Provincial PMO and PIUs.
  13. Assisting the Provincial PMO and PIUs in completing other tasks related to overall project management.

3) Procurement and Contract Management Expert. This expert shall hold a bachelor's or higher degree in engineering, management, or a related field, with at least 10 years of relevant experience and professional knowledge in procurement and contract management; the expert shall have served as Procurement or Contract Management Expert during the implementation phase of at least 3 international financial institution loan projects, including at least 1 World Bank loan project.They shall be proficient in the policies, regulations, procedures, and requirements of both the World Bank and China regarding procurement and contract management. This expert will serve as the core technical support for project procurement and contract management, providing technical assistance throughout the project lifecycle from procurement planning to contract completion:

  1. Assisting the Provincial PMO and PIUs in establishing an efficient and feasible procurement and contract management system covering the entire project cycle.
  2. Leading the review and updating of the overall project Procurement Plan based on project implementation and adjustments, and assisting the Provincial PMO in preparing and updating the annual Procurement Plan.
  3. Guiding the Provincial PMO and PIUs in rationally dividing contract packages and optimizing procurement strategies based on the approved preliminary design.
  4. Working closely with the Provincial PMO, PIUs, and bidding agents to establish a procurement progress monitoring system, analyzing potential issues at various procurement stages, and assess and enhance procurement efficiency.
  5. Assisting in reviewing the technical sections of bidding documents, including design schemes, technical specifications, bills of quantities, equipment lists and parameters, and TOR for consulting services, providing professional review comments.
  6. Assisting the Provincial PMO and PIUs in reviewing bidding documents prepared by bidding agents and bid evaluation reports submitted by Bid Evaluation Committees, ensuring their compliance and quality.
  7. Assisting in handling queries, complaints, and other issues arising during the procurement process, providing professional solutions and response recommendations.
  8. Assisting the Provincial PMO and PIUs in reviewing draft contract documents and, as needed, participate deeply in contract negotiations.
  9. Guiding and supervising contract implementation to ensure PIUs strictly adhere to contract terms and relevant regulations.
  10. Jointly with the Deputy Team Leader/Project Management Expert, reviewing construction documentation, withdrawal and disbursement materials, contract variation requests, project completion acceptance data, etc., to ensure their compliance, completeness, and accuracy.
  11. Conducting in-depth analysis of the necessity, reasonableness, and cost-effectiveness of contract variations, conducting field inspections for variation requests, and professionally assess the reasonableness of new composite unit rates.
  12. Assisting in resolving disputes and issues arising during contract execution, propose handling recommendations, and be responsible for responding to contract management-related inquiries from relevant government departments and the World Bank.
  13. Be responsible for writing the procurement and contract management sections of the Project Progress Reports, Mid-term Adjustment Report (if any), Project Completion Report, and other required reports.
  14. Providing professional training and capacity building activities for the Provincial PMO, PIUs, and other stakeholders, covering the entire process from procurement planning, bidding document preparation, contract management, to dispute resolution.
  15. Assisting the Provincial PMO and PIUs in completing the final completion acceptance for all contracts.
  16. Completing other related tasks assigned by the Provincial PMO, PIUs, and the Team Leader/Deputy Team Leader.

4) Cost Engineering Specialist. This expert should hold a bachelor's or higher degree in engineering cost, engineering management, or a related field. They must possess experience in engineering cost, with over 10 years of relevant work experience in engineering cost. They should be familiar with domestic regulations and pricing benchmarks for engineering costs and hold a Level 1 Registered Cost Engineer qualification. This specialist will be fully involved in and responsible for the project's investment and cost management:

  1. Establish a full-cycle cost control framework based on the requirements of the international financial institution loan project and the project's actual conditions, providing professional technical guidance for project cost control.
  2. Assist in resolving various cost-related problems during the bidding process, including the setup of measurement and payment terms, pricing benchmarks, response to market price fluctuations, analysis of abnormal bid prices, etc.
  3. Review the bill of quantities to ensure compliance with both domestic and World Bank bidding document requirements. Provide written comments and revision suggestions regarding issues in the list preparation.
  4. Review the engineering measurement documents submitted by the construction contractor.
  5. For new materials, equipment, construction methods, and sub-projects that arise during project implementation, review the reasonableness of new prices and provide review comments.
  6. Assist the Deputy Project Leader and Contract Specialist in reviewing various contract changes and work scope adjustments, analyzing the economic impact of changes from a cost perspective, and proposing cost optimization suggestions.
  7. During the project mid-term adjustment phase, be responsible for reviewing the reasonableness of the cost estimates (or budgets) for new project additions from a cost perspective.
  8. Assist in conducting training related to project cost and cost management.
  9. Review the final account report and final completion settlement report, providing professional review comments.
  10. Complete other tasks assigned by the Project Leader.

5) Financial and Economic Expert. This expert shall hold a bachelor's degree in financial management, accounting, or a related field, possess a Certified Public Accountant certificate or equivalent financial management certification, and have over 10 years of experience in project financial management. As a financial management expert, they shall have participated in at least 3 projects financed by international financial institutions, including 1 World Bank-funded projects, and be familiar with World Bank and domestic financial management policies and regulations, financial risk assessment, and the requirements and processes for preparing or auditing financial statements. Key responsibilities include:

  1. Assisting the Provincial PMO in updating the project's Financial Management Manual and discussing specific contents with the finance department to ensure compliance with foreign loan project requirements and local financial management regulations.
  2. Establishing and improving a sound project financial management system, including workflows for internal controls, accounting and financial reporting, withdrawal application and processing procedures, contract payments, budget preparation, and implementation monitoring.
  3. Guiding PIUs in setting up accounting books that meet loan project requirements, instructing them on financial statement preparation, and assisting the Provincial PMO in collecting, consolidating, and organizing financial statements and documents.
  4. Assisting in reviewing withdrawal application materials submitted by PIUs.
  5. Assisting the PMO and PIUs in preparing for project audits, preparing consolidated financial statements, and assisting in formulating responses to audit findings and corrective action plans.
  6. Assisting the Provincial PMO and PIUs in managing financial archives and documentation.
  7. Be responsible for writing the financial management-related chapters in project progress reports, verifying compliance with financial covenants; assisting the Provincial PMO in responding to World Bank inquiries regarding project withdrawals, expenditures, and other financial management issues.
  8. Conducting financial and economic analyses as required by the World Bank for the Mid-term Adjustment Report and Project Completion Report, including financial sustainability analysis to assess the project's overall financial sustainability and debt repayment capacity; preparing the economic evaluation chapter, comparing results with the project appraisal's economic assessment.
  9. Providing financial management training as needed during different project implementation stages.
  10. Completing other tasks assigned by the Provincial PMO, PIUs, and the Team Leader/Deputy Team Leader.

6) Environmental Management Expert. This expert shall hold a bachelor's degree in environmental engineering, environmental science, or other related fields, with at least 10 years of environmental management experience on projects financed by international financial institutions, having participated as an environmental management expert in at least 3 such projects, one of which shall be World Bank-funded. The expert shall be familiar with Chinese environmental policies, regulations, and relevant standards, proficient in the World Bank's Environmental and Social Framework and related safeguard policies and requirements. Fluency in written and spoken Chinese and English is required. Key responsibilities include:

  1. Guiding IAs/PIUs in implementing the project's EMP and related annexes, clarifying the main tasks and responsibilities of various stakeholders during project construction and operation phases regarding environmental management, particularly concerning environmental impacts and mitigation measures; confirming the responsible persons and specific workflows and timelines for environmental management implementation by the PMO and IAs/PIUs.
  2. Conducting site inspections of construction sites and operational facilities to understand the EMP implementation status, guiding project stakeholders in resolving on-site environmental issues, and supplementing necessary environmental mitigation measures.
  3. Conducting field checks to verify the adequacy of the GRM, including the assignment of responsible personnel, timely public disclosure of such mechanisms, and their effective operation. Addressing any issues or inquiries related to GRM.
  4. Guiding project stakeholders in conducting environmental public participation and consultation activities according to the project's Stakeholder Engagement Plan and EMP, introducing project environmental management methods and measures, collecting opinions and suggestions from affected people in the project area regarding environmental protection and management measures, and assisting the PMO in responding to related queries.
  5. Assisting IAs/PIUs in reviewing Environmental Monitoring/Testing Reports for construction sites and operational facilities submitted by third parties (or external environmental monitoring agencies), discussing identified issues, and providing guidance.
  6. Providing training to project stakeholders on the World Bank's Environmental and Social Framework (environmental aspects) and the project's EMP, explaining the World Bank's environmental management principles, standards, and requirements, as well as specific project environmental management content, requirements, mitigation measures, and internal environmental monitoring methods, and clarifying the project GRM.
  7. Based on the Environmental Monitoring/Testing Reports from construction sites and operational facilities, the External Environmental Monitoring Reports submitted by third parties, and field inspections conducted by environmental management expert, preparing the environmental management section of progress reports (with third-party reports as annex) for submission to the World Bank and the PMO for review. Assisting the PMO in responding to the World Bank's review comments and in revising and finalizing the reports.
  8. Collaborating with the consultant team to be responsible for writing the chapter or annex related to environmental management in the Project Progress Reports, Mid-term Adjustment Report (if any), and Project Completion Report, as well as an independent environmental monitoring and evaluation report upon project completion.
  9. Completing other tasks assigned by the Provincial PMO, PIUs, and the Team Leader/Deputy Team Leader.

7) Social, Gender, and Resettlement Expert. This expert shall hold a bachelor's or higher degree in social sciences, anthropology, public policy studies, or a related social science field, with at least 10 years of experience working on social, gender, or resettlement aspects of projects financed by international financial institutions (IFIs), having served as an expert in social development, resettlement, community development, or related fields for at least 3 IFI-funded projects, 1 of which shall be World Bank-funded projects. The expert shall be familiar with Chinese resettlement policies, regulations, and relevant standards, proficient in the requirements of the World Bank's Environmental and Social Framework, and knowledgeable about community development and process frameworks. Fluency in written and spoken Chinese and English is required. Key responsibilities include:

  1. Guiding the Provincial PMO and PIUs in establishing and operating an effective social and resettlement management system. This includes clarifying responsibilities, specific workflows, deliverables, and timelines for implementing the Resettlement Management Framework, Resettlement Action Plan, Social Management Plan, Gender Management Plan, Process Framework, and Stakeholder Engagement Plan.
  2. Tasks related to the Resettlement Action Plan:
    1. Guiding and supervising the PIUs in systematically carrying out all processes according to the approved Resettlement Action Plan. This includes land acquisition, asset surveys, compensation standard calculations, disbursement of compensation funds, and livelihood restoration support.
    2. Conducting regular field visits to project land acquisition impact areas to verify the scope of impacts and the implementation status of resettlement measures (e.g., whether compensation is full and timely, whether relocation is proceeding smoothly, whether living standards are restored or improved).
    3. Assisting in resolving various complex issues and disputes arising during land acquisition, relocation, and resettlement.
  3. Tasks related to Social and Gender aspects:
    1. Guiding and supervising the PIUs in implementing the Stakeholder Engagement Plan, Social Management Plan, and Gender Management Plan, and providing guidance on any issues encountered.
    2. Guiding the PIUs in the continuous identification of potential social and gender impacts during project design, construction, and operation phases, and in developing or adjusting corresponding mitigation measures.
    3. Conducting site inspections of construction sites, operational facilities, and surrounding areas to gain first-hand understanding of the implementation status of the Social Management Plan and Gender Management Plan.
  4. Guiding and supervising the preparation and signing of Community Agreements for collectively owned land, ensuring they meet World Bank’s requirements and that affected communities are properly identified and compensated.
  5. Guiding and supervising the PIUs in their work according to the Process Framework, ensuring communities affected by restricted access to protected areas are properly identified and compensated.
  6. Guiding and supervising the operation and effectiveness evaluation of the project GRM, ensuring it is accessible and has designated personnel responsible for its management. Reviewing and analyzing complaints, feedback, and suggestions collected through the GRM and engagement activities, and guiding the PMO in developing and implementing targeted responses and improvement measures.
  7. Reviewing and providing guidance on activities carried out by project stakeholders according to the Stakeholder Engagement Plan, such as community meetings, focus group discussions, and information disclosure, ensuring the affected people's rights to information, participation, and supervision.
  8. Assisting the PMO in reviewing Social and Resettlement External Monitoring Reports submitted by third parties (or external monitoring agencies) and providing review comments.
  9. Collaborating with the consultant team to be responsible for writing the chapters or annexes related to social, gender, and resettlement management in the Project Progress Reports, Mid-term Adjustment Report (if any), and Project Completion Report, as well as an independent internal monitoring and evaluation report on project completion resettlement.
  10. Providing training on World Bank social, community development, and resettlement policies as needed during different project implementation stages.
  11. Completing other tasks assigned by the PMO, PIUs, and the Team Leader/Deputy Team Leader.

8) Results Monitoring Expert. This expert shall hold a bachelor's degree or higher in project management, public management, engineering, or a related field, shall have at least five years of experience in performance monitoring or results framework monitoring for international financial organization-funded projects, and shall have undertaken performance monitoring/results framework monitoring tasks in at least two such projects, including at least one World Bank-funded project. The expert shall be familiar with the results frameworks and indicator monitoring methodologies and specific requirements of international financial organizations. Fluency in written and spoken Chinese and English is required. Key responsibilities include:

  1. Assisting the PMO in developing an implementation plan for monitoring the project's DMF based on the Project Appraisal Document, and clarifying the definitions of monitoring indicators, the responsible parties for each indicator, and the respective target values with project implementation units.
  2. Assisting the PIUs in designating responsible personnel for DMF monitoring and defining specific workflows and timelines. Ensuring that each responsible party understands their tasks and responsibilities, as well as the result indicators corresponding to the project activities they need to complete.
  3. In accordance with the DMF monitoring implementation plan, collecting and organizing indicator monitoring data, compare it with baseline data, assessing project implementation performance, guiding project stakeholders in resolving issues encountered during implementation, and providing recommendations to ensure the achievement of target values for project result indicators.
  4. Follow up with the Provincial PMO on monitoring and research outcomes from third-party teams, such as beneficiary satisfaction surveys, effectiveness monitoring, and thematic studies, and update relevant indicators in the project's Results Framework accordingly.
  5. Providing training to the PMO and PIUs on the World Bank's Results Framework, monitoring indicators, and indicator definitions. Assisting stakeholders in understanding the relationship between project activities and result indicators, explain the responsible units, frequency, and methods for result indicator monitoring, and clarify the importance of achieving target values for overall project performance evaluation.
  6. Collaborating with the consulting team to draft the results indicator monitoring and evaluation sections or annexes of the Project Progress Report, Mid-Term Adjustment Report (if applicable), and Project Completion Report, as well as an independent project results indicator monitoring and evaluation report.
  7. Completing other tasks assigned by the Provincial PMO, PIUs, or the Team Leader/Deputy Team Leader.

9) Labor and Occupational Health and Safety (OHS) Expert. This expert shall hold a postgraduate or higher degree in occupational health and safety, labor science, human resource management, or a related field. They shall be familiar with Chinese labor regulations, occupational health and safety standards, and possess expertise in the World Bank's Environmental and Social Framework (ESS2). The expert should have participated in at least 2 international financial organization-funded projects, having been responsible for the labor and OHS management components. Fluency in written and spoken Chinese and English is required. Key responsibilities include:

  1. Assisting the Provincial PMO and PIUs in implementing the Labor Management Procedure and Occupational Health and Safety Management Plan, ensuring working conditions for all project personnel (including direct project employees and workers under all contract packages) comply with relevant domestic laws and regulations and World Bank’s requirements.
  2. Guiding and supervising the implementation of the Labor Management Procedure and Occupational Health and Safety Management Plan, including but not limited to worker recruitment procedures, working conditions (working hours, remuneration), and OHS policies and procedures.
  3. Ensuring that requirements related to labor management and occupational health are incorporated into bidding documents.
  4. Conducting systematic OHS risk assessments and site inspections at project construction sites, identifying potential risks of injury, illness, and accidents, and proposing specific risk mitigation measures and recommendations.
  5. Providing training on labor, occupational health, and safety for project management personnel, contractors, workers, and project-related forest rangers.
  6. Assisting in establishing an effective labor grievance mechanism and providing guidance on handling labor-related incidents.
  7. Ensuring that the Labor Code of Conduct, as well as the Forest Ranger Work Procedures and Codes of Conduct contained in the Project Operational Manual (POM), are properly applied, and provide relevant training and guidance;
  8. Be responsible for writing the chapters or annexes related to labor and occupational health and safety in Project Progress Reports, Mid-term Adjustment Report (if any), and Project Completion Report.
  9. Completing other related tasks assigned by the Provincial PMO, PIUs, and the Team Leader/Deputy Team Leader.

10) Biodiversity Expert. This expert shall hold a postgraduate or higher degree in forestry, botany, biodiversity, wetlands, or similar fields, with at least 10 years of investigation, research, or project implementation experience related to the ecological environment, forestry vegetation, and wetlands in North China, with demonstrable professional achievements. This expert shall be familiar with and mastery of domestic and international biodiversity conservation concepts is essential. Have good English writing and speaking skills. This expert will serve as the core technical specialist and strategic advisor in the field of biodiversity conservation for the project, ensuring coordination among various technical activities and reviewing and ensuring the quality of biodiversity-related project deliverable. Key responsibilities include:

  1. Providing strategic guidance on the project's overall technical direction, outcome refinement, and experience dissemination from the perspectives of the World Bank and national biodiversity conservation strategies, ensuring project activities align with biodiversity conservation objectives.
  2. As the technical lead within the consultant team, assisting the Team Leader and other technical experts in chairing cross-disciplinary and cross-sectoral review meetings, and providing technical guidance and necessary technical training to the Provincial PMO and PIUs.
  3. As the technical lead within the consultant team, supporting and assisting the Technical Committee in its work.
  4. Assisting the Provincial PMO and PIUs in reviewing project designs, biodiversity-related plans, and research outcomes, including adaptive management measures, and providing professional technical guidance to the Team Leader and relevant institutions. Superviseing and ensuring the consistency of technical approaches across the project and its target areas, while adapting to local conditions to achieve the biodiversity conservation project goals.
  5. Identifying key technical issues, solving problems, and developing response measures based on field observations, monitoring data, and report conclusions to assist in managing project risks.
  6. Guiding the systematic refinement and translation of project technical achievements, assisting the PMO in reviewing relevant technical standards, guidelines, and strategies to ensure output quality and broad applicability.
  7. Participating in key project meetings (e.g., World Bank missions, mid-term reviews) as needed, assisting the Team Leader in responding to inquiries from various stakeholders from the overarching perspective of biodiversity conservation, and participating in related management responses.
  8. Completing other tasks assigned by the PMO, PIUs, and the Team Leader/Deputy Team Leader.

11) Animal (North China Leopard) Expert. This expert shall hold a postgraduate or higher degree in zoology, animal habitat and protected areas, wildlife environmental protection, or similar fields, with at least 10 years of experience in investigation, research, or project implementation related to the ecological environment and habitat protection of the North China Leopard's habitat or protected areas, with demonstrable professional achievements. This expert shall have good English writing and speaking skills. Key responsibilities include:

  1. Collaborating closely with the design team to conduct comprehensive technical assessments of project design schemes (e.g., habitat protection, corridor restoration, NCL monitoring), providing professional technical opinions and suggestions for key design elements.
  2. Assisting the Provincial PMO and PIUs (Zhongtiao, Yangcheng, Heshun and Wenxi) in reviewing the technical sections of bidding documents submitted by the Client or design institutes, providing written professional comments. This includes technical specifications and bills of quantities for civil works contracts related to wildlife habitats or priority species key habitats, prey breeding and rewilding facilities, wildlife rescue and disease control facilities, etc., as well as equipment lists and parameters for equipment contracts.
  3. Assisting the Provincial PMO and PIUs (Zhongtiao) in developing TOR for specific thematic studies and reviewing related research outcomes prepared by others (e.g., on NCL genetic diversity, human-wildlife conflict mitigation, habitat carrying capacity assessment, habitat quality monitoring, population genetic monitoring, prey reintroduction and rewilding), providing professional technical guidance to ensure technical quality.
  4. Providing professional opinions and suggestions on new construction content proposed during the project mid-term adjustments, assisting IAs/PIUs in optimizing project components from a technical perspective.
  5. Evaluating effectiveness of project construction from a professional standpoint and promptly identifying risks during project implementation.
  6. Be responsible for writing the professional technical sections of Project Progress Reports, Mid-term Adjustment Report (if any), and Project Completion Report.
  7. Providing training to the PMO and PIUs on topics such as habitat restoration and technical standards for rewilding facilities, as required.
  8. Completing other tasks assigned by the PMO, PIUs, and the Team Leader/Deputy Team Leader.

12) Plant Protection Expert. This expert shall hold a postgraduate or higher degree in botany, horticulture, ecology, forestry, or related fields, with at least 10 years of practical experience or research in plant species in-situ and ex-situ conservation, botanical garden planning and design, plant introduction and acclimatization, plant maintenance management, and plant diversity conservation, supported by relevant publications or participation in significant projects. This expert shall have good English reading, writing, and communication skills for reviewing and translating English literature and engaging in international exchanges and cooperation.

  1. Working closely with the design team to professionally assess the overall design scheme for the Yangcheng Taihang Mountain Botanical Garden, focusing on plant configuration, specialized garden design, greenhouse design, and landscape ecology. Provide professional technical advice to ensure designs comply with scientific principles and practical needs.
  2. Reviewing the in-situ and ex-situ conservation plans for rare wild plants, and provide professional technical recommendations.
  3. Providing solutions and technical guidance for key technical issues in the construction of small-scale conservation facilities and botanical gardens, such as conservation measures for rare wild plants, ex-situ conservation technologies for rare plants, ecological restoration plans, and water-saving irrigation systems.
  4. Assisting the Provincial PMO and the Yangcheng County PIU in reviewing the technical sections of botanical garden-related bidding documents, providing written professional comments.
  5. Providing professional opinions on mid-term adjustments and changes to the botanical garden construction project, ensuring smooth implementation and achievement of project objectives.
  6. Participating in the acceptance inspection of the botanical garden construction project, evaluating project completion and quality, and providing acceptance recommendations.
  7. Be responsible for writing the professional technical sections of Project Progress Reports, Mid-term Adjustment Report (if any), and Project Completion Report.
  8. Assisting in reviewing and revising the botanical garden's operation plan to promote its financial and managerial sustainability.
  9. Providing thematic training to the PMO and PIUs on botanical garden technical standards, operation, and management, as required.
  10. Completing other tasks assigned by the PMO, PIUs, and the Team Leader/Deputy Team Leader.

13) Forestry Expert. This expert shall hold a postgraduate or higher degree in forestry, silviculture, forest ecology, forestry engineering, or related fields, with at least 10 years of practical experience or research in forest resource cultivation and management, planning and design of forestry ecological engineering, forest pest and disease control, and forest tree germplasm resource conservation, supported by relevant publications or participation in significant projects. This expert shall have good English reading, writing, and communication skills for reviewing and translating English literature and engaging in international exchanges and cooperation.

  1. Working closely with the design team to conduct professional assessments of the overall forestry project design scheme, focusing on forest type planning, selection of afforestation tree species, and stand structure configuration. Provide professional technical advice to ensure designs meet relevant standards and ecological conservation requirements.
  2. Assisting the Provincial PMO and PIUs (Zhongtiao, Yangcheng and Heshun) in reviewing the technical sections of afforestation-related bidding documents submitted by the Client or design institutes, providing written professional comments.
  3. Providing professional opinions on mid-term adjustments and changes to the project, ensuring smooth implementation and achievement of objectives.
  4. Be responsible for writing the professional technical sections related to forestry in Project Progress Reports, Mid-term Adjustment Report (if any), and Project Completion Report.
  5. Assisting in reviewing and revising the operation and management plans for project components (e.g., Wanshan Forest Farm) to promote sustainable forest management and long-term effective management.
  6. Reviewing thematic research reports, codes, standards, and other research outputs under the project from a professional technical perspective, provide comments and suggestions, and provide professional technical support.
  7. Providing thematic training to the PMO and PIUs on forestry restoration technical standards and sustainable management, as required.
  8. Completing other tasks assigned by the PMO, PIUs, and the Team Leader/Deputy Team Leader.

14) Wetland and Avian Expert. This expert shall hold a postgraduate or higher degree in ecology, environmental science, hydrology and water resources, wetland biology, ornithology, or related fields, with at least 10 years of practical experience or research in wetland ecosystem conservation and restoration, avian habitat management, wetland planning and design, wetland biodiversity maintenance, and wetland resource management, supported by relevant publications or participation in significant projects. This expert shall have good English reading, writing, and communication skills for reviewing and translating English literature and engaging in international exchanges and cooperation.

  1. Working closely with the design team to conduct professional assessments of the overall design scheme for wetland projects, providing technical recommendations to ensure alignment with the natural principles of wetland ecosystems and conservation needs.
  2. Assisting the Provincial PMO and PIUs (Hejin) in reviewing the technical sections of wetland-related bidding documents submitted by the Client or design institutes, providing written professional comments.
  3. Providing professional opinions on mid-term adjustments and changes to wetland construction projects, ensuring they meet wetland ecological protection objectives and technical standards.
  4. Participating in the acceptance inspections of wetland construction projects, evaluating the effectiveness of wetland ecological function restoration and biodiversity conservation, and providing acceptance recommendations.
  5. Be responsible for writing the technical sections related to wetlands in Project Progress Reports, Mid-term Adjustment Report (if any), and Project Completion Report.
  6. Assisting in reviewing and revising wetland operation and management plans to promote the long-term stability and sustainable management of wetland ecosystems.
  7. Reviewing thematic research reports, codes, standards, and other research outputs under the project from a professional technical perspective, providing comments and suggestions, and providing professional technical support.
  8. Providing thematic training to the PMO and PIUs on wetland restoration technical standards and sustainable management, as required.
  9. Completing other tasks assigned by the PMO, PIUs, and the Team Leader/Deputy Team Leader.

15) Green Building Expert. This expert shall hold a postgraduate or higher degree in architecture, urban planning, engineering (civil or other relevant fields), or related disciplines, with at least 10 years of relevant experience in sustainable building, architectural design, green building, energy and water-saving equipment, and related technologies. Have a deep understanding of international and Chinese green building policies and best practices. This expert shall have a good level of English proficiency. Having relevant experience in communicating and working with international financial institutions such as the World Bank is a plus point.

  1. Assisting the Provincial PMO and PIUs (Zhongtiao SFF, Yangcheng) in understanding and mastering relevant green building standards and international best practices, helping to establish a green building target system that meets the Client’s requirements based on project positioning.
  2. Participating in the design review of green building sub-projects, focusing on energy-efficient design, water resource utilization, and building material selection in the design schemes, proposing optimized solutions based on project characteristics.
  3. Contributing to the writing of technical specification chapters in bidding documents for green building subproject, providing technical support to the Client.
  4. Conducting necessary site inspections during construction to ensure that construction processes, techniques, and materials comply with green building design requirements.
  5. Participating in specialized acceptance inspections (e.g., energy efficiency, environmental protection) and the final project acceptance for green building subproject.
  6. Assisting the Client in developing green operation plans, establishing effective mechanisms for maintaining energy-saving equipment, water resource management, and green space management to improve energy efficiency during the operation phase and achieve energy savings and emission reductions.
  7. Providing training on sustainability and green building topics for staffs of the PMO and the Client.
  8. Participating in compiling the Mid-term Adjustment Report and Project Completion Report, summarizing the construction outcomes and highlights of building-related subprojects.
  9. Completing other tasks assigned by the PMO, PIUs, and the Team Leader/Deputy Team Leader.

16) Wildlife Rescue and Disease Control Expert. This expert shall hold a postgraduate or higher degree in veterinary medicine, wildlife medicine, or a related field, with at least 10 years of practical experience in wildlife rescue, rehabilitation, and disease control. Key responsibilities include:

  1. Assisting the Provincial PMO and PIUs (Zhongtiao SFF, Yangcheng, and Hejin) in reviewing project designs, with a focus on providing technical guidance for wildlife rescue facilities, prey breeding facilities, and rewilding and domestication facilities.
  2. Reviewing the procurement lists of rescue equipment to ensure the equipment configurations match the target rescue species.
  3. Assisting in developing rescue protocols and disease monitoring and control plans, and providing technical support and training for the effective operation of the facilities.
  4. Participating in evaluating the effectiveness of wildlife rescue facilities and prey breeding facilities, and summarizing lessons learned, responsible for writing relevant technical chapters in Project Progress Reports and Project Completion Report.
  5. Completing other tasks assigned by the PMO, PIUs, and the Team Leader/Deputy Team Leader.

17) Natural education and publicity expert. This expert shall hold a bachelor's degree or above in natural education, environmental science, botany, media science, or related majors; More than 10 years of experience in natural education, science popularization, or biodiversity education; Familiar with the best practices of international nature education and the requirements of domestic biodiversity science popularization policies, participate in at least 2 ecological conservation projects for nature education or publicity work, be familiar with the operation of nature education facilities, development of publicity materials, and organization of public participation activities; This expert shall have good English writing and speaking skills.

  1. Assisting the Provincial PMO and PIUs in reviewing natural education related plans, including architectural design schemes for natural education facilities (science popularization and education centers, research bases, botanical gardens, etc.), facility exhibition content design, operation plans, curriculum system design schemes, public participation activity plans, etc., and provide professional optimization suggestions.
  2. Reviewing the bidding documents for contracts related to natural education facilities, exhibition and promotion activities, and provide review opinions from a professional technical perspective.
  3. Reviewing natural education related promotional products and research results, propose modification and improvement suggestions, and connect project knowledge dissemination and visualization plans.
  4. Providing professional solutions and technical guidance for key and difficult issues in the implementation of natural education.
  5. Assisting in carrying out capacity building training in the field of natural education, providing specialized training for Provincial PMO, PIUs, and natural education facility operators (such as natural education program design, science popularization activity organization skills, etc.), and enhancing the professional abilities of relevant personnel.
  6. Participating in the acceptance work of natural education related achievements, develop acceptance evaluation indicators, conduct professional evaluations of the operational effectiveness of natural education facilities, curriculum implementation effectiveness, public participation quality, etc., and providing recommendations for improvement.
  7. Be responsible for writing professional technical chapters related to natural education in Project Progress Reports, Mid-term Adjustment Report, and Project Completion Report, summarizing the effectiveness and experience of project natural education work.
  8. Completing other professional and technical tasks related to natural education assigned by the Provincial PMO, PIUs, and the Team Leader/Deputy Team Leader.

18) Capacity Building and Training Expert. This expert shall hold a bachelor's or higher degree in education or engineering, with at least 10 years of experience in project capacity building and training; this expert has been responsible for capacity development and training tasks for at least 2 international financial organization loan projects, including 1 World Bank loan project; be familiar with the specific requirements for capacity building and training in World Bank projects; and this expert shall have good English writing and speaking skills. Key responsibilities include:

  1. In line with the project's construction content and pre-designed capacity building and training activities, assisting the PMO in conducting necessary capacity building and training needs assessments for IAs/PIUs and other stakeholders. Developing an overall capacity building and training plan for the project implementation period and provide specific recommendations.
  2. Based on project implementation progress, formulating and detailing annual capacity building and training plan under the overall framework; assisting the PMO in organizing domestic training study tours and workshops according to these plans.
  3. Assisting the PMO in reviewing reports on capacity building and training activities conducted by IAs/PIUs and other stakeholders to monitor and evaluate their effectiveness, and providing review comments.
  4. Organizing and completing the training activities planned under this contract, including thematic training on the project management and technical aspects, as detailed in the annex. This plan will be dynamically adjusted during project implementation based on the needs of the Provincial PMO and PIUs.
  5. Assisting the PMO in preparing the completion report for capacity building and training activities, which will form a chapter of the overall Project Completion Report.
  6. Completing other tasks assigned by the PMO, PIUs, and the Team Leader/Deputy Team Leader.

19) Project Assistant. This expert shall hold a bachelor's degree or higher, have at least five (5) years of working experience, and be familiar with project management or administrative management. The expert shall have excellent written and oral English communication skills. Key responsibilities include:

  1. Serve as personnel seconded from the consulting firm to the PMO, responsible for assisting the PMO in carrying out various day-to-day project management tasks, including but not limited to communication and coordination, preparation of reporting materials, schedule management, email management, document handling, and other related duties.
  2. Responsible for necessary English communication with the WB team.
  3. Translate correspondence emails between the PMO and the WB, as well as necessary project documents and reports.
  4. Assist and cooperate with other consulting team members in conducting field work.
  5. Maintain close communication with the PMO and implementing agencies/units, assisting the Team Leader and Deputy Team Leader of the consulting team in collecting information, data, and issues regarding project implementation progress.
  6. Cooperate with the PMO, implementing agencies/units, and the consulting team to prepare for and support on-site inspections by World Bank missions.
  1. Deliverables and Schedule

The consultant shall prepare various work reports in accordance with the requirements of the PMO and the World Bank and submit reports to the PMO for review. Reports submitted to the World Bank through the PMO shall meet the World Bank's basic requirements regarding content and format. During the project implementation, the consultant is required to submit reports for the following consulting services to the PMO.

No.

Deliverable

Submission Time

1

Project Inception Report

Within 1 month after the commencement of consulting services

2

Project Progress Report

Semi-annual progress reports shall be submitted by the end of August and the end of February each year, respectively

3

Financial Statements

Semi-annual financial statements shall be submitted every six months

Annual financial statements (unaudited) shall be submitted by the end of February each year and audited version shall be submitted by end of June.

4

Mid-term Adjustment Report

At the mid-term of the project implementation or at a time determined based on specific requirements from the PMO and the World Bank

5

Project Completion Report

A draft Project Completion Report shall be submitted 2 months prior to the loan closing date. The final report shall be submitted within 1 month after receiving comments

6

Environmental Management Progress Report

Submitted as a chapter of the Project Progress Report by the end of August and the end of February each year

7

Resettlement Internal Monitoring Report

Submitted as a chapter of the Project Progress Report by the end of August and the end of February each year

8

Social and Gender Monitoring Report

Submitted as a chapter of the Project Progress Report by the end of August and the end of February each year

9

DMF Monitoring

Submitted as a chapter of the Project Progress Report as well as a standalone annex by the end of August and the end of February each year.

10

Annual Work, Procurement, Fund Utilization, and Capacity Building Plan

Assist the PMO in compiling and consolidating the project's annual work plan, and submit it to the World Bank before December 31

11

Capacity Building and Training Progress Report

Submitted as a chapter of the Project Progress Report by the end of August and the end of February each year

12

Various Special Topic Work Reports

Prepare special work reports irregularly according to the management requirements of the PMO

 

  1. Schedule

The implementation of the consulting service is expected to commence on the date of contract signing and continue until May 31, 2031, covering the entire project implementation period.

  1. Facilities or Assistance to be Provided by the PMO

The PMO and the IAs/PIUs will provide the following assistance to the consultant:

  1. Designated project liaison personnel and technical or management technical personnel or staff, communicate with the consulting team and relevant experts on project implementation management.
  2. Provide free office space with office furniture, air conditioning, and internet access.
  3. Relevant project design documents, approval documents, reference materials, reports, and data necessary for the consultant to perform the services.
  4. Coordination support required for the consulting experts to conduct field surveys, project missions, data collection, and other related work.

 

"},{"id":"OP00442683","notice_type":"Request for Expression of Interest","noticedate":"04-May-2026","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2026-05-20T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"14:00","project_ctry_name":"Egypt, Arab Republic of","project_id":"P172548","project_name":"Greater Cairo Air Pollution Management and Climate Change Project","bid_reference_no":"EG-EEAA-544823-CS-QCBS","bid_description":"Task 1: Engineering Consultant services for the preparation of the detailed design and engineering package for Ameriyah depot administrative buildings rehabilitation and;\nTask 2: Full site supervision services for both Ameriyah depot & Admin Bldgs","procurement_group":"CS","procurement_method_code":"QCBS","procurement_method_name":"Quality And Cost-Based Selection","contact_address":"15 C El Tawfik Bldg, Fostat, Old Cairo","contact_ctry_name":"Egypt, Arab Republic of","contact_email":"mohamed.hassan@gccceg.com","contact_name":"Mohamed Hassan","contact_organization":"Egyptian Environmental Affairs Agency","contact_phone_no":"01128333019","submission_date":"2026-05-04T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"

REQUEST FOR EXPRESSIONS OF INTEREST 

\n\n

CONSULTING SERVICES 

\n\n

Arab Republic of Egypt 

\n\n

GREATER CAIRO AIR POLLUTION MANAGEMENT AND CLIMATE CHANGE “GCCC” PROJECT - PROJECT (P172548) 

\n\n

Engineering Consultant firm, to prepare the detailed design, engineering package for Ameriyah depot administrative buildings rehabilitation and full site supervision for the depot retrofitting — Issued in Two Separate Contracts —

\n\n

Reference No. (as per Procurement Plan): EG-EEAA-544823-CS-QCBS

\n\n

 

\n\n

  I.            Background

\n\n

As part of the “Sustainable Development Strategy (SDS): Egypt Vision 2030” the country committed to halving its fine particulate matter (PM10) air pollution by 2030. Significant improvements have been made towards that goal in recent years. In fact, Cairo’s PM10 concentration fell by about 25 percent over the past decade. Despite these improvements, the city’s pollution levels are still several times the WHO recommended concentrations and higher than national guidelines taking as these high levels are taking their toll on the health and quality of life of the population, in particular poor people.

\n\n

In response to this situation, the approved World Bank-financed Greater Cairo Air Pollution Management and Climate Change Project aims at reducing air emissions from critical sectors and increase resilience to air pollution in Greater Cairo. The Project aims more specifically at reducing air emissions which is a key step toward the reduction of pollution concentrations and improvement of air quality. The Project will focus on the two main sources of air pollution: open burning of solid waste and vehicle emissions and will geographically cover Greater Cairo (i.e., Cairo, Giza and Qalyoubia Governorates --GC); and will include four main components aiming at: (i) enhancing the air quality decision support system in Egypt; (ii) improving Solid Waste Management services; (iii) reducing air and climate pollutants from vehicle emissions; and (iv) furthering stakeholder engagement, awareness and communication.

\n\n

 

\n\n

Component 3 Vehicle Emission Reduction

\n\n

Under this component, the Project will support activities aimed at reducing vehicle emissions from the public transport sector. 100 electric buses and the equipment required to operate and maintain these buses are procured. To integrate the electric buses, the project will retrofit existing bus depots with charging stations, upgraded power supply, and safety equipment. The activities will support the Cairo Transport Authority (CTA), which will operate the electric buses. The Project will upgrade facilities at CTA, including the retrofitting of existing bus depots with electric charging stations, power supply and related safety equipment; training CTA staff such as bus drivers and mechanics on operating and maintaining the new e-equipment. The Ministry of Environment, through the Egyptian Environmental Affairs Agency (EEAA), is the project’s borrower, while CTA is the beneficiary responsible for implementation. By investing in e-bus technology, modernizing infrastructure, and strengthening operational capacity, this component plays a key role in Egypt’s green transport transition, reducing emissions and setting a model for future urban mobility.

\n\n

 

\n\n

II.        Assignment Description

\n\n

The Depot retrofitting tender is issued with all depot drawings and details that will be made available in the RFP that will be sent only to the shortlisted firms. The requested services covered by these terms of reference are to support the Project Coordination Unit (PCU) and the Technical Implementation Units (TIUs) of “Greater Cairo Air Pollution Management and Climate Change “GCCC” Project” in the implementation of the following two contracts services:

\n\n

Contract 1: Detailed Design and Engineering Package for the Administrative Buildings Rehabilitation (Lump-Sum): Preparation of detailed design and engineering package for the rehabilitation of Ameriyah depot administrative buildings, including drawings, technical specifications, cost estimates, and tender documents.

\n\n

Expected Duration: approximately 55 working days. The assignment covers all engineering disciplines required for the rehabilitation of the administrative buildings, including architectural, structural, MEP, Telecom/LC systems, EHS, and social considerations, and concludes with a full set of tender-ready documents.

\n\n

Contract 2: Design Review of Depot Retrofitting and Full Site Supervision (Time-Based): Full site supervision of depot retrofitting works and administrative building rehabilitation, including contract administration, quality control, environmental and social monitoring, and design review of depot-related works.

\n\n

This contract comprises three tasks: Task 1 — Design Review (3 weeks): multi-discipline review and verification of the completed depot retrofitting design; Task 2 — Full Site Supervision (14 months): comprehensive on-site supervision of all depot retrofitting and administrative buildings rehabilitation works; Task 3 — Bid Evaluation Support (2 weeks = 10 working days): technical support to the Client during evaluation of admin buildings works bids.

\n\n

Total Expected Duration: approximately 15 months and 1 week

\n\n

III.      Packaging and Evaluation of Contracts

\n\n

The assignment is divided into two (2) separate contracts. The Client intends to apply a split award approach, whereby:

\n\n\n\n

Consultants expressing interest in both contracts shall clearly indicate their interest and demonstrate relevant qualifications for each contract separately.

\n\n

Interested firms should provide information demonstrating that they have the required qualifications and relevant experience to perform the Services for the specific contract(s) they are applying for.

\n\n

IV.       Qualification Requirements

\n\n

The Ministry of Environment now invites eligible consulting firms (“Consultants”) to indicate their interest in providing the Services.

\n\n

Interested Consultants should provide information demonstrating that they have the required qualifications and relevant experience to perform the Services, including:

\n\n

The shortlisting criteria is:

\n\n

Contract 1:

\n\n\n\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\n
\n\t\t\t

#

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Shortlisting criteria

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Percentage

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

1

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\t\n\t\t\t
 
\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

General experience of the firm in engineering consultancy, particularly in the preparation of detailed engineering designs for rehabilitation of administrative buildings and/or transport infrastructure such as bus depots or parking facilities (minimum of 5 similar completed projects).

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

40%

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

2

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

The Consultancy firm is expected to have a minimum of 5–7 years of experience in preparation of detailed technical and engineering designs. Similar projects should involve the rehabilitation of multi-story buildings and/or transport infrastructure. Experience with World Bank-financed projects is an advantage.

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

20%

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

3

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Key staff are expected to have extensive experience in managing similar engineering design projects, covering architectural, structural, MEP, Telecom/LC, and EHS disciplines. The team should include specialists in design, cost estimation, environmental and social safeguards, and Telecom/LC systems, with demonstrated experience in at least 3 similar projects each.

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

40%

\n\t\t\t
\n\n

 

\n\n

Minimum % for qualification: 75 % 

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

Contract 2:

\n\n

 

\n\n\n\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\n\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\n
\n\t\t\t

#

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Shortlisting criteria

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Percentage

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

1

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

General experience of the firm in engineering consultancy, particularly in site supervision of building rehabilitation and/or transport infrastructure projects such as bus depots, parking facilities, or similar structures (minimum of 5 similar completed projects). Experience with design review and ESHS supervision is an advantage.

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

40%

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

2

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

The Consultancy firm is expected to have a minimum of 5–7 years of experience in full site supervision of construction or rehabilitation projects. Similar projects should involve multi-story administrative buildings and/or transport infrastructure such as bus depots or parking facilities. Experience in ESHS supervision and design review is an advantage. Experience with World Bank-financed projects is preferred.

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

20%

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

3

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Key staff are expected to have extensive experience in managing and supervising similar construction or rehabilitation projects. The proposed team should include specialists covering civil/structural, electrical, mechanical, architectural, Telecom/LC systems, EHS, and social and gender disciplines, with demonstrated leadership and coordination capabilities.

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

40%

\n\t\t\t
\n\n

Minimum % for qualification: 75%

\n\n

 

\n\n

The Consulting Firm(s) will be selected in accordance with the Request for Proposal with the Quality and Cost -Based Selection - QCBS method" set out in the Procurement Regulations”. 

\n\n

Further information can be obtained at the address below during office hours 09:00 to 16:00. 

\n\n

 

\n\n

Expressions of interest must be sent by e-mail not later than May 20th. 2026 at 14:00 (CLT) 

\n\n

 

\n\n

Greater Cairo Air Pollution Management and Climate Change “GCCC” Project

\n\n

Attn: Dr. Mohamed Hassan, Project Coordinator and Ms. Heba Elkarkari, Procurement Consultant 

\n\n

Address:          15 S El Tawfik Building, El Fustat El Gedida, 

\n\n

Old Cairo, Cairo - Egypt 

\n\n

Tel:                 +20 1128333019 

\n\n

E-mail:           mohamed.hassan@gccceg.com

\n\n

E-mail:           heba.elkarkari@gccceg.com 

\n\n

The detailed Terms of Reference “TOR” including the scope of work and deliverables for the assignment is found below. 

\n\n

TERMS OF REFERENCE “TOR”

\n\n

 

\n\n

Engineering Consultant Services for Ameriyah Depot — Issued in Two separate Contracts:

\n\n

Contract 1: Detailed Design and Engineering Package for the Administrative Buildings Rehabilitation (Lump-Sum)

\n\n

Contract 2: Design Review of Depot Retrofitting and Full Site Supervision (Time-Based)

\n\n

       I.            Background

\n\n

1.      As part of the “Sustainable Development Strategy (SDS): Egypt Vision 2030”,[1]http://www.greengrowthknowledge.org/national-documents/sustainable-development-strategy-egypt-vision-2030 the country committed to halving its fine particulate matter (PM10) air pollution by 2030. Significant improvements have been made towards that goal in recent years. In fact, Cairo’s PM10 concentration fell by about 25 percent over the past decade. Despite these improvements, the city’s pollution levels are still several times the WHO recommended concentrations and higher than national guidelines taking as these high levels are taking their toll on the health and quality of life of the population, in particular poor people.

\n\n

2.      In response to this situation, the approved World Bank-financed Greater Cairo Air Pollution Management and Climate Change Project aims at reducing air emissions from critical sectors and increase resilience to air pollution in Greater Cairo. The Project aims more specifically at reducing air emissions which is a key step toward the reduction of pollution concentrations and improvement of air quality. The Project will focus on the two main sources of air pollution: open burning of solid waste and vehicle emissions and will geographically cover Greater Cairo (i.e., Cairo, Giza and Qalyoubia Governorates --GC); and will include four main components aiming at: (i) enhancing the air quality decision support system in Egypt; (ii) improving Solid Waste Management services; (iii) reducing air and climate pollutants from vehicle emissions; and (iv) furthering stakeholder engagement, awareness and communication.

\n\n

3.      The Project is composed of the following components:

\n\n

      Component 1: Enhancing the Air Quality Management (AQM) & Response System

\n\n

This component will support the enhancement of the Air Quality Management (AQM) decision support system in GC through a strengthened AQM infrastructure (monitoring and analytical), capacity buildings activities, developing emergency response plans and raising public awareness through information dissemination.

\n\n

 

\n\n

Component 2: Support the operationalization of SWM Master Plans in GC

\n\n

This component aims to support operationalization of the Governorate SWM master plans, which lay down the full range of necessary actions and investments needed for each governorate to improve solid waste management services in accordance with the specificity of each Governorate. In view of the complexity and magnitude of SWM system in GC, a phased and gradual approach is being proposed to achieve tangible results on the ground. This approach involves providing technical support at the central level such as the Qalyoubia Governorate, the Waste Management Regulatory Authority and the Ministry of Local Development on the technical, financial and project development aspects of solid waste management.

\n\n

 

\n\n

Component 3: Vehicle Emission Reduction

\n\n

Under this component, the Project will support activities aimed at reducing vehicle emissions from public transport sector. Approximately 100 electric buses and the equipment required to operate and maintain these buses will be procured. To integrate the electric buses, the project will retrofit existing bus depots with charging stations, upgraded power supply, and safety equipment. The activities will support the Cairo Transport Authority (CTA), which will operate the electric buses. The Project will upgrade facilities at CTA, including the retrofitting of existing bus depots with electric charging stations, power supply and related safety equipment; training CTA staff such as bus drivers and mechanics on operating and maintaining the new e-equipment. The Ministry of Environment, through the Egyptian Environmental Affairs Agency (EEAA), is the project’s borrower, while CTA is the beneficiary responsible for implementation. By investing in e-bus technology, modernizing infrastructure, and strengthening operational capacity, this component plays a key role in Egypt’s green transport transition, reducing emissions and setting a model for future urban mobility.

\n\n

 

\n\n

Component 4: Communication & Stakeholders Engagement

\n\n

This component aims at ensuring that all stakeholders, in an inclusive manner, are actively involved in the design, implementation and monitoring of all Project activities and that the Project is implemented following a full consultative participatory approach that is meant to build a constructive relationship between the stakeholders and the Government of Egypt (GoE). The component is complementary to the comprehensive plan for engaging with stakeholders as part of the environmental and social risk management and the Stakeholders Engagement Plan (SEP).

\n\n

 

\n\n

Component 5: Project Management and Monitoring & Evaluation

\n\n

This component will support the establishment of Project Coordination Unit (PCU) at the Ministry of Environment (MoE) and four Technical Implementation Units (TIU) for each of first four components.

\n\n

1.       A Project Coordination Unit (PCU) ensures that the Project is implemented in accordance with the Legal Agreement signed between the GoE and the World Bank, the Project Appraisal Document (PAD), the Project Implementation Manuals (Project Operational Manual, M&E Manual, etc.)

\n\n

 

\n\n

2.      Four Technical Implementation Units (TIUs) oversee the implementation of Components 1, 2, 3 and 4 in co-ordination with other relevant agencies. The PCU is responsible for “Component 5: Project Management and Monitoring & Evaluation”.

\n\n

 

\n\n

To carry out its Project-wide duties, the PCU has the responsibility to prepare the Project's overall Annual Work Plans and Budgets on the basis of plans prepared by each TIU, to manage procurement for the different Project beneficiaries, to coordinate monitoring and evaluation activities with the other executing agencies, to ensure compliance with the Environmental and Social Framework of the World Bank and to provide support to counterpart institutions in the implementation of activities.

\n\n

 Component 6: Improved Management of E-Waste and Healthcare Waste for the Reduction of uPOPs Emissions

\n\n

 

\n\n

II.            Objective of the Assignment

\n\n

In the context of the component 3, the Project is seeking the services of a design and supervision engineering firm, referred to thereafter as “the Consultant”, to prepare the detailed engineering design package, including the technical specifications, and the bidding documents for the administrative buildings, and to support the client in technical aspects during the evaluation of the bids. Also, the consultant will fully supervise the entire Ameriyah depot retrofitting works (the depot and the accompanying administrative buildings) to support the Project in delivering the works efficiently.

\n\n

This project is to upgrade the existing administrative buildings (maintaining the current work capacity) to match the state-of-the-art electric bus technologies and represent the ambitious vision of the Egyptian people for a green transition. The consultancy service aims to mitigate risks emerging from separately designing the depot and the administrative buildings, and; comply with rules and regulations applicable to the Government of Egypt investment projects and to the World Bank-financed investment projects, including the Environmental and Social Framework (ESF) instruments of the project and Procurement Regulations.

\n\n

The rehabilitation of the administrative buildings will upgrade and modernize existing infrastructure while maintaining the current functional capacity. The number of personnel working in the administrative buildings will remain unchanged, and the existing organizational structure of CTA will be preserved. The project will ensure that the allocation of office space, work areas, and support facilities aligns with current operational needs, without altering the fundamental layout or intended use of the administrative buildings.

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

 III.            Scope of Work

\n\n

The Consultant will undertake the following tasks, and as detailed below:

\n\n

Contract 1: comprises the following details:

\n\n

Deliver a comprehensive engineering design, including detailed specifications, bill of quantities (BOQ), cost estimates and implementation plan & timeline, and prepare the technical specifications and the tender documents for the rehabilitation of the administrative buildings. This will cover replacing old systems of water, wastewater, and electricity connections, both around and within the administrative buildings. The Consultant shall review relevant documents, drawings, and data and consult with the Client and stakeholders to fully understand project requirements, preferences, and budget constraints. The Client will facilitate access to these materials and the project site(s) as needed. The Consultant shall also coordinate with relevant authorities to secure approvals for tie-in connections between the administrative buildings infrastructure and surrounding utility networks. To support the procurement process, CTA will grant access to bidders and the selected vendor during both the tender and implementation phases. Appendix 1 lists available documents—including existing drawings, BOQ, and depot retrofitting designs from the ongoing detailed design study, with confidential access granted to the consultants (bidders), preliminary BOQ for the planned administrative buildings retrofitting. The detailed engineering design for the depot retrofitting works (excluding the administrative buildings) has already been completed under a separate consultancy assignment, and this assignment does not include design responsibilities for the depot. The Consultant’s design responsibilities are limited solely to the rehabilitation of the administrative buildings located within the Ameriya Depot. However, the Consultant shall ensure that the administrative buildings design is functionally and spatially integrated with the existing depot retrofitting design. To facilitate this, relevant depot design documents—including layout plans and Bills of Quantities (BOQs)—are provided in Appendix1.

\n\n

The Consultant shall take into account specific design measures to avoid or minimize the environmental, social and health and safety risks and impacts associated with the administrative buildings rehabilitation activities, in accordance with the World Bank Environmental and Social Standards[2] and WBG Environmental, Health and Safety General Guidelines[3], as technically and financially feasible. The Consultant will develop a detailed health and safety risk assessment to identify potential hazards and integrate appropriate safety measures, including those for electrical, mechanical, and structural works, into the design.

\n\n

The Consultant will also ensure that the engineering design aligns with the World Bank’s Environmental and Social Safeguard Policies, particularly ESS 1 (Assessment and Management of Environmental and Social Risks and Impacts), ESS2 (Labor and Working Conditions), ESS 3 (Resource Efficiency and Pollution Prevention), and ESS 4 (Community Health and Safety), ESS 10 (Stakeholder Engagement and Information Disclosure).

\n\n

 

\n\n

Contract 2: Comprises of 3 tasks.

\n\n

Task 1: The Consultant shall conduct a comprehensive review and verification of the depot retrofitting design documents prepared under the separate design consultancy. This design review shall commence immediately upon contract signing and shall run in parallel with the Contract 1 administrative buildings design.

\n\n

If both contracts are awarded to the same firm, this parallel execution expects the Consultant to identify integration requirements between the depot design and the administrative buildings design being developed under Contract 1.

\n\n

If both contracts are awarded to different firms, the Contract 2 Consultant shall incorporate the design review findings with the Contract 1 Consultant, who shall be responsible for ensuring that any depot design modifications arising from the review are properly communicated and integrated.

\n\n

The design review shall cover the following disciplines:

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Structural: Structural calculations, reinforcement details, foundation design, load assumptions, and compliance with Egyptian structural codes and World Bank requirements.
    2. \n\t
  2. Electrical (Heavy Current): Power distribution, transformer sizing, generator capacity, UPS, lighting, lightning protection, surge protection, and cable sizing per Egyptian Distribution Code.
    3. \n\t
  3. Mechanical: HVAC system sizing and zoning, plumbing network, and firefighting system compliance with NFPA and Egyptian Fire Code 801.
    4. \n\t
  4. Architectural: Space planning, accessibility, finishing specifications, universal and gender-sensitive design, and structural/MEP coordination.
    5. \n\t
  5. Civil/Infrastructure: Site works, underground utilities, access roads, drainage, temporary works, and construction phasing for operational continuity.
    6. \n\t
  6. Telecom/LC: Structured cabling (TIA/EIA-568), CCTV coverage, fire detection and alarm (BS/EN 54), parking control, data communications, and system integration requirements.
    7. \n\t
  7. EHS: ESMP adequacy, OHS provisions, environmental mitigation measures, and WB ESF compliance (ESS1–ESS4).
    8. \n\t
  8. Social: Stakeholder engagement provisions, accessibility, community impact mitigation, and SEP/ESS10 alignment.
    9. \n
\n\n

The design review shall be substantially complete within the first three (3) weeks of the assignment. All critical findings shall be communicated to the Client within 48 hours of identification. All critical and major findings must be resolved prior to construction commencement. The Contract 2 Consultant shall be responsible for implementing and verifying the corrective actions arising from the design review, coordinating with the original design consultant and the contractor as needed. The Design Review Report and Corrective Action Register shall serve as reference documents throughout the supervision phase.

\n\n

Task 2: The Consultant will be responsible for the comprehensive site supervision services during the depot retrofitting and administrative buildings rehabilitation works and equipment installation including e-bus chargers. This includes overseeing the construction activities in both the depot and its accompanying administrative buildings to ensure compliance with the approved design, technical specifications, project schedule, and the implementation of the ESHS requirements. The supervision responsibilities include:

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Review and approve contractor shop drawings, product data, manufacturer certifications, and method statements for all subsystems.
    2. \n\t
  2. Supervise installation ensuring compliance with approved drawings, manufacturer guidelines, and applicable standards.
    3. \n\t
  3. Witness and certify all testing and commissioning for all disciplines including cable certification, CCTV coverage verification, fire alarm zone testing, network performance testing, parking control functional testing, and integrated system acceptance testing.
    4. \n\t
  4. Review contractor O&M manuals, as-built drawings, and training programs for all subsystem prior to handover.
    5. \n\t
  5. Coordinate with the Electrical Engineer (heavy current) on power supply, cable tray sharing, grounding/earthing, and UPS backup requirements.
    6. \n\t
  6. Verify proper system integration between all subsystems in the depot and the administrative buildings.
    7. \n
\n\n

The service will involve monitoring the quality of materials and workmanship, ensuring contractor’s adherence to and implementation of Environmental, Social, Health and Safety (ESHS) requirements, as per the Bank-cleared Checklist Environmental and Social Management Plan (ESMP) coordinating with contractor/s, beneficiary (Cairo Transportation Authority) and the client addressing any issues that arise on-site. Regular progress reports and updates will be provided to the Client, ensuring that the project remains on track and meets all regulatory, environmental, social, and health & safety requirements. Specific requirements for Environmental, Social, Health and Safety (ESHS) supervision:

\n\n\n\n

Task 3: The Consultant will provide technical support for the procurement of works contracts, to support the Project in completing the procurement of works tenders efficiently in compliance with the World Bank procurement regulations. The support will include reviewing submitted bids for technical compliance with the issued tender documents and specifications, preparing a technical evaluation report with findings and recommendations, responding to technical queries raised during the evaluation process, and advising the Client on any clarifications or negotiations required with bidders.

\n\n

 

\n\n

 IV.            Technical requirements

\n\n

For Contract 1: (under Lump-Sum Contract)

\n\n

Regarding the Administrative Building detailed design, the following tasks will be included:

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Architectural and Structural Rehabilitation
    2. \n
\n\n\n\n

b. Mechanical, Electrical, and Plumbing (MEP) Systems

\n\n\n\n

c. Accessibility and Safety Improvements

\n\n\n\n

d.  Energy and Water Efficiency and Sustainability

\n\n\n\n

e.   Landscaping and Site Improvements

\n\n\n\n

f. Documentation and Compliance

\n\n\n\n

g. Project Management

\n\n\n\n

h. Health and Safety in Design

\n\n\n\n

i. Environmental Health Considerations

\n\n\n\n

j. Telecom and Light Current (LC) Systems Design

\n\n\n\n\n\n

k. Design Coordination with Depot LC Infrastructure

\n\n\n\n\n\n

For Contract 2: (Under Time-Based Contract),

\n\n

 

\n\n

Contract 2 technical requirements are defined through the three sub-tasks described in Section III above. Detailed technical specifications for the depot retrofitting are provided in Annex A.

\n\n

The Consultant shall provide comprehensive review and site supervision services for the rehabilitation of the administrative buildings and the retrofitting of the bus depot. This includes ensuring compliance with approved designs, specifications, and contractual requirements; monitoring construction progress, quality, safety, and adherence to the timeline; and identifying and analyzing risks that may impact project delivery, quality, or budget. The Consultant shall provide regular progress reports and updates to the client, including risk assessments and recommendations to mitigate delays or technical issues, and advise on corrective measures to achieve project objectives. Additionally, the Consultant will facilitate coordination between contractors, the Client, and stakeholders and maintain detailed supervision records, promptly reporting any deviations or challenges.

\n\n

The review shall cover the following disciplines:

\n\n\n\n

The Consultant will provide technical support for the procurement of works contracts.

\n\n

The Consultant shall provide technical support to the Client during the evaluation of bids received for the works tenders, in compliance with the World Bank’s procurement regulations. This shall include reviewing submitted bids for technical compliance with the issued tender documents and specifications, preparing a technical evaluation report with findings and recommendations, responding to technical queries raised during the evaluation process, and advising the Client on any clarifications or negotiations required with bidders. The Consultant shall also review and assess any alternative technical proposals or value engineering suggestions submitted by bidders.

\n\n

 

\n\n

    V.           Expected Deliverables

\n\n

Contract 1:

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. The Consultant shall prepare and provide a complete bidding package for the administrative buildings retrofitting works, including the technical specifications and tender documents as well as cost estimates.
    2. \n\t
  2. Specific Environmental and Social clauses that can be used in the tender documents will be incorporated, with particular attention to Occupational Health and Safety (OHS), Labor Management, accessibility and women safety, in compliance with the World Bank Environmental and Social Framework (ESF) and the Bank-cleared checklist Environmental and Social Management Plan.
    3. \n\t
  3. Health and safety risk assessment for the administrative buildings rehabilitation work.
    4. \n\t
  4. The Consultant shall submit a comprehensive Design Review Report covering all engineering disciplines of the depot retrofitting design prepared under the separate consultancy.
    5. \n
\n\n

          Contract 1 Deliverables:

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Inception Report to propose the consultant’s work plan with timelines, requirements for both the consultant and owners to proceed with the task and complete successfully, protocols for communication, deliverable submission and approval, and invoicing and payment process, as agreed with the client.
    2. \n\t
  2. Comprehensive assessment report of the administrative buildings’ existing conditions, outlining structural, architectural, and MEP issues.
    3. \n\t
  3. Preliminary design drawings for all the works mentioned in the scope of work
    4. \n\t
  4. Health and safety risk assessment, emergency response and safety plan for the rehabilitation works.
    5. \n\t
  5. Tender Documents: Detailed design documents “including layout plans, cross sections, profiles”, Technical Specifications, Bill of Quantities (BOQ) and bidding documents required for the tender process of the administrative buildingss.
    6. \n\t
  6. The Consultant shall prepare a Coordination Report in the tender documents, documenting all interface points, integration requirements, shared equipment specifications, protocol compatibility confirmations between the administrative buildings and depot systems, and a project management and action plan with timelines identifying critical path, key milestones, and needed coordination with other activities of the project and of beneficiaries and stakeholders.
    7. \n
\n\n

Contract 2:

\n\n

The Consultant shall provide continuous site supervision of all rehabilitation work in the depot (the depot and its accompanying administrative buildings), ensuring adherence to specified work standards and monitoring of work progress (quality control). These supervision services will include, but are not limited to, the following:

\n\n

 

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Design Review Report and Corrective Action Register: A comprehensive report documenting all findings from the depot retrofitting design review, covering all engineering disciplines. All findings shall be categorized as Critical, Major, or Minor, with recommended corrective actions and responsible parties identified. The report shall be submitted within three (3) weeks of assignment commencement. The Corrective Action Register shall be updated weekly until all findings are resolved. All critical findings must be cleared prior to construction commencement. The Contract 2 Consultant shall be responsible for verifying the implementation of all corrective actions during the supervision phase and shall maintain the Register as a live document throughout construction. Updated specifications or addenda arising from the design review shall be prepared and issued to the contractor as needed.
    2. \n\t
  2. Supplying contractor/s with essential data, benchmarks, coordinates, and other relevant information required for setting out the works, followed by checking and approving the detailed setting out.
    3. \n\t
  3. Reviewing the detailed rehabilitation phase schedule, identifying all critical milestones and actions that should be taken to ensure timely progress.
    4. \n\t
  4. Establishing a communication protocol for all project stakeholders to ensure efficient and clear communication.
    5. \n\t
  5. Developing and managing a robust document control system to organize all project documents, such as drawings, reports, instructions, and approvals.
    6. \n\t
  6. Issuing all necessary instructions to contractors and continuously supervising the work to ensure compliance with contract documents. This includes setting clear forms for construction exchanges between the contractor and the consultant to ensure smooth performance during the construction phase and timely approvals.
    7. \n\t
  7. Checking and approving contractors' work plans to ensure efficient and timely execution. This includes supervising the work during execution and inspecting all work areas and installations regularly.
    8. \n\t
  8. Witnessing all tests related to the completion of systems, subsystems, and the entire project, and certifying the successful completion of these tests.
    9. \n\t
  9. Identifying non-compliance by the rehabilitation contractor and defining corrective actions to be implemented.
    10. \n\t
  10. Reviewing and approving all working drawings prepared by contractors to ensure they conform to project specifications.
    11. \n\t
  11. Verifying contractors’ work measurements and certifying payment claims, after providing warranty letter against executed work.
    12. \n\t
  12. Assisting the client in negotiations with contractors for any contractually permissible changes in price or rates and making recommendations based on technical and financial assessments.
    13. \n\t
  13. Notifying the client of any problems that arise, or that may arise, in connection with civil works contracts, and providing recommendations for solutions to the contractor and client.
    14. \n\t
  14. Evaluating contractors' claims for additional payments or time extensions and making informed recommendations to the client based on contract terms and project status.
    15. \n\t
  15. Supporting the client in contract management and resolving disputes and formal communications on corrective actions and penalties with contractor during the contract period, providing all necessary information for judgments and decisions.
    16. \n\t
  16. Organizing monthly site meetings and submitting minutes of these meetings within one week of each meeting. Moreover, the consultant has to submit a monthly progress report for the client including all the work updates and its compliance with the planned schedule.
    17. \n\t
  17. Document works activities and prepare progress Reports including the updates on project status, including supervision reports, ESHS compliance reports (OHS compliance certificate, training records, near misses, incidents, accident reports), quality control checklists, and recommendations for approving the contractor's payment invoices.
    18. \n\t
  18. Supporting the client in the issuance of the compliance certificate upon successful completion of the rehabilitation phase to the contractor. Conducting final tests and issuing the Practical Completion Certificate to the contractor upon successful project completion.
    19. \n\t
  19. Preparing and reporting the environmental and social management records (e.g. solid and liquid waste management records, hazardous materials records, hazardous waste management records, labor working conditions, grievance mechanism, etc.) to the client. The Social and Gender Expert shall additionally manage the Grievance Redress Mechanism, conduct regular community consultations, monitor labor welfare in compliance with ESS2, ensure ESS10 compliance, and oversee gender-sensitive and accessibility provisions throughout the construction works.
    20. \n\t
  20. Site Safety Management Plan: The Consultant will manage and supervise the Site Safety Management Plan that outlines the procedures for ensuring worker safety on-site, including hazard identification, risk assessment, emergency procedures, and PPE requirements provided by the contractor.
    21. \n\t
  21. Safety Inspections and Progress Reports: The Consultant will provide monthly safety inspection reports, including the status of safety measures and any corrective actions taken by the contractor. These reports will ensure that the rehabilitation works are proceeding in line with OHS standards.
    22. \n\t
  22. Prepare testing and commissioning report for each subsystem upon completion of installation, a report documenting subsystem test results, integrated system acceptance outcomes, punch list items, and confirmation of O&M manual and training delivery. A final consolidated Systems Report shall be submitted prior to the Practical Completion Certificate.
    23. \n\t
  23. Support the client in issuance of compliance and practical completion certificates once all works are finalized.
    24. \n\t
  24. Telecom and Light Current (LC) Systems Supervision.\n\t
      \n\t\t
    1. The Telecom/LC supervision function shall ensure that all low-current and telecommunications systems within the Ameriyah Depot are installed, integrated, tested, and commissioned in full compliance with the approved designs, Telecom/LC specifications, and applicable standards. The following six subsystems, as defined in Annex A - Light Current Specs-V4-12-3-2026.pdf, fall within this scope: (1) Parking Control Equipment (Section 11 12 00); (2) Structured Cabling System (Section 27 10 00); (3) Data Communications Network (Section 27 20 00); (4) IP-Based Video Surveillance System (Section 28 23 00); (5) Fire Detection and Alarm System (Section 28 31 00); and (6) Underground Ducts and Raceways for Telecommunications (Section 26 05 43). This scope requires dedicated specialist supervision and cannot be absorbed into the general Electrical (Heavy Current) discipline.
      2. \n\t\t
    2. The Telecom/LC experts shall: (a) review and approve all contractor shop drawings, product data, and method statements for each LC subsystem prior to installation; (b) verify that RCDD certification is applied to all structured cabling design and shop drawing documents; (c) supervise installation works to ensure compliance with approved drawings, Telecom/LC specifications, and applicable standards (TIA/EIA-568, BS/EN 54, ONVIF, Egyptian Fire Code 801); (d) witness and certify all testing and commissioning activities, including cable certification, zone-by-zone CCTV and fire alarm testing, data network commissioning (including EV SCMS server integration), and integrated system acceptance testing; (e) coordinate with the Electrical Engineer (Heavy Current) on shared power supply, cable tray allocation, grounding, and UPS requirements; (f) verify proper integration between all LC subsystems across the shared IP backbone; and (g) review and approve contractor O&M manuals, as-built drawings, and training delivery for all LC subsystems prior to practical completion. The subsystem responsibilities of the Telecom/LC Senior Expert and the Telecom/LC Expert shall be clearly mapped in the proposal staffing plan to demonstrate that all six subsystems are covered.
      3. \n\t
    \n\t
    25. \n
\n\n

Contract 2 Deliverables:

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Design Review Report and Corrective Action Register: A comprehensive report documenting all findings from the depot retrofitting design review, covering all engineering disciplines. All findings shall be categorized as Critical, Major, or Minor, with recommended corrective actions and responsible parties identified. The report shall be submitted within three (3) weeks of assignment commencement. The Corrective Action Register shall be updated weekly until all findings are resolved. All critical findings must be cleared prior to construction commencement. The Contract 2 Consultant shall be responsible for verifying the implementation of all corrective actions during the supervision phase and shall maintain the Register as a live document throughout construction. Updated specifications or addenda arising from the design review shall be prepared and issued to the contractor as needed.
    2. \n\t
  2. Progress Reports: Regular updates on project status, including supervision reports, ESHS compliance reports (OHS compliance certificate, training records, near misses, incidents, accident reports), quality control checklists, and recommendations for approving the contractor's payment invoices.
    3. \n\t
  3. Testing and Commissioning Report: For each all subsystem upon completion of installation, a report documenting subsystem test results, integrated system acceptance outcomes, punch list items, and confirmation of O&M manual and training delivery. A final consolidated systems report shall be submitted prior to the practical completion certificate.
    4. \n\t
  4. Completion Certificates: Support the client in issuance of compliance and practical completion certificates once all work is finalized.
    5. \n\t
  5. Bid Evaluation Report: A technical evaluation report covering all received bids for the administrative buildings rehabilitation works, assessing compliance with tender documents and specifications, highlighting any technical deficiencies or alternative proposals, and providing clear recommendations to the Client for contractor selection. The report shall be submitted within 10 working days of the bid submission deadline.
    6. \n
\n\n

 

\n\n

VI.            Qualifications Required

\n\n

The Consultant (consultancy firm) must have previous experience in at least five (5) similar projects that involved the preparation of detailed technical and engineering designs. Similar projects should involve the rehabilitation of multi-story buildings and/or transport infrastructure such as bus depots, parking facilities, or similar structures. Experience with transport-related facilities and their administrative buildings is preferred but not mandatory. These projects should demonstrate the Consultant's capability in delivering high-quality engineering designs for the rehabilitation or construction of administrative or comparable facilities.

\n\n

Qualifications are specified per contract. Firms expressing interest in both contracts shall demonstrate compliance with each contract's requirements separately.

\n\n

The consulting team should consist of highly qualified professionals with specific roles and responsibilities. Each team member must possess the following qualifications:

\n\n

 

\n\n

Contract 1 — Key Expert Qualifications:

\n\n

 

\n\n\n\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\n
\n\t\t\t

Position

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Qualifications

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Experience

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Expertise

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Project Manager/Team Leader

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Degree in Civil Engineering, Architecture, or Construction Management.

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Minimum of 10 years of experience in managing construction/renovation projects.

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Experience managing at least 3 renovation projects of administrative buildings, including preparation of tender documents and bidding packages. Familiarity with World Bank procurement regulations or equivalent international development bank procedures for the preparation of works contracts is an advantage.

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Architect

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Degree in Architecture, registered with a recognized architectural body.

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Minimum of 7 years of experience in architectural design for office or public buildings.

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Experience in at least 3 similar projects. Ability to design functional and sustainable spaces.

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Structural Engineer

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Degree in Structural Engineering.

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Minimum of 7 years of experience in structural design for buildings renovation.

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Experience in assessing structural integrity and providing reinforcement solutions. Involved in at least 3 similar projects.

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Mechanical Engineer (HVAC & Plumbing)

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Degree in Mechanical Engineering.

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Minimum of 7 years of experience in HVAC and plumbing system design.

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Experience in designing efficient mechanical systems for at least 3 projects.

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Electrical Engineer

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Degree in Electrical Engineering.

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Minimum of 7 years of experience in electrical system design for buildings.

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Experience in designing electrical systems for at least 3 renovation projects.

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Quantity Surveyor

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Degree in Quantity Surveying or Construction Economics.

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Minimum of 7 years of experience in cost estimation and financial management.

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Proven ability to prepare BOQs and cost estimates for at least 2 similar projects.

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Environmental, Health and Safety  specialist

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Degree in Environmental engineering or environmental management, acknowledged professional certification in OHS management (a must)

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Minimum of 7 years of relevant experience

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Experience in conducting environmental and OHS supervision of construction/rehabilitation projects.

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Social and Gender Expert

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

A professional with Post Graduate Degree in social development or a related field

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Minimum of 7 years of relevant experience

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Expertise in the fields of disability and accessibility, women safety as well as labor welfare to ensure inclusive design and to ensure that the suggested rehabilitation and upgrade works are full aligning with national codes/ requirement and good international practices. The consultation process should be indicated in the consultant phasing plan. The outcome of the consultations should be integrated withing the design.

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Telecom/LC Expert

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Degree in Telecommunications, Electronics, or Communications Engineering.

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Minimum 7 years of experience in design of low-current/telecom systems for commercial or institutional buildingss.

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Experience in at least 2 projects involving integrated LC design (structured cabling + CCTV + fire alarm minimum). Familiarity with TIA/EIA-568, BS/EN 54, ONVIF standards. Demonstrated ability to coordinate LC design with separately-designed buildings systems.

\n\t\t\t
\n\n

 

\n\n

Contract 2 — Key Expert Qualifications:

\n\n\n\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\n
\n\t\t\t

Position

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Qualifications

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Experience

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Expertise

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Project Manager / Team Leader (Supervision)

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Degree in Civil Engineering, Architecture, or Construction Management.

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Minimum 10 years in managing construction/renovation supervision projects.

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

At least 3 supervision projects for administrative buildingss or transport infrastructure. Strong leadership and coordination.

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Civil / Infrastructure Engineer

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Degree in Civil Engineering.

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Minimum 7 years in supervision of civil/structural rehabilitation works.

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

At least 3 similar supervision projects. Ability to verify designs and supervise construction quality.

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Electrical Engineer (Heavy Current)

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Degree in Electrical Engineering.

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Minimum 7 years in supervision of electrical systems installation.

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

At least 3 renovation/construction supervision projects.

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Mechanical Engineer (HVAC/Plumbing)

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Degree in Mechanical Engineering.

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Minimum 7 years in supervision of HVAC and plumbing installation.

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

At least 3 similar projects.

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Architect (Supervision)

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Degree in Architecture.

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Minimum 7 years in supervision of architectural and finishing works.

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

At least 3 similar projects.

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Quantity Surveyor

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Degree in Quantity Surveying or Construction Economics.

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Minimum 7 years in measurement, payment certification, cost management.

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

At least 2 similar projects.

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

EHS Specialist

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Degree in Environmental Engineering or Management. Professional OHS certification (required).

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Minimum 7 years relevant experience.

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Environmental and OHS supervision of construction/rehabilitation. WB ESF experience.

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Social and Gender Expert

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Post Graduate Degree in social development or related field.

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Minimum 7 years relevant experience.

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Disability/accessibility, women safety, labor welfare, GRM management, ESS2/ESS10 experience.

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Telecom/LC Senior Expert (Supervision)

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Degree in Telecom/Electronics/Communications Eng. RCDD, CCNA or equivalent required.

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Minimum 10 years in design/supervision of LC/telecom systems for commercial or institutional buildingss.

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Experience in at least 3 projects involving integrated low-current systems. The Senior Expert shall demonstrate proven expertise in a minimum of three of the following subsystems: IP-based video surveillance (ONVIF), structured cabling (TIA/EIA-568), fire detection and alarm (BS/EN 54), data communications networking, parking control systems, and security/access control. Demonstrated experience in system integration across multiple LC subsystems and in managing testing and commissioning programs. The combined expertise of the Senior Expert and the LC Expert shall collectively cover all six LC subsystems within the project scope. The Consultant shall demonstrate in the proposal how the two experts' qualifications complement each other to ensure full coverage.

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Telecom/LC Expert (Supervision)

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Degree in Telecom/Electronics/Electrical/Communications Eng.

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Minimum 5 years in LC installation supervision or testing and commissioning.

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Experience in at least 2 projects involving low-current system installation supervision or testing and commissioning. The LC Expert shall demonstrate proven expertise in a minimum of two of the following subsystems: IP-based video surveillance, structured cabling, fire detection and alarm, data communications networking, parking control systems, and security/access control. Hands-on experience with cable certification equipment and system commissioning procedures is required. The LC Expert's specializations shall complement those of the Senior Expert such that, together, the two experts provide demonstrated coverage of all six LC subsystems. The Consultant shall clearly map each expert's subsystem responsibilities in the proposal staffing plan.

\n\t\t\t
\n\n

 

\n\n

The Project Manager, Civil/Infrastructure Engineer, Environmental, Health and Safety Specialist and the Social and Gender Expert shall be present onsite on a full-time (every working day) basis throughout the entire construction period. Proposals must demonstrate how continuous onsite coverage will be maintained, including explicit provisions for leave replacement arrangements.

\n\n

The consultancy firm must provide references and case studies from previous clients that demonstrate the firm’s competency in completing projects of similar scale, complexity, and purpose. The required full-site supervision entails the continuous presence of the entire mentioned supervision team onsite throughout the entire construction duration. The team shall be responsible for ensuring compliance with designs, specifications, and contractual requirements, monitoring progress, quality, and safety, identifying risks, and providing timely recommendations to mitigate delays or technical issues. Their full-time onsite presence is essential to facilitate effective coordination between contractors, the Client, and relevant stakeholders, ensuring the smooth implementation of the project.

\n\n

The firm should also submit detailed resumes/CVs of the proposed team members, highlighting their specific roles in previous projects and their qualifications relevant to this project. The evaluation and selection of proposals will be based on compliance with the above qualifications, the relevance and quality of past project experience, the overall technical strength and approach presented in the proposal, and the best financial offer.

\n\n

The primary working language for this assignment will be English. All reports, deliverables, and official communications must be submitted in English, unless otherwise agreed. However, interaction with stakeholders may require the use of Arabic. In such cases, the Consultant shall ensure appropriate translation or interpretation services are provided to facilitate effective communication.

\n\n

 

\n\n

VII.            Deliverables and Timeline

\n\n

The following table provides an indicative deliverable timeline; however, the consultant may propose alternatives with justification. The Client may review and negotiate proposals to ensure feasibility and cost-effectiveness.

\n\n\n\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\n
\n\t\t\t

Deliverable

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Timeline

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\t\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t\t\t\t

Estimated level of effort (Man-Days)

\n\t\t\t\t\t\t
 
\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Total Contract 1 Duration: 55 working days

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

D 1: Phasing plan and Inception report

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

10 Working days after contract signing

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

10–12 man-days

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

D 2: Preliminary design drawings for all the works mentioned in the scope of work

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

15 Working days after approving the phasing plan and Inception report

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

35–45 man-days

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

D 3: Health and safety risk assessment

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

10 Working days after approval of preliminary design drawings

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

8–10 man-days

\n\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\t\n\t\t\t
 
\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

D4: Tender Documents:

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

20 Working days approving submission of Health and safety risk assessment

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

20–25 man-days

\n\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\t\n\t\t\t
 
\n\t\t\t
\n\n

Contract 2:

\n\n

B. Design Review Performance (Contract 2 – Task 1) Duration: three (3) Weeks

\n\n\n\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\n
\n\t\t\t

KPI

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Target

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Design Review Report submitted within agreed timeline

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Within three (3) weeks of assignment commencement

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Critical design findings communicated to client

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Within 48 hours of identification

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Corrective Action Register established

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Within 1 week of Design Review Report approval

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

All critical findings resolved prior to construction start

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

100% clearance required

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Major findings resolved within

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

4 weeks of identification

\n\t\t\t
\n\n

C. Site Supervision (Contract 2 – Task 2) Duration: 14 Months (estimated), to be in full alignment with the works at the Ameriyah Depot.

\n\n\n\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\n
\n\t\t\t

KPI

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Target

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Monthly progress reports submitted by Day 5 of each month

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

100% on-time submission

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Site inspection frequency by resident engineers

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Minimum daily during active works

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

EHS specialist onsite presence

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Minimum 22 working days/month

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Social and Gender Expert onsite presence

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Minimum 22 working days/month

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Corrective Action Register updated

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Weekly minimum

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Non-conformance notices issued to contractor within

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

24 hours of identification

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Critical non-conformances escalated to client within

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Same working day

\n\t\t\t
\n\n

D. EHS Performance (Contract 2)

\n\n\n\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\n
\n\t\t\t

KPI

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Target

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Toolbox talks conducted

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Minimum 2 per week

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Monthly EHS inspection reports submitted

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

100% on-time

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Lost Time Injury (LTI) incidents investigated and reported

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Within 24 hours

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Near-miss incidents documented and reported

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Within 24 hours

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Worker OHS induction completion before site access

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

100% of workers

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

PPE compliance rate observed during inspections

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Minimum 95%

\n\t\t\t
\n\n

 

\n\n

E. Social and Grievance Performance (Contract 2)

\n\n\n\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\n
\n\t\t\t

KPI

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Target

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Grievance Redress Mechanism (GRM) log updated

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Weekly minimum

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Grievances acknowledged to complainant

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Within 5 working days

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Grievances resolved and closed

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Within 21 working days

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Community consultation sessions conducted

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Minimum once per quarter

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

ESS2 labor welfare monitoring reports submitted

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Monthly

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Gender and accessibility compliance checks documented

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Monthly

\n\t\t\t
\n\n

F. Reporting and Communication (Contract 2)

\n\n\n\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\n
\n\t\t\t

KPI

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Target

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Monthly progress meetings attended by Team Leader

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

100% attendance

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Meeting minutes submitted to client

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Within 5 working days of each meeting

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Response to client technical queries

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Within 3 working days

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

As-built drawings reviewed and approved

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Within 10 working days of contractor submission

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

O&M manuals reviewed and approved

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Prior to practical completion

\n\t\t\t
\n\n

 

\n\n

G. Bid Evaluation (Contract 2 – Task 3) Duration 10 working days

\n\n\n\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\n
\n\t\t\t

Bid Evaluation Report

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Within 10 working days from bid submission deadline

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

8–10 man-days

\n\t\t\t
\n\n

Total Contract 2 duration: 15 months 1 week

\n\n

Monitoring and Consequences:

\n\n

The Client will assess KPI compliance of the consultant on a monthly basis. The following escalation approach will apply:

\n\n\n\n

The Consultant shall include a KPI Compliance Summary as a standing section in each monthly progress report, self-reporting against all applicable indicators and providing explanations for any targets not met.

\n\n

Reporting Lines:

\n\n

The consultants will report to the GCCC Component 3, TIU head and the CTA project manager.

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

"},{"id":"OP00442448","notice_type":"Request for Expression of Interest","noticedate":"02-May-2026","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2026-05-07T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"14:00","project_ctry_name":"Tanzania","project_id":"P179969","project_name":"Tanzania Scaling-up Sustainable Marine Fisheries and Aquaculture Management Project (TASFAM)","bid_reference_no":"TZ-MLF-516101-CS-QCBS","bid_description":"Consultancy Services to conduct a Feasibility Study, Detailed Engineering Design and supervision of the Sardine and Small Pelagic fish processing plant at Kipumbwi Pangani District in Tanga Region","procurement_group":"CS","procurement_method_code":"QCBS","procurement_method_name":"Quality And Cost-Based Selection","contact_address":"Veterinary Complex,\n131 Nelson Mandela Rd,\nPO BOX 9152\nDar Es Salaam","contact_ctry_name":"Tanzania","contact_email":"nmlalila@gmail.com","contact_name":"Nichrous G. Mlalila","contact_organization":"Ministry of Livestock and Fisheries","contact_phone_no":"0762771747","contact_web_url":"www.mifugouvuvi.go.tz","submission_date":"2026-05-02T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"

THE UNITED REPUBLIC OF TANZANIA

\n\n

 

\n\n

MINISTRY OF LIVESTOCK AND FISHERIES - TASFAM

\n\n

 

\n\n\n\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\n
 
  
\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

REQUEST FOR EXPRESSION OF INTEREST (CONSULTING SERVICES – FIRMS SELECTION)

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

REF. NO.: TR99/TASFAM/P179969/2025/2026/C/08; TZ-MLF-516101-CS-QCBS FOR

\n\n

PROPOSAL DESCRIPTION: Consultancy Services to conduct a Feasibility Study, Detailed Engineering Design, and supervision of the Sardine and Small Pelagic fish processing plant at Kipumbwi Pangani District in Tanga Region

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

30/04/2026

\n\n

 

\n\n

Table of contents

\n\n

LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS 4

\n\n

INVITATION NOTICE 5

\n\n

QUALIFICATION AND EVALUATION CRITERIA 7

\n\n

DESCRIPTION OF ACTIVITY/SERVICES 12

\n\n

 

\n\n\n\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\n
 
  
\n\n

SCOPE OF ACTIVITY / SERVICES 13

\n\n

 

\n\n

ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n\n\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\n
\n\t\t\t

EoI

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Expression of Interest

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

 

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

G.N.

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Government Notice

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

 

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

GPN

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

General Procurement Notice

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

 

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

ICS

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

International Competitive Selection

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

 

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

NCS

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

National Competitive Selection

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

 

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

NeST

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

National e-Procurement System of Tanzania

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

 

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

PPA

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Public Procurement Act, Cap. 410

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

 

\n\t\t\t
\n\n

 

\n\n

THE UNITED REPUBLIC OF TANZANIA

\n\n

 

\n\n

MINISTRY OF LIVESTOCK AND FISHERIES - TASFAM

\n\n

 

\n\n\n\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\n
 
  
\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

REQUEST FOR EXPRESSION OF INTEREST (CONSULTING SERVICES – FIRMS SELECTION)

\n\n

 

\n\n

TR99/TASFAM/P179969/2025/2026/C/08; TZ-MLF-516101-CS-QCBS FOR

\n\n

Consultancy Services to conduct a Feasibility Study, Detailed Engineering Design, and supervision of the Sardine and Small Pelagic fish processing plant at Kipumbwi Pangani District in Tanga Region

\n\n

 

\n\n

30/04/2026

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. This invitation for expression of interest (pre-qualification) follows the General Procurement Notice (GPN) dated 23/02/2026.
    2. \n\t
  2. The MINISTRY OF LIVESTOCK AND FISHERIES - TASFAM has received a Credit from the World Bank toward the cost of Consultancy Services to conduct a Feasibility Study, Detailed Engineering Design, and supervision of the Sardine and Small Pelagic fish processing plant at Kipumbwi Pangani District in Tanga Region, and it intends to apply part of the proceeds for consulting services. The consulting services (“the Services”) include Consultancy Services to conduct a Feasibility Study, Detailed Engineering
    3. \n
\n\n

 

\n\n

Design, and supervision of the Sardine and Small Pelagic fish processing plant at Kipumbwi Pangani District in Tanga Region.

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. The MINISTRY OF LIVESTOCK AND FISHERIES - TASFAM now invites eligible consulting firms (“Consultants”) to indicate their interest in providing the Services. Interested Consultants should provide information demonstrating that they have the required qualifications and relevant experience to perform the Services for a period of 150.
    2. \n\t
  2. Interested all eligible tenderers must provide information indicating that they are qualified to perform the services by submitting consultant’s profile, description of similar assignments, experience in similar conditions, availability of appropriate skills among staff, etc. The specific shortlisting criteria are indicated in section of qualification and evaluation criteria.
    3. \n\t
  3. Consultants may associate with other firms in the form of a joint venture or a sub - consultancy to enhance their qualifications.
    4. \n\t
  4. The Consultant will be selected in accordance with the Quality and Cost Based Selection method set out in the Consultant Guidelines.
    5. \n\t
  5. The attention of interested Consultants is drawn to paragraph 1.9 of the World Bank’s Gui delines: Selection and Employment of Consultants [under IBRD Loans and IDA Credits & Grants] by World Bank Borrowers of Fourth Edition November 2020 (“Consultant Guidelines”), setting forth the World Bank’s policy on conflict of interest.
    6. \n\t
  6. Interested eligible consultants may obtain further information through National e- Procurement system (NeST)
    7. \n\t
  7. Expressions of Interest (EoI) must be delivered though NeST before deadline indicated on NeST.
    8. \n
\n\n

 

\n\n

Permanent Secretary

\n\n

P.o.Box 2847, Dodoma

\n\n

 

\n\n

EVALUATION CRITERIA

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n\n\n

 

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. \n\t
      \n\t\t
    1. \n\t\t
        \n\t\t\t
      1. Eligibility
        2. \n\t\t
      \n\t\t
      2. \n\t
    \n\t
    2. \n
\n\n

 

\n\n\n\n\n\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\n
\n\t\t\t

Litigation History Start Year

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

2023-01-01

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Litigation History End Year

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

2025-12-31

\n\t\t\t
\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. \n\t
      \n\t\t
    1. \n\t\t
        \n\t\t\t
      1. Standard Tender Forms
        2. \n\t\t
      \n\t\t
      2. \n\t
    \n\t
    2. \n
\n\n

 

\n\n\n\n

Bidder must fill in Standard Power of Attorney as per the required format and upload it into the system.

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n\n\n

 

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. \n\t
      \n\t\t
    1. \n\t\t
        \n\t\t\t
      1. Experience
        2. \n\t\t
      \n\t\t
      2. \n\t
    \n\t
    2. \n
\n\n

 

\n\n\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n\n\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\n
\n\t\t\t

 

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

completed at least three (3) similar projects

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Specific Experience Start Year

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

2023-01-01

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Specific Experience End Year

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

2025-12-31

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Number of Specific Experience Contracts

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

3

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Value of each specific experience contract in the specified tender currency

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

100000000

\n\t\t\t
\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n\n\n\n\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\n
\n\t\t\t

General experience start date

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

2023-01-01

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

General experience end date

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

2025-12-31

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Number of contract

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

3

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Contract value in the specified currency

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

100000000

\n\t\t\t
\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. \n\t
      \n\t\t
    1. \n\t\t
        \n\t\t\t
      1. Key Personnel
        2. \n\t\t
      \n\t\t
      2. \n\t
    \n\t
    2. \n
\n\n

 

\n\n\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n\n\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\n
\n\t\t\t

 

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Technician

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

Education Level

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

1 Team Leader/PPP Specialist • Advanced degree in Economics, Finance, Law, Public Administration, or related fields. 2 Financial Analyst • Advanced degree in Finance, Accounting, Marketing, International Trade Economics, Business Administration, or related discipline.

\n\n\t\t\t
    \n\t\t\t\t
  • Professional qualifications such as CPA, ACCA, CFA, or equivalent • Master’s degree in civil engineering, Structural Engineering, or related field. • Professional registration as Professional Engineer by ERB. 4 Architect • Master’s degree in architecture or related field. • Professional registration as Architect by AQRB. 5 Quantity Surveyor • Master’s degree degree in building economics or related field. • Professional registration as Quantity Surveyor by Architects and Quantity Surveyors Registration Board (AQRB) 6 Technology Specialist • Master’s degree in Food Technology, Chemical and Processing Engineering, or related technical discipline. 7 Electrical Technician • Full Technician Certificate (FTC) or Ordinary Diploma in Electrical or Electromechanical engineering • Professional registration from Engineers Registration Board (ERB)
    • \n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t
\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n\n\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\n
\n\t\t\t

 

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

and EWURA 8. Mechanical Technician • Full Technician Certificate (FTC) or Ordinary Diploma in Electromechanical engineering

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

Experience of Key Personnel

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

1 Team Leader/PPP Specialist • Minimum 10 years of practical experience leading PPP project preparation and structuring in infrastructure or processing sectors. • Demonstrated experience working with public and private stakeholders in PPP transactions Tanzania. • Expertise in navigating PPP regulatory frameworks, contract negotiation, and transaction advisory services. 2. Financial Analyst • Minimum 8 years’ experience in financial modelling, project finance, and investment appraisal. • Proven ability to develop financial models for PPP projects, including cash flow analysis and risk assessment. • Experience with sensitivity and scenario analysis in infrastructure or Agri-processing sectors. 3 Civil/ Structural Engineer • At least 8 years of experience designing processing plants, cold storage, or related food industry facilities. • Proven record preparing detailed design drawings, cost estimates, and construction management plans. 4. Architect • At least 10 years of experience designing

\n\t\t\t
\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n\n\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\n
\n\t\t\t

 

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

processing plants, cold storage, or related food industry facilities. • Proven record preparing detailed design drawings and construction management plans. 5. Quantity Surveyor • At least 8 years of experience quantification and preparation of specifications of civil works. 6. Technology Specialist • Minimum 10 years’ experience in food processing technology including micro-canning, equipment specification, and operational optimization. • Experience advising on technology transfer and capacity building for local operators. 7.

\n\n\t\t\t

Electrical Technician • At least 8 years of experience designing electrical industrial drawings. 8. Mechanical Technician • At least 8 years of experience designing mechanical industrial drawings.

\n\t\t\t
\n\n

 

\n\n

Description of Services

\n\n

 

\n\n

Kipumbwi village, located in Pangani District of Tanga Region, is one of Tanzania’s most active small-scale fisheries hubs, particularly for sardines and other small pelagic species. The village hosts the busiest fish landing site in the district, serving as a strategic entry and exit point for marine products to and from the Zanzibar Archipelago. Despite its productivity, Kipumbwi faces significant challenges in post-harvest handling, value addition, and environmental management. These losses stem from poor handling, inadequate storage, weather exposure, and gendered constraints in access to resources. In this context, the proposed feasibility study and detailed design of a sardine and small pelagic fish processing plant aim to:

\n\n\n\n

 

\n\n

Scope of Activity

\n\n

 

\n\n

SCOPE OF THE ASSIGNMENT

\n\n

The assignment will be conducted in two phases asfollows:

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. FeasibilityStudy; and
    2. \n\t
  2. DetailedArchitectural, Engineering Design and preparation of Bill of quantities.
    3. \n
\n\n

Feasibility Study (in accordance with PPP Act & Regulations) Technical Assessment

\n\n

The Consultant shall conduct a comprehensivetechnical assessment of the project site and related infrastructure todetermine the technical viability of establishing the sardine and small pelagicprocessing plant. This assessment will include:

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. SiteEvaluation: Physical andtechnical appraisal of the proposed site, identifying potential constraints orchallenges that could affect project implementation.
    2. \n\t
  2. ExistingInfrastructure: Review ofexisting facilities and utilities at the site to establish whether any supportor coordination is required from the Contracting Authority (CA) for sitepreparation.
    3. \n\t
  3. Accessto Utilities: Assessmentof availability, reliability, and capacity of essential services includingenergy (electricity), water supply, wastewater disposal, and solid wastemanagement systems.
    4. \n\t
  4. RelocationNeeds: Identification ofany utilities or services that may need to be relocated to accommodate the project.
    5. \n\t
  5. Transportand Access: Evaluate site access roads, parkingfacilities, pedestrian routes, and potential traffic congestion impactsassociated with the project. The Consultant shall carry out a trafficimpact assessment and propose appropriate mitigation measureswhere necessary. The assessment should also consider logisticsand access routes to ensure that project inputs can beefficiently transported to the site and that final products can reliably accesslocal, regional, and export markets.
    6. \n\t
  6. PreliminaryEngineering Design:Provide a high-level outline of preliminary engineering concepts, plant layoutoptions, and infrastructure requirements necessary to support the proposedfacility.
    7. \n
\n\n

Economic Assessment

\n\n

The Consultant shall undertake a detailed economicassessment of the sardine and small

\n\n

 

\n\n

pelagic fish processing plant including thefollowing components:

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. SectorBackground: Provide anoverview of the fisheries sector dynamics and performance, highlighting keytrends and economic variables (e.g., GDP contribution, inflation, interestrates) that may positively or negatively affect the project’s sustainability.Only variables relevant to project impact should be included.
    2. \n\t
  2. ResourceAssessment: Evaluate fishsupply at Kipumbwi and surrounding areas, including seasonal variations, catchvolumes, species and size composition, sustainability (in consultation with Beach Management Units - BMUs) andthe organoleptic quality of the landed products. In addition, consider therecommendations of the SWIOFC's Working Group on Small Pelagic Fish assessing thestocks to understand their status, catch potential, and sustainability.
    3. \n\t
  3. ProjectDemand: Estimate andforecast local, regional and international demand for small pelagic fish andrelated products, considering that only fish waste may be used for theproduction of fish meal and fish oil. Describe the methodology used to generatedemand forecasts, including any surveys, market studies, or econometric modelsapplied.
    4. \n\t
  4. SectorAssessment (SWOT Analysis):Conduct a SWOT analysis identifying the Strengths, Weaknesses, Opportunities,and Threats related to the small pelagic fishery and the proposed project.Illustrate how the project will enhance sector performance and contribute tooverall economic growth and development within the fisheries industry.
    5. \n\t
  5. EconomicBenefits: Identify andquantify welfare gains attributable to the project, such as income generationincluding both directbenefits (e.g., project operations) and indirect benefits, such as businesses andservices that may emerge along the supply chain, poverty reduction, employmentcreation, improved productivity, and food security.
    6. \n
\n\n

Provide a clear outline ofthe methods used to estimate these benefits.

\n\n

 

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Investment,Operational, and Capital Costs: Provide a detailed breakdown of investment,operational, and capital costs, converting all market prices intoeconomic/shadow prices that reflect the true social opportunity cost of theproject. The analysis shall exclude transfer payments (e.g., taxes and subsidies)and incorporate the valuation of both positive and negative externalities. Inaddition, the assessment should consider maintenance capacity and costs, aswell as the costs associated with accessing local, regional, and exportmarkets.
    2. \n\t
  2. EconomicAnalysis and Sensitivity Testing: Calculate and present key economic
    3. \n
\n\n

 

\n\n

indicators,including the Economic Rate of Return (ERR) and the Benefit-Cost Ratio (BCR).Conduct a sensitivity analysis to test the robustness of results under varyingassumptions. The analysis should include a detailed discussion of theunderlying hypotheses and the sources of data used in estimating both costs andbenefits.

\n\n

Commercial Assessment

\n\n

The Consultant shall conduct a thorough commercialassessment of the sardine and small pelagic processing plant including thefollowing elements:

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. ProjectStructure: Present theexpected project structure, detailing financing arrangements includingpotential debt and equity options, funding sources, and investment requirementsnecessary for successful implementation under a PPP framework.
    2. \n\t
  2. Proposed PPP Model: Recommend the mostappropriate Public-Private Partnership (PPP) model (e.g., Operation andMaintenance, Concession, Joint Venture) based on the project’s nature, riskprofile, and stakeholder interests. The analysis should also include a governanceassessment, covering roles, responsibilities, decision- makingstructures, and mechanisms for oversight, accountability, and disputeresolution among project stakeholders.
    3. \n\t
  3. RiskIdentification, Allocation and Mitigation: Develop a comprehensive risk matrix identifyingall major project risks, assessing their probability and impact, and proposingclear allocation of risks between the public and private partners.
    4. \n
\n\n

Outlinemitigation strategies for each identified risk.

\n\n

 

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. OutputSpecification: Define theservices to be delivered by the private partner during the operation andmaintenance phase, including the type, volume, and quality of outputs (e.g.processed sardine products). Specify key performance indicators (KPIs) andstandards to be used for performance monitoring and contract management.
    2. \n\t
  2. ProjectRevenue: Derive a list ofpotential end products, ranging from dry-salted to oil preserved and/or canned,with particular attention to current micro-cannery technologies designed forseasonal landings with varying volumes. Describe potential revenue streams,pricing mechanisms, and tariff structures envisaged under the PPP agreement.
    3. \n\t
  3. PaymentMechanism: Outline theproposed payment modalities and mechanisms, including any government payments,user fees, or milestone-based disbursements to the private partner.
    4. \n
\n\n

 

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Asset/FacilitiesHandover: Define proceduresand conditions for handover of assets and facilities at the end of the PPPcontract term, including maintenance standards and quality requirements.
    2. \n\t
  2. MarketSounding: Detail the marketsounding activities conducted to gauge interest and feedback from potentialinvestors, private sector bidders, and financiers.
    3. \n\t
  3. MarketAppetite: Summarize theoutcomes of the market sounding exercise, highlighting the commercial profileof prospective bidders and financiers, and their readiness and capacity toparticipate in the project without disclosing confidential information.
    4. \n
\n\n

Financial Assessment

\n\n

The Consultant shall conduct a comprehensivefinancial assessment of the sardine and small pelagic processing plant coveringthe following areas:

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. FinancialViability: Present theresults of the financial assessment, including all key assumptions used infinancial modelling such as capital and operating costs, revenue projections,pricing, and financing structure. Provide detailed financial statementsincluding projected Income Statement, Cash Flow, and Balance Sheet over theproject life cycle. Calculate financial metrics including Financial InternalRate of Return (FIRR), Financial Net Present Value (FNPV), payback period, andDebt Service Coverage Ratios (DSCR). Compare these results against relevantmarket benchmarks and justify the selection of benchmarks applied.
    2. \n\t
  2. SensitivityAnalysis: Performsensitivity analyses to assess the impact of key variables and risks on thefinancial viability of the project. Variables to be tested may include changesin demand, pricing, cost overruns, interest rates, and operationalefficiencies.
    3. \n\t
  3. GovernmentSupport (If Any):Identify any required government fiscal support or subsidies, outlining thetiming and magnitude of direct and contingent liabilities. Detail the processfor approval of any such support, which must be deliberated by the PPP SteeringCommittee and approved by the Minister of Finance as per applicable laws andregulations.
    4. \n\t
  4. AffordabilityAssessment: Provide aforward-looking analysis of the affordability of the project to both users(e.g., fishers, processors, exporters) and the government.
    5. \n
\n\n

Consider thecapacity of users to pay and the fiscal space available for governmentcontributions or guarantees.

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Valuefor Money (VfM): Present bothqualitative and quantitative assessments of Value for Money. This shouldinclude a comparison of the proposed PPP model with the Risk-
    2. \n
\n\n

 

\n\n

Adjusted PublicSector Comparator (PSC) to demonstrate the benefits and cost- effectiveness ofthe PPP approach.

\n\n

Legal Assessment

\n\n

The Consultant shall conduct a comprehensive legalassessment of the sardine and small pelagic processing plant covering thefollowing key areas:

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Legaland Regulatory Review: Analyse relevant laws,permits, and standards (e.g., fisheries regulations, food safety from TanzaniaBureau of Standards).
    2. \n\t
  2. LegalEnvironment: Identify andanalyse all relevant legislation, regulations, and legal frameworks applicableto the project. This includes but is not limited to laws governing Public-PrivatePartnerships (PPPs), public procurement, foreign investment, property rights, labour,land use planning, environmental protection, and sector- specific fisheriesregulations. Assess any legal obstacles, risks, or constraints that couldimpact project implementation and operations. Identify all required permits,licenses, and approvals necessary for the project.
    3. \n\t
  3. ProjectReadiness: Evaluate thelegal and regulatory capacity of the contracting authority and relevantinstitutions to support the PPP project. Assess the status of legalrequirements for project execution, including the ownership status of projectland and availability of valid title deeds. If title deeds or land rights arenot secured, provide a detailed description of the process, associated costs,and timelines necessary to obtain them.
    4. \n
\n\n

Institutional Assessment

\n\n

The Consultant shall undertake an institutionalassessment to support the sardine and small pelagic processing plant includingthe following:

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Stakeholders:Identify and introduceall relevant regulators, approval authorities, and key stakeholders involved inor impacted by the PPP project. This includes government agencies, localauthorities, sector regulators, community groups, and any other pertinententities.
    2. \n\t
  2. Rolesand Responsibilities: Describethe roles and responsibilities of each stakeholder and the existingcoordination and collaboration arrangements among them. Explain how the projectwill align with stakeholder mandates and how their interests and requirementswill be accommodated throughout the project lifecycle.
    3. \n\t
  3. StakeholderReadiness: Assess thereadiness and capacity of the Contracting Authority (CA) and other keystakeholders to undertake the project. This includes
    4. \n
\n\n

 

\n\n

institutionalpreparedness, resource availability, and ability to effectively manage andoversee the PPP arrangement.

\n\n

Conclusion and Next Steps

\n\n

The Consultant shall prepare a comprehensiveconclusion and roadmap based on the feasibility study findings, including thefollowing components:

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. SummaryStatement: Provide a clearsummary of the overall project viability, including fiscal affordability andvalue for money, based on technical, economic, commercial, financial, legal,institutional, and environmental assessments.
    2. \n\t
  2. CriticalIssues: Identify andhighlight critical issues and risks that are essential for decision- making toprogress to the procurement phase. Present a gaps analysis detailing anyoutstanding matters that must be resolved prior to initiating procurement ofthe private partner.
    3. \n\t
  3. ImplementationPlan: Develop adetailed implementation plan outlining key activities and milestones from thecurrent stage through to technical and financial close, and the plannedcommencement of operations. The plan should include realistic timelines andresponsible parties.
    4. \n\t
  4. ProcurementPlan: Outline theproposed PPP procurement process, including key stages such as marketengagement, tender preparation, bid evaluation, contract award, and contractsigning. Detail any planned approaches to ensure transparency, competitiveness,and compliance with the Public Private Partnership Act, 2018 as amended by the PublicPrivate Partnership (Amendment) Act, 2023 and Public Private PartnershipRegulations, 2020 and Public Private Partnership (Amendment) Regulations, 2023.
    5. \n
\n\n

Detailed Architectural and Engineering Designs

\n\n

 

\n\n

The Consultant shall prepare comprehensive detailedArchitectural and Engineering designs and associated documentation tosupport the construction and commissioning of the sardine and small pelagicprocessing plant including the following deliverables:

\n\n

Architectural and Engineering Designs

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. In conjunction with industry experts, draw up a listof the agreed product lines and the areas required for their processing .
    2. \n\t
  2. Consider the sustainable and climate-resilient features, such asenergy-efficient lighting, solar power, and rainwater harvesting wherefeasible.
    3. \n
\n\n

 

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Develop full architectural designs for the processingplant as stipulated in the table 1 below to ensure compliancewith applicable building codes, food health and safety regulations (HACCP), andPPP project requirements.
    2. \n\t
  2. Prepare detailed structural engineering designscovering foundations, superstructure, roofing, flooring, and other criticalbuilding components.
    3. \n\t
  3. Ensure efficient workflows within processing andstorage areas. vi.Incorporate provisions for future expansion orupgrades where feasible. Table 1: Civil Works andInfrastructure layout
    4. \n
\n\n\n\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\n
\n\t\t\t

SN

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Facility

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Description

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

1

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Processing Building

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Sardine boiling, drying, sorting, weighing, and packaging zones with food-grade floors and walls, water drainage system

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

2

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Administrative Office

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Offices for plant managers, quality control, logistics, accounting, and ICT/data room

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

3

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Room-Temperature Warehouse

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

For packaging materials, processed goods ready for local delivery

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

4

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Cold Storage Warehouse

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Chilled rooms for semi-finished and finished products awaiting shipment/export

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

5

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Flake Ice room

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Flake ice room to produce flake ice

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

6

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Sanitation Facilities

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Workers changing rooms, showers, toilets, and sanitation stations, process water and wastewater treatment systems

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

7

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Power and Water Supply System

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Backup generator, borehole or piped water system with filtration and treatment unit

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

8

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Access Roads & Loading Docks

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Vehicle access for raw fish delivery and export container loading

\n\t\t\t
\n\n

Bill of Quantities (BoQ) and Detailed Specifications

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Prepare a comprehensive Bill of Quantities (BoQ)detailing all construction materials, equipment, and labour inputs required forthe project.
    2. \n\t
  2. Develop detailed Specifications covering civil works,plumbing, electrical and mechanical
    3. \n
\n\n

 

\n\n

systems, ICT, and ancillary infrastructure.

\n\n

 

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Provide unit rates, quantities, and total costs,ensuring alignment with local market prices and international benchmarks.
    2. \n\t
  2. Include contingencies and allowances for pricefluctuations, taxes, and duties where applicable.
    3. \n
\n\n

Machinery Specification

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Identify and specify all required machinery andequipment for the facility, including automated boiling, drying, sorting,packaging, and cold storage systems.
    2. \n\t
  2. Machinery Specifications: For each piece of machinery,provide detailed specifications including capacity, power consumption, technicalstandards, and preferred suppliers or manufacturers that meet recognizedinternational quality certifications. The assessment should also ensure thatthe selected machinery is easily serviceable and reparable locally, and thatsuppliers/manufacturers can provide reliable after-sales support, spare partsavailability, and maintenance services.
    3. \n\t
  3. Assess the suitability and ease of operation ofmachinery, prioritizing technologies that are dependable, energy-efficient, andmanageable within the local context.
    4. \n
\n\n

Spare Parts, Maintenance, and Training: Provide recommendations for spare parts, maintenance requirements, and training needs for operational staff. Particular emphasis should be placed on ensuring that the machinery selected under point (ii) is easily repairable locally, with preferred suppliers/manufacturers able to offer maintenance support, spare parts availability, and capacity-building for staffin operation and upkeep.

"},{"id":"OP00440845","notice_type":"Request for Expression of Interest","noticedate":"24-Apr-2026","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2026-05-15T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"17:00","project_ctry_name":"Eastern and Southern Africa","project_id":"P179804","project_name":"Africa Think Tank Platform Project","bid_reference_no":"ET-AUC-494958-CS-QCBS","bid_description":"Selection of a Consulting Firm to conduct a Feasibility study for the Endowment Fund and Designing a Resource Mobilization Strategy for the Africa Think Tank Platform Endowment Fund","procurement_group":"CS","procurement_method_code":"QCBS","procurement_method_name":"Quality And Cost-Based Selection","contact_address":"Africa Union HeadquartersP.O.BOX 3243Tel: 251-11-5-517700webmaster: webmaster@africa-union.orgAddis","contact_ctry_name":"Ethiopia","contact_email":"ChirwaT@AfricanUnion.org","contact_name":"Themba Gilbert Chirwa","contact_organization":"Africa Union Commission","contact_phone_no":"+251982878023","submission_date":"2026-04-24T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"

 

\n\n\n\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\n
\n\t\t\t

AFRICAN UNION

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

 

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

UNION AFRICAINE

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

 

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

UNIÃO AFRICANA

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

UMOJA WA AFRIKA

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

UNIÓN AFRICANA

\n\t\t\t
\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

                              REQUEST FOR EXPRESSIONS OF INTEREST

\n\n

(CONSULTING SERVICES – FIRMS SELECTION)

\n\n

 

\n\n

Name of the Project: THE AFRICA THINK-TANK-PLATFORM (ATTP) PROJECT

\n\n

Grant No: P180117

\n\n

Assignment Title: Selection of a Consulting Firm to conduct a Feasibility study for the Endowment Fund and Designing a Resource Mobilization Strategy for the Africa Think Tank Platform Endowment Fund

\n\n

Procurement Ref: ET-AUC- 494958-CS-QCBS

\n\n

 

\n\n

The Africa Union Commission has received financing from the World Bank toward the cost of the Africa Think-Tank-Platform (ATTP) Project and intends to apply part of the proceeds for consulting services.

\n\n

The consulting services (“the Services”) include Consultancy service to conduct a Feasibility study for the Endowment Fund and Designing a Resource Mobilization Strategy for the Africa Think Tank Platform Endowment Fund

\n\n

The Terms of Reference (TOR) for the assignment is attached to this request for expressions of interest.

\n\n

The African Union Commission now invites eligible consulting firms (“Consultants”) to submit their interest in providing the Services. Interested Consultants should provide information demonstrating that they have the required qualifications and relevant experience to perform the Services.

\n\n

THE SHORTLISTING CRITERIA ARE:

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Firm’s core business
    2. \n\t
  2. Firm’s years of general business experience
    3. \n\t
  3. Relevant similar experience of the firm in the assignment
    4. \n\t
  4. Technical and managerial capability of the firm
    5. \n
\n\n

 

\n\n

Key Experts will not be evaluated at the shortlisting stage.

\n\n

The attention of interested Consultants is drawn to Section III, paragraphs, 3.14, 3.16, and 3.17 of the World Bank’s “Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers” July 2016 updated in November 2020. Procurement will also comply with “Guidelines on Preventing and Combating Fraud and Corruption in Projects Financed by IBRD Loans and IDA Credits and Grants” revised as of July 1, 2016.

\n\n

Consultants may associate with other firms to enhance their qualifications but should indicate clearly whether the association is in the form of a joint venture and/or a sub-consultancy. In the case of a joint venture, all the partners in the joint venture shall be jointly and severally liable for the entire contract, if selected.

\n\n

 

\n\n

The selection method is Quality and Cost Based Selection (QCBS) as set out in the Procurement Regulations.

\n\n

Further information can be obtained at the address below during office hours i.e. 0900 to 1700 hours.

\n\n

Expressions of interest must be delivered in a written form to the address below (in person, or by mail, or by e-mail) by 15 May 2026

\n\n

 

\n\n

African Union Commission,

\n\n

Attn: Head of Supply Chain Management Division

\n\n

Building C, 3rd Floor,

\n\n

P.O Box 3243, Roosevelt Street

\n\n

Addis Ababa, Ethiopia

\n\n

Tel: +251 (0) 11 551 7700 – Ext 4305

\n\n

Fax: +251 (0) 11 551 0442; +251 11-551-0430

\n\n

E-mails: tender@africanunion.org.   

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

THE AFRICA THINK-TANK-PLATFORM (ATTP) PROJECT

\n\n

Selection of a Consulting Firm to conduct a Feasibility study for the Endowment Fund and Designing a Resource Mobilisation Strategy for the Africa Think Tank Platform Endowment Fund

\n\n

 

\n\n

Procurement Reference No.ET-AUC- 494958-CS-QCBS

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

TERMS OF REFERENCE

\n\n

 

\n\n

1. Introduction

\n\n

1.1 Background

\n\n

The Africa Think Tank Platform (ATTP) project is a strategic initiative designed to enhance the capacity and influence of think tanks across Africa. With a five-year, US$50 million Investment Project Financing (IPF) initiative, the ATTP project aims to create a sustainable platform for cooperation and harmonisation on regional policy issues among country-level policymakers, regional blocs, and think tanks across the continent.

\n\n

The project focuses on six key priority themes: economic transformation and governance, climate change, regional trade, food security, human capital, and digitalisation, which align with the African Union’s Agenda 2063, the World Bank's Africa Strategy, and the United Nations' Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs). Gender inclusivity remains a central aspect of the project’s design.

\n\n

The African Union Commission (AUC), with funding from the World Bank, is establishing the Africa Think Tank Platform (ATTP). The aim of this consultancy assignment is to conduct a Feasibility Study and design a Resource Mobilisation Strategy for the ATTP endowment fund.

\n\n

Selection will follow Quality-and Cost-Based Selection (QCBS) under the World Bank Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers. Firms must comply with the World Bank’s Anti-Corruption Guidelines, including prohibitions on fraud, corruption, collusion, coercion, and obstruction. The African Union Commission (AUC) reserves the right to verify references, conduct due diligence, and perform sanctions checks. Firms from all eligible countries, in accordance with the Procurement Regulations, are invited to participate. Firms, individuals, or entities subject to applicable World Bank sanctions are ineligible. Conflicts of interest must be fully disclosed in proposals in accordance with the Procurement Regulations. Undisclosed conflicts of interest may result in disqualification or contract termination.

\n\n

The AUC, therefore, invites proposals from qualified and legally registered Consulting Firms. Proposals may be submitted by a single entity or by a consortium/joint venture of firms, provided they collectively meet the minimum qualifications stipulated in this TOR.

\n\n

1.2  The ATTP Project Development Objective

\n\n

The ATTP project's development objective is to establish a sustainable platform that strengthens the capacity for effective policy research and policymaking on cross-border priorities in Africa.

\n\n

​​​​​​​1.3  The ATTP Project Components

\n\n

The ATTP project will be implemented through three main components as follows:

\n\n

​​​​​​​ Component 1: Establish Capacity to Operate A Sustainable Policy-Making Platform

\n\n

This component focuses on establishing the capacity to operate a sustainable policy-making platform. The goal is to support knowledge generation and offer guidance on continental priority issues, thereby strengthening the platform's role in regional economic policymaking.

\n\n

Think Tanks selected under ATTP will collaborate with relevant Specialised Technical Committees (STCs)[1] at the African Union, fostering a network of researchers and policymakers. The resources under this Component will be utilised to finance the following Tasks:

\n\n\n\n

 Component 2: Strengthen Policy Research's Quality, Relevance, and Uptake on Priority Issues

\n\n

This component focuses on strengthening the capacity of think tanks and policy research institutions. This includes providing technical assistance and training to think tanks; supporting the quality and dissemination of research; facilitating resource mobilisation; establishing a peer network for female economic researchers; and conducting a study to analyse prior initiatives aimed at increasing female participation in policy research. The resources under this Component will be utilised to finance the following Tasks:

\n\n\n\n

​​​​​​​ Component 3: Support Platform Sustainability

\n\n

This Component will support the design and establishment of a sustainable financing mechanism to resource African think tanks over the long term. The platform will be structured to mobilise, pool, and deploy resources from African governments, the private sector, foundations, individuals, diaspora philanthropy, and institutional donors. It will consider an endowment fund and other complementary instruments (for example, a pooled special fund, multi-year partnership windows, fee-for-service and membership models, blended finance structures, and other context-appropriate mechanisms) to ensure resilient, diversified financing beyond the life of the ATTP project. The resources under this Component will be utilised to finance the following Tasks.

\n\n\n\n

The primary objective of this Component is to ensure that the ATTP extends beyond the traditional five-year project cycle in international development financing. Consequently, the feasibility study requested under these TORs must not only assess and compare potential financing mechanisms, but it must also recommend a coherent platform design and phased roadmap that sets out how the selected mechanisms will be established, governed, capitalised, and operated, ensuring it remains a legacy asset for the continent’s future generations of policymakers.

\n\n

Throughout these Terms of Reference, the terms "sustainable financing platform," "endowment fund," "general fund," and related variants are used in recognition of ongoing Member State consultations regarding the optimal financing architecture for long-term ATTP sustainability. While the preferred option under consideration is to establish both an endowment fund (to generate investment income) and a general fund (for operational deployment of resources), this feasibility study is designed to maintain flexibility in its scope and recommendations.

\n\n

The core mandate of this consultancy is to assess the full spectrum of sustainable financing options, including but not limited to endowment structures, pooled funding mechanisms, multi-year partnership windows, and blended finance instruments. The consulting firm is asked to recommend the most appropriate combination of mechanisms for establishing a sustainable financing mechanism for the ATTP. Where the document refers to "the endowment fund and general fund," this should be understood as the baseline scenario for analysis, while recognising that final recommendations may propose alternative or complementary configurations based on the feasibility assessment, stakeholder consultations, and alignment with AUC financial rules and Member State preferences.

\n\n

​​​​​​​ 1.4 The Project’s Logical Framework

\n\n

Based on the proposed components and tasks, the ATTP project aims to deliver a series of benefits streams that improve policymaking and implementation across Africa. The ATTP project's logical framework is centred on establishing a robust Think Tank Platform to support research on continental priority issues by African Think Tanks, particularly policy research by female researchers. 

\n\n

The logical framework depicted in Figure 1 highlights the key components and their expected outcomes in establishing a sustainable platform that strengthens the capacity for effective policy research and policymaking, led by African Think Tanks, on cross-border priorities affecting Africa. The project’s interventions are structured across three main components, each with its own assumptions and risks that can influence the achievement of the desired outcomes.

\n\n

​​​​​​​1.5  The ATTP Proposed Development Model and Governance Framework

\n\n

The ATTP project model is designed to leverage strategic oversight and diverse funding sources to advance its mission. The Think Tank Platform Steering Committee is central to this model and is expected to provide strategic direction and oversight, ensuring that the platform's activities align with its overarching goals. As illustrated in Figure 2, the ATTP Project will be implemented through a multi-tiered governance framework anchored by the Think Tank Platform Steering Committee, comprising representatives from the African Union, regional economic communities (RECs), development partners, academia, and the private sector.

\n\n

Day-to-day operations will be managed by the ATTP Secretariat (hosted under the AUC’s PMRM Directorate) and led by the Project Coordinator, with support from cross-functional teams, including finance, monitoring and evaluation (M&E), capacity building, and a technical advisor. The Secretariat will enforce Performance Partnership Agreements (PPAs) with think tanks, ensuring accountability through predefined key performance indicators (KPIs) and periodic evaluations.

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

​​​​​​​1.6 Objectives of the Assignment

\n\n

African think tanks currently face significant financial fragility, undermining their capacity to contribute effectively to continental policy processes. This fragility manifests in several interconnected ways:

\n\n\n\n

To address these challenges and ensure the long‑term sustainability of the ATTP, the AUC seeks a consulting firm to design and recommend an effective endowment structure for the program, based on a comprehensive feasibility study.

\n\n

The proposed plan should prioritise innovative, practical mechanisms to mobilise and pool resources to secure the long-term financial sustainability of African think tanks. This will help ensure that they continue to generate high-quality policy research that advances the continent’s priority development agendas. The proposed design and structure should include:

\n\n\n\n

The endowment fund and general fund are expected to attract contributions from diverse sources, including African governments, private-sector organisations, foundations, institutional donors, diaspora networks, and other well-wishers. The platform's design should ensure diversified, African-owned revenue streams that reduce dependency on short-term external grants while maintaining flexibility to respond to evolving policy research priorities across the ATTP's six thematic areas: economic transformation and governance, climate change, regional trade, food security, human capital, and digitalisation. While these Terms of Reference refer to an "endowment fund and general fund" as the baseline financing architecture, the mandate is to assess the full spectrum of sustainable financing options and recommend the optimal combination of mechanisms based on feasibility analysis, stakeholder consultations, alignment with AUC financial rules, and Member State preferences.

\n\n

The feasibility study shall assess at least two implementation scenarios for the financing platform: (i) an AUC-hosted model as the baseline; and (ii) a non-AUC host model (e.g., an autonomous AU-affiliated foundation or agency, REC-hosted vehicle, or special-purpose entity). For each scenario, the study should thoroughly examine legal permissibility, governance and decision rights, fiduciary arrangements, operational capacity, cost and timeline implications, and a phased transition roadmap. In addition to the comparative analysis, the study should provide clear recommendations on the most suitable option(s) based on evidence, stakeholder input, and contextual needs. Furthermore, the Consulting Firm is encouraged to apply independent, critical thinking in their analysis and may propose alternative or hybrid models if these are supported by the feasibility findings and align with the long-term objectives of the financing platform.

\n\n

The assignment is divided into two phases: Phase I: Feasibility Study and Phase II: Resource Mobilisation.

\n\n

​​​​​​​Phase I: Landscape analysis and feasibility assessment

\n\n

During this phase, the consultancy will:

\n\n\n\n\n\n

The deliverable will be a Final Feasibility Study Report that synthesises the landscape analysis, comparative review, and feasibility assessment into actionable recommendations for establishing the ATTP endowment and general fund.

\n\n

​​​​​​​Phase II: Resource Mobilisation Strategy Development

\n\n

Phase II shall commence only upon formal written approval by the AUC of the Final Feasibility Study Report (D1.3). The ATTP Secretariat will coordinate technical review and consolidation of comments, but final approval rests with the AUC. During this phase, the consultancy will develop a robust, multi-faceted resource mobilisation strategy and sustainability plan to secure financing and capitalisation for the platform's various mechanisms, ensuring long-term viability.

\n\n

The resource mobilisation strategy should:

\n\n\n\n

The strategy should outline practical approaches to engaging stakeholders and to ensure sustainable financing to support the think tank platform's operations and policy research activities aligned with the ATTP's priority themes.

\n\n

2. Scope of Work

\n\n

The consultancy will be delivered in two phases, totalling 180 working days (approximately 6 months), to ensure timely delivery while maintaining quality and effective stakeholder engagement.

\n\n\n\n

The deliverables are consolidated and restructured as follows:

\n\n\n\n

Summary of Phase I Tasks

\n\n

The consulting firm will undertake the following main tasks during Phase I:

\n\n

​​​​​​​Phase I Inception Report

\n\n\n\n

Draft Feasibility Study Report

\n\n

The Draft Feasibility Study Report will consolidate and present findings and initial recommendations covering, at a minimum:

\n\n\n\n

Final Feasibility Study Report

\n\n\n\n

Detailed Description of Phase I Tasks

\n\n

The allocated effort for completing Phase I tasks is 90 working days. Below is a detailed description of each task and level of effort.

\n\n

​​​​​​​Phase I Inception Report

\n\n

At the start of Phase I, the consulting firm will draft the Inception Report outlining the methodology, timelines, and approach for completing Phase I deliverables. The consulting firm shall present the inception report to the ATTP Project Secretariat and key stakeholders for review and approval. The presentation should include the proposed objectives, methodology, and timeline.

\n\n\n\n

Draft Feasibility Study Report

\n\n

This deliverable consolidates the work previously described under assessment of AUC financial rules/procedures; review of existing fund models; development of operational mechanisms; stakeholder engagement synthesis; and risk analysis (initial), including the required comparative institutional scenario analysis and draft IPS outline (as applicable).

\n\n\n\n

Final Feasibility Study Report

\n\n

Following receipt of written comments on the draft feasibility report, the consulting firm shall revise and finalise the report, including a change log, and deliver a final presentation and submit the Final Feasibility Study Report for formal written approval by the AUC. Submission will be in English and French.

\n\n\n\n

Summary of Phase II Tasks

\n\n

Upon successful completion of Phase I and subject to AUC approval, the consulting firm will undertake Phase II to develop a resource mobilisation strategy for the ATTP fund(s), consistent with the feasibility conclusions and the selected institutional/hosting scenario. The consulting firm will undertake the following main tasks during Phase II:

\n\n

​​​​​​​Phase II Inception Report

\n\n\n\n

Draft Resource Mobilisation Strategy

\n\n

The Draft Resource Mobilisation Strategy will cover and consolidate the work previously described under governance (mobilisation-relevant elements), stakeholder mapping/engagement, funding mechanisms, capacity building considerations (mobilisation function), monitoring indicators for mobilisation, and sustainability planning, including:

\n\n\n\n

Final Resource Mobilisation Strategy

\n\n\n\n

Detailed Description of Phase II Tasks

\n\n

The allocated effort for completing Phase II tasks is 90 working days. Below is a detailed description of each task and level of effort.

\n\n

​​​​​​​​​​​​​​Phase II Inception Report

\n\n

At the start of Phase II, the consulting firm will draft the Inception Report outlining the detailed approach, updated timelines, and methods for completing Phase II deliverables. The consulting firm shall present the inception report to the ATTP Secretariat and key stakeholders. Stakeholder feedback will be incorporated into the final report.

\n\n\n\n

Draft Resource Mobilisation Strategy

\n\n

The consulting firm will develop and present the draft strategy, based on targeted consultations (including Member State Permanent Representatives in Addis Ababa, Ministries of Finance where relevant, development partners, foundations, private sector, and diaspora channels as appropriate), and incorporate feasibility constraints/choices from Phase I.

\n\n\n\n

Final Resource Mobilisation Strategy

\n\n

The consulting firm shall revise the draft strategy based on inputs received, finalise the report, and present the final strategy to the AUC (coordinated by the ATTP Secretariat) for confirmation/approval.

\n\n\n\n

While consultancies are required to submit a technical and financial proposal covering both phases, we recognise that the detailed scope, methodology, and team composition for Phase II will be informed by the findings and recommendations of Phase I. Accordingly, at the commencement of Phase II, the consulting firm may propose reasonable adjustments to the Phase II approach, staffing, and work plan through the Phase II Inception Report (D2.1), provided such adjustments are consistent with the overall objectives of the assignment, remain within the contracted budget ceiling, and are approved in writing by the ATTP Secretariat.

\n\n

 

\n\n

Indicative Stakeholder Engagement Framework

\n\n

Stakeholder engagement is central to the quality and credibility of both the feasibility study and the resource mobilisation strategy. To ensure comparability across proposals and realistic budgeting for the consultation effort, consulting firms should plan their stakeholder engagement using the following indicative framework.

\n\n

Minimum key informant interviews: The consulting firm should plan for a minimum of 20 to 25 key informant interviews across both phases, distributed indicatively as follows:

\n\n\n\n

Validation Workshops: The consulting firm shall plan for at least one multi-stakeholder validation workshop during the assignment to present draft findings and recommendations for stakeholder input prior to finalisation. The format, timing, and participant list shall be proposed in the relevant Inception Report and agreed upon with the ATTP Secretariat.

\n\n

The list of key informants above is indicative and intended to establish a common baseline for proposal preparation. The consulting firm may propose adjustments to the composition of stakeholder consultations in the Inception Report, provided such adjustments are clearly justified and approved by the ATTP Secretariat.

\n\n

The Consultant shall budget for one multi-stakeholder validation workshop. Costs for the workshop are reimbursable and will cover only conference facilities, interpretation (English, French, and Arabic), and logistics for up to 30 participants. The format may be in-person in Addis Ababa. The Consultant is responsible for venue arrangements and logistics, and for ensuring the use of secure platforms that adhere to data protection best practices.

\n\n

3. Deliverables and Payment Schedule

\n\n

The AUC estimates that the Consulting firm will need no more than 6 months (180 working days) to complete this assignment (both Phase I and Phase II). The Consulting firm will require no more than 90 working days to complete Phase I deliverables. Upon successful completion of Phase I deliverables, the Consulting firm will require no more than 90 working days for Phase II deliverables.

\n\n

The AUC also expects the Consulting Firm to be available throughout the entire duration of the services. This includes liaising with the ATTP Project Secretariat and other parties, managing office operations, and ensuring service quality. As part of project management, several meetings between the ATTP Project Secretariat and the Consulting firm may be scheduled at any time. The Consulting firm shall produce meeting minutes of all proceedings. The Consulting Firm shall submit all deliverables to the ATTP Project Coordinator for coordination of review. Final approval of the Final Feasibility Study Report (D1.3) shall be provided by the AUC.

\n\n

​​​​​​​Phase I Deliverables

\n\n

The consulting firm is expected to produce three (3) deliverables during Phase I:

\n\n

​​​​​​​D1.1: Phase I Inception Report

\n\n

An initial report outlining the consultancy’s proposed methodology, work plan, and timeline for conducting the Phase I feasibility work. The report shall include a stakeholder engagement plan, a data collection and validation approach, and research tools (questionnaires/surveys, where applicable; KII guides; FGD protocols, where applicable; and document review frameworks).

\n\n

(Due: 10 Working Days from contract effectiveness).

\n\n

​​​​​​​D1.2: Draft Feasibility Study Report

\n\n

A consolidated draft report presenting the feasibility assessment and initial recommendations for the ATTP financing platform. The report shall include, at a minimum:

\n\n\n\n

(Due: 70 Working days from contract effectiveness).

\n\n

​​​​​​​D1.3: Final Feasibility Study Report

\n\n

A final report that incorporates written comments from the ATTP Secretariat and key stakeholders on the Draft Feasibility Study Report (D1.2). The report shall include:

\n\n\n\n

(Due: 90 Working Days from contract effectiveness).

\n\n

​​​​​​​Phase II Deliverables

\n\n

Phase II shall commence upon formal approval of the Final Feasibility Study Report (D1.3) by the AUC. The consulting firm is expected to produce three (3) deliverables during Phase II:

\n\n

​​​​​​​D2.1: Phase II Inception Report

\n\n

An updated work plan outlining the methodology, timeline, and approach for completing Phase II deliverables, aligned to the selected institutional scenario and financing architecture emerging from Phase I. The report shall include a stakeholder engagement plan (with stakeholder map, engagement objectives, and schedule), data collection instruments, and confirmation of alignment with the ATTP Secretariat on Phase II priorities.

\n\n

(Due: 10 Working Days from the contract effectiveness of Phase II).

\n\n

​​​​​​​D2.2: Draft Resource Mobilisation Strategy Report

\n\n

A draft strategy document for securing capitalisation and financing for the ATTP financing platform (consistent with Phase I recommendations). The report shall include, at a minimum:

\n\n\n\n

(Due: 70 Working Days from the contract effectiveness of Phase II).

\n\n

​​​​​​​D2.3: Final Resource Mobilisation Strategy Report

\n\n

A final strategy document incorporating written comments from the ATTP Secretariat and key stakeholders on D2.2. The report shall include:

\n\n\n\n

(Due: 90 Working Days from the contract effectiveness of Phase II).

\n\n

​​​​​​​Payment Schedule

\n\n

The Consulting firm shall produce the deliverables outlined in this section to the highest international technical standards, as described in sections 2.1 and 2.3. The actual delivery date for each deliverable will be determined and approved by the AU on the contract's effective date. It should serve as a foundation for an AU-approved work plan. The formal delivery of all expected deliverables may be conducted electronically.

\n\n

Draft deliverables (D1.2, D2.2) will be reviewed by the ATTP Secretariat and stakeholders coordinated by the ATTP Project Coordinator. The AUC is the final approving authority for D1.3 (Final Feasibility Study Report) and authorises commencement of Phase II in writing

\n\n\n\n\n\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\n\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\n
\n\t\t\t

Sn.

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Deliverable Description

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Estimated Due Date

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Payment
\n\t\t\t(Per cent)

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

D1.1

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Phase I Inception Report

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

 10 Working Days from Contract Effectiveness

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

20%

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

D1.2

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Draft Feasibility Study Report

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

70 Working Days from Contract Effectiveness

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

40%

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

D1.3

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Final Feasibility Study Report

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

90 Working Days from Contract Effectiveness

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

40%

\n\t\t\t
 \n\t\t\t

Total

\n\t\t\t		 \n\t\t\t

100%

\n\t\t\t
\n\n

 

\n\n

Phase II Deliverables

\n\n\n\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\n\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\n
\n\t\t\t

Sn.

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Deliverable Description

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Estimated Due Date

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Payment
\n\t\t\t(Per cent)

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

D2.1

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Phase II Inception Report

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

10 Working Days from Contract Effectiveness of Phase II

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

20%

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

D2.2

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Draft Resource Mobilisation Strategy Report

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

70 Working Days from Contract Effectiveness of Phase II

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

40%

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

D2.3

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Final Resource Mobilisation Strategy Report

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

90 Working Days from Contract Effectiveness of Phase II

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

40%

\n\t\t\t
 \n\t\t\t

Total

\n\t\t\t		 \n\t\t\t

100

\n\t\t\t
\n\n

4. Other Applicable Requirements

\n\n\n\n

Consulting firms engaged under the ATTP Project must comply with the Labour Management Procedures (LMP) outlined in the project framework. Consulting firms must ensure fair treatment, non-discrimination, and equal opportunity for project workers, and promote safe and healthy working conditions. They must adhere to the occupational health and safety (OHS) measures specified in the LMP and establish accessible grievance mechanisms for workers to address workplace concerns promptly and effectively. Compliance with the ATTP Code of Conduct guided by the Environmental and Social Commitment Plan (ESCP) and the Stakeholder Engagement Plan (SEP) is mandatory, including measures to prevent Sexual Exploitation and Abuse (SEA), Sexual Harassment (SH), and workplace discrimination. Consulting firms should also ensure compliance with relevant Ethiopian labour laws when addressing labour-related risks and apply the highest standards when discrepancies arise between national laws and ESS2 requirements.

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. \n\t
      \n\t\t
    1. Applicable Environmental and Social Requirements
      2. \n\t
    \n\t
    2. \n
\n\n

Consulting firms engaged under the ATTP Project must operate in compliance with the World Bank Environmental and Social Framework (ESF) for Investment Project Financing (IPF), including adherence to Environmental and Social Standard 2 (ESS2) on Labour and Working Conditions. Consulting firms are required to align their operations with the ATTP Environmental and Social Management System, ensuring integration of ESS2 requirements in labour management, occupational health and safety (OHS), stakeholder engagement, and grievance resolution. Consulting firms must adhere to the ATTP Code of Conduct, addressing environmental and social risks, particularly those related to SEA, SH, and workplace discrimination. Furthermore, consulting firms should identify and mitigate potential environmental and social risks associated with their work, including travel, stakeholder interactions, and the technical specifications of deliverables, and ensure compliance with additional ESS requirements where applicable.

\n\n

​​​​​​​Applicable Stakeholder Engagement Requirements

\n\n

Consulting firms engaged under the ATTP Project must comply with the Stakeholder Engagement Plan (SEP) requirements, which align with the World Bank Environmental and Social Standard 10 (ESS10). The SEP emphasises transparent and inclusive stakeholder engagement throughout the project lifecycle to enhance project acceptance and sustainability. Consulting firms are required to identify relevant stakeholders, including disadvantaged and vulnerable groups, disclose project information in a culturally sensitive and appropriate manner, facilitate meaningful consultations, and operate a transparent Grievance Redressal Mechanism (GRM). Monitoring and reporting on engagement activities, as well as addressing stakeholder feedback, are essential to ensuring compliance with SEP guidelines and supporting successful project implementation

\n\n

5.Management of Services

\n\n\n\n

The AUC expects the Consulting firm to provide appropriate key and non-key personnel who will contribute inputs in accordance with the work program. The proposed team shall include at least the key personnel listed below, with specified qualifications and experience. These individuals should be experts who will dedicate significant time to the project or whose contributions are essential to the consultancy. Additional staff and staffing requirements should be suggested by the Consulting firm as needed, based on the proposed methodology and approach to the assignment. The AUC expects all personnel involved to be fluent in English or French during contract execution. All (final) deliverables shall be submitted in both English and French; however, the primary working language for drafting and stakeholder engagement will be English, with final approved deliverables translated into French prior to submission.   

\n\n

Consultants  must provide documentary evidence of meeting the minimum firm qualifications, including copies of signed contracts or completion certificates for at least two similar assignments undertaken within the past five years, client reference letters (with contact details) attesting to satisfactory performance, and proof of legal registration. Where proposals are submitted by a consortium or joint venture, the consortium may collectively meet the minimum firm qualifications; the proposal must include a signed consortium agreement outlining roles, responsibilities, and percentage shares, and designate a lead firm authorised to contract with the AUC.

\n\n\n\n

The consulting firm must have the following expertise:

\n\n

​​​​​​​Minimum Firm Qualifications

\n\n

The consulting firm must be a legally registered entity and demonstrate institutional capacity and relevant experience to undertake this assignment. Specifically, the firm must have:

\n\n\n\n

1.Team Leader

\n\n

Qualifications and Skills

\n\n\n\n

Professional Experience

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. At least 15 years of experience in financial analysis, feasibility studies, and fund design.
    2. \n\t
  2. Proven ability to lead multi-disciplinary teams and manage complex projects.
    3. \n\t
  3. Extensive experience in designing resource mobilisation strategies for institutional funds, including engagement with donors, governments, and private sector entities.
    4. \n\t
  4. Experience in designing and operationalising governance frameworks for funds.
    5. \n\t
  5. Demonstrated ability to engage with diverse stakeholders, including senior government officials and donors.
    6. \n\t
  6. Fluency in written and oral communication skills in English or French.
    7. \n
\n\n

2.Finance Expert

\n\n

Qualifications and Skills:

\n\n\n\n

Professional Experience:

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. At least 10 years of experience in assessing financial frameworks, rules, and procedures.
    2. \n\t
  2. Proven expertise in financial analysis and fund management, including proficiency in financial modelling, forecasting, and performance evaluation.
    3. \n\t
  3. Significant experience in designing resource mobilisation strategies for institutional funds, including mechanisms to attract contributions from governments, private sector entities, and development partners.
    4. \n\t
  4. Experience in developing financial models and frameworks for institutional funds.
    5. \n\t
  5. Experience leading public sector finance work in the sub-Saharan Africa region.
    6. \n\t
  6. Professional experience in public financial management and implementing public financial management reform within national and sub-national institutions.
    7. \n\t
  7. Prior experience in donor-funded technical assistance programs for PFM assessments, strategic reforms, and implementation.
    8. \n\t
  8. Demonstrated experience with public financial management assessments and diagnostic tools (e.g., Tax Administration Diagnostic Assessment Tool [TADAT], Public Expenditure and Financial Accountability [PEFA], Medium Term Fiscal Frameworks [MTFF], Medium Term Budget Frameworks [MTBF], Public Expenditure Reviews [PER], Public Expenditure Tracking Surveys [PETS], Fiscal Risk Assessments [FRA], and budget transparency).
    9. \n
\n\n

 

\n\n\n\n

3.Risk Analysis Expert

\n\n

Qualifications and Skills

\n\n\n\n

Professional Experience

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. At least 7 years of experience in conducting risk assessments for complex financial projects.
    2. \n\t
  2. Proven ability to identify, analyse, and propose mitigation strategies for financial, operational, and governance risks.
    3. \n\t
  3. Experience working on institutional funds or similar projects.
    4. \n\t
  4. Strong understanding of endowment risk exposure, including market, governance, and liquidity risks.
    5. \n\t
  5. Fluency in English or French, with excellent reporting capabilities.
    6. \n
\n\n

4.Stakeholder Engagement Expert

\n\n

Qualifications and Skills

\n\n\n\n

Professional Experience

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. At least 7 years of experience in stakeholder engagement and communications.
    2. \n\t
  2. Demonstrated ability to manage relationships with senior government officials, donors, and other stakeholders.
    3. \n\t
  3. Experience in facilitating consultations and workshops.
    4. \n\t
  4. Strong diplomacy and cultural awareness skills.
    5. \n\t
  5. Fluency in English or French, with excellent written and oral communication skills.
    6. \n\t
  6. Knowledge of the African Union institutional architecture and prior experience engaging AU organs is an asset.
    7. \n
\n\n

All key personnel named in the proposal are considered essential to the project. Any substitution requires AUC’s prior written consent and must involve personnel with equal or superior qualifications and experience. AUC reserves the right to reject any proposed substitutions that do not meet these standards.

\n\n

 

\n\n

Non-Key Staff

\n\n

This section provides an illustrative list of additional non-key personnel that bidders may include in their teams. It is the bidders' decision to propose additional non-key personnel. However, the Consulting firm shall indicate the proposed experts’ names, their input, and their position in the technical and financial proposals (please note that the financial proposal shall also indicate these experts’ fully loaded rates).

\n\n\n\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\n
\n\t\t\t

Indicative/Illustrative Additional Positions

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t
    \n\t\t\t\t
  1. Administrative Assistant
    2. \n\t\t\t\t
  2. Capacity Building Specialist
    3. \n\t\t\t\t
  3. Monitoring and Evaluation Specialist
    4. \n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t
\n\n

 

\n\n

Input by the Consulting firm

\n\n

The Consulting firm shall be responsible for all necessary staff resources, office space, transportation (local and international), accommodation, stationery, photocopying of documents provided to participants as workshop materials, communications, computers and accessories, translations and interpretation (if needed), and insurance (as applicable). This also covers staff training and other costs related to assigned responsibilities.

\n\n

 

\n\n

Reporting Requirements

\n\n

The Consulting firm will submit all reports to the ATTP Project Coordinator electronically. Translation and quality assurance are the responsibility of the Consulting firm and should be accounted for within the proposed work plan and level of effort. The Consulting firm should submit all documents in Microsoft Word, spreadsheets in Microsoft Excel, schedules in Microsoft Project or Microsoft Excel, and digital photo files in JPEG or PNG format. The Consulting firm should submit all presentations in Microsoft PowerPoint format. The AUC and the Consulting firm must agree on any other format(s) the Consulting firm proposes to submit. The Consulting firm should also include the contract number in each report. Additionally, the Consulting firm should submit each report accompanied by a letter or other document that clearly identifies the report.

\n\n

For deliverables containing periodic data that the AUC will use for ATTP Project Monitoring and Evaluation, the AUC will approve the submission format. All deliverables are considered drafts upon submission. When the AUC identifies areas for correction, the Consulting firm will have ten (10) business days to submit revisions, unless otherwise specified or agreed upon with the AUC. Packaging for all items delivered under this agreement shall comply with commercial standards and be sufficient to ensure acceptance by common carriers and safe arrival at the destination. The Consulting firm should also include the contract number on each package, report, or other deliverable. The Consulting firm shall acknowledge the AUC and the World Bank in any research or reports funded under this Contract.

\n\n

The Consulting firm shall implement appropriate data protection and confidentiality measures for all information obtained during the assignment, including sensitive financial and governance documents. This includes secure storage, controlled access, and compliance with applicable data protection regulations. The Consulting firm may not disclose confidential information without prior written consent from the AUC and must return or securely destroy sensitive materials upon contract completion, in accordance with AUC instructions.

\n\n

Draft deliverables may be submitted in English. Final deliverables (D1.3 and D2.3) must be provided in both English and French. Bidders shall include translation and quality assurance costs in their financial proposals. Where validation workshops involve bilingual participants, the Consultant shall provide simultaneous/consecutive interpretation as required; associated costs shall be included in the financial proposal.

\n\n

 

\n\n

Report Types and Schedule

\n\n

The Consulting firm is expected to submit the following reports as deliverables for Phases I and II. Each report must align with the timelines and LOE specified in the TOR and summarised in the table below.

\n\n\n\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\n\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\n
\n\t\t\t

Sn

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Deliverable

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Description

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Minimum Required Content

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Due Date

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Estimated LOE[2]

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Phase I Deliverables

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

D1.1

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Phase I Inception Report

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Detailed work plan, methodology, and timeline for Phase I feasibility work

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Objectives and approach; detailed work plan and timeline; stakeholder engagement plan; data collection and validation plan; research tools (questionnaires/survey instruments where applicable, KII guides, FGD protocols where applicable, document review frameworks); quality assurance approach; alignment with AUC financial rules and procedures

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

10 Working Days from contract effectiveness

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

10

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

D1.2

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Draft Feasibility Study Report

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Consolidated draft report presenting feasibility assessment findings and initial recommendations for the ATTP financing platform

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Analysis of AUC financial rules/procedures (gaps, constraints, opportunities); review of existing fund models/financing mechanisms (AUC-managed, Pan-African, national, global) with lessons; mapping of African think tank funding ecosystem (typologies, revenue mix, constraints); proposed draft fund design/governance/operating model (grant-making, eligibility, allocation, FM/disbursement, reporting, transparency/accountability, monitoring); stakeholder engagement synthesis; initial risk assessment and mitigation measures; comparative institutional scenario analysis (AUC-hosted and at least one non-AUC host option, incl. compliance, fiduciary arrangements, domicile/tax considerations, suitability for contributor types, decision criteria); draft IPS outline (if endowment recommended); annexes (stakeholder list, interview guides, comparison matrix, etc.)

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

70 Working Days from contract effectiveness

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

60

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

D1.3

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Final Feasibility Study Report

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Final feasibility study incorporating stakeholder feedback and final recommendations

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Final recommended financing architecture; refined fund design/governance/operating model; final comparative institutional scenario analysis and selection criteria; final risk mitigation and monitoring/review mechanism; final IPS outline (where applicable); implementation roadmap; change log documenting responses to comments on D 1.2; submitted in English and French and serves as approval gate for Phase II

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

90 Working Days from contract effectiveness

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

20

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Phase II Deliverables

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

D2.1

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Phase II Inception Report

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Updated work plan, methodology, and timeline for Phase II resource mobilisation strategy work

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Objectives; methodology refinement; alignment with selected Phase I institutional scenario and financing architecture; stakeholder engagement plan (stakeholder map, objectives, schedule); data collection instruments and templates; validation plan and coordination arrangements with ATTP Secretariat

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

10 Working Days from the contract effectiveness of Phase II

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

10

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

D2.2

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Draft Resource Mobilisation Strategy Report

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Draft strategy for securing capitalisation and financing for the ATTP financing platform

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Stakeholder mapping and segmentation (Member States, private sector, foundations, donors, diaspora, individuals) with tailored engagement strategies; assessment of funding mechanisms (incl. diaspora bonds/philanthropy, ESG-linked contributions, blended finance, outcome-based financing, membership/fee-for-service, premium products, pooled special funds) with feasibility, alignment with AUC rules, potential quantum, risk profile, appetite, implementation steps; draft phased mobilisation targets (0–2, 3–5, 5+ years), milestones, KPIs; capacity strengthening recommendations (mobilisation function); mobilisation M&E approach aligned to ATTP Results Framework; sustainability approach (diversification, risk mitigation, periodic review); implementation roadmap (sequenced actions, responsibilities, resourcing)

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

70 Working Days from the contract effectiveness of Phase II

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

60

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

D2.3

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Final Resource Mobilisation Strategy Report

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Final strategy incorporating written comments and validation outcomes

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Final mobilisation strategy and finalised mechanism mix/engagement plan; final KPIs and M&E approach; final sustainability plan; implementation-ready roadmap; change log documenting responses to comments on D 2.2; submitted in English and French

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

90 Working Days from the contract effectiveness of Phase II

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

20

\n\t\t\t
\n\n

 

\n\n

Review and Approval Process

\n\n\n\n

6. Facilities and Equipment

\n\n

Costs, Facilities, and Equipment to be Provided by the Consulting firm

\n\n

Except as specified in the General Conditions of Contract (GCC) and the Special Conditions of Contract (SCC), all costs associated with fulfilling this contract are to be assumed and borne by the Consulting firm. The primary duty location of the Consulting firm’s team shall be Addis Ababa, Ethiopia. The Consulting firm must be present in the country during the performance period. The Consulting firm shall also ensure appropriate transportation that meets the assignment requirements. The Consulting firm shall, where applicable, be responsible for providing comprehensive insurance coverage for personnel. 

\n\n

The Consulting Firm shall ensure a minimum of 20 in-country working days across both phases, including at least one in-person multi-stakeholder validation workshop in Addis Ababa. All travel, visas, per-dems, local transport, logistics, and duty-of-care/security arrangements are the responsibility of the Consulting Firm. The Consultant shall maintain, at a minimum, professional indemnity, general liability, and employer’s liability/worker’s compensation insurance in amounts adequate to cover the obligations under this Contract.

\n\n

 

\n\n

Costs, Facilities, and Equipment to be Provided by the African Union

\n\n

The African Union will cover all labour costs for its officials, as their project engagement is part of their regular work duties. For example, this includes the time officials spend reviewing and validating deliverables and reports prepared by the Consulting firm, as well as interim and final sign-offs when needed, for recommendations the Consulting firm may make regarding the implementation of tasks outlined in these Terms of Reference. 

\n\n

The ATTP Secretariat will provide the Consulting firm with the following information and support:

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Access relevant reports, legal documents, and other necessary documents related to the Africa Think Tank Platform Project that may already be available. All bidders are encouraged to review the ATTP documents available on the World Bank website: https://projects.worldbank.org/pt/projects-operations/project-detail/P179804  
    2. \n\t
  2. Letters of introduction to facilitate access to various stakeholders whose activities and roles are essential to the mission of the Consulting firm.
    3. \n\t
  3. Assist in issuing visas for entry and exit for the Consulting firm's expatriate staff.
    4. \n\t
  4. Facilitation of issuance of any permit required for personnel of the Consulting firm to perform their tasks in Ethiopia.
    5. \n\t
  5. Share the TOR and relevant draft deliverables with AUDA-NEPAD and ACBF and facilitate introductions to focal points to enable timely technical feedback.
    6. \n\t
  6. The ATTP Project Coordinator will serve as the Point of Contact for this assignment.
    7. \n
\n\n

The AUC will provide timely access to relevant policies, financial rules, legal instruments, and contacts. The AUC and ATTP Secretariat will provide consolidated comments on deliverables within 10 working days and facilitate introductions for key informant interviews within 10 working days of request. Delays in client-controlled inputs will extend associated timelines on a no-fault basis.

\n\n

 

\n\n

[1] For instance, the Ministerial Committee on the Implementation of Agenda 2063.

\n\n

[2] Note: the extra LOE per deliverable is assigned to stakeholder engagement execution, iterative validation, drafting/quality assurance, and translation coordination.

\n\n

 

"},{"id":"OP00381852","notice_type":"General Procurement Notice","noticedate":"05-Mar-2026","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","project_ctry_name":"Mozambique","project_id":"P174639","project_name":"Mozambique Safer Roads for Socio-Economic Integration Program","contact_address":"Av. de Mocambique, 1225\nMaputo","contact_ctry_name":"Mozambique","contact_email":"emymacuacua@gmail.com","contact_name":"Cesar Macuacua","contact_organization":"National Roads Authority","contact_phone_no":"+258849368380","submission_date":"2026-03-05T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"

EARLY MARKET ENGAGEMENT NOTICE

\n\n

Republic of Mozambique – World Bank–Financed Transport Portfolio

\n\n

Strategic Context and Scale

\n\n

The Government of the Republic of Mozambique, through the Ministry of Transport and Logistics and its implementing agencies, is advancing a multiyear transport investment program supported by the International Development Association of the World Bank.

\n\n

The current active and pipeline portfolio exceeds US$0.9 billion and spans national and regional road corridors, urban mobility systems, feeder roads, logistics infrastructure, institutional reform, and digital transport systems. Additional operations are under preparation.

\n\n

Over the next 12 to 24 months, and beyond, the Government anticipates a sequenced pipeline of procurement packages under open international competition. The objective is to structure contracts in a manner that strengthens competition, attracts experienced international and regional firms, and delivers value for money while enhancing long-term sector capacity.

\n\n

All tenders will be conducted in accordance with the World Bank Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers and applicable national arrangements.

\n\n

This engagement forms part of a deliberate effort to provide early visibility to the market and to design procurement approaches that are commercially viable, competitive, and responsive to market realities.

\n\n

Purpose of the Early Market Engagement

\n\n

This Early Market Engagement seeks to:

\n\n\n\n

Feedback received will inform final packaging strategies, procurement methods, and risk allocation frameworks.

\n\n

This session is consultative in nature and is intended to enhance quality and competitiveness in future bidding processes.

\n\n

Overview of the IDA‑Financed Transport Portfolio

\n\n

Mozambique’s current IDA-financed transport portfolio is structured around four flagship investment operations, summarized below:

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Safer Roads for Socio Economic Integration Program – Phase 1 (SRSEI)
    2. \n
\n\n

US$ 400 million – Rehabilitation and upgrading of strategic road sections along the North–South corridor, with a strong focus on road safety and climate resilience.

\n\n

2.         Maputo Metropolitan Area Urban Mobility Project (MOVE Maputo / MMAUMP – P175322)
\nUS$ 250 million – Improving mobility and accessibility in the Maputo Metropolitan Area through mass transit corridors, urban road improvements, public transport systems, and digital solutions.

\n\n

3.         Climate Resilient Roads for the North Project (CRRN) US$ 125 million – Strengthening climate resilience of road infrastructure and safe access in the northern provinces.

\n\n

4.         Transport Corridors for Economic Resilience – Mozambique (TRACER SOP2 – P510427)
\nUS$ 123.3 million – Improving regional trade and transport connectivity, logistics efficiency, and road safety along the Nacala Corridor.

\n\n

Indicative Procurement Categories

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Civil Works
    2. \n
\n\n\n\n

2. Goods

\n\n\n\n

3. Consulting Services

\n\n\n\n

4. Digital Systems and Intelligent Transport Systems

\n\n\n\n

The scope, sequencing, and packaging of these contracts remain under refinement and will benefit from market feedback.

\n\n

Indicative Timeline

\n\n

Subject to project readiness and financing effectiveness, the Government anticipates issuing the first wave of Requests for Proposals and Requests for Bids within the next procurement cycle.

\n\n

Contract awards are expected to follow in phases within the next 12 to 24 months.

\n\n

Further updates will be provided during the engagement session.

\n\n

Market Engagement Session

\n\n

Interested firms are invited to participate in a virtual Global Market Engagement 2026.

\n\n

The session will be chaired by His Excellency the Minister of Transport and Logistics of the Republic of Mozambique, Mr. João Matlombe, reaffirming the Government’s commitment to transparency, competitiveness, and strategic partnership with the international market.

\n\n

Proposed Agenda

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Strategic Overview of Mozambique’s Transport Investment Program
    2. \n\t
  2. Presentation of Upcoming Procurement Pipeline
    3. \n\t
  3. Procurement Framework and Contracting Approaches
    4. \n\t
  4. Environmental and Social Requirements
    5. \n\t
  5. Company registration, conctruction licensing, and other legal and tax requirements
    6. \n\t
  6. Interactive Question and Answer Session
    7. \n
\n\n

Event Details

\n\n

Date: 05 March 2026

\n\n

Time: 15:00 Maputo/CAT time (UCT + 2)

\n\n

Format: Virtual

\n\n

Language: English

\n\n

ZOOM MEETING

\n\n

Topic: Mozambique Transport Portfolio | Global Market Engagement 2026

\n\n

Time: Mar 5, 2026 03:00 PM Johannesburg

\n\n

Join Zoom Meeting

\n\n

https://zoom.us/j/96070469210?pwd=gu9biMQTDiqPCimHVnIrFbTQDaqE48.1

\n\n

Meeting ID: 960 7046 9210

\n\n

Passcode: 144108

\n\n

Registration

\n\n

Interested participants are requested to complete the registration form at:
\nMozambique Transport Portfolio | Global Market Engagement 2026 | Registration Form

\n\n

https://docs.google.com/forms/d/11fdYEsujgVd7PPwOMi92ISnUwRydpiYNURE9Hmpb9Cs/edit 

\n\n

Participants are encouraged to submit written questions in advance through the registration form to enable structured responses during the session.

\n\n

Disclaimer

\n\n

This Early Market Engagement is conducted for consultation and information-gathering purposes only. It does not constitute prequalification, selection, shortlisting, or any form of preferential treatment.

\n\n

Participation does not create any financial or legal obligation on the part of the Government of Mozambique or the World Bank, nor does it confer any advantage in subsequent procurement processes.

\n\n

All future procurements will be carried out in accordance with the World Bank Procurement Regulations and applicable national requirements.

"},{"id":"OP00429515","notice_type":"Request for Expression of Interest","noticedate":"02-Mar-2026","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2026-03-13T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"16:00","project_ctry_name":"Ukraine","project_id":"P171050","project_name":"Ukraine Improving Higher Education for Results Project","bid_reference_no":"MOES-C1-COM-07","bid_description":"Development and implementation of a nationwide communication initiative aimed at increasing student engagement and societal recognition of STEM programs in higher education institutions","procurement_group":"CS","procurement_method_code":"CQS","procurement_method_name":"Consultant Qualification Selection","contact_address":"01135, Kyiv, Beresteysky ave, 10","contact_ctry_name":"Ukraine","contact_email":"kateryna.kovtun@mon.gov.ua","contact_name":"Kateryna Kovtun","contact_organization":"Ministry of Education and Science of Ukraine","contact_phone_no":"0444813221","contact_web_url":"https://mon.gov.ua/","submission_date":"2026-03-02T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"

REQUEST FOR EXPRESSIONS OF INTEREST

\n\n

(CONSULTING SERVICES – FIRMS SELECTION)

\n\n

UKRAINE

\n\n

 

\n\n

Country: Ukraine

\n\n

Project: «Lifting Education Access and Resilience in times of Need in Ukraine Program»

\n\n

Loan №: 9238-UA

\n\n

Project №: P171050

\n\n

Assignment Title: Consulting services for the development and implementation of a nationwide communication initiative aimed at increasing student engagement and societal recognition of STEM programs in higher education institutions

\n\n

Contract Package ID: № MOES-C1-COM-07

\n\n

 

\n\n

Ukraine and the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development (the World Bank) have signed Loan Agreement No. 9238-UA of US$200 million for the Project " Ukraine Improving Higher Education for Results Project " (hereinafter referred to as the Project). The Project is implemented in Ukraine by the Ministry of Education and Science of Ukraine (MoES) with the support of the World Bank Group. The Project implementation period is 2021-2026.

\n\n

The Project Development Objective (PDO) is to improve efficiency, conditions for quality, and transparency in the higher education system of Ukraine.

\n\n

The Ministry of Education and Science, together with the World Bank and other partners, is working to increase STEM capacity in schools, TVETs, and higher education institutions. Yet, a targeted communication campaign is urgently needed to raise awareness about STEM’s broad importance, emphasizing the empowerment and inclusion of girls and young women in STEM, while addressing both male and female students, to foster a diverse and innovative future workforce.

\n\n

The Ministry of Education and Science intends to use part of the proceeds for consulting services, for which this REoI has been issued.

\n\n

Consulting services (hereinafter referred to as "Services") include: development and implementation of a nationwide communication initiative aimed at increasing student engagement and societal recognition of STEM programs in higher education institutions.

\n\n

The Services are expected for a period of 8 months since a date of contract signing.

\n\n

Detailed information regarding the provision of the specified Services is provided in the Terms of Reference (hereinafter referred to as "TOR"), which is attached.

\n\n

The Ministry of Education and Science of Ukraine (hereinafter referred to as the "Client") invites qualified consulting companies (hereinafter referred to as "Consultants") to express their interest in providing the specified Services. Interested Consultants must provide information that confirms their qualifications and experience required to perform the Services.

\n\n

The evaluation of the expressions of interest provided by the Consultants will be carried out based on the following criteria:

\n\n

 

\n\n

General Requirements

\n\n\n\n

 

\n\n

Financial Stability Requirements

\n\n\n\n

Relevant Experience in Nationwide communication/media campaigns

\n\n\n\n

Consultants must submit documentation for at least three such approved nationwide campaigns, including short case descriptions (objectives, target groups, main channels, duration, KPIs and achieved results) and evidence (e.g. links, screenshots, summary reports).

\n\n

 

\n\n

Evidence-based communication campaigns

\n\n

Demonstrated experience in designing and delivering communication or social marketing campaigns that are explicitly based on research and monitored through follow-up measurements.

\n\n\n\n

 

\n\n

Multi-stakeholder management

\n\n

Demonstrated ability to design and deliver campaigns in multi-stakeholder environments, involving government bodies, educational institutions, private sector partners, media and/or civil society organisations.

\n\n

 

\n\n

Experience with international and public-sector clients (mandatory)

\n\n

Experience working with international organisations, donor-funded programmes, or government institutions in Ukraine or comparable contexts.

\n\n

 

\n\n

Thematic experience (advantageous)

\n\n\n\n

 

\n\n

References (mandatory)

\n\n

A minimum of five (5) reference letters from previous clients, preferably including:

\n\n\n\n

Recognised excellence and awards (advantageous)

\n\n\n\n

 

\n\n

Human Resources

\n\n

The Consultant shall ensure the participation of appropriately qualified experts (at the stage of evaluating the submitted expressions of interest, the qualifications and experience of key experts will not be assessed. Only the Consultant with the highest rating, determined in accordance with the established criteria for evaluating the Consultant’s qualifications, will be required to confirm the qualifications and experience of key experts).

\n\n

 

\n\n

The attention of interested Consultants is drawn to Section III, items 3.14, 3.16, and 3.17 of The World Bank Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers[1], dated September 2023 with amendments of February 2025[2] (hereinafter referred to as the "Procurement Regulations"), which contains the World Bank's policy regarding conflict of interest.

\n\n

 

\n\n

Consultants may associate with other firms to enhance their qualifications, but should indicate clearly whether the association is in the form of a joint venture and/or a sub-consultancy. In the case of a joint venture, all the partners in the joint venture shall be jointly and severally liable for the entire contract, if selected.

\n\n

 

\n\n

Selection of a Consultant will be performed in accordance with Consultant’s Qualification-based Selection (CQS) method following World Bank’s Consultants Guidelines.

\n\n

Further information may be obtained at the address below.

\n\n

Expressions of interest must be submitted in Ukrainian or English via email to the address: kateryna.kovtun@mon.gov.ua Cc: serhiy.artemenko@uiherp.org; by 4:00 PM Kyiv time on March 13, 2026.[3]

\n\n

Expressions of interest to be clearly marked: " MOES-C1-COM-07: Expression of Interest".

\n\n

Consultants should provide not only information demonstrating their compliance with the Mandatory Minimum Qualification Requirements, but also information that meets the specific requirements of the assignment and will be considered an advantage. The Consultant rating will be based on compliance with these latter requirements. The Consultant with the highest rating, determined according to the established criteria for evaluating the Consultant’s qualifications, will be invited to submit a technical and financial proposal.

\n\n

Information on the Consultant’s experience provided by the Consultants must be documented (copies of contracts or parts thereof, and acceptance certificates for services provided; additionally, client references may be submitted, describing the specifics of the completed assignment).

\n\n

Interested Consultants are additionally advised to pay attention to the following aspects when preparing their information:

\n\n\n\n

Consultants who have submitted an EOI should not submit any documents or information after the deadline for EOI submission, except for providing documents and/or information requested by the Employer for clarification or explanation of the submitted EOI. Any exchange of information between the Employer and Consultants must be in writing via the official email addresses specified in this announcement.

\n\n

LIST OF ATTACHED DOCUMENTS

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Terms of Reference (TOR).
    2. \n
\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

[1] https://thedocs.worldbank.org/en/doc/6c0602876d68949e80820507d90a14ed-0290012023/original/Procurement-Regulations-September-2023.pdf

\n\n

[2] https://thedocs.worldbank.org/en/doc/20fb60f35ce8f2b52bb205da13c4df79-0290012023/original/Revisions-of-the-Procurement-Regulations-September-2023.pdf

\n\n

[3] Consultants are advised to ensure that their submission has been delivered to the recipient

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

TERMS OF REFERENCE

\n\n

 

\n\n

Consulting services for the

\n\n

Development and implementation of a nationwide communication initiative aimed at increasing student engagement and societal recognition of STEM programs in higher education institutions

\n\n

 

\n\n

Contract No. MOES-C1-COM-07

\n\n

World Bank Project ID No.: P171050, Loan Number: 9238-UA

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

List of acronyms and abbreviations 

\n\n

 

\n\n

ASC: Administrative Service Centre
\n CERC: Contingent Emergency Response Component
\n CMS: Content Management System
\n COVID-19: Coronavirus Disease 2019
\n CTR: Click-Through Rate
\n GA4: Google Analytics 4
\n GRM: Grievance Redress Mechanism
\n HEI: Higher Education Institution
\n IP: Intellectual Property
\n KPI: Key Performance Indicator
\n KV: Key Visual
\n M&E: Monitoring and Evaluation
\n MEL: Monitoring, Evaluation and Learning
\n MoES: Ministry of Education and Science of Ukraine
\n OOH: Out-of-Home (advertising)
\n PBC: Performance-Based Condition
\n PDF: Portable Document Format
\n POSM: Point-of-Sale Materials
\n PR: Public Relations
\n Q&A: Question and Answer
\n SM: Social Media
\n STEM: Science, Technology, Engineering and Mathematics
\n TV: Television
\n VET/PPHE: Vocational Education and Training / Professional Pre-higher Education
\n UIHERP: Ukraine: Improving Higher Education for Results Project
\n US$: United States Dollar
\n Word: Microsoft Word Document Format

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

Development and implementation of National Communication initiative

\n\n

aimed at increasing student engagement and societal recognition of STEM programs in higher education institutions.

\n\n

 

\n\n

I. BACKGROUND

\n\n

Ukraine and the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development (the World Bank) have signed Loan Agreement No. 9238-UA of US$200 million for the Project " Ukraine Improving Higher Education for Results Project " (hereinafter referred to as the Project). The Project is implemented in Ukraine by the Ministry of Education and Science of Ukraine (MoES) with the support of the World Bank Group. The Project implementation period is 2021-2026.

\n\n

The Project Development Objective (PDO) is to improve efficiency, conditions for quality, and transparency in the higher education system of Ukraine.

\n\n

The Project includes six Parts:

\n\n\n\n

The Project supports two categories of expenditures: (i) traditional investments in goods, works, and services, for which disbursements are made against eligible expenditures, and (ii) defined performance-based conditions (PBCs), for which disbursements are also made against eligible expenditures conditional on the achievement of the PBCs as defined in the Loan Agreement and Project Operational Manual.

\n\n

In the modern context, STEM (Science, Technology, Engineering, and Mathematics) education is increasingly seen as an integrated, interdisciplinary approach that equips learners with critical thinking, problem-solving, and innovation skills essential for tackling complex global challenges and promoting sustainable development. Technological advances are vital to Ukraine’s recovery and long-term competitiveness, driving innovation in AI, digital infrastructure, renewable energy, advanced manufacturing, biotechnology, and data-driven governance. However, recent enrolment patterns confirm that interest in STEM fields remains low and uneven, with many students still opting for more familiar or traditionally “safe” study choices. This trend is particularly visible among girls and young women, who often face persistent stereotypes, lack of visible role models and limited encouragement to consider STEM as a realistic option. As a result, they continue to be significantly underrepresented in most priority STEM disciplines, despite the growing demand for diverse talent in these areas.

\n\n

Addressing this requires coordinated efforts to inspire and support the next generation of STEM professionals through enhanced education programs, capacity building, industry partnerships, and national policies prioritizing technological progress and workforce development. Equally important tool is the integration of scientific research and innovation into higher education. Bridging academic learning with applied research and entrepreneurial ecosystems ensures that students are not only equipped with theoretical knowledge but also immersed in real-world problem solving and innovation processes. Strengthening STEM education is crucial for Ukraine’s economic rebuilding.

\n\n

STEM fields in Ukraine receive substantial state support through various measures, such as the allocation of state-funded places in universities and higher government grants for self-funded students. However, these fields remain less popular among students compared to majors such as business, management, and social sciences. Several factors contribute to this lower popularity. Many students and parents are not fully aware of how STEM skills translate into concrete, in-demand jobs in the Ukrainian and global labour markets, or how critical they are for the country’s future economy, recovery and competitiveness. STEM is still often perceived as “too difficult”, abstract or relevant only for exceptionally gifted students, while non-STEM majors are seen as safer and more familiar choices. Career guidance in schools and VET/PPHE institutions frequently focuses on traditional professions, and information about new STEM-related roles in digital, green, security and high-tech sectors remains fragmented and inaccessible. Long-standing stereotypes about who “belongs” in STEM – including gendered expectations – further discourage a broad range of young people from considering these pathways. As a result, even though STEM specialities are central to Ukraine’s technological sovereignty and long-term growth, they are not yet perceived by many prospective students as attractive, attainable options for their own future.

\n\n

The Ministry of Education and Science, together with the World Bank and other partners, is working to increase STEM capacity in schools, VETs/PPHEs, and higher education institutions. Yet, a targeted communication campaign is urgently needed to raise awareness about STEM’s broad importance, emphasizing the empowerment and inclusion of girls and young women in STEM, while addressing both male and female students, to foster a diverse and innovative future workforce.

\n\n

The campaign is expected to build on and, where feasible, formalise partnerships with educational agencies, universities (especially STEM departments) and NGOs to showcase real-life role models and successful STEM pathways.

\n\n

According to the statistics on the allocation of state funding and state-funded study places for applicants, at the bachelor’s level at the bachelor’s level, five out of the ten majors with the largest number of state-funded offers were STEM fields. At the master’s level, six of the top ten were STEM. However, when looking at the ten most popular majors by actual enrollment, STEM fields are underrepresented. For instance, at the bachelor’s level, the most popular majors were Business and Law (37,170 enrolled students) and Social Sciences (23,628), while only one STEM major - Engineering and Production - enrolled more than 20,000 students (20,211). A similar pattern is observed at the master’s level, where only two STEM majors rank among the ten most popular: Computer Science (2,653) and Building and Civil Engineering (2,142). Combined, these two majors enrolled nearly three times fewer students than the most popular major - Psychology (12,042).

\n\n

This communication campaign aligns closely with Ukraine's national WinWin innovation Strategy, which emphasizes fostering inclusive innovation ecosystems and leveraging STEM education to drive sustainable economic growth, making the campaign a critical component in realizing the strategy's goals.

\n\n

Part of the proceeds from Part 1 of UIHERP supports communication efforts for higher education reform, including financing surveys, developing communication strategies, and implementing campaigns and outreach to enhance transparency and build engagement and consensus within Ukraine’s higher education community.

\n\n

Now, MoES is looking for an experienced and qualified consultant (Consultant) to create a national communication campaign aimed to increase interest in STEM specialties.

\n\n

This activity focuses on planning and implementation a nationwide, multi-channel communication campaign to increase applications to STEM in 2026 vs 2025 and to increase the share of girls among STEM applicants during admissions campaign.

\n\n

More detailed information is given at the link https://projects.worldbank.org/en/projects-operations/project-detail/P171050.

\n\n

II. OBJECTIVE

\n\n

Overall goal

\n\n

Increase national interest and uptake of STEM specialties by positioning STEM as a high‑value, accessible, and inclusive pathway for Ukraine’s recovery, innovation, and long‑term competitiveness. The primary target audiences for this campaign are secondary-school students and VET/PPHE students, with parents, teachers and the wider general public as key influencing audiences.

\n\n

The campaign will prioritise communication with secondary-school students (in general secondary education institutions) and learners in VET/PPHE institutions, while also addressing parents, teachers, school counsellors and other influencers who shape young people’s education choices.

\n\n

The campaign also will give particular attention to increasing interest in STEM among girls and young women, while ensuring that all messages are inclusive and address both genders. Teachers and school counsellors will be treated as a distinct influencing audience, with tailored messages and tools to help them guide students towards STEM pathways.

\n\n

Specific Objectives (Phase I: Q1–Q4 2026)

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Establish a robust baseline of public awareness and attitudes towards STEM in Ukraine\n\n\t\n\t
    2. \n\t
  2. Increase basic awareness and understanding of what STEM is and why it matters for Ukraine’s future\n\t\n\t
    3. \n\t
  3. Strengthen positive perceptions of the relevance, demand and future of STEM careers in Ukraine\n\t\n\t
    4. \n\t
  4. Drive active interest and information-seeking behaviour related to STEM education options
    \n\t \n\t\n\t
    5. \n\t
  5. Measure change in key indicators between baseline and endline and generate evidence for Phase II
    \n\t \n\t\n\t
    6. \n
\n\n

Cross cutting topics - gender and inclusion, regional equity

\n\n

KPI Framework Implementation

\n\n

Output – Campaign Delivery and Reach

\n\n

These indicators measure the direct results of campaign execution and media presence during Phase I (2026 awareness campaign).

\n\n

 

\n\n\n\n

 

\n\n

Outtake – Audience Perceptions and Attitudes

\n\n

These indicators track changes in awareness, understanding and short-term behavioural intentions among the general public and key sub-groups (young people, parents, educators), based on baseline and endline research. The campaign will specifically measure changes in teachers’ and school counsellors’ awareness of STEM opportunities and their confidence in recommending STEM pathways to students.

\n\n

 

\n\n\n\n

 

\n\n

All relevant perception and intention indicators will be disaggregated by gender, with dedicated analysis for girls and other underrepresented groups in STEM.

\n\n

 

\n\n

Outcome – Measurable Impact (Phase I)

\n\n

These are the measurable changes and evidence generated by Phase I that are aligned with the overarching goals of building demand and preparing for the next phase of STEM promotion.

\n\n

 

\n\n\n\n

 

\n\n

III. SCOPE OF SERVICES

\n\n

Inception phase

\n\n

Description
\nDuring the Inception phase, the Consultant shall prepare an Inception Report that sets the strategic, research and implementation framework for the campaign, fully aligned with the Specific Objectives and the Output / Outtake / Outcome indicators for Phase I (2026).

\n\n

The Inception Report shall include, at minimum, the following Sections:

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Research Plan\n\n\t\n\t
    2. \n\t
  2. Workplan
    \n\t \n\t\n\t
    3. \n\t
  3. Quality Assurance (QA) Plan
    \n\t \n\t\n\t
    4. \n\t
  4. Draft Key Visual (KV)
    \n\t \n\t\n\t
    5. \n\t
  5. Draft Scripts
    \n\t \n\t\n\t
    6. \n\t
  6. Monitoring, Evaluation and Learning (MEL) Framework – Outline
    \n\t \n\t\n\t
    7. \n
\n\n

Deliverable:
\nD0. Inception Report, including all sections listed above, submitted and approved by the Client at the end of the Inception phase.

\n\n

D1. Research and Strategy

\n\n

D1 – Strategy package

\n\n\n\n

Acceptance arrangements

\n\n\n\n

D2. Production

\n\n

 

\n\n

D2.1 – Creative Production

\n\n

 

\n\n

Description
\nThe Consultant shall develop all creative assets required for the implementation of the campaign, based on the approved Communication Strategy, Key Visual(s) and Message House. The exact mix of formats (video, static, digital, print, audio, etc.) and volumes shall be proposed by the Consultant and agreed with the Client to best achieve the Specific Objectives and Output / Outtake / Outcome indicators.

\n\n

Deliverables (D2.1)

\n\n\n\n

Acceptance arrangements

\n\n\n\n

D2.2 – Media Booking & Placement

\n\n

 

\n\n

Description
\nThe Consultant shall plan, book and coordinate media placements across agreed channels (e.g. TV, cinema, digital, OOH, audio, PR/influencers), ensuring efficient use of budget and alignment with campaign objectives and target audiences.

\n\n

Deliverables (D2.2)

\n\n\n\n

Acceptance arrangements

\n\n\n\n

 

\n\n

D3. Campaign Roll-out and Media Implementation

\n\n

 

\n\n

D3.1 – Production Masters

\n\n

 

\n\n

Description
\nThe Consultant shall finalize and package all production masters for deployment across media and distribution channels.

\n\n

Deliverables (D3.1)

\n\n\n\n

Acceptance arrangements

\n\n\n\n

D3.2 – Monitoring & Evaluation (M&E), GRM

\n\n

 

\n\n

Description
\nThe Consultant shall support ongoing monitoring of campaign delivery and performance, and maintain a basic mechanism for handling public feedback and complaints (GRM), in line with the MEL Framework.

\n\n

Deliverables (D3.2)

\n\n\n\n

Acceptance arrangements

\n\n\n\n

D4. Final Report and IP Transfer

\n\n

D4.1 – Final Campaign Report

\n\n

Description
\nThe Consultant shall prepare a final report summarising the planning, implementation and performance of the campaign, with a clear link to the agreed Specific Objectives and the Output / Outtake / Outcome indicators for Phase I, and with concrete recommendations for a subsequent Phase II focused on conversion into applications and enrolment in STEM programmes (admissions 2027).

\n\n

Deliverables (D4.1)

\n\n\n\n

Acceptance arrangements

\n\n\n\n

D4.2 – Transfer of Intellectual Property (IP)

\n\n

Description
\nThe Consultant shall ensure full transfer to the Client of all intellectual property and materials developed under the assignment, in line with the contract.

\n\n

Deliverables (D4.2)

\n\n\n\n

Acceptance arrangements

\n\n\n\n

 

\n\n

IV. SCHEDULE OF DELIVERABLES

\n\n

The Consultant is required to deliver the following outputs, ensuring all deliverables meet the detailed requirements outlined in the Scope of Services:

\n\n

Draft Implementation Timeline and Milestones

\n\n\n\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\n
\n\t\t\t

Deliverable

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Description

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Indicative Deadline

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Contract price share

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

D0. Inception

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

D 0. Inception package

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

1 Apr – 14 Apr 2026

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

10%

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

D1. Research and Strategy

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

D 1. Strategy package

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

15 Apr – 30 May 2026

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

20%

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

D2. Production

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

D2.1 – Creative Production

\n\n\t\t\t

D2.2 – Media Booking & Placement

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

1 May – 30 Jun 2026

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

10%

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

D3. Campaign Roll-out and Media Implementation

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

D3.1 – Production Masters

\n\n\t\t\t

D3.2 – Monitoring & Evaluation (M&E), GRM

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

1 Jul – 31 Dec 2026

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

50%

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

D4. Final report and IP transfer

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

D4.1 – Final Campaign Report

\n\n\t\t\t

D4.2 – Transfer of Intellectual Property (IP)

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

1 Dec – 31 Dec 2026

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

10%

\n\t\t\t
\n\n

 

\n\n

Deliverables Requirements

\n\n\n\n

Ownership of all deliverables will be transferred to the Ministry of Education and Science of Ukraine upon IP transfer stage.

\n\n

 

\n\n

V. REQUIREMENTS

\n\n

5.1. Qualification requirements to Consultant

\n\n

The Consultant will be a legal entity or a consortium of legal entities, possessing proven experience in performing similar assignments with the following qualifications and experience:

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. General requirements
    2. \n
\n\n\n\n

 

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Financial stability requirement
    2. \n
\n\n\n\n

 

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Specific experience
    2. \n
\n\n

The Consultant (agency or consortium) shall demonstrate the following experience:

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Nationwide communication/media campaigns (mandatory)\n\n\t\n\t
    2. \n
\n\n

Consultants must submit information for at least three such approved nationwide campaigns, including short case descriptions (objectives, target groups, main channels, duration, KPIs and achieved results) and evidence (e.g. links, screenshots, summary reports).

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Evidence-based communication campaigns (mandatory)\n\n\t\n\t
    2. \n
\n\n

 

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Multi-stakeholder management (mandatory)\n\n\t\n\t
    2. \n\t
  2. Experience with international and public-sector clients (mandatory)\n\t\n\t
    3. \n\t
  3. References (mandatory)
    \n\tA minimum of five (5) reference letters from previous clients, preferably including:\n\t\n\t
    4. \n\t
  4. Thematic experience (advantageous)\n\t\n\t
    5. \n\t
  5. Recognised excellence and awards\n\t\n\t
    6. \n
\n\n

 

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Project Management Capability:
    2. \n
\n\n\n\n

CVs of Key experts will not be evaluated at the evaluations stage.

\n\n

5.2. Staff

\n\n

The Consultant shall provide suitably qualified professionals in terms of expertise and time allocation to complete the activities required under the scope of work and to achieve the project objectives within the specified time, cost, and quality parameters. Qualifications should be evidenced by resumes, diplomas, certificates, or other relevant documentation.

\n\n

The Consultant is expected to propose the number and type of personnel necessary for the effective and high-quality execution of the services. The costs for all proposed personnel shall be included in the financial proposal. The Consultant shall also ensure that all proposed staff members are available during the times specified in the Assignment.

\n\n

The minimum expected staff inputs for the Assignment are summarized below:

\n\n\n\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\n
\n\t\t\t

Category

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Expert

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Key Experts (per each educational domain)

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

KE1. Team Leader

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

 

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

KE2. Strategy Lead

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

 

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

KE3. Creative Director/Art Director

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

 

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

KE4. Media Lead

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

 

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

KE5. M&E Analyst

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Supporting Staff (per project)

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Junior producers, coordinators

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

 

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Pool of editors, designers, copywriters, PR, SMM, web developers

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

 

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Gender Expert

\n\t\t\t
\n\n

5.2.1. Qualifications of Key Experts

\n\n

The Consultant shall propose a core team of Key Experts with qualifications and experience that are clearly aligned with the scope and objectives of this nationwide STEM awareness campaign (research, strategy, creative development, media roll-out and MEL).

\n\n

KE1. Team Leader / Project DirectorQualifications and skills:

\n\n\n\n

KE2. Strategy LeadQualifications and skills:

\n\n\n\n

KE3. Creative Director / Art Director Qualifications and skills:

\n\n\n\n

KE4. Media LeadQualifications and skills:

\n\n\n\n

KE5. Monitoring, Evaluation and Learning (MEL) / Research Lead Qualifications and skills:

\n\n\n\n

Supporting documentation for Key ExpertsKey Experts must confirm their qualifications by providing detailed CVs, clearly highlighting:

\n\n\n\n

5.2.2.  Supporting Staff

\n\n

CVs for Supporting Staff are not examined prior to the signature of the Contract and should not be included in technical proposals.

\n\n

The Consultant should identify all technical and support staff that will be needed for the timely implementation of Assignment. In this respect, the Consultant is expected to specify number and availability of all technical and support staff to demonstrate that objectives can be met. It is therefore a requirement to provide names of technical and support staff, although CVs will not be required.

\n\n

The Consultant shall select and hire other experts as required according to the profiles identified in their Methodology and these Terms of Reference.

\n\n

VI. Implementation arrangement

\n\n

The Consultant

\n\n

The Consultant shall be responsible for support in all aspects and costs of its team during the Services. In coordination with the Client, the Consultant is encouraged to identify and engage relevant education institutions, student associations and NGOs as campaign partners, where such collaboration adds value and remains cost-effective. The Consultant shall be responsible for engaging and payment of local personnel, including competent bilingual (Ukrainian-English) secretarial assistance to cover administrative/translation support. The Consultant shall also make their own allowance for additional technical, administrative, and other support staff.

\n\n

The Consultant should provide for their own all the logistics, renting, consumables, computers, laptops, and equipment required for providing services smoothly and shall make the provision in their financial proposal accordingly. The provision should be made as rentals only, including maintenance, and no provision for the purchase of any items towards logistics should be made in the Financial Proposals.

\n\n

The Consultant will report on all aspects of the contract to the authorized person of the Client.

\n\n

For the implementation, the Consultant should take into consideration the COVID-19 and war crisis-related restrictions and the volatile security situation in Ukraine. Depending on the nature of the restrictions at the starting date of the Contract, the Consultant might need to start with remote and desktop work before having the possibility to conduct fieldwork and/or prefer to mobilize local consultants for the first steps of the Contract. The Consultant is advised to explore all arrangements for engaging local personnel and benefiting from their knowledge and expertise.

\n\n

The Client

\n\n

The Client shall be responsible for the implementation of the overall Project and the Consultant’s Assignment shall be managed and monitored by the Client’s Implementation group.

\n\n

The designated representative of the Client responsible for communication and the routine approval of reports, certificates, and other documentation related to this Assignment shall be designated in the Contract. The changes in contact person can be communicated by exchange of letters without changing the contract.

\n\n

All communication between the Client and the Consultant shall be in writing in English and/or Ukrainian. Regarding payments to the Consultant, modifications of the Consultant’s contract, issuance of the Consultant’s requests for the Client’s preliminary approval, and other similar cases and activities, for which the Client believes to be mandatory for such a way of correspondence, the correspondence shall be maintained by printed documents, in a sufficient number of copies, submitted to the Client. For all other cases, correspondence through electronic mail is acceptable with previous agreements on a list of recipients from both sides.

\n\n

The Client shall make available all existing data, documents, reports, and studies in reference to Assignment and necessary for the successful implementation of the Services. The Consultant shall be fully responsible for verification, interpretation, and use of such material and data. The Consultant must not disclose received data/documents to any third party not included in the Assignment implementation.

\n\n

Most of the available information is in Ukrainian language. The Consultant will arrange for the translation, as necessary, at their own expense.

\n\n

All the products, deliverables, reports, training materials, etc., that are produced under Assignment are the property of the MOES.

\n\n

War-time safety protocols for filming and placements; work with minors only with written consents.

\n\n

 

\n\n

Gender-sensitive, stereotype-free content; accessible design; subtitles for all videos.

\n\n

 

\n\n

Assumptions: TV/cinema social ad windows; partner networks ready for agreed formats; fast approvals (≤5 working days).

\n\n

 

\n\n

Prerequisites: approved strategy, KV, scripts, media plan; safety procedures.

\n\n

 

\n\n

Inputs from MoES: logos/brand rules and writing policy; mandatory disclaimer; contacts of HEIs/schools/ASCs; baseline 2025 data; support letters for networks.

\n\n

Equipment

\n\n

No equipment is to be purchased on behalf of the Client as part of this service contract or transferred to the Client at the end of this contract. Any equipment related to this contract which is to be acquired by the Client must be purchased by means of a separate supply tender procedure.

"},{"id":"OP00417679","notice_type":"Request for Expression of Interest","noticedate":"07-Jan-2026","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2026-01-30T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"18:00","project_ctry_name":"Uzbekistan","project_id":"P168180","project_name":"Institutional Capacity Building Project","bid_reference_no":"AMC-AIPROCURE-CQS","bid_description":"Developing Software based on AI Solutions to Detect Bid-Rigging in Public Procurement Procedures","procurement_group":"CS","procurement_method_code":"CQS","procurement_method_name":"Consultant Qualification Selection","contact_address":"29., Istiklol street, 100017 Tashkent","contact_ctry_name":"Uzbekistan","contact_email":"ilhomjon.umrzakov@imv.uz","contact_name":"Ilkhomjon Umrzakov","contact_organization":"Ministry of Economy and Finance of the Republic of Uzbekistan","contact_phone_no":"+998(71)2035050","contact_web_url":"imv.uz","submission_date":"2026-01-07T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"

REQUEST FOR EXPRESSIONS OF INTEREST
\n(CONSULTING SERVICES – FIRMS SELECTION)

\n\n

 

\n\n

Country: Republic of Uzbekistan

\n\n

Project name: Institutional Capacity Building Project

\n\n

Credit No.: IDA 6431-UZ

\n\n

 

\n\n

Assignment Title: Developing Software based on AI Solutions to Detect Bid-Rigging in Public Procurement Procedures.

\n\n

 

\n\n

Reference No.: AMC-AIPROCURE-CQS

\n\n

 

\n\n

The Ministry of Economy and Finance of the Republic of Uzbekistan has received financing from the World Bank toward the cost of the Institutional Capacity Building Project and intends to apply part of the proceeds for Developing software based on AI solutions to detect bid-rigging in public procurement procedures (“Services”) for the Competition Promotion and Consumer Protection of the Republic of Uzbekistan.

\n\n

 

\n\n

The Committee seeks a company or consortium of companies (hereinafter – the Contractor) to develop and implement a sophisticated and reliable AI-powered software system designed to detect patterns of bid-rigging and collusive conduct in public procurement procedures. The system will automatically scan and analyze tender data to generate risk assessments and identify suspicious indicators that may suggest possible coordinated behaviour or other forms of fraud. By leveraging advanced machine learning algorithms and data analytics, this system aims to detect subtleties and anomalies in bidding data that might otherwise go unnoticed by human auditors.

\n\n

 

\n\n

The Ministry of Economy and Finance of the Republic of Uzbekistan now invites eligible consulting firms (“Consultants”) to indicate their interest in providing the Services. Interested Consultants should provide information demonstrating that they have the required qualifications and relevant experience to perform the Services by submitting directly to the piu_mof@mail.ru.

\n\n

 

\n\n

The Qualification requirements for the Consultants are:

\n\n

A. Technical Competencies

\n\n

1. Relevant experience

\n\n

The Contractor must demonstrate at least two (2) years of experience and a proven track record of at least two (2) to three (3) successfully implemented AI or data-driven projects. The Contractor will propose a dedicated team, assigned to the task, led by an experienced IT Project Manager, and that shall meet the following requirements, as confirmed by relevant CVs and other applicable documents:

\n\n

2. Programming Proficiency

\n\n

Demonstrated expertise in one or more programming languages, such as Python, Java, C#, JavaScript, or Ruby. Experience in implementing machine learning algorithms is highly preferred.

\n\n

3. Frameworks and Libraries

\n\n

Proficiency in widely used AI and software development frameworks, including but not limited to TensorFlow, PyTorch, Scikit-learn for AI development, and React, Angular, Django, or Spring for front-end and back-end programming.

\n\n

4. Database Management

\n\n

Solid experience with both relational (SQL) and non-relational (NoSQL) databases. The candidate should demonstrate the ability to manage large datasets, perform real-time data analysis, and implement effective data modeling and optimization techniques.

\n\n

5. Software Development Methodologies

\n\n

Familiarity with collaborative development approaches such as Agile, Scrum, or DevOps, ensuring alignment with iterative delivery schedules and team-based workflows.

\n\n

6. Testing, Validation, Quality assessment

\n\n

Strong skills in unit testing, integration testing, and AI model validation techniques to guarantee system reliability, accuracy, and performance standards. Quality criteria include achieving predefined metrics (e.g., Precision, Recall, RR-AUC, and others) and passing a formal acceptance testing procedure involving the customer.

\n\n

B. Software Architecture and Integration

\n\n

1. Design Patterns

\n\n

Knowledge of scalable architectural design patterns such as Model-View-Controller (MVC), Microservices, and Event-Driven Architecture, enabling maintainable and modular software solutions.

\n\n

2. API Development and Integration

\n\n

Proven ability to design, develop, and integrate RESTful or GraphQL APIs, ensuring interoperability with existing government procurement systems and platforms.

\n\n

The software must be deployed on servers designated by the Committee, with all data stored within the territory of the Republic of Uzbekistan, in full compliance with national legislation on personal data protection. The system shall include mechanisms for daily backup, disaster recovery, and secure access control with role-based authorization.

\n\n

C. Domain Knowledge: Procurement and Anti-Corruption

\n\n

1. Government Procurement Regulations

\n\n

Familiarity with public procurement frameworks, especially in the context of anti-corruption, transparency, and fair competition. Experience identifying schemes involving collusion, falsification, or conflict of interest is strongly preferred as confirmed by the relevant implemented projects/assignments.

\n\n

2. Risk and Fraud Analysis

\n\n

Practical experience in designing AI solutions for risk assessment and fraud detection, with a focus on identifying suspicious patterns and anomalies in tender bidding processes that may indicate possible collusion among participants. The final decision is made by a human based on the results of the analysis performed by the artificial intelligence system.

\n\n

D. AI-Specific Expertise

\n\n

1. AI Solution Development

\n\n

Demonstrated success in developing AI-based systems for anomaly detection, fraud prevention, or related domains. Experience in working with real-time, large-scale datasets is required.

\n\n

2. Client References

\n\n

Documented track record of successful delivery of similar AI solutions in public or government-related projects, supported by client endorsements or references.

\n\n

3. Artificial Intelligence Knowledge

\n\n

Neural Networks: Expertise in designing and training models for pattern recognition and predictive analytics.

\n\n

Unsupervised Learning: Deep understanding of clustering methods
\n(e.g., DBSCAN, K-Means) and anomaly detection algorithms (e.g., Isolation Forest).

\n\n

Algorithmic Design: deep understanding of fraud detection methods, including the use of natural language processing (NLP) for text analysis
\n(e.g., document authentication) and automatically identifying signs that may indicate document forgery, and using advanced artificial intelligence tools to detect anomalous relationships and indicators of possible collusion in procurement.

\n\n

4. Non-functional requirements:

\n\n

The developed system must comply with the following non-functional requirements:

\n\n

a. processing capacity: analysis of at least 10,000 bid submissions within
\n5 minutes;

\n\n

b. accuracy: detection models should achieve a minimum of 90% precision and 85% recall in pilot testing;

\n\n

c. scalability: ability to handle a tenfold increase in data volume without complete redesign;

\n\n

d. multilingual user interface: Uzbek (state language) and Russian must be fully supported.

\n\n

E. Soft Skills and Work Ethics

\n\n

1. Collaborative Mindset

\n\n

Ability to work closely with government counterparts, domain experts, and regulatory bodies, contributing effectively in multidisciplinary environments.

\n\n

2. Problem-Solving Abilities

\n\n

Strong analytical skills to resolve technical challenges, optimize algorithmic performance, and adapt models based on evolving data patterns.

\n\n

3. Time and Task Management

\n\n

Demonstrated ability to manage multiple priorities, meet deadlines, and adhere to project milestones within defined timelines.

\n\n

 

\n\n

The attention of interested Consultants is drawn to Section III of the World Bank’s “Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers” July 2016 (“Procurement Regulations”), setting forth the World Bank’s policy on conflict of interest. In addition, please refer to the following specific information on conflict of interest related to this assignment: Consultants shall not be hired for any assignment that would be in conflict with their prior or current obligations to other clients, or that may place them in a position of being unable to carry out the assignment in the best interests of the Ministry of Finance of the Republic of Uzbekistan.

\n\n

 

\n\n

A Consultant will be selected in accordance with the Consultant Qualification Selection (CQS) method set out in the Procurement Regulations.

\n\n

 

\n\n

Further information can be obtained at the address below during office hours from 9:00 a.m. to 18:00 p.m. Tashkent time.

\n\n

 

\n\n

Expressions of interest must be delivered in a written form in English, Russian or Uzbek languages to the address below (in person, or by mail, or by e-mail) by 30 January 2026.

\n\n

 

\n\n

Project Implementation Unit under the
\nMinistry of Economy and Finance of the Republic of Uzbekistan

\n\n

Attn: Sirojiddin Imanov, PIU Director

\n\n

Uzbekistan, 100017, Tashkent city, 29, Istiklol St.

\n\n

Tel: +998 90331662/ 712023113 (05493)

\n\n

E-mail: piu_mof@mail.ru

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

As part of the EOI, the consultant should include the following information:

\n\n

 

\n\n\n\n

 

\n\n\n\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\n
\n\t\t\t

Date:

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Country of Incorporation:

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Consultant Name:

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Acronym:

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

EOI Submission Authorized by:

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Position

\n\t\t\t
\n\n

 

\n\n\n\n

 

\n\n\n\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\n
\n\t\t\t

Consultant

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Acronym

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Country of Incorporation

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Joint Venture (JV) or Sub-consultant

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

EOI Submission Authorized By

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Position

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

 

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

 

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

 

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

 

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

 

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

 

\n\t\t\t
      
\n\t\t\t

 

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

 

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

 

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

 

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

 

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

 

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

 

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

 

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

 

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

 

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

 

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

 

\n\t\t\t
\n\n

 

\n\n

Present the rationale for and benefits of working in association (JV or Sub-consultant) with others rather than undertaking the assignment independently (as appropriate). Describe the proposed management and coordination approach of the association and the role of each firm.

\n\n

 

\n\n\n\n

Project References - highlight the technical qualifications of your entity/consortium in undertaking similar assignments. Provide details of past experiences working with similar project authorities

\n\n

 

\n\n\n\n

 

\n\n

Project References, present experiences in similar geographic areas.

\n\n

 

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

Present relevant projects to demonstrate the firm’s technical qualifications and geographical experience (maximum 10 projects).

\n\n\n\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\n
\n\t\t\t

N

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Project

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Period

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Client

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Country

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Firm

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

1

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

 

\n\t\t\t		    
\n\t\t\t

2

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

 

\n\t\t\t		    
\n\t\t\t

3

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

 

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

 

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

 

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

 

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

 

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

4

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

 

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

 

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

 

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

 

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

 

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

 

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

 

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

 

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

 

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

 

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

 

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

 

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

 

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

 

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

 

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

 

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

 

\n\t\t\t
\n\n

 

\n\n\n\n

 

\n\n\n\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\n
\n\t\t\t

 

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Project Title

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

 

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Country / Region

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

 

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Start Date

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

 

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Completion Date

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

 

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Continuous / Intermittent

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

 

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Client

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

 

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Funding Source

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

 

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Description

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

(indicate your role and input in man-months)

\n\t\t\t
\n\n

 

\n\n\n\n

 

\n\n

We, the undersigned, certify to the best of our knowledge and belief:

\n\n

 

\n\n\n\n

 

\n\n\n\n

 

\n\n\n\n

 

\n\n\n\n

 

\n\n\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

TERMS OF REFERENCE

\n\n

for the Developing Software based on AI Solutions to Detect Bid-Rigging
\nin Public Procurement Procedures

\n\n

1. Background

\n\n

The project is designed to enhance the capacity of the Competition Promotion and Consumer Protection of the Republic of Uzbekistan (hereinafter- Committee) in the timely and proper detection of bid-rigging, collusive conduct, and other anti-competitive actions and behaviors in the public procurement process, through the deployment of advanced AI-based software solutions. These solutions are specifically tailored to detect and counteract instances of bid-rigging and collusive conduct in public procurement procedures — that is, coordinated anti-competitive behaviour among bidders that distorts competition and procurement outcomes. The AI-based tool will operate as an automated screening and risk-analysis instrument, designed to flag potentially suspicious patterns in tender data for subsequent expert review, without replacing the formal investigative and evidentiary procedures established under the legislation of the Republic of Uzbekistan on public procurement and competition. By leveraging state-of-the-art AI technologies for the surveillance and in-depth analysis of procurement activities, the initiative aims to significantly bolster the Committee's ability to identify and address such corrupt practices more effectively and efficiently.

\n\n

In recent years, the Committee’s monitoring and investigative capacity has been strengthened by the development of the digital portal “Fair Tech”, which integrates 4 core procurement platforms: xarid.uzex.uz, xt.xarid.uz, tender.ms.uz, and newcooperation.uz. These systems provide structured data that can be checked for irregularities. In the near future, the integration of AI solutions will enable the automated identification of violations; however, for now, the process remains heavily dependent on human judgment.

\n\n

The integration of these AI tools will significantly improve the Committee's oversight and enforcement capabilities, ensuring that procurement processes are carried out with heightened transparency and integrity. This is crucial for maintaining public trust and for the fair distribution of public resources. Furthermore, the use of AI will enable the Committee to perform its regulatory functions with greater precision, reducing the likelihood of human error and bias in the detection of bid-rigging, collusive conduct, and other anti-competitive practices.

\n\n

The project not only supports the Committee in its efforts to uphold standards of fairness and legality in public procurement but also empowers it to serve as a model of innovative governance. As the Committee enhances its operational efficiencies and adopts more advanced technological tools, it sets a precedent for other regulatory bodies, showcasing the transformative power of technology in enhancing public sector accountability and effectiveness. This initiative is expected to lead to broader reforms in procurement practices, fostering a culture of integrity and transparency that aligns with international best practices in public administration.

\n\n

Similar AI-driven solutions have been successfully developed and introduced in countries like the UK, Brazil, and Russia, among others. These systems have proven effective in enhancing the transparency and integrity of public procurement processes by detecting and preventing bid-rigging and collusive conduct activities. By leveraging advanced analytics and machine learning algorithms, these tools have provided regulatory bodies with the capability to scrutinize bid submissions in real-time, identify patterns indicative of collusion, and take preemptive actions to safeguard fair competition. The positive outcomes from these implementations underscore the potential benefits of adopting similar technologies in Uzbekistan, promising significant improvements in the efficiency and reliability of procurement practices.

\n\n

2. Objective

\n\n

The Committee seeks a company or consortium of companies (hereinafter – the Contractor) to develop and implement a sophisticated and reliable AI-powered software system designed to detect patterns of bid-rigging and collusive conduct in public procurement procedures. The system will automatically scan and analyze tender data to generate risk assessments and identify suspicious indicators that may suggest possible coordinated behaviour or other forms of fraud. By leveraging advanced machine learning algorithms and data analytics, this system aims to detect subtleties and anomalies in bidding data that might otherwise go unnoticed by human auditors.

\n\n

This AI system is intended to serve as a critical screening and suspicion-raising tool for the Committee and other relevant government agencies, enhancing their ability to assess the risk of collusive behaviors and identify suspicious patterns that may indicate possible integrity issues in public procurement procedures. The tool will support the Committee in identifying high‑risk tenders for further manual review. Its deployment will allow these agencies to proactively monitor and scrutinize every phase of the bidding process, thereby preventing collusion and bid rigging before it can affect outcomes. The software enables the identification and assessment of fraud likelihood by providing detailed analytics on probability factors and anomalies, supporting informed decisions on additional checks and thereby contributing to the development of more effective regulatory policies and procedures.

\n\n

Additionally, this system will facilitate a more transparent bidding environment by providing all stakeholders with insights into the fairness and competitiveness of the process, thereby boosting confidence in public procurement. The ultimate goal is to ensure that public resources are allocated efficiently and ethically, fostering a climate of trust and reliability in government transactions and services. This, in turn, will contribute to a more stable and predictable market environment, encouraging greater participation and competition among potential vendors and Contractors.

\n\n

3. Scope of work

\n\n

The scope of this project encompasses a comprehensive suite of tasks necessary for the successful implementation of the AI software designed to examine and assess unusual patterns and behaviors in submitted applications, with the purpose of producing risk evaluations and highlighting suspicious indicators that could suggest potential collusion or other fraudulent activities. These tasks are divided into several key areas:

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Contractor shall, in consultation with the designated stakeholders, prepare a detailed Implementation Plan that will define the precise functional and non-functional requirements, quality metrics, integration standards, and implementation procedures of the AI solution. The deployment and operation of the software shall be carried out strictly in accordance with the applicable legislation of the Republic of Uzbekistan. The work on the assignment shall be implemented in line with the Implementation Plan, which will serve as the primary guiding document for development and implementation.
    2. \n\t
  2. Contractor shall conduct a detailed assessment of the target databases to evaluate the availability, format, consistency, quality, level of integration and interoperability, and other parameters of data and databases to be used for learning algorithms, as well as the IT infrastructure of the Committee.
    3. \n
\n\n\n\n

The Contractor shall utilise datasets made available by the Committee and other authorised public sources, including but not limited to procurement notices, bid submissions, contract award records, firm and beneficial ownership registries, and anonymised data from past enforcement or investigation cases, where applicable.

\n\n

The Contractor shall propose detailed procedures for data cleaning, integration, and anonymization to ensure the integrity, consistency, and confidentiality of inputs. All procedures must fully comply with the Law of the Republic of Uzbekistan ‘On Personal Data’ and other relevant information security regulations. Sensitive or confidential information must be handled in accordance with the authorization provided by the Committee, and shall not be accessed or disclosed beyond the purposes of this project.

\n\n\n\n

Access to procurement and related datasets required for system development and testing shall be arranged and authorised exclusively by the Competition Promotion and Consumer Protection Committee (CPCPC). The Contractor shall not independently obtain or request access to confidential or restricted information from third parties. The Committee will facilitate all necessary permissions and data transfers in accordance with the applicable legislation of the Republic of Uzbekistan, including regulations on public procurement, competition, and personal data protection. Any use of such data by the Contractor shall remain strictly within the authorised scope and purpose of this project.

\n\n\n\n

The Contractor shall ensure that the system is fully interoperable with existing e-procurement platforms, contract databases, and the Committee’s internal case-management systems. Data exchange shall be implemented through secure APIs or other authorised interfaces, in compliance with the information security and data governance regulations of the Republic of Uzbekistan.

\n\n

 

\n\n\n\n

The Contractor shall specify the analytical methods and algorithms to be used — including machine learning, anomaly-detection and network-analysis techniques — and incorporate explainability features so that results are understandable to non-technical Committee staff. The system shall meet defined performance metrics (precision, recall, false-positive rate) and be capable of flagging classic bid-rigging and collusion patterns such as bid rotation, identical bids, market allocation, unusual bid timing, and price clustering.

\n\n\n\n

The Contractor shall design a user-friendly interface and interactive dashboard that visualises suspicious patterns, trends, and company linkages detected by the system. The interface shall be adapted for non-technical users, such as procurement officers and auditors, and include filtering and search functionalities by region, sector, contract value, and other relevant parameters.

\n\n

3. Designing the foundational architecture of the AI system, ensuring interoperability with existing procurement platforms and online databases (via API) used by the Committee and other relevant government agencies. The minimum functional requirements of the AI system must include:

\n\n

a. detection of abnormal price deviations between bids;

\n\n

b. identification of repeated use of identical contact details, IP addresses, or email domains by different participants;

\n\n

c. recognition of coordinated participation patterns among companies across multiple tenders;

\n\n

d. detection of suspicious timing anomalies (e.g., bids submitted within identical short intervals);

\n\n

e. generation of automatic alerts and analytical reports for the Committee staff.

\n\n

4. Aggregating and harmonizing data from various sources within the procurement ecosystem to ensure comprehensive analysis capabilities.

\n\n

5. Developing a phased deployment plan for piloting and scaling up the AI software across selected public procurement procedures, with potential for broader application based on performance results.

\n\n

6. Contractor shall provide at least three in-person training sessions for Committee staff and guarantee post-implementation technical support for a period of 12 months after final acceptance of the system.

\n\n

7. Implementing feedback systems to gather user input on software performance and areas for improvement and regularly updating the software to incorporate new features, security patches, and improvements based on user feedback and technological advancements.

\n\n

 

\n\n

4. Requirements for Contractor

\n\n

A. Technical Competencies

\n\n

7. Relevant experience

\n\n

The Contractor must demonstrate at least two (2) years of experience and a proven track record of at least two (2) to three (3) successfully implemented AI or data-driven projects. The Contractor will propose a dedicated team, assigned to the task, led by an experienced IT Project Manager, and that shall meet the following requirements, as confirmed by relevant CVs and other applicable documents:

\n\n

8. Programming Proficiency

\n\n

Demonstrated expertise in one or more programming languages, such as Python, Java, C#, JavaScript, or Ruby. Experience in implementing machine learning algorithms is highly preferred.

\n\n

9. Frameworks and Libraries

\n\n

Proficiency in widely used AI and software development frameworks, including but not limited to TensorFlow, PyTorch, Scikit-learn for AI development, and React, Angular, Django, or Spring for front-end and back-end programming.

\n\n

10. Database Management

\n\n

Solid experience with both relational (SQL) and non-relational (NoSQL) databases. The candidate should demonstrate the ability to manage large datasets, perform real-time data analysis, and implement effective data modeling and optimization techniques.

\n\n

11. Software Development Methodologies

\n\n

Familiarity with collaborative development approaches such as Agile, Scrum, or DevOps, ensuring alignment with iterative delivery schedules and team-based workflows.

\n\n

12. Testing, Validation, Quality assessment

\n\n

Strong skills in unit testing, integration testing, and AI model validation techniques to guarantee system reliability, accuracy, and performance standards. Quality criteria include achieving predefined metrics (e.g., Precision, Recall, RR-AUC, and others) and passing a formal acceptance testing procedure involving the customer.

\n\n

B. Software Architecture and Integration

\n\n

3. Design Patterns

\n\n

Knowledge of scalable architectural design patterns such as Model-View-Controller (MVC), Microservices, and Event-Driven Architecture, enabling maintainable and modular software solutions.

\n\n

4. API Development and Integration

\n\n

Proven ability to design, develop, and integrate RESTful or GraphQL APIs, ensuring interoperability with existing government procurement systems and platforms.

\n\n

The software must be deployed on servers designated by the Committee, with all data stored within the territory of the Republic of Uzbekistan, in full compliance with national legislation on personal data protection. The system shall include mechanisms for daily backup, disaster recovery, and secure access control with role-based authorization.

\n\n

C. Domain Knowledge: Procurement and Anti-Corruption

\n\n

3. Government Procurement Regulations

\n\n

Familiarity with public procurement frameworks, especially in the context of anti-corruption, transparency, and fair competition. Experience identifying schemes involving collusion, falsification, or conflict of interest is strongly preferred as confirmed by the relevant implemented projects/assignments.

\n\n

4. Risk and Fraud Analysis

\n\n

Practical experience in designing AI solutions for risk assessment and fraud detection, with a focus on identifying suspicious patterns and anomalies in tender bidding processes that may indicate possible collusion among participants. The final decision is made by a human based on the results of the analysis performed by the artificial intelligence system.

\n\n

D. AI-Specific Expertise

\n\n

5. AI Solution Development

\n\n

Demonstrated success in developing AI-based systems for anomaly detection, fraud prevention, or related domains. Experience in working with real-time, large-scale datasets is required.

\n\n

6. Client References

\n\n

Documented track record of successful delivery of similar AI solutions in public or government-related projects, supported by client endorsements or references.

\n\n

7. Artificial Intelligence Knowledge

\n\n

Neural Networks: Expertise in designing and training models for pattern recognition and predictive analytics.

\n\n

Unsupervised Learning: Deep understanding of clustering methods
\n(e.g., DBSCAN, K-Means) and anomaly detection algorithms (e.g., Isolation Forest).

\n\n

Algorithmic Design: deep understanding of fraud detection methods, including the use of natural language processing (NLP) for text analysis
\n(e.g., document authentication) and automatically identifying signs that may indicate document forgery, and using advanced artificial intelligence tools to detect anomalous relationships and indicators of possible collusion in procurement.

\n\n

8. Non-functional requirements:

\n\n

The developed system must comply with the following non-functional requirements:

\n\n

a. processing capacity: analysis of at least 10,000 bid submissions within
\n5 minutes;

\n\n

b. accuracy: detection models should achieve a minimum of 90% precision and 85% recall in pilot testing;

\n\n

c. scalability: ability to handle a tenfold increase in data volume without complete redesign;

\n\n

d. multilingual user interface: Uzbek (state language) and Russian must be fully supported.

\n\n

E. Soft Skills and Work Ethics

\n\n

4. Collaborative Mindset

\n\n

Ability to work closely with government counterparts, domain experts, and regulatory bodies, contributing effectively in multidisciplinary environments.

\n\n

5. Problem-Solving Abilities

\n\n

Strong analytical skills to resolve technical challenges, optimize algorithmic performance, and adapt models based on evolving data patterns.

\n\n

6. Time and Task Management

\n\n

Demonstrated ability to manage multiple priorities, meet deadlines, and adhere to project milestones within defined timelines.

\n\n

5. Deliverables and timelines

\n\n

The Developer will be responsible for the following deliverables within the stipulated timeframe:

\n\n

Phase 1: Inception and Design (Months 1-3):

\n\n

Detailed Inception Report, including: i) a comprehensive data and IT infrastructure diagnostics, ii) a detailed implementation plan with key milestones and a clear description of functions and responsibilities of the involved parties/personnel, including those of the Committee as relevant and needed, and iii) System Architecture Design Document and phased deployment plan.

\n\n

Phase 2: Development and Testing (Months 4-9):

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Alpha and Beta versions of the AI software for pilot testing;
    2. \n\t
  2. interim progress reports outlining methodology and implementation steps.
    3. \n
\n\n

Phase 3: Implementation and Finalization (Months 10-12):

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. a fully functional and tested AI software system that provides risk assessments and analytical signals;
    2. \n\t
  2. comprehensive user manuals and training materials for end-users;
    3. \n\t
  3. delivery of at least three training sessions for Committee staff;
    4. \n\t
  4. Final Report detailing the project outcomes and performance metrics;
    5. \n\t
  5. transfer of all intellectual property, source code, and documentation to the Committee.
    6. \n
\n\n

6. Terms of Payment

\n\n

Payments shall be milestone-based:

\n\n

25% – upon delivery of Phase I and approval of deliverables by the Committee;

\n\n

50% – upon delivery of Phase II and approval of deliverables by the Committee;

\n\n

25% – upon delivery of Phase III and approval of deliverables by the Committee.

\n\n

Payment conditions:

\n\n

Within 10 working days of submitting the invoice, subject to acceptance by the Committee. Up to 10% retention may be withheld until final acceptance.

\n\n

7. Confidentiality and non-disclosure

\n\n

The Contractor shall treat as confidential all information, data, documents, and materials received or generated in connection with the execution of this Contract. Such information shall not be disclosed to any third party without the prior written consent of the Committee.

\n\n

If the Contractor intends to customize or use any existing third-party software or systems, they must inform the Committee in advance of any potential data confidentiality risks. Any use of third-party solutions will require explicit approval by the Committee and must fully comply with all applicable data protection and confidentiality requirements.

\n\n

The Contractor shall ensure that the AI system fully complies with applicable data privacy laws and public procurement regulations.

\n\n

The AI system shall be designed to avoid “black box” concerns, with a documented model architecture, algorithms, and decision-making logic that are understandable by non-technical staff.

\n\n

The AI tool is intended to flag suspicious patterns and generate alerts only; it does not determine legal guilt or enforce decisions. The Committee retains full responsibility for interpreting alerts and taking any subsequent action, and any misuse or misinterpretation of flagged data is the responsibility of the Committee.

\n\n

The Contractor shall ensure that all its employees, subcontractors, and agents involved in performing the Contract are bound by equivalent confidentiality obligations. These obligations shall remain in force both during the term of the Contract and for a period of five (5) years after its termination or completion, unless otherwise agreed in writing by the Parties.

\n\n

8. Intellectual Property and Copyright

\n\n

Upon completion of the project and formal acceptance of the final deliverables, the Contractor shall transfer all intellectual property rights, including but not limited to copyright, source code, documentation, reports, training materials, and any other outputs developed under this Contract, to the Committee.

\n\n

The transfer of all deliverables shall be confirmed by a signed acceptance act.

\n\n

From the moment the acceptance act is signed, the Committee shall obtain full ownership and unrestricted "unlimited rights" to use, modify, further develop, and distribute the software and related materials. This includes the right to use, disclose, reproduce, prepare derivative works, distribute to the public, perform publicly, and display publicly, in any manner and for any purpose, and to have or permit others to do so. The Committee's ownership and rights will also extend to the underlying algorithms, models, and data schemas developed as part of the solution.

\n\n

The Contractor shall ensure full compliance with all applicable data privacy laws, cybersecurity standards, and public procurement regulations of the Republic of Uzbekistan. The Contractor shall not retain any rights to the developed solution, except where otherwise explicitly agreed upon in writing by the Parties. and also warrants that the delivered software and all its components do not infringe on any third-party intellectual property rights.

\n\n

It is expressly agreed that the AI software and its outputs are intended only to flag patterns and anomalies for further manual review. The tool does not constitute evidence or determine guilt. The Committee retains full responsibility for interpreting analytical results and for any subsequent administrative or legal decisions based on the system’s outputs.

\n\n

This clause ensures that the Committee is not locked into an ongoing relationship with the Contractor for future modifications or use of the system. It aligns with international best practices for government procurement of IT systems, where the government requires full ownership of custom-developed software to ensure long-term usability, maintenance, and the ability to share the technology with other government agencies or third parties for government purposes.

"},{"id":"OP00379724","notice_type":"Request for Expression of Interest","noticedate":"23-Sep-2025","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2025-10-08T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"15:00","project_ctry_name":"Eastern and Southern Africa","project_id":"P178633","project_name":"Africa Centres for Disease Control Support Program to Combat Current and Future Public Health Threat","bid_reference_no":"ET-AUC-510470-CS-INDV","bid_description":"Consulting Service for the Development of Supply Chain Inventory Management Policy and Stockpiling Strategy","procurement_group":"CS","procurement_method_code":"INDV","procurement_method_name":"Individual Consultant Selection","contact_address":"Africa Union HeadquartersP.O.BOX 3243Tel: 251-11-5-517700webmaster: webmaster@africa-union.orgAddis","contact_ctry_name":"Ethiopia","contact_email":"AbuJ@africacdc.org","contact_name":"Supply Chain Division","contact_organization":"Africa Centres for Diseases Control and Prevention","contact_phone_no":"251","submission_date":"2025-09-23T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"\n\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\n
\n\t\t\t

 

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

 

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

 

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

consulting service for the development of supply chain inventory management policy an stockpiling strategy (ACDC-WB-2025-221)

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

 

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Request for Bids (INDIVIDUAL CONSULTANT)

\n\t\t\t
\n\n

 

\n\n

AFRICA CENTRES FOR DISEASE CONTROL SUPPORT PROGRAM TO COMBAT CURRENT AND FUTURE PUBLIC HEALTH THREATS PROJECT

\n\n

 

\n\n

Reference Number: ET-AUC-510470-cs-indv

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Background
    2. \n
\n\n

 

\n\n

Africa Centres for Disease Control and Prevention (Africa CDC) play a crucial role in coordinating the continent's public health response and building resilient health systems. As a leading continental agency, Africa CDC recognizes the importance of having a robust and efficient supply chain system to support its critical functions effectively.

\n\n

An effective inventory management policy is crucial for organizations like Africa CDC as it ensures the systematic tracking and management of essential health supplies and resources. This policy facilitates timely access to critical items during health emergencies, enabling rapid response to outbreaks and disease threats. By maintaining accurate records of stock levels, usage rates, and expiry dates, the organization can optimize resource allocation, minimize waste, and ensure that medical supplies are available where and when they are needed most. This proactive approach not only enhances operational efficiency but also supports data-driven decision-making, allowing Africa CDC to anticipate future needs and respond effectively to emerging health challenges.

\n\n

In conjunction with a robust stockpiling strategy, an inventory management policy strengthens the resilience of the health supply chain. By strategically accumulating essential supplies in anticipation of potential health crises, the Africa CDC can mitigate the risks associated with supply chain disruptions caused by unforeseen events such as pandemics or natural disasters. This preparedness not only saves lives but also fosters collaboration with African Union Member States (AU MS), NGOs, and international partners, creating a unified response framework. Ultimately, the combination of a well-defined inventory management policy and a comprehensive stockpiling strategy empowers Africa CDC to safeguard public health across the continent, ensuring that resources are readily available to protect communities during critical times.

\n\n

 

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Purpose
    2. \n
\n\n

The purpose of Inventory Management is to lay down procedures and processes for the procurement management and control over inventory (stock) items in accordance with all relevant regulations and legislation and other policies and directives. The envisaged outcome is an efficient and effective control and inventory management tool for the supply chain division.

\n\n\n\n

 

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Objectives
    2. \n
\n\n

 

\n\n

The overall objective is to develop comprehensive frameworks to guide Africa CDC’s internal inventory management and stockpiling of health commodities.

\n\n

Specific objectives are to:

\n\n\n\n

 

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Scope of Work
    2. \n
\n\n

 

\n\n

The consulting firm shall:

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Conduct an internal situational assessment of Africa CDC’s inventory management processes.
    2. \n\t
  2. Draft an Inventory Management Policy defining governance structures, roles, SOPs, performance indicators, and compliance mechanisms.
    3. \n\t
  3. Draft a Stockpiling Strategy outlining essential commodities, stock levels, replenishment triggers, rotation, and disposal procedures.
    4. \n\t
  4. Facilitate stakeholder consultations with relevant Africa CDC departments.
    5. \n\t
  5. Revise and finalize documents based on stakeholder feedback.
    6. \n\t
  6. Propose a training plan for Africa CDC staff on the new policy and strategy.
    7. \n
\n\n

 

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Deliverables
    2. \n
\n\n

The consultant is expected to deliver the following outputs:

\n\n

The firm shall deliver:

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Inception Report.
    2. \n\t
  2. Internal Assessment Report.
    3. \n\t
  3. Draft Inventory Management Policy.
    4. \n\t
  4. Draft Stockpiling Strategy.
    5. \n\t
  5. Validation Workshop Report.
    6. \n\t
  6. Finalized Inventory Management Policy and Stockpiling Strategy documents.
    7. \n\t
  7. Training Plan for Africa CDC staff including training materials
    8. \n
\n\n

 

\n\n
    \n\t
  1.  Duration
    2. \n
\n\n

The assignment shall be completed within six (6) months from contract signing

\n\n
    \n\t
  1.   Required Qualification and experience of the consultant
    2. \n
\n\n

The consultant must meet the following requirements:

\n\n\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Reporting
    2. \n
\n\n

The consultant will report to the Head of the Supply Chain Division at Africa CDC and provide regular updates on progress, challenges, and recommendations.

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Inception Report: Submitted within three (3) weeks of contract commencement. This report will include the consultant’s understanding of the assignment and the following:\n\n\t\n\t
    2. \n
\n\n

 

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. First Technical Draft Report: Submitted within six (6) weeks after inception approval. This report will include:\n\n\t\n\t
    2. \n
\n\n

 

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Stakeholder Workshop & Second Technical Draft Report: After approval of the first draft, facilitate workshops with stakeholders and experts to review the draft documents. Within six (6) weeks post-workshops, submit the second technical draft incorporating feedback, including:\n\n\t\n\t
    2. \n
\n\n

 

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Final Consolidated Report & Deliverables:
    \n\tWithin two (2) weeks after approval of the second draft, submit:
    2. \n
\n\n\n\n

 

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Budget and Payment Terms
    2. \n
\n\n

The individual consultant will be paid a fixed total amount of USD 75,600. This cost includes all the Consultant's fees, reimbursable expenses, such as air tickets to and from Africa CDC HQ etc as well as any tax obligation that may be imposed on the Consultant. Fees payable does not include costs associated with assignment-related travels, different coordination/organization of project-related activities and events and workshops as these costs will be met by Africa CDC. This is a lump sum contract, and payment will be made after the successful completion of each deliverable as presented below.

\n\n

 

\n\n

Please also include payment terms and schedule

\n\n

 

\n\n\n\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\n
\n\t\t\t

#

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Deliverable

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

%age of payment

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

1

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Inception report

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

10%

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

2

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Internal Assessment report

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

10%

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

3

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Draft Inventory Management Policy and Draft stock piling strategy

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

40%

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

4

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Validation workshop report

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

10%

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

5

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Finalised inventory management policy and stock piling strategy

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

20%

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

6

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Training Plan for Africa CDC staff including training materials

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

10%

\n\t\t\t
\n\n

 

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Inputs To be Provided by The Africa CDC
    2. \n
\n\n\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Application Process
    2. \n
\n\n

Interested candidates should submit the following:

\n\n\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Evaluation Criteria
    2. \n
\n\n

Proposals will be evaluated based on:

\n\n\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Invitation
    2. \n
\n\n

The African CDC now invites eligible Individual Consultants (“Consultants”) to submit their CVs in providing the Services and required documents as listed in the ToR.  Interested Consultants should provide information demonstrating that they have the required qualifications and relevant experience to perform the Services.  

\n\n

The attention of interested Consultants is drawn to Section III, paragraphs, 3.14, 3.16, and 3.17 of the World Bank’s “Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers” July 2016, revised February 2025, (“Procurement Regulations”), setting forth the World Bank’s policy on conflict of interest.  

\n\n

A Consultant will be selected in accordance with the Individual Selection method set out in the Procurement Regulations.

\n\n

Further information can be obtained at the address below during office hours 8:00-13:00hrs and 14:00-17:00 hours, Addis Ababa Time.

\n\n

CVs must be delivered in a written form following the above shortlisting criteria to the emails below before 15:00 Hours Local Time on 8 October 2025.

\n\n

Africa Centres for Diseases Control and Prevention,

\n\n

Supply Chain Division

\n\n

Administration Directorate

\n\n

Lafto Square, Haile Garment,

\n\n

Africa CDC Office, John Nkengasong Building Tower, 4th floor, Room No. 408

\n\n

 

\n\n

For clarification and requesting bidding / solicitation documents:

\n\n

E-mail:      Tender@africacdc.org and

\n\n

                   Abuj@africacdc.org

\n\n

(Please submit your request for the bidding document and clarification to both emails)

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

"},{"id":"OP00367768","notice_type":"Request for Expression of Interest","noticedate":"11-Jul-2025","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2025-07-25T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"14:00","project_ctry_name":"India","project_id":"P506976","project_name":"West Bengal Health System Reform Program, Operation","bid_reference_no":"IN-DOHFW, WB-485595-CS-QCBS","bid_description":"WHO STEP-wise approach to NCD risk factor surveillance (STEPS) Survey for NCD (round 1)","procurement_group":"CS","procurement_method_code":"QCBS","procurement_method_name":"Quality And Cost-Based Selection","contact_address":"Government of West Bengal\nSwasthya Bhawan\nGN-29, Sector-V, Salt Lake, Kolkata - 700 091","contact_ctry_name":"India","contact_email":"splsecretary.healthwb@gmail.com","contact_name":"Vivek Kumar","contact_organization":"Department of Health and Family Welfare, West Bengal","contact_phone_no":"9899068712","submission_date":"2025-07-11T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"

 

\n\n

Government of West Bengal

\n\n

Department of Health & Family Welfare

\n\n

Swasthya Bhawan, Sector – V, Salt Lake

\n\n

Kolkata – 700 091

\n\n

 

\n\n

No. HF/SPSRC/21/2025/ 263                                                                                              Dated:  10 /07/2025

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

E-Procurement Notice

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

INDIA - Proposed West Bengal Health System Reform Program Operation [WBHSRP] – Technical Assistance [TA] Component

\n\n

 

\n\n

CONSULTANCY SERVICES - FIRM SELECTION

\n\n

 

\n\n

REQUEST FOR EXPRESSION OF INTEREST [EOI] for STEP wise approach to Non Communicable Diseases [NCD] risk factor surveillance’ - [STEPS] Survey in West Bengal under Technical Assistance Component of the Proposed West Bengal Health System Reform Program [WBHSRP] Operation

\n\n

 

\n\n

Project ID Number: P506976

\n\n

 

\n\n

Loan Number: TBD

\n\n

 

\n\n

Procurement Plan Reference Number: IN-DOHFW, WB-485595-CS-QCBS

\n\n

NIT no: NIT/161/2025

\n\n

 

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. The Government of West Bengal, [hereinafter called the “Client”] through the Government of India [hereinafter called “Borrower”] has applied for financing from the World Bank in the form of a loan toward the cost of the Proposed West Bengal Health System Reform Program Operation [WBHSRP] and intends to apply part of the proceeds under the Technical Assistance Component of the above Operation toward eligible payments under the contract for the consulting services detailed below.
    2. \n
\n\n

 

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. The overall objective of the consulting services is to conduct a comprehensive Non Communicable Diseases [NCD] risk factor survey in West Bengal based on the WHO STEPS methodology targeting adult population [18-69 years], so as to generate population level estimates on key NCD risk factors [behavioral, physical and biochemical] disaggregated by age, gender and geography, in order to ultimately formulate a baseline for the Program to support design of preventive, diagnostic, and treatment strategies.
    2. \n
\n\n

 

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. The detailed indicative Terms of Reference [TOR] for the consulting services [“the Services”] incorporated are attached to this REOI and are also available on the link referred to in Paragraphs 9 and 10 below. The likely duration of the assignment is 1 year from contract signature.
    2. \n
\n\n

 

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. The Department of Health and Family Welfare, Government of West Bengal, an implementing agency of the Client now invites eligible consulting firms [“Consultants”] to indicate their interest in providing the Services. Interested Consultants should provide information demonstrating that they have the required qualifications and relevant experience to perform the Services.
    2. \n
\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. The short listing criteria are:
    2. \n
\n\n

[a] General Experience: Firms are requested to provide a brief profile and general experience of the Firm along with organizational structure. Documentary Evidence: Registration certificate of the firm [s]; Power of attorney/Board resolution of authorized representative to sign the EOI proposal; Firm’s brochure

\n\n

 

\n\n

[b] Specific Experience: The firm should have successfully completed at least Two [2] similar assignments in health sector within the past ten [10] years in Government or PSU or Multilateral, or Bilateral projects. Documentary evidence: Completion certificate/work order [including project title, duration, nature, total contract value and tenure, total input in terms of staff month, Client with contact details, location of service, and scope of services, etc.]/ Satisfactory work continuation certificate. The experience of a parent company, subsidiary company, group company or associates [whatever the names] of the Applicant shall not be considered in short listing.

\n\n

 

\n\n

 [c] Financial capacity of the firm including average annual turnover from survey assignments for the last three financial years [2022-23, 2023-24 and 2024-25] which should not be less than INR 4 Crores. Documentary evidence: Audited financial reports for last three financial years.

\n\n

 

\n\n

 [d] Manpower with qualifications and relevant technical and professional competence necessary for implementation of the assignment. Kindly do not provide CVs as these will not be evaluated at short listing stage

\n\n

 

\n\n

While indicating information relating to [b] , it shall be made clear whether the responsibility of the firm was in the capacity of a principal firm [lead partner] or as an associated firm [sub-consultant/JV partner] with detail scope of the service. A short note on similar projects implemented by the firm should be provided.

\n\n

 

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. The attention of interested Consultants is drawn to the paragraphs 3.13, 3.14, 3.15, 3.16 and 3.17 of World Bank’s “Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers” Sixth Edition, Issued February 2025” [“Procurement Regulations”], setting forth the World Bank’s policy on conflict of interest.
    2. \n
\n\n

 

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Consultants may associate with other firms in the form of a joint venture to enhance their qualifications. In the case of a joint venture, all the partners in the joint venture shall be jointly and severally liable for the entire contract, if selected. Documentary evidence: In case of joint venture, agreement copy should be provided if joint venture is already formed or letter of intent for Joint venture should be provided if joint venture yet to be formed.
    2. \n
\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. A Consultant will be selected in accordance with the Quality and Cost Based [QCBS] selection method set out in the Procurement Regulations.
    2. \n
\n\n

 

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. The Client shall use the following electronic-procurement system to manage this Request for Expression of Interest [REOI] process: e-procurement system of Government of West Bengal : https://wbtenders.gov.in. The electronic-procurement system will be used to manage REOI process such as issuing REOI, submissions of EOI, opening of EOIs, etc.
    2. \n
\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Interested Consultants may upload Expressions of Interest along with the aforesaid supporting documents online at the e-procurement portal of Government of West Bengal viz. https://wbtenders.gov.in as per the dates mentioned below. No other mode of submission shall be entertained.
    2. \n
\n\n

Key Dates

\n\n

REOI publication date and time: July 11, 2025 from 10:00 Hours

\n\n

REOI download start date and time: July 11, 2025 from 10:00 Hours

\n\n

REOI download end date and time July 25, 2025 from 14:00 Hours

\n\n

EOI online opening date and time: July 25, 2025 from 14:30 Hours

\n\n

 

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Further information can be obtained at the address below during office hours:
    2. \n
\n\n

 

\n\n

Strategic Planning and State Reform Cell [SPSRC]

\n\n

Department of Health and Family Welfare

\n\n

Government of West Bengal

\n\n

Shri.Vivek Kumar, Special Secretary and Director SPSRC

\n\n

Swasthya Bhawan, GN 29, Salt Lake

\n\n

Kolkata

\n\n

West Bengal 700091

\n\n

Telephone number: +91 33 23577921 / +91 33 233330609/11

\n\n

E-mail: wb.healthcare.reforms@gmail.com

\n\n

 

\n\n

Attachment: Terms of Reference

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

                                                                                                                Sd/-

\n\n

                                                                                           Spl. Secretary & Director SPSRC

\n\n

                                                                                                              GoWB

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

Indicative Terms of Reference

\n\n

 

\n\n

Hiring of Consultancy Services [Firm] to Conduct ‘STEPwise approach to Non Communicable Diseases [NCD] risk factor surveillance’ - [STEPS] Survey in West Bengal under Technical Assistance Component of the proposed West Bengal Health System Reform Program (WBHSRP) Operation

\n\n

 

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Background:
    2. \n
\n\n

The proposed West Bengal Health System Reform Program (WBHSRP) Operation (Unnata Susathya West Bengal) is a health systems reforms program of the Department of Health and Family Welfare (DoH&FW), Govt. of West Bengal (GoWB). The WBHSRP is proposed to be implemented during 2025-2031, with US$290 million loan from the World Bank and would use a Program for Results (PforR) lending instrument that focuses on result-based outcomes, with a Technical Assistance [TA]/IPF component to ensure focus on results-based outcomes for achieving the Program Development Objectives (PDO). This assignment is under the Technical Assistance component of the WBHSRP.

\n\n

 

\n\n

The Program Development Objective (PDO) of the Proposed WBHSRP is “to improve utilization of health services, enhance quality of care and reduce inequities in maternal and adolescent health in West Bengal”. The program activities are organized around the four Result Areas (RAs) which contribute to the PDO. The activities of the WBHSRP under the four result areas (RAs) principally are such that they either expedite, augment or enhance the existing government program.

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Results Area 1: Strengthened integrated care model for CPHC services
    2. \n\t
  2. Results Area 2: Reduced health inequalities in maternal and adolescent health
    3. \n\t
  3. Results Area 3: Enhanced Governance, Accountability and Resilience
    4. \n\t
  4. Results Area 4: Alignment of behaviors between people and Providers
    5. \n
\n\n

 

\n\n

RA-1: Strengthened integrated care model for CPHC services: The key focus of this RA is to strengthen the policies and service delivery framework to address the NCD related risk factors, improve input and process quality of the primary healthcare system, strengthen the continuum of care, and streamline protocols for frontline workers and service providers for the provision of quality personalized care. Global evidence suggests that addressing risk factors early on leads to a reduction in the disease burden for NCD and facilitating processes and protocols for the providers has a positive impact on care-seeking among NCD patients, ultimately leads to control of NCD conditions.[1]  While the focus of the RA is on hypertension and diabetes, strengthened systems are expected to improve access and quality of services for other NCDs.

\n\n

 

\n\n

RA#2: Reduced health inequalities in maternal and adolescent health: RA#2 will strengthen the delivery of health services to address the challenges of adolescent girls and boys. While several interventions targeting adolescents are operational in the state, gaps remain in their coverage and quality, coordination, and monitoring mechanisms. Addressing the GBV also requires streamlining key interventions within the health system. Thus, the design of RA#2 seeks to (a) strengthen convergence among DoHFW, School Education Department and Women and Child Development Department and track key indicators and progress at the state, district and sub-district levels; (b) expand coverage and quality of RKSK program; and (c) develop and roll out survivor-centric GBV services

\n\n

 

\n\n

RA #3 – Enhanced Governance, Accountability and Resilience: This RA focuses on critical QoC interventions, which are recognized through global evidence to be the ‘best buys’ on governance, accountability and resilience.[2] These include developing a facility- and administrative-level performance measurement framework (PMF) to track progress of health system performance and public reporting and facility accreditation for comprehensive emergency obstetric and newborn care (CEmONC) centers.[3] Additionally, this result would focus on strengthening public financial management (PFM) and procurement-related challenges, which are critical to improve governance. Finally, the RA would also focus on extreme weather events and health-related interventions and strengthening the climate resilience of the health system.

\n\n

 

\n\n

RA#4: Alignment of behaviors between people and Providers: RA#4 would strengthen the system to address people and provider behaviors. It will support development and implementation of social and behavior change communication (SBCC) strategies to improve maternal and adolescent health and GBV-related outcomes, especially in priority districts lagging the state averages. The interventions are expected to empower communities with knowledge and awareness about health risks and available services. RA#4 will also support activities to bridge providers’ know-do gap for better clinical effectiveness. These interventions are well defined under several global frameworks[4], and proven to improve quality of services and increase demand.

\n\n

 

\n\n

A key element under Results Area 1 is the control and prevention of NCDs, notably hypertension and diabetes, which account for a growing burden of morbidity and mortality in the state. The Global status report on Non-Communicable Diseases by World Health Organization (WHO) has estimated that every year, nearly 28 million people lose their lives to NCDs. In India, NCDs account for 60% of the total deaths. The burden of NCDs and associated risk factors is evident worldwide. This is especially true among those living in poverty. NCDs are increasingly affecting developing countries at a faster rate than in developed nations. NCDs are lifestyle diseases, as the behavioural risk factors like smoking, alcohol consumption, inadequate fruit and vegetables intake and physical inactivity pose an individual at increased risk of developing NCD. Although many lifestyle factors are considered to be modifiable, all individuals, across all strata of society should have sufficient and equal access and support to make healthy lifestyle choices. The WHO global status report on non-communicable diseases 2010 ranked the monitoring and surveillance of risk factors as a top priority to tackle growing NCD epidemics in low resource settings.  India, as part of Integrated Disease Surveillance Project, conducted a NCD risk factor surveillance using WHO STEPS questionnaire in the year 2007 to provide data on risk factors, which in turn was expecting to help the state health administrators to plan strategies for the control of non-communicable diseases by modifying the risk factors. Though it was planned to include all Indian states in a phased manner, the project ended with the first phase which included seven states namely Andhra Pradesh, Kerala, Madhya Pradesh, Maharashtra, Mizoram, Tamil Nadu and Uttarakhand.

\n\n

 

\n\n

West Bengal has not conducted this survey in the past and having combated the major communicable diseases in West Bengal, it is high time that the resources are invested on fighting non- communicable diseases.  To address this, the Department of Health & Family Welfare (DoHFW), Government of West Bengal (GoWB) plans to undertake a state-wide STEPwise approach to NCD risk factor surveillance (STEPS)[5] aligned with the WHO’s standardized approach for surveillance of NCD risk factors. This will provide critical baseline data to inform policy, measure program performance, and strengthen the quality of primary care service delivery under WBHSRP.

\n\n

 

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Objective of the Assignment
    2. \n
\n\n

The overall objective of the assignment is to conduct a comprehensive NCD risk factor survey in West Bengal based on the WHO STEPS methodology targeting adult population (18-69 years), so as to generate population level estimates on key NCD risk factors (behaviorial, physical and biochemical) disaggregated by age, gender and geography, in order to ultimately formulate a baseline for the Program to support design of preventive, diagnostic, and treatment strategies.

\n\n

 

\n\n

Specific tasks under this objective include but may not be limited to the following :

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Assess the prevalence of key NCD behavioural risk factors (tobacco use, alcohol consumption, unhealthy dietary habits, physical inactivity and oral health)
    2. \n\t
  2. Assess the prevalence of key NCD biological risk factors (high blood pressure, high blood sugar, obesity, high total cholesterol, high LDL, HDL level and thyroid profile)
    3. \n\t
  3. Assess the knowledge and practice on selected tobacco control policies, alcohol consumption, physical inactivity, unhealthy diet, etc.
    4. \n\t
  4. Assess the health seeking behaviour related to NCDs.
    5. \n
\n\n

 

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Scope of Assignment
    2. \n
\n\n

The scope of the assignment includes inception, tool development, fieldwork, data cleaning, analysis, ascertaining the baseline and dissemination of results to key stakeholders of the DoHFW, encompassing the following activities, structured across three main phases of the survey:

\n\n

 

\n\n

A. Preparatory Phase:

\n\n\n\n

 

\n\n

B. Data Collection Phase:

\n\n\n\n

 

\n\n

C. Analysis and Reporting Phase:

\n\n\n\n

 

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Duration of the Assignment
    2. \n
\n\n

 

\n\n

The duration of the assignment would be twelve (12) months from contract signature.

\n\n

 

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Team Composition and Qualification Requirements for the Key Experts (and any other requirements which will be used for evaluating the Key Experts)
    2. \n
\n\n

 

\n\n

The selected consultant/firm shall be expected to report and deploy sufficient amount of human resource required to successfully deliver the tasks in the defined timelines. The human resource requirement for the project must include key experts of suitable qualifications and experience for the key positions tabulated below:

\n\n

 

\n\n\n\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\n\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\n
\n\t\t\t

S.

\n\n\t\t\t

No.

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Key Position

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Nos.

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Minimum Qualification and Professional Experience

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Estimated Person Months

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

K1

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Team Leader/Principal Investigator (PI)

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t
    \n\t\t\t\t
  • \n\t\t\t\t
      \n\t\t\t\t\t
    • Lead the Team and provide team management and quality oversight over the assignment and deliverables
      • \n\t\t\t\t\t
    • Plan, supervise and manage timely deliverables of the assignment
      • \n\t\t\t\t\t
    • Point of Contact [POC] for the firm [all communications routed through the Team Leader]
      • \n\t\t\t\t\t
    • represent the firm in meetings with the GoWB
      • \n\t\t\t\t\t
    • Ensure that all documents and reports are reviewed and assessed in a timely manner with a high level of quality
      • \n\t\t\t\t
    \n\t\t\t\t
    • \n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

1

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Professional Experience: At least 15 years’ of demonstrated experience in managing health and nutrition sector projects (with focus on NCDs) with strong background in analytics, surveys, monitoring, and evaluation in the health sector.

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

Specific Experience: Working as technical expert or Team Leader in at least 2 projects having similar objectives involving quantitative and qualitative data collection, questionnaire design and large-scale surveys and their analysis. Prior experience in similar surveys that includes a module on biomarkers (such as WHO STEPS, National Family Health Survey (NFHS) or UNICEF Comprehensive National Nutrition Survey (CNNS) would be an advantage.

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

Qualifications post-graduate or higher degree in biostatistics/epidemiology/public health/nutrition/ health administration from a recognized University.

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

12

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

K2

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Public Health Specialist (with Specialization in Epidemiology)/ Epidemiologist

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

- Design survey methodology (sampling techniques, data collection methods)

\n\n\t\t\t

-Create questionnaires or interview guides

\n\n\t\t\t

-Oversee the pilot test and conduct of the survey

\n\n\t\t\t

-Collaborate with stakeholders, government agencies, and NGOs as necessary

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

2

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Professional Experience:  At least 10+ years of demonstrated experience in NCD-focused surveys. Must have led sampling design and survey instruments aligned with WHO STEPS. The specialist should also have experience in working with the government health systems, in handling or managing analytical studies on health including experience in assessment and/or evaluation of public health programs

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

Specific Experience: Working as technical expert in at least 2 Public Health/Nutrition/Epidemiology projects having similar objectives involving quantitative data collection, questionnaire design and large-scale surveys and their analysis.

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

Qualifications: Post-graduate or higher degree in public health/nutrition/ health administration from a recognized University.

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

24 months cumulative for K2

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

K3

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Survey Expert

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

- Ensure the quality of technical and operational aspects of the survey, including sampling, sample size calculations and designing of appropriate weights

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

1

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Professional Experience:

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

Specific Experience: At least 7 years of professional experience in household surveys. Ensures technical quality, sample design, and weight calculations. Demonstrated experience in use of statistical/analysis software such as STATA/Epi/SPSS/SAS.

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

Qualifications: Postgraduate degree in biostatistics, epidemiology or economics.

\n\n\t\t\t

               

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

9

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

K4

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Lab Coordinator/Biochemical Specialist

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

-Oversee all aspects of STEP 3 biochemical sample collection, including planning, cold chain logistics, and compliance with WHO STEPS and NABL protocols.

\n\n\t\t\t

-Coordinate with district laboratory partners to ensure timely and quality-controlled processing of blood samples (e.g., glucose, lipids, thyroid profile).

\n\n\t\t\t

-Ensure availability and calibration of lab equipment, sample transport materials, and lab kits across all districts.

\n\n\t\t\t

-Monitor adherence to pre-analytical protocols, including fasting requirements, informed consent, and proper labeling and tracking of specimens.

\n\n\t\t\t

-Facilitate quality assurance processes, including use of control strips, double-blind sample re-testing, and sample integrity tracking.

\n\n\t\t\t

-Provide technical orientation to field phlebotomists/lab technicians and troubleshoot issues during sample collection.

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

2

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Professional Experience: At least 5 years of relevant experience in laboratory diagnostics, public health surveillance, or managing field-based biomedical sample collection, including logistics and cold chain maintenance.

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

Specific Experience: Experience in venous blood collection protocols, biochemical analysis, and working with NABL-accredited or equivalent lab settings. Familiarity with WHO STEP 3 protocols or equivalent biomarker surveys preferred.

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

Qualifications: Bachelor’s degree in Medical Laboratory Technology.

\n\n\t\t\t

Certification in laboratory quality management or biosafety will be an advantage.

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

8 months cumulative for K4

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

K5

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Data and IT expert

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 -Develop the CAPI-based field data entry formats and data management strategy, ensure the quality of data entry, and coordinate data entry

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

2

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Professional Experience: At least 3 years of professional experience in managing large household datasets

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

Specific Experience: Experience in developing digital data entry system for health sector survey.

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

Qualifications: B.Tech/BCA/BSc-IT degree from a recognized University; 3+ years building and managing mobile-based tools (ODK/Kobo).

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

12 months cumulative for K5

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

K6

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Monitoring & Evaluation (M&E) Specialist

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

- Work with the K2 and K3 in (a) Designing survey methodology (sampling techniques, data collection methods); (b) creating questionnaires or interview guides; and (c) overseeing the pilot test and conduct of the survey

\n\n\t\t\t

- Ensure data integrity through proper data handling, validation, and error-checking procedures.

\n\n\t\t\t

- Use advanced analytics to analyze survey data, identifying trends and correlations.

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

2

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Professional Experience: At least 7 years of relevant experience in health systems and M&E with focus on qualitative and quantitative data collection

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

Specific Experience: experience in monitoring & evaluation of development programs in areas of health systems strengthening, NCDs, etc. Proficiency in using statistical analysis software, such as SPSS, STATA, and Excel. Qualitative data analysis software (such as QSR) will be preferred.

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

Qualifications: Masters in Economics or Statistics, Epidemiology or Public Health from a recognized University.

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

18 months cumulative for K6

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

K7

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Report Writer/Communications Specialist

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

- Compile and analyze survey findings into clear, concise, and actionable reports.

\n\n\t\t\t

-Translate complex data into accessible insights for diverse audiences, including policymakers, researchers, and the general public.

\n\n\t\t\t

-Prepare reports, presentations and other communication materials as per the required template.

\n\n\t\t\t

-Ensure that the reports are professionally formatted and edited as per the GoWB requirements.

\n\n\t\t\t

-Ensure reports and communication materials adhere to public health standards, ethical guidelines, and data privacy laws.

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

1

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Professional Experience: At least 5 years of relevant work experience in report writing and documentation.

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

Specific Experience: Worked as Report Writer/Communications Specialist and has drafted Project reports for at least 3 Public Health projects having similar objectives involving quantitative data collection, questionnaire design and large-scale surveys and their analysis.

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

Qualifications: Master’s degree in English, Journalism, or Mass Communication/MSW/ Public Health/rural management from a recognized University.

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

4

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

TOTAL

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

87

\n\t\t\t
\n\n

 

\n\n

Table 3: Essential Qualification and experience of Non-Key [NK] Experts

\n\n\n\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\n
\n\t\t\t

Sl.No.

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Position

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Nos.

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Essential Qualification/ Experience

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Estimated Person Months

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

NK1

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Field Surveyors

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

35

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t
    \n\t\t\t\t
  1. Bachelor’s degree in Social Work, Rural Management, or other relevant discipline and more than 3 years’ experience of conducting surveys.
    2. \n\t\t\t\t
  2. Assist in collecting required field data
    3. \n\t\t\t\t
  3. Prior knowledge of surveying and collecting data in skill eco-system will be preferable
    4. \n\t\t\t\t
  4. Proficiency in the local language of the study area is essential
    5. \n\t\t\t\t
  5. Preference will be given to candidates residing in or familiar with the local context
    6. \n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

140 person months cumulative for NK1

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

NK2

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Phlebotomist

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

35

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t
    \n\t\t\t\t
  1. Diploma or certificate course in Phlebotomy or Medical Laboratory Technology.
    2. \n\t\t\t\t
  2. More than 3 years of experience in drawing blood, handling specimens, and working in clinical or diagnostic or field settings.
    3. \n\t\t\t\t
  3. Proficiency in the local language of the study area is essential
    4. \n\t\t\t\t
  4. Preference will be given to candidates residing in or familiar with the local context
    5. \n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

140 person months cumulative for NK2

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

NK3

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Field Supervisors

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

10

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t
    \n\t\t\t\t
  1. Graduate with 3+ years of field team leadership; trained in STEPS methodology, QA, and digital data collection.
    2. \n\t\t\t\t
  2. Proficiency in the local language of the study area is essential
    3. \n\t\t\t\t
  3. Preference will be given to candidates residing in or familiar with the local context
    4. \n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

40 person months cumulative for NK3

\n\t\t\t
\n\n

 

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Reporting Requirements and Time Schedule for Deliverables
    2. \n
\n\n

 

\n\n

The consultant/firm shall carry out the assignment under the overall supervision of the DoHFW. However, day-to-day activities shall be coordinated by the nodal for RA#1 under the PMU, WBHSRP and nodal for NCD program in DoHFW.

\n\n

 

\n\n

The PMU shall provide the consultant/firm with relevant documents, data and permissions necessary to complete deliverables under the assignment and shall ensure that the firm has access to all Program sites and locations.

\n\n

 

\n\n

The consultant/firm shall timely submit the following reports to the PMU (the inception and assignment completion reports would be in Word, PDF and printed formats):

\n\n\n\n

 

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Expected Deliverables:
    2. \n
\n\n

Table 4: List of Deliverables

\n\n\n\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\n\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\n
\n\t\t\t

#

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Deliverables/Outputs

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Tentative Deadline

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

1.

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Inception report with proposed survey tools, sampling methodology, indicative questionnaire (s), workplan with key milestones and timelines, deployment of resources, and STEPS plan

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

T0 + 1 month

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

2.

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Pilot testing of the STEPS tools, incorporating the suggested changes and submission of final assessment tools

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

T0 + 3 months

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

3.

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Final tools and questionnaire and commencement of STEPS

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

T0 + 4 months

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

4.

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Midline Progress Report

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

T0 + 7 months

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

4.

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Draft report with detailed analysis of the findings

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

T0 + 9 months

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

5.

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Final assessment report with detailed analysis of the findings

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

T0 + 10 months

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

6.

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Dissemination to the stakeholders and creation of knowledge products

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

T0 + 11 months

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

7.

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Assignment Completion Report

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

T0 + 12 months

\n\t\t\t
\n\n

 

\n\n

It may be noted that payments shall be made upon acceptance of the deliverables by the Client.

\n\n

 

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Client’s Input and facilities to be made available to the consultant by the client:
    2. \n
\n\n

 

\n\n

Give access to all the required documents, correspondence and any other information associated with the project as felt necessary by Client in discussion with the consultant. Facilitate consultation with relevant stakeholders (Departments, Implementation Entities and other institutions), as appropriate.

\n\n

 

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Copyright
    2. \n
\n\n

 

\n\n

The consultant firm will protect the confidentiality of those participating in the survey at all stages. All data/material/information collected shall be confidential and the property of the DoHFW, GoWB. No data or other information from this survey will be released to third parties without the written approval of the DoHFW, GoWB The consultant firm will turn over all data and questionnaires to the DoHFW, GoWB and will not destroy information and material at the end of the project and after all data and original documentation has been delivered to the DoHFW, GoWB.

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

Annexure I: STEPS survey study Protocol– West Bengal

\n\n

Methods :

\n\n

 1.1 Study design

\n\n

A state wide cross-sectional survey will be conducted using the WHO STEP wise survey protocol to obtain representative estimates from the adult population, aged 18 to 69 years, in West Bengal.  The age will be grouped into 18-29 years, 30-44 years, 45-59 years, 60-69 years. All groups will be measured in both genders.

\n\n

1.2 Study population

\n\n

 The target population of the study will be adults aged 18 to 69 years old residing in West Bengal.

\n\n

1.3 Inclusion criteria

\n\n

All individuals aged 18 to 69 years of age and residing in the address for more than 12 months will be included.

\n\n

1.4 Exclusion criteria

\n\n

Individuals who fall into following categories will be excluded from the survey.

\n\n\n\n

1.5 Sample Size:

\n\n\n\n

N = Zα2pqd2

\n\n

Wherein,

\n\n\n\n

No of household calculation= (no of houeholds in the area) * sample size / total no of households

\n\n

1.6 Sampling Method

\n\n

A multi stage cluster sampling method will be used to select a state wide representative sample from the total population. A uniform sample design with population proportionate to size allocation in urban and rural area will be adopted in all the districts. In each district, the rural sample will be selected in from each Blocks. In the first stage, a village will be randomly selected followed by the random selection of equal number of households within each selected village. In urban areas of each district, a two-stage procedure will be followed from all the wards. In the first stage, one Census Enumeration Block (CEB) from each ward followed by random selection of equal number of households within each CEB using the systematic random sampling procedure.

\n\n

The number of population to be covered in each district will be sampled based on the population proportion to sample size with equal allocation in urban and rural areas.

\n\n\n\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\n\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\n
\n\t\t\t

Sl. No.

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Name of District

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Total Projected Pop 23-24

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

% of Total Population

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

District wise sample size

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Sample size for rural

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

No. of Blocks

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Sample size for urban

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

No. of ULBs

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

1

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Alipurduar

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

1699916

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

1.6%

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

126

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

91

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

6

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

35

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

1

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

2

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Bankura

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

2774381

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

2.7%

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

206

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

150

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

16

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

56

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

1

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

3

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Basirhat HD

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

2594447

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

2.5%

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

192

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

139

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

10

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

53

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

2

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

4

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Birbhum

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

2288764

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

2.2%

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

170

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

123

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

11

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

47

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

3

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

5

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Bishnupur HD

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

1241547

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

1.2%

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

92

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

67

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

6

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

25

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

1

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

6

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Cooch Behar

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

3181753

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

3.1%

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

236

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

171

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

12

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

65

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

1

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

7

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Dakhhin Dinajpur

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

1845920

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

1.8%

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

137

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

99

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

8

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

38

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

2

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

8

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Darjiling

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

2194684

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

2.1%

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

163

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

118

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

9

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

45

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

3

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

9

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Diamond Harbour

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

3602696

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

3.5%

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

267

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

194

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

13

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

73

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

1

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

10

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Hooghly

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

6022761

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

5.8%

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

447

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

325

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

18

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

122

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

12

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

11

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Howrah

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

5434838

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

5.2%

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

403

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

293

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

14

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

110

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

3

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

12

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Jalpaiguri

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

2214940

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

2.1%

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

164

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

119

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

7

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

45

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

2

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

13

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Jhargram

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

1278356

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

1.2%

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

95

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

69

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

8

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

26

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

1

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

14

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Kalimpong

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

338893

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

0.3%

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

25

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

18

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

3

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

7

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

1

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

15

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Kolkata

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

4771755

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

4.6%

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

354

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

0

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

0

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

354

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

1

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

16

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Maldah

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

4769390

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

4.6%

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

354

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

257

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

15

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

97

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

2

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

17

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Murshidabad

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

8445705

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

8.2%

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

626

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

454

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

26

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

172

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

7

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

18

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Nadia

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

5755841

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

5.6%

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

427

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

310

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

18

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

117

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

8

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

19

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Nandigram HD

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

2147696

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

2.1%

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

159

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

115

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

11

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

44

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

1

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

20

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

North 24 PGS

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

8685891

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

8.4%

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

644

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

468

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

12

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

176

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

24

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

21

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Paschim Bardhaman

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

3177023

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

3.1%

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

236

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

171

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

8

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

65

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

2

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

22

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Paschim Medinipur

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

5449747

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

5.3%

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

404

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

293

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

21

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

111

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

3

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

23

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Purba Bardhaman

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

5409339

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

5.2%

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

401

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

291

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

23

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

110

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

3

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

24

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Purba Medinipur

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

3656985

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

3.5%

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

271

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

197

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

14

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

74

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

3

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

25

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Purulia

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

3339169

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

3.2%

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

248

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

180

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

20

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

68

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

1

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

26

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Rampurhat HD

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

1726650

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

1.7%

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

128

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

93

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

8

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

35

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

1

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

27

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

South 24 PGS

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

5877888

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

5.7%

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

436

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

317

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

16

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

119

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

4

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

28

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Uttar Dinajpur

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

3616885

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

3.5%

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

269

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

195

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

9

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

74

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

3

\n\t\t\t
 \n\t\t\t

Total

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

103543860

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

 

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

7680

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

5317

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

342

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

2363

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

97

\n\t\t\t
\n\n

 

\n\n

From each selected PSU (District), the SSU (Block in rural area and ULB in urban area) will be selected proportionately by systematic random sampling (every fifth) starting from a landmark (BDO/ Panchayet samity office area) until the required sample size is achieved. From each selected household, one individual will be selected from those who fall in the 18-69 age range by using KISH method.

\n\n

Selection of eligible participants at household level:

\n\n

One eligible participant (aged between 18 and 69 years) in the selected households will be recruited for the survey using the KISH method.

\n\n

The Kish sampling method will be used to randomly select one eligible member of the household. Using the Kish Method, eligible participants (adults aged 18 to 69 years) in each household will be ranked in order of decreasing age, starting with males then females, then randomly selected.

\n\n

STEPS INSTRUMENT:

\n\n

Preparation of STEPS instrument:

\n\n

All necessary STEPS approved questionnaire and tools of WHO may be re-created in Google Form/ ODK toolkit app for mobile based data collection. Data analysis tools can also be created with the help of department / 3rd party Statistician and I.T team (to be decided by higher authorities).

\n\n

Community information

\n\n

Necessary community information for the survey and data collection is an essential step before survey and may be appraised by MPW and ASHA after getting policy approval from the Department.

\n\n

Data Collection

\n\n

Data collection will be done by 28 different teams, one team for each district. The data and blood sample collector will be selected & engaged by firm which will be selected by tender selection committee.

\n\n

Data collection will be done after necessary training by selected firm. Each team required be  provided with a field kit containing: a carrier bag, letters to the relevant authorities, feedback forms for participants, consent forms, checklist, list of the selected wards and villages and households and village maps, interview tracking forms, operational manual, pens, pencils, clipboards, notebooks, Seca digital weighing Machine, Seca Portable Stadiometer, Seca measuring tape, OMRON digital BP Apparatus, Batteries, Show Cards, Measuring Cups, feedback forms, Clinic Cards).  The team will also be supported by the local Sr. PHN/ PHN/ANM/ ASHA to identify the household and elaborating the procedure.

\n\n

The flow of events will be as follows: STEP 1 and 2 will be conducted at the survey participant's household and STEP 3 will be conducted on the morning of 2nd day of contact by the Laboratory partner.

\n\n

Data collection will be spread over two phases, namely, initial contact with the participant, completing the questionnaire and taking physical measurements, and collecting blood samples for biochemical measurement. The participants will be requested to give 45–60 minutes of their time for completion of STEPS I and STEP II and an additional 5 minutes for collecting the blood sample.

\n\n

Data collection from a selected participant will be completed in 2–3 days. On the first day, all eligible participants in the selected household will be listed and one participant will be selected using the Kish method. An interview tracking form will be completed to record brief information about the respondent. If a selected participant is present on that visit, s/he will be requested to participate in the study and asked for consent. Once the consent is obtained, the STEP I and II questionnaire will be completed by the enumerator team. If s/he is not at home, a second visit will be made. After completing STEPS I and II, participants will be given a feedback form. This form will include information on their height, weight, hip and waist circumferences, blood pressure (third reading) and heart rate (third reading). A clinic card will also be given to every participant for biochemical measurement containing fasting instruction. This card will also contain the appointment date, time and place for blood sample collection. Blood sample will be collected by the lab technician at the doorstep. The participants will be called through telephone the previous day evening and oral consent will be obtained to give fasting blood sampling the next day early morning. The lab technician will go to the household the next day early morning to collect the blood sample after obtaining written informed consent. The reports of the biochemical markers will be later communicated to the study participants.

\n\n

Physical Measurements

\n\n

Body weight, height, waist and hip circumferences, blood pressure and heart rate will be measured using Seca Digital Floor Scale with High Capacity (Model 813), Seca 217 portable stadiometer, Seca 201 measuring tape and OMRON automatic digital blood pressure monitor respectively.

\n\n

Height will be measured with a portable Seca stadiometer. For the height measurement, respondents will be asked to remove footwear (shoes, slippers, sandals) and any hat or hair ties. Respondents should stand on a flat surface facing the interviewer with their feet together and heels against the backboard with knees straight. They will be asked to look straight ahead and not tilt their head up, making sure that their eyes were at the same level as their ears. Height measurements will be taken to the nearest 0.1 cm.

\n\n

Weight will be measured with a pre-calibrated portable digital weighing scale (Seca). The instrument will be placed on a firm, flat surface. Participants will be requested to remove their footwear and socks, wear light clothes, stand on the scale with one foot on each side of the scale, face forward, place arms at their side and wait until asked to step off. Measurements will be taken to the nearest 0.1 kg.

\n\n

Waist and hip circumference will be measured using a Seca measuring tape. A private area, such as a separate room within the house, will be used and these measurements will be taken over light clothing. The waist circumference measurement will be made at the midpoint between the last palpable rib and the top of the iliac crest. Measurements will be made to the nearest 0.1 cm. Hip measurement will also be made using a Seca measuring tape placed horizontally at the point of maximum circumference over the buttocks. Measurements will be taken to the nearest 0.1 cm.

\n\n

Blood pressure measurements will be taken using automatic digital blood pressure monitor (OMRON) with universal cuff size. Before taking the measurements, participants will be asked to sit quietly and rest for 15 minutes with legs uncrossed. The sphygmomanometer cuff will be placed on the left arm while the participant rested their forearm on a table with the palm facing upward. Two readings will be taken 10 minutes apart. During the analysis the average of the two readings will be taken. The batteries will be replaced after every 100 measurements.

\n\n

Biomarker Data Collection Plan

\n\n

Biochemical measurements will be done in the selected NABL accredited/ Govt. hospital laboratories in each district. On, the day of the survey when STEP 1 and STEP 2 have been finished, participants will be asked to fast overnight i.e. people will be asked not to consume any food or drinks after 10 p.m. at night, except water, until the morning of the following day. Those participants who comply with the fasting advice will be eligible for blood sample collection. Blood glucose, Lipid profile and Thyroid function test will be performed using locally available Semi/ full auto analyser. Venous Blood will be taken. Blood volume required for the test will be 5 cc. Respondent’s blood will be placed in specimen tube which will be labelled with respondent’s identification number. All the blood specimens will be analysed at the same day.

\n\n

Timeline for data collection

\n\n

Each enumerator team shall collect samples from a minimum of at least 10 households per day. The biochemical parameters will be collected in the working days of the consecutive week. At this rate, the data from the required sample size will be completed in a period of 8 weeks. (Samples covered by a field team per week will be minimum 18 accounting to 144 in a period of 8 weeks).

\n\n

Training of data collectors

\n\n

A 2-day ToT will be organized for the District Nodal and Team Supervisors by selected firm. The training workshop will include sessions on the overview of STEP wise approach to NCD risk factor surveillance, how to approach selected households and individuals including use of Kish method, orientation to m-STEPS app, interview skills, informed consent, detailed discussion on the survey instrument and how to use show cards, mock interviews, demonstration and practice on physical measurements.  On the 2nd day of the training, workshop will be organised by the laboratory partner to orient the lab Supervisors on collecting blood samples for blood glucose, lipids and thyroid profile, emergency management and referral of critically high biochemical markers level for medical doctors in the data collection teams and quality control of all field processes. 

\n\n

One day training of the data collectors will be given at each district level by the above master trainers in cascade mode.

\n\n

Ethical considerations 

\n\n

The survey proposal will be reviewed, and approval will be obtained by the departmental ethics committee of Health & FW Dept, Govt. of West Bengal. 

\n\n

The survey team member will obtain the informed consent from each participant who agreed to participate in all steps of study after they were clearly and completely informed about the study nature.  Interviews will be conducted in a manner that ensure confidentiality and privacy of the survey respondents.

\n\n

Quality control

\n\n

Data Quality Management

\n\n

The Quality Control of the study will be decided later by the Department.

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

[1] WHO (World Health Organization). 2009. 2008–2013 Action Plan for the Global Strategy for the Prevention and Control of Non-Communicable Diseases

\n\n

[2] Such as the WHO’s national quality policy and strategy (NQPS) and Lancet’s ‘High Quality Health Systems’ framework

\n\n

[3] CEmONCs would offer quality obstetric care, including C-sections, newborn and emergency childcare, blood storage, and referral transport

\n\n

[4] Key frameworks include the WHO’s Quality of Care Framework for Maternal and Newborn Health, Adolescent-Friendly Health Services Guidelines, and RESPECT Women for GBV response. The United Nations Population Fund’s GBV guidelines support multi-sectoral approaches. For SBCC, UNICEF’s C4D and Johns Hopkins Center for Communication Programs emphasize research, community engagement, and strategic messaging.

\n\n

[5] https://www.who.int/teams/noncommunicable-diseases/surveillance/systems-tools/steps

"},{"id":"OP00367794","notice_type":"Request for Expression of Interest","noticedate":"11-Jul-2025","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2025-07-25T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"14:00","project_ctry_name":"India","project_id":"P506976","project_name":"West Bengal Health System Reform Program, Operation","bid_reference_no":"IN-DOHFW, WB-485598-CS-QCBS","bid_description":"Knowledge Attitude and Practice (KAP) Assessment – linked to Social and Behavior Change Communication (SBCC)","procurement_group":"CS","procurement_method_code":"QCBS","procurement_method_name":"Quality And Cost-Based Selection","contact_address":"Government of West Bengal\nSwasthya Bhawan\nGN-29, Sector-V, Salt Lake, Kolkata - 700 091","contact_ctry_name":"India","contact_email":"splsecretary.healthwb@gmail.com","contact_name":"Vivek Kumar","contact_organization":"Department of Health and Family Welfare, West Bengal","contact_phone_no":"9899068712","submission_date":"2025-07-11T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"

Government of West Bengal

\n\n

Department of Health & Family Welfare

\n\n

Swasthya Bhawan, Sector – V, Salt Lake

\n\n

Kolkata – 700 091

\n\n

 

\n\n

No. HF/SPSRC/21/2025/265                                                                                               Dated:  10 /07/2025

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

E-Procurement Notice

\n\n

 

\n\n

INDIA - Proposed West Bengal Health System Reform Program Operation [WBHSRP] – Technical Assistance [TA] Component

\n\n

 

\n\n

CONSULTANCY SERVICES - FIRM SELECTION

\n\n

 

\n\n

REQUEST FOR EXPRESSION OF INTEREST [EOI] to Conduct a Knowledge, Attitude and Practices Study (KAPS) to Understand and Elicit Behavioral Nudges in the Areas of Reproductive Maternal, Newborn, Child and Adolescent health (RMNCHA), Gender Based Violence (GBV) and Climate resilience under Technical Assistance Component of the Proposed West Bengal Health System Reform Program [WBHSRP] Operation

\n\n

 

\n\n

Project ID Number: P506976

\n\n

 

\n\n

Loan Number: TBD

\n\n

 

\n\n

Procurement Plan Reference Number: IN-DOHFW, WB-485598-CS-QCBS

\n\n

NIT no: NIT/162/2025      

\n\n

 

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. The Government of West Bengal, [hereinafter called the “Client”] through the Government of India [hereinafter called “Borrower”] has applied for financing from the World Bank in the form of a loan toward the cost of the Proposed West Bengal Health System Reform Program Operation [WBHSRP] and intends to apply part of the proceeds under the Technical Assistance Component of the above Operation toward eligible payments under the contract for the consulting services detailed below.
    2. \n
\n\n

 

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. The overall objective of the consulting services is to conduct a comprehensive Non Communicable Diseases [NCD] risk factor survey in West Bengal based on the WHO STEPS methodology targeting adult population [18-69 years], so as to generate population level estimates on key NCD risk factors [behavioral, physical and biochemical] disaggregated by age, gender and geography, in order to ultimately formulate a baseline for the Program to support design of preventive, diagnostic, and treatment strategies.
    2. \n
\n\n

 

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. The detailed indicative Terms of Reference [TOR] for the consulting services [“the Services”] incorporated are attached to this REOI and are also available on the link referred to in Paragraphs 9 and 10 below. The likely duration of the assignment is 1 year from contract signature.
    2. \n
\n\n

 

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. The Department of Health and Family Welfare, Government of West Bengal, an implementing agency of the Client now invites eligible consulting firms [“Consultants”] to indicate their interest in providing the Services. Interested Consultants should provide information demonstrating that they have the required qualifications and relevant experience to perform the Services.
    2. \n
\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. The short listing criteria are:
    2. \n
\n\n

[a] General Experience: Firms are requested to provide a brief profile and general experience of the Firm (s) along with organizational structure. Documentary Evidence: Registration certificate of the firm (s); Power of attorney/Board resolution of authorized representative to sign the EOI proposal; Firm’s brochure.

\n\n

 

\n\n

[b] Specific Experience: The firm should have successfully completed at least Two [2] similar assignments in health sector within the past ten [10] years in Government or Semi-Government or Multilateral, or Bilateral projects. Documentary evidence: Completion certificate/work order [including project title, duration, nature, total contract value and tenure, total input in terms of staff month, Client with contact details, location of service, and scope of services, etc.]/Satisfactory work continuation certificate. The experience of a parent company, subsidiary company, group company or associates [whatever the names] of the Applicant shall not be considered in short listing.

\n\n

 

\n\n

 [c] Financial capacity of the firm including average annual turnover from survey assignments for the last three financial years [2022-23, 2023-24 and 2024-25] which should not be less than INR 5 Crores. Documentary evidence: Audited financial reports for last three financial years.

\n\n

[d] Manpower with qualifications and relevant technical and professional competence necessary for implementation of the assignment. Kindly do not provide CVs as these will not be evaluated at short listing stage.

\n\n

 

\n\n

While indicating information relating to [b], it shall be made clear whether the responsibility of the firm was in the capacity of a principal firm [lead partner] or as an associated firm [sub-consultant/JV partner] with detail scope of the service. A short note on similar projects implemented by the firm should be provided.

\n\n

 

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. The attention of interested Consultants is drawn to the paragraphs 3.13, 3.14, 3.15, 3.16 and 3.17 of World Bank’s “Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers” Sixth Edition, Issued February 2025” [“Procurement Regulations”], setting forth the World Bank’s policy on conflict of interest.
    2. \n
\n\n

 

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Consultants may associate with other firms in the form of a joint venture to enhance their qualifications. In the case of a joint venture, all the partners in the joint venture shall be jointly and severally liable for the entire contract, if selected. Documentary evidence: In case of joint venture, agreement copy should be provided if joint venture is already formed or letter of intent for Joint venture should be provided if joint venture yet to be formed.
    2. \n
\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. A Consultant will be selected in accordance with the Quality and Cost Based [QCBS] selection method set out in the Procurement Regulations.
    2. \n
\n\n

 

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. The Client shall use the following electronic-procurement system to manage this Request for Expression of Interest [REOI] process: e-procurement system of Government of West Bengal : https://wbtenders.gov.in. The electronic-procurement system will be used to manage REOI process such as issuing REOI, submissions of EOI, opening of EOIs, etc.
    2. \n
\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Interested Consultants may upload Expressions of Interest along with the aforesaid supporting documents online at the e-procurement portal of Government of West Bengal viz. https://wbtenders.gov.in as per the dates mentioned below. No other mode of submission shall be entertained.
    2. \n
\n\n

 

\n\n

Key Dates

\n\n

REOI publication date and time: July 11, 2025 from 10:00 Hours

\n\n

REOI download start date and time: July 11, 2025 from 10:00 Hours

\n\n

REOI download end date and time July 25, 2025 from 14:00 Hours

\n\n

EOI online opening date and time: July 25, 2025 from 14:30 Hours

\n\n

 

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Further information can be obtained at the address below during office hours:
    2. \n
\n\n

 

\n\n

Strategic Planning and State Reform Cell [SPSRC]

\n\n

Department of Health and Family Welfare

\n\n

Government of West Bengal

\n\n

Shri.Vivek Kumar, Special Secretary and Director SPSRC

\n\n

Swasthya Bhawan, GN 29, Salt Lake

\n\n

Kolkata

\n\n

West Bengal 700091

\n\n

Telephone number: +91 33 23577921 / +91 33 233330609/11

\n\n

E-mail: wb.healthcare.reforms@gmail.com

\n\n

 

\n\n

Attachment: Terms of Reference

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

                                                                                                                Sd/-

\n\n

                                                                                           Spl. Secretary & Director SPSRC

\n\n

                                                                                                             GoWB

\n\n

 

\n\n

Indicative Terms of Reference

\n\n

Hiring Consultancy Services [Firm] to Conduct a Knowledge, Attitude and Practices Study (KAPS) to Understand and Elicit Behavioral Nudges in the Areas of Reproductive Maternal, Newborn, Child and Adolescent health (RMNCHA), Gender Based Violence (GBV) and Climate resilience under Technical Assistance Component of the proposed West Bengal Health System Reform Program (WBHSRP) Operation

\n\n

 

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Background:
    2. \n
\n\n

The proposed West Bengal Health System Reform Program (WBHSRP) Operation (Unnata Susathya West Bengal) is a health systems reforms program of the Department of Health and Family Welfare (DoH&FW), Govt. of West Bengal (GoWB). The WBHSRP is proposed to be implemented during 2025-2031, with US$290 million loan from the World Bank and would use a Program for Results (PforR) lending instrument that focuses on result-based outcomes, with a Technical Assistance [TA]/IPF component to ensure focus on results-based outcomes for achieving the Program Development Objectives (PDO).This assignment is under the TA component of the WBHSRP.

\n\n

 

\n\n

The Program Development Objective (PDO) of the Proposed WBHSRP is “to improve utilization of health services, enhance quality of care and reduce inequities in maternal and adolescent health in West Bengal”. The program activities are organized around the four result areas (RAs) which contribute to the PDO. The activities of the WBHSRP under the four RAs principally are such that they either expedite, augment or enhance the existing government program.

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Results Area 1: Strengthened integrated care model for CPHC services
    2. \n\t
  2. Results Area 2: Reduced health inequalities in maternal and adolescent health
    3. \n\t
  3. Results Area 3: Enhanced Governance, Accountability and Resilience
    4. \n\t
  4. Results Area 4: Alignment of behaviors between people and Providers
    5. \n
\n\n

 

\n\n

RA-1: Strengthened integrated care model for CPHC services: The key focus of this RA is to strengthen the policies and service delivery framework to address the NCD related risk factors, improve input and process quality of the primary healthcare system, strengthen the continuum of care, and streamline protocols for frontline workers and service providers for the provision of quality personalized care. Global evidence suggests that addressing risk factors early on leads to a reduction in the disease burden for NCD and facilitating processes and protocols for the providers has a positive impact on care-seeking among NCD patients, ultimately leads to control of NCD conditions.[1]  While the focus of the RA is on hypertension and diabetes, strengthened systems are expected to improve access and quality of services for other NCDs.

\n\n

 

\n\n

RA#2: Reduced health inequalities in maternal and adolescent health:RA#2 will strengthen the delivery of health services to address the challenges of adolescent girls and boys. While several interventions targeting adolescents are operational in the state, gaps remain in their coverage and quality, coordination, and monitoring mechanisms. Addressing the GBV also requires streamlining key interventions within the health system. Thus, the design of RA#2 seeks to (a) strengthen convergence among DoHFW, School Education Department and Women and Child Development Department and track key indicators and progress at the state, district and sub-district levels; (b) expand coverage and quality of Rashtriya Kishor Swasthya Karyakram (RKSK)[2] program; and (c) develop and roll out survivor-centric GBV services

\n\n

 

\n\n

RA #3 – Enhanced Governance, Accountability and Resilience:This RA focuses on critical QoC interventions, which are recognized through global evidence to be the ‘best buys’ on governance, accountability and resilience.[3] These include developing a facility- and administrative-level performance measurement framework (PMF) to track progress of health system performance and public reporting and facility accreditation for comprehensive emergency obstetric and newborn care (CEmONC) centers.[4] Additionally, this result would focus on strengthening public financial management (PFM) and procurement-related challenges, which are critical to improve governance. Finally, the RA would also focus on extreme weather events and health-related interventions and strengthening the climate resilience of the health system.

\n\n

 

\n\n

RA#4: Alignment of behaviors between people and Providers: RA#4 would strengthen the system to address people and provider behaviors. It will support development and implementation of social and behavior change communication (SBCC) strategies to improve maternal and adolescent health and GBV-related outcomes, especially in priority districts lagging the state averages. The interventions are expected to empower communities with knowledge and awareness about health risks and available services. RA#4 will also support activities to bridge providers’ know-do gap for better clinical effectiveness. These interventions are well defined under several global frameworks[5], and proven to improve quality of services and increase demand.

\n\n

 

\n\n

A key element of the Program, under RA#4 is about focus on “Improved delivery of SBCC services for health, nutrition, education, life skills services for adolescents”, which also a disbursement linked indicator (DLI 9). It is proposed that, following the global frameworks mentioned earlier, the GoWB will identify key behaviors and small doable actions to address behavioral aspects around maternal and child health, adolescent health and GBV, including impact of extreme weather events on these population groups; and subsequently develop a comprehensive SBCC strategy. Specific SBCC interventions targeting boys and married adolescents would also be included. The interventions would also focus on health worker awareness on the patient’s safety and rights and safety and protection of health workers themselves. The SBCC strategy would define the type of content (mass and mid media and inter-personal communication [IPC]) to be developed and rolled out in the identified districts along with a capacity-building and monitoring framework.

\n\n

 

\n\n

Global frameworks suggest that, to develop a comprehensive SBCC strategy and a mix media content framework, it’s important to conduct an assessment of Knowledge, Attitudes and Practices (KAP) issues for the identified population groups. Therefore, it is important that prior to developing the comprehensive SBCC strategy for the program, a KAP assessment is completed to provide directions to the SBCC component of the program.

\n\n

 

\n\n

The overall purpose of the KAP study is to generate baseline evidence that will inform development of comprehensive SBCC framework and provide tracer indicators to track progress of the SBCC component of the UNNATA SUSWASTHYA West Bengal providing benchmark information and defining targets for measuring program progress, achievements, effectiveness, and impact with respect to program objectives and expected outputs.

\n\n

 

\n\n

The DoHFW, GoWB aims to hire a consultant/firm to design and conduct a KAPS around maternal and child health, adolescent health and GBV, including impact of extreme weather events on these population groups to better understand the community’s and providers’ knowledge, perception and practices to focus demand side improvement, not just for adolescent Girls and boys, but also their families and key community-level stakeholders.

\n\n

 

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Objective of the Assignment:
    2. \n
\n\n

The primary objective of the assignment is to conduct a KAPS around improved uptake of maternal and child health, adolescent health and GBV, including impact of extreme weather events on these population groups. The following needs to be part of the assessment:

\n\n\n\n\n\n

 

\n\n

The following table provides details on key population groups and behaviors to focus including geographic representation of the KAPS. The firm should also appropriately assess the relevant service providers and frontline workers for each target group to be included as part of KAPS. This would be helpful in deciding appropriate sample size for the assignment:

\n\n

 

\n\n

Table 1: Thematic Areas, Target Groups, Issues to Focus and Geographic Coverage

\n\n\n\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\n
\n\t\t\t

Sn.

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Thematic areas

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Target group

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Key areas to focus

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Geographic coverage of the KAPS

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

1

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Maternal health

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

15-49 years females and their spouses, family and community and healthcare providers

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Areas focusing on improving maternal health such as access to quality healthcare, emergency obstetric services, community engagement, social determinants, etc.

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Entire state of West Bengal with an emphasis on lagging districts [Murshidabad,

\n\n\t\t\t

Jhargram, Jalpaiguri,

\n\n\t\t\t

Howrah, Uttar Dinajpur]

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

2

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Child Health

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Under 5 children

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Nutrition

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Entire state of West Bengal with an emphasis underprivileged areas

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

3

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Adolescent Health

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

10-19 years boys and girls, family and community, and providers from health education and WCD

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Early age at marriage, teen age pregnancy, health, nutrition, SRH and education etc.

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Tribal areas, tea gardens, urban slums, RKSK districts Three RKSK ( Murshidabad

\n\n\t\t\t

Uttar Dinajpur, Ccoochbehar)

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

4

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

GBV

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

10-19 years adolescent girls

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Sexual offenses against girls, teenage marriage especially forceful marriage, Physical and mental harm and deprivation of educational, social, or career opportunities, etc.

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Entire state of West Bengal

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

5

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Climate health

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Local administration, Policy makers, Civil society organizations in coastal areas, drought, landslide and flood-prone areas, heat wave prone districts and Community

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Health/Hospital administrators view about climate resilience.

\n\n\t\t\t

Assessing the need for behavioral changes among the community, etc.

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Coastal areas, drought-prone areas, flood-prone areas, cyclone-prone areas, hilly areas and heat wave prone districts

\n\t\t\t
\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Scope of the Assignment:
    2. \n
\n\n

For the consultant/firm would undertake the following tasks for the identified thematic areas:

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Undertake desk review and analysis of secondary data and submit inception KAP assessment report: As a first step, the firm will undertake a detailed assessment of existing secondary literature analysis and desk review of relevant Government policies, guidelines, and SBCC/IEC materials pertaining to identified thematic areas. The firm will also assess the current capacity of program implementation of the GoWB in these areas. This will also include interactions with primary stakeholders including Government officials from the Departments of Health, Women and Child Development, and Education. Based on this assessment, the firm will develop an inception report including:
    2. \n
\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Literature and Desk Review:
    2. \n
\n\n\n\n

 

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Outline of Study Design: The study will adopt a mixed-methods, cross-sectional KAP (Knowledge, Attitudes, Practices) approach, integrating both quantitative and qualitative methodologies. It will be implemented across multiple sites and stakeholder groups, with a climate-responsive lens that assesses the impact of extreme weather events. The target population will include but not limited to females of 15-49 years age group and their spouses, adolescent boys and girls (10–19 years), parents/caregivers of children under five, and key stakeholders such as teachers, frontline health workers, healthcare providers, health managers, peer educators, community leaders, representatives from the local clubs, policy makers, representatives from local administration and civil society organizations as applicable to the particular thematic area. The study will ensure representation from diverse geographic contexts, mandatorily covering tribal/hilly/hard to reach areas, tea garden communities, underprivileged population and urban slums, while also recommending inclusion of climate-vulnerable zones such as coastal, drought-prone, flood-affected regions, and others. Quantitative data will be collected using multi-stage stratified cluster sampling, with defined sample sizes for each respondent group which will be a representative sample for the state. The qualitative component will include focus group discussions, key informant interviews, and case studies. Specifics of the study design, final sample allocation and design effect will be determined by the selected firm in consultation with DoHFW.
    2. \n
\n\n

 

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Sampling Methodology: Propose data collection sites and sampling in consultation with the government, using MIS or other secondary data and reports, expert input, etc. to support decision-making such that the selection of administrative units (districts or sub-districts) capture variation in socioeconomic, demographic and geographical aspects; at a minimum, include tribal areas, lagging districts, tea gardens, urban slums and climate vulnerable districts.
    2. \n
\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Action Plan with an Agreed Timeline to be used in the KAP study in consultation with the Government. The data collection plan should be designed with a feasible fieldwork plan which is correctly sequenced and efficient in terms of travel and logistics within West Bengal state. The plan includes briefings for local leaders in research communities and allows sufficient time for field worker training, piloting of data collection tools, continuous quality assurance, and review of implementation for course correction. The firm will also recruit and train the field researchers involved in the KAP study.
    2. \n
\n\n

 

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Develop KAPS questionnaires: The firm will develop KAPS questionnaires in consultation with the GoWB prior to initiating data collection. At this stage, the firm shall also undertake the questionnaire pre-test and make necessary changes incorporated and approved for the remaining priority locations.
    2. \n\t
  2. Implement the assessments with the Institutional Review Board (IRB) approval, necessary ethical clearances, quality checks and supervision activities in place and regular feedback to the GoWB. Implementation is done in a way that ensures synergies in data collection, compilation, and analysis are realized throughout the duration of the UNNATA SUSWASTHYA -WB. All the analysis outcomes and observations are dully vetted and approved by the concern Program Divisions before finalization of the report.
    3. \n
\n\n

 

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Conduct KAPs: Under this, the firm will undertake the KAPS in consultation with the GoWB team in districts as identified including the representation from all key stakeholders.
    2. \n
\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Develop the KAPs report and related knowledge products: Under this the firm will present key findings of the KAPs including analytical tables and graphs. A comprehensive report with results and recommendations includes: (i) a detailed study results outlining information on the KAP on maternal and child health, adolescent health and GBV, including impact of extreme weather events on these population groups among individuals, parents /caretakers, and other key community and service provider stakeholders, (ii) challenges, negative social norms and expectations as well as opportunities, and (iii) recommendations to address and mitigate identified challenges and negative social norms including those coming from the stakeholders themselves. Opportunities to overcome challenges and negative social norms through SBCC strategy. All relevant annexes will be included in the detailed report submitted to GoWB. The firm may be required to develop other related knowledge products like briefs and slide decks for workshops or infographics that present sharp analysis, interpretation, and evidence-based tailored recommendations. Additionally, the firm may identify the good & replicable practices and behaviors adopted by the community and suggest ways to promote and reinforce them.
    2. \n
\n\n

 

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Duration of the Assignment
    2. \n
\n\n

 

\n\n

The duration of the assignment would be twelve (12) months from contract signature.

\n\n

 

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Team Composition and Qualification Requirements for the Key Experts (and any other requirements which will be used for evaluating the Key Experts)
    2. \n
\n\n

 

\n\n

The selected consultant/firm shall be expected to report and deploy sufficient amount of human resource required to successfully deliver the tasks in the defined timelines. The human resource requirement for the project must include key experts of suitable qualifications and experience for the key positions tabulated below:

\n\n

Table 2: Minimum Qualification and experience of Key Experts

\n\n\n\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\n\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\n
\n\t\t\t

S.

\n\n\t\t\t

No.

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Key Position

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Nos.

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Minimum Professional Qualification and Professional Experience

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Estimated Person Months

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

K1

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Team Leader

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t
    \n\t\t\t\t
  • \n\t\t\t\t
      \n\t\t\t\t\t
    • Lead the Team and provide team management and quality oversight over the assignment and deliverables
      • \n\t\t\t\t\t
    • Plan, supervise and manage timely deliverables of the assignment
      • \n\t\t\t\t\t
    • Point of Contact [POC] for the firm [all communications routed through the Team Leader]
      • \n\t\t\t\t\t
    • represent the firm in meetings with the GoWB
      • \n\t\t\t\t\t
    • Ensure that all documents and reports are reviewed and assessed in a timely manner with a high level of quality
      • \n\t\t\t\t
    \n\t\t\t\t
    • \n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

1

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Professional Experience: At least 15 years’ of demonstrated experience in managing health sector projects with strong background in analytics, surveys, monitoring, and evaluation in the health sector.

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

Specific Experience: Working as technical expert or Team Leader in at least 4 projects having similar objectives involving quantitative and qualitative data collection, questionnaire design and large-scale surveys and their analysis.

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

Qualifications post-graduate or higher degree in public health/ health administration from a recognized University.

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

12

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

K2

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Public Health Specialist (Reproductive and Maternal Health)

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

- Design survey methodology (sampling techniques, data collection methods)

\n\n\t\t\t

-Create questionnaires or interview guides

\n\n\t\t\t

-Oversee the pilot test and conduct of the survey

\n\n\t\t\t

-Collaborate with stakeholders, government agencies, and NGOs as necessary

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

1

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Professional Experience: At least 10 years of experience in working on and/or managing large public health projects with focus on Reproductive and Maternal Health. The specialist should also have experience in working with the government health systems, in handling or managing analytical studies on health including experience in assessment and/or evaluation of public health programs

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

Specific Experience: Working as technical expert in at least 2 Public Health/Nutrition projects having similar objectives involving quantitative data collection, questionnaire design and large-scale surveys and their analysis.

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

Qualifications: Post-graduate or higher degree in public health / health administration from a recognized University.

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

6

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

K3

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Public Health Specialist (Adolescent health, Child health and Gender)

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

- Design survey methodology (sampling techniques, data collection methods)

\n\n\t\t\t

-Create questionnaires or interview guides

\n\n\t\t\t

-Oversee the pilot test and conduct of the survey

\n\n\t\t\t

-Collaborate with stakeholders, government agencies, and NGOs as necessary

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

1

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Professional Experience: At least 10 years of experience in working on and/or managing large public health projects with focus on Adolescent health, Child health and Gender. The specialist should also have experience in working with the government health systems, in handling or managing analytical studies on health including experience in assessment and/or evaluation of public health programs.

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

Specific Experience: Working as technical expert in at least 2 Public Health/Nutrition projects having similar objectives involving quantitative data collection, questionnaire design and large-scale surveys and their analysis.

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

Qualifications: Post-graduate or higher degree in public health / Nutrition/health administration (or a similar qualification) from a recognized University.

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

6

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

K4

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Social and Behavior Change Specialist

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

- Provide inputs to design tools to focus on behavioral aspects.

\n\n\t\t\t

-Provide guidance and input on design and report writing including recommendations for SBCC strategy.

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

1

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Professional Experience: At least 8 years of experience in working on and/or managing social and behavior change related project in the health sector with a focus on RMNCHA and gender. The specialist should also have experience in working with the government health systems, on such programs

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

Specific Experience: Working as technical expert in at least 2 social and behavior change related projects focusing on RMNCHA and gender issues (Desirable). Experience in government related projects on SBCC framework in India is essential.

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

Qualifications: Post-graduate or higher degree in public health/Social Work/nutrition/ health administration/ mass communication from a recognized University.

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

6

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

K5

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Social and Behavior Change Specialist

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

- Provide inputs to design tools to focus on behavioral aspects.

\n\n\t\t\t

-Provide guidance and input on design and report writing including recommendations for SBCC strategy with a climate-responsive lens.

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

1

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Professional Experience: At least 8 years of experience in working on and/or managing social and behavior change related project in the health sector with a focus on RMNCHA and gender. The specialist should also have experience in working with the government health systems, on such programs. Experience in projects focused on climate-related health impacts will be considered an added advantage.

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

Specific Experience: Working as technical expert in at least 2 social and behavior change related projects focusing on RMNCHA and gender issues (Desirable). Experience in government related projects on SBCC framework in India is essential.

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

Qualifications: Post-graduate or higher degree in public health/Social Work/nutrition/ health administration/ mass communication/Environmental sciences/Sustainable development from a recognized University.

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

6

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

K6

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Monitoring & Evaluation (M&E) Specialist

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

- Work with the K2 and K3 in (a) Designing survey methodology (sampling techniques, data collection methods); (b) creating questionnaires or interview guides; and (c) overseeing the pilot test and conduct of the survey

\n\n\t\t\t

- Ensure data integrity through proper data handling, validation, and error-checking procedures.

\n\n\t\t\t

- Use advanced analytics to analyze survey data, identifying trends and correlations.

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

2

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Professional Experience: At least 7 years of relevant experience in health systems and M&E with focus on qualitative and quantitative data collection

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

Specific Experience: experience in monitoring & evaluation of development programs in areas of health systems strengthening, RMNCHA, gender issues etc. Proficiency in using statistical analysis software, such as SPSS, STATA, and Excel. Qualitative data analysis software (such as QSR) will be preferred.

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

Qualifications: Masters in Economics or Statistics, Epidemiology or Public Health from a recognized University.

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

18 person months cumulative for K6

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

K7

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Report Writer/Communications Specialist

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

- Compile and analyze survey findings into clear, concise, and actionable reports.

\n\n\t\t\t

-Translate complex data into accessible insights for diverse audiences, including policymakers, researchers, and the general public.

\n\n\t\t\t

-Prepare reports, presentations and other communication materials as per the required template.

\n\n\t\t\t

-Ensure that the reports are professionally formatted and edited as per the GoWB requirements.

\n\n\t\t\t

-Ensure reports and communication materials adhere to public health standards, ethical guidelines, and data privacy laws.

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

1

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Professional Experience: At least 5 years of relevant work experience in report writing and documentation.

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

Specific Experience: Worked as Report Writer/Communications Specialist and has drafted Project reports for at least 3 Public Health projects having similar objectives involving quantitative data collection, questionnaire design and large-scale surveys and their analysis.

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

Qualifications: Master’s degree in English, Journalism, or Mass Communication/MSW/ Public Health/rural management from a recognized University.

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

12

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

TOTAL

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

66

\n\t\t\t
\n\n

 

\n\n

Table3: Essential Qualification and experience of Non-Key [NK] Experts

\n\n\n\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\n
\n\t\t\t

Sl.No.

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Position

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Nos.

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Essential Qualification/ Experience

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Estimated Man Months

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

NK1

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Field Surveyors

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

40

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t
    \n\t\t\t\t
  1. Preferably with a degree in Social Work, Rural Management, or other relevant discipline and more than 3 years’ experience of conducting surveys.
    2. \n\t\t\t\t
  2. Assist in collecting required field data
    3. \n\t\t\t\t
  3. Prior knowledge of surveying and collecting data in skill eco-system will be preferable
    4. \n\t\t\t\t
  4. Proficiency in the local language of the study area is essential
    5. \n\t\t\t\t
  5. Preference will be given to candidates residing in or familiar with the local context
    6. \n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

160 person months cumulative for NK1

\n\t\t\t
\n\n

 

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Reporting Requirements and Time Schedule for Deliverables
    2. \n
\n\n

 

\n\n

The consultant/firm shall carry out the assignment under the overall supervision of the DoHFW. However, day-to-day activities shall be coordinated by the nodal for RA#2 under the PMU, WBHSRP and nodal for Family Welfare program in DoHFW.

\n\n

 

\n\n

The PMU shall provide the consultant/firm with relevant documents, data and permissions necessary to complete deliverables under the assignment and shall ensure that the firm has access to all Program sites and locations.

\n\n

 

\n\n

The consultant/firm shall timely submit the following reports to the PMU (the verification reports would be in Word and PDF formats both, shared electronically with the PMU and inception and assignment completion reports would be in Word, PDF and printed formats):

\n\n\n\n

 

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Expected Deliverables:
    2. \n
\n\n

Table 4: List of Deliverables

\n\n\n\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\n\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\n
\n\t\t\t

#

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Deliverables/Outputs

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Tentative Deadline

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

1.

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Inception report with proposed survey tools, sampling methodology, indicative questionnaire (s), workplan with key milestones and timelines, deployment of resources and KAPS plan

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

T0 + 1month

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

2.

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Pilot testing of the draft KAPS tools, incorporating the suggested changes and submission of final assessment tools

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

T0 + 3 months

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

3.

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Final tools and questionnaire and commencement of KAPS

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

T0 + 4 months

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

4.

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Draft KAPS report with detailed analysis of the findings

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

T0 + 10 months

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

5.

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Final KAP assessment report with detailed analysis of the findings

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

T0 + 11 months

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

6.

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Dissemination to the stakeholders and creation of knowledge products

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

T0 + 12 months

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

7.

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Assignment Completion Report

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

T0 + 12 months

\n\t\t\t
\n\n

 

\n\n

It may be noted that payments shall be made upon acceptance of the deliverables by the Client.

\n\n

 

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Client’s Input and facilities to be made available to the consultant by the client:
    2. \n
\n\n

 

\n\n

Give access to all the required documents, correspondence and any other information associated with the project as felt necessary by Client in discussion with the consultant.

\n\n

 

\n\n

Facilitate consultation with relevant stakeholders (Departments, Implementation Entities and other institutions), as appropriate.

\n\n

 

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Copyright
    2. \n
\n\n

 

\n\n

The consultant firm will protect the confidentiality of those participating in the survey at all stages. All data/material/information collected shall be confidential and the property of the DoHFW, GoWB. No data or other information from this survey will be released to third parties without the written approval of the DoHFW, GoWB The consultant firm will turn over all data and questionnaires to the DoHFW, GoWB and will not destroy information and material at the end of the project and after all data and original documentation has been delivered to the DoHFW, GoWB.

\n\n

 

\n\n

[1]WHO (World Health Organization). 2009. 2008–2013 Action Plan for the Global Strategy for the Prevention and Control of Non-Communicable Diseases

\n\n

[2]https://rksk.in/

\n\n

[3]Such as the WHO’s national quality policy and strategy (NQPS) and Lancet’s ‘High Quality Health Systems’ framework

\n\n

[4]CEmONCs would offer quality obstetric care, including C-sections, newborn and emergency childcare, blood storage, and referral transport

\n\n

[5] Key frameworks include the WHO’s Quality of Care Framework for Maternal and Newborn Health, Adolescent-Friendly Health Services Guidelines, and RESPECT Women for GBV response. The United Nations Population Fund’s GBV guidelines support multi-sectoral approaches. For SBCC, UNICEF’s C4D and Johns Hopkins Center for Communication Programs emphasize research, community engagement, and strategic messaging.

"},{"id":"OP00314768","notice_type":"Request for Expression of Interest","noticedate":"20-Jun-2025","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2025-07-09T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"17:00","project_ctry_name":"Western and Central Africa","project_id":"P176932","project_name":"Digital Transformation for Africa/ Western Africa Regional Digital Integration Program SOP1","bid_reference_no":"ET-AUC-452915-CS-INDV","bid_description":"Project Coordinator","procurement_group":"CS","procurement_method_code":"INDV","procurement_method_name":"Individual Consultant Selection","contact_address":"Africa Union HeadquartersP.O.BOX 3243Tel: 251-11-5-517700webmaster: webmaster@africa-union.orgAddis","contact_ctry_name":"Ethiopia","contact_email":"BayinganaM@africa-union.org","contact_name":"Moses Bayingana","contact_organization":"Africa Union Commission","contact_phone_no":"+251927935939","submission_date":"2025-06-20T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"

REQUEST FOR EXPRESSIONS OF INTEREST

\n\n

(CONSULTING SERVICES – INDIVIDUAL CONSULTANT)

\n\n

 

\n\n

Country: Ethiopia

\n\n

Name of Project: Digital Transformation for Africa/ Western Africa Regional Digital Integration Program SOP-1

\n\n

Grant No: P176932

\n\n

Assignment Title: Project Coordinator

\n\n

Reference No. ET-AUC-452915-CS-INDV

\n\n

 

\n\n

The African Union Commission has received financing from the World Bank toward the cost of Digital Transformation for Africa/ Western Africa Regional Digital Integration Program SOP-1 and intends to apply part of the proceeds for consulting services.

\n\n

 

\n\n

The consulting services (“the Services”) include to coordinate the implementation of the Digital Transformation for Africa/West Africa Regional Digital Integration Project - DTfA/WARDIP. Specific tasks include:

\n\n

 

\n\n

In collaboration with the Information Society Division Team:

\n\n

 

\n\n\n\n

 

\n\n

The detailed Terms of Reference (TOR) for the assignment are attached to this Request for Expression of Interest.

\n\n

 

\n\n

The African Union Commission now invites eligible individuals (“Consultants”) to indicate their interest in providing the Services. Interested Consultants should provide information demonstrating that they have the required qualifications and relevant experience to perform the Services. The shortlisting criteria are:

\n\n

 

\n\n

Educational Background:

\n\n

 

\n\n\n\n

 

\n\n

Professional Experience:

\n\n

 

\n\n\n\n

 

\n\n

Knowledge and Expertise:

\n\n

 

\n\n\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

Other relevant skills and competencies:

\n\n

 

\n\n

Skills:

\n\n

 

\n\n

Digital Transformation Leadership and Technical Skills:

\n\n

 

\n\n\n\n

 

\n\n

Policy and Strategy Development:

\n\n

 

\n\n\n\n

 

\n\n

Stakeholder Engagement:

\n\n

 

\n\n\n\n

 

\n\n

Problem-Solving Skills:

\n\n

 

\n\n\n\n

 

\n\n

Collaboration and Teamwork:

\n\n

 

\n\n\n\n

 

\n\n

Languages: 

\n\n

 

\n\n

Advanced level in English or French (spoken and written) is required and knowledge of both will be considered an added advantage.

\n\n

 

\n\n

The attention of interested Consultants is drawn to Section III, paragraphs, 3.14, 3.16, and 3.17 of the World Bank’s “Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers” July 2016, revised November 2020 (“Procurement Regulations”), setting forth the World Bank’s policy on conflict of interest. 

\n\n

A Consultant will be selected in accordance with the Individual Consultant selection method set out in the Procurement Regulations.

\n\n

 

\n\n

Further information can be obtained at the address below during office hours i.e. 0900 to 1700 hours.

\n\n

 

\n\n

Expressions of interest must be delivered in a written form to the address below (in person, or by mail, or by e-mail) by 25 October 2024

\n\n

 

\n\n

African Union Commission,

\n\n

Attn: Head of Supply Chain Management Division

\n\n

Building C, 3rd Floor,

\n\n

P.O Box 3243, Roosevelt Street

\n\n

Addis Ababa, Ethiopia

\n\n

Tel: +251 (0) 11 551 7700 – Ext 4305

\n\n

Fax: +251 (0) 11 551 0442; +251 11-551-0430

\n\n

E-mails: tender@africa-union.org

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

TERMS OF REFERENCE

\n\n

 

\n\n

CONSULTING SERVICES A PROJECT COORDINATOR - (DIGITAL TRANSFORMATION FOR AFRICA/WEST AFRICA REGIONAL DIGITAL INTEGRATION PROJECT (DTfA/WARDIP)

\n\n

 

\n\n

ET-AUC-452915-CS-INDV

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Background
    2. \n
\n\n

 

\n\n

Realizing the vision of digital transformation for Africa requires appropriate policies and an enabling environment with critical policy reforms to the foundation pillars and critical sectors to drive digital transformation.

\n\n

 

\n\n

The World Bank is financing the implementation of the Digital Transformation for Africa/ Western Africa Regional Digital Integration Program (DTfA/ WARDIP) SOP-1. The objective of this program is to increase broadband access and usage in participating countries and to advance integration of digital markets in Western Africa.

\n\n

 

\n\n

The first Series of Projects under this grant (DTfA/ WARDIP -SOP1) has The Gambia, Guinea, Guinea-Bissau, Mauritania, ECOWAS, African Union Commission (AUC) and the Smart Africa Alliance as beneficiaries. At the AUC level the main objective is to support the AUC to implement the Digital Transformation Strategy for Africa (DTS) 2020-2030.  In particular, activities will (i) support the development and strengthening of continental digital policy frameworks in key areas, (ii) evaluate and review progress of DTS, (iii) strengthen project management and implementation capacity, and (iv) support policymakers and decision makers across the continent in operationalizing the DTS.  Funding for the project is USD 6 million over a five (5) year period from 2024 – 2028.

\n\n

 

\n\n

As part of the implementation arrangement of the project, a Project Implementation Unit (PIU) is to be established within the AUC which will be responsible for the day-to-day management of the project activities, as well as the preparation of annual operational, procurement, and financial plans, the drafting of contract documents, and the preparation of a consolidated implementation report.

\n\n

 

\n\n

In view of the above and as part of the establishment of project implementation unit, the African Union Commission would like to recruit a Project Coordinator.

\n\n

  

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Objectives of the Assignment
    2. \n
\n\n

 

\n\n

To coordinate the implementation of the Digital Transformation for Africa/West Africa Regional Digital Integration Project - DTfA/WARDIP

\n\n

 

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Scope of the Assignment 
    2. \n
\n\n

 

\n\n

The duties and responsibilities of the incumbent shall include the following:

\n\n

In collaboration with the Information Society Division Team:

\n\n

 

\n\n\n\n

 

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Qualifications and Experience Requirements for the Consultant
    2. \n
\n\n

 

\n\n

Educational Background:

\n\n

 

\n\n\n\n

 

\n\n

Professional Experience:

\n\n

 

\n\n\n\n

 

\n\n

Knowledge and Expertise:

\n\n

 

\n\n\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

Other relevant skills and competencies:

\n\n

 

\n\n

Skills:

\n\n

 

\n\n

Digital Transformation Leadership and Technical Skills:

\n\n

 

\n\n\n\n

 

\n\n

Policy and Strategy Development:

\n\n

 

\n\n\n\n

 

\n\n

Stakeholder Engagement:

\n\n

 

\n\n\n\n

 

\n\n

Problem-Solving Skills:

\n\n

 

\n\n\n\n

 

\n\n

Collaboration and Teamwork:

\n\n

 

\n\n\n\n

 

\n\n

Languages: 

\n\n

 

\n\n

Advanced level in English or French (spoken and written) is required and knowledge of both will be considered an added advantage.

\n\n

 

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Expected Outcomes
    2. \n
\n\n

 

\n\n

The Project Coordinator will be monitored to ensure continuous commitment in meeting the objectives of the assignment as indicated above (Scope of Services).  The following instruments will be used for monitoring purposes:

\n\n

 

\n\n\n\n

 

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Duration of the Assignment
    2. \n
\n\n

 

\n\n

The expected duration of the assignments will be One Year (1) renewable based on performance and availability of funds.

\n\n

 

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Duty Station
    2. \n
\n\n

 

\n\n

The consultant will be based in the AU Headquarters, Addis Ababa, Ethiopia.

\n\n

 

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Institutional Arrangement
    2. \n
\n\n

 

\n\n

The Consultant will work under the direct supervision of the Head, Information Society Division.

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Services and Facilities to be provided by AUC
    2. \n
\n\n

 

\n\n

The AU shall make the following available for the consultant:

\n\n"},{"id":"OP00364551","notice_type":"Request for Expression of Interest","noticedate":"18-Jun-2025","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2025-07-02T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"16:00","project_ctry_name":"Liberia","project_id":"P173416","project_name":"Liberia Electricity Sector Strengthening and Access Project (LESSAP)","bid_reference_no":"LR-RREA-489490-CS-INDV","bid_description":"Senior Technical Advisor","procurement_group":"CS","procurement_method_code":"INDV","procurement_method_name":"Individual Consultant Selection","contact_address":"Rural and Renewable Energy AgencyOld LEC Sub-Station, Newport Street P.O. Box 12801000 Monrovia 10,","contact_ctry_name":"Liberia","contact_email":"stephenp@rrealiberia.org","contact_name":"Stephen Potter","contact_organization":"Rural and Renewable Energy Agency","contact_phone_no":"0886525505","contact_web_url":"www.rrealiberia.org","submission_date":"2025-06-18T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"

Liberia Electricity Sector Strengthening and Access Project (LESSAP)

\n\n

Project ID: P173416

\n\n

                                                                                                        

\n\n

REQUEST FOR EXPRESSIONS OF INTEREST

\n\n

(CONSULTING SERVICES – INDIVIDUAL SELECTION)

\n\n

 

\n\n

Issue date: June 18, 2025

\n\n

Closing date: July 2, 2025

\n\n

 

\n\n

Consultancy Services for Senior Technical Advisor

\n\n

Contract Reference No: LR-RREA-489490-CS-INDV

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Background
    2. \n
\n\n

 

\n\n

The Rural and Renewable Energy Agency (RREA) was established by an Executive Order in 2010 and formalized by an Act of the National Legislature in 2015 as an autonomous agency of the Government of Liberia (GoL). RREA’s mandate is to facilitate the economic transformation of rural Liberia through the promotion and development of modern energy services, emphasizing locally available renewable energy sources.

\n\n

The Government of Liberia has committed to achieving universal access to electricity by 2030 and 54% access by 2025, guided by its National Electrification Strategy (NES). This will be accomplished through grid and off-grid solutions including grid densification, mini-grids, and stand-alone solar systems. The World Bank is supporting this agenda through the Liberia Electricity Sector Strengthening and Access Project (LESSAP), which has an overall funding envelope of US$180 million.

\n\n

LESSAP, administered in part by RREA, targets infrastructure rehabilitation and expansion, electrification of health facilities, and decentralized energy access solutions. RREA is also implementing the Liberia Renewable Energy Access Project (LIRENAP), which focuses on increasing access to electricity and promoting the use of renewable energy sources. The project aims to reach 150,000 direct beneficiaries—50,000 through access to electricity and 100,000 through access to modern energy services via stand-alone solar PV systems.

\n\n

Given these complex, multi-sectoral responsibilities, the RREA seeks to hire a Senior Technical Advisor – Infrastructure and Energy (STA – E&I) to provide leadership, technical supervision, and institutional support for the successful implementation of these national priority projects.

\n\n

 

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Objective of the Assignment
    2. \n
\n\n

The overarching objective of this consultancy is to support the effective planning, coordination, supervision, and execution of infrastructure and energy access projects under RREA’s purview. The advisor will ensure timely implementation, compliance with technical standards and safeguards, capacity development, and stakeholder engagement.

\n\n

 

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Scope of the Assignment
    2. \n
\n\n

The Senior Technical Advisor – Infrastructure and Energy (STA – E&I) will provide high-level strategic and technical advisory support to RREA and project implementation units (PIUs) to ensure the effective planning, quality assurance, and implementation of infrastructure and energy access projects. The Advisor will focus on promoting technical excellence, compliance, and institutional capacity development across the following areas:

\n\n

 

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Advise on the development of implementation schedules, resource allocation strategies, and coordination mechanisms, and support project teams in setting realistic timelines and milestones aligned with strategic objectives.
    2. \n
\n\n

 

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Provide advice on engineering designs and specifications for infrastructure projects, including solar-diesel hybrid mini-grids, and offer technical recommendations to ensure the integrity, safety, and sustainability of project outputs.
    2. \n
\n\n

 

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Provide advisory support for the implementation of Environmental and Social Management Plans (ESMPs) and environmental and HSE compliance mechanisms, and support PIUs in conducting reviews and mitigation planning.
    2. \n
\n\n

 

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Provide input on Resettlement Action Plans (RAPs) and related safeguards instruments.
    2. \n
\n\n

 

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Provides technical advisory inputs for procurement documents, bid evaluations, contract negotiations, and contractor performance reports, and provides recommendations to strengthen contract compliance and value for money.
    2. \n
\n\n

 

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Support the design and refinement of M&E frameworks with a focus on technical performance indicators and provide technical input into impact assessments, progress evaluations, and knowledge products.
    2. \n
\n\n

 

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Identify potential technical and operational risks and advise on mitigation strategies and support the development of risk-tracking tools and periodic reviews.
    2. \n
\n\n

 

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Provide mentorship and technical coaching to PIU staff and support the design of training materials, technical manuals, and institutional capacity-building initiatives.
    2. \n
\n\n

 

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Advise on communication strategies to enhance stakeholder understanding and buy-in and support the preparation of technical policy briefs, outreach materials, and public consultation processes.
    2. \n
\n\n

 

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Provide quality assurance support for technical content in monthly, quarterly, and final reports, including the Project Implementation Completion Report (ICR) and advise on documentation practices to ensure transparency and institutional knowledge retention.
    2. \n
\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Qualifications, Experience, and Competencies
    2. \n
\n\n\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Location and Reporting Line
    2. \n
\n\n

The LESSAP and LIRENAP Communication Officer will be based at the office of RREA in Monrovia, Liberia, but is expected to travel periodically to the project sites and other locations in rural Liberia. The Consultant will report to the Executive Director of the Rural and Renewable Energy Agency (RREA) or his or her designate.

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Duration
    2. \n
\n\n

This is a time-based contract for a period of one year with the possibility of extension based on performance.

\n\n

 

\n\n

The attention of interested individual Consultants is drawn to Section III, paragraphs, 3.14, 3.16, and 3.17 of the World Bank’s “Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers” dated July 2016, revised November 2017, and August 2018, November 2020 and September 2023 and revised in February 2025, setting forth the World Bank’s policy on conflict of interest. Please refer to paragraph 3.17 of the Procurement Regulations on conflict of interest related to this assignment which is available on the Bank’s website at http://projectsbeta.worldbank.org/en/projects-operations/products-and-services/brief/

\n\n

 

\n\n

Interested individual will be selected in accordance with the Individual Consultant Selection (ICS) method set out in the Procurement Regulations.

\n\n

Further information and the detailed Terms of Reference (TOR) for the assignment can be obtained electronically at the following email addresses and Website, from Mondays to Fridays, from 0900 to 1600 hours GMT:

\n\n

Email: info@rrealiberia.org                Website: www.rrealiberia.org

\n\n

Expression of Interest; clearly marked Senior Technical Advisor, must be delivered through an email to the address below on or before 4:00 p.m. Local Time, on July 2, 2025. 

\n\n

Only shortlisted candidates will be contacted.

\n\n

 

\n\n

Attn: Executive Director

\n\n

          Rural and Renewable Energy Agency

\n\n

          LEC Sub-station, Newport Street

\n\n

          1000 Monrovia 10, Liberia

\n\n

          Email: samueln@rrealiberia.org 

\n\n

 

\n\n

Electronic submission should also be copied to the following addresses:

\n\n

 

\n\n

info@rrealiberia.org; stephenp@rrealiberia.org; augustinem@rrealiberia.org, tenniej@rrealiberia.org;  dehkonteew@rrealiberia.org

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

"},{"id":"OP00338961","notice_type":"Request for Expression of Interest","noticedate":"12-Feb-2025","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2025-02-12T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"08:00","project_ctry_name":"Southern Africa","project_id":"P164847","project_name":"Southern Africa Trade and Connectivity Project","bid_reference_no":"MW-MTPW-463819-CS-INDV","bid_description":"Consultancy services to Review 2018-2023 National Trade Facilitation Action Plan and Develop its Successor Plan","procurement_group":"CS","procurement_method_code":"INDV","procurement_method_name":"Individual Consultant Selection","contact_address":"Private Bag 322, Capital City, Lilongwe 3","contact_ctry_name":"Malawi","contact_email":"hastings.ngoma@satcp.mw","contact_name":"Hastings Ngoma","contact_organization":"Ministry of Transport and Public Works","contact_phone_no":"0999088044","contact_web_url":"www.satcp.mw","submission_date":"2025-02-12T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"

 

\n\n

Government of Malawi

\n\n

Ministry of Transport and Public Works

\n\n

 

\n\n

REQUEST FOR EXPRESSION OF INTEREST (INDIVIDUAL CONSULTANTS SELECTION)

\n\n

 

\n\n

(Appointment Type: Local Hire)

\n\n

 

\n\n

COUNTRY:                            Malawi

\n\n

NAME OF PROJECT:           Southern Africa Trade and Connectivity Project (SATCP)

\n\n

PROJECT ID:                         P164847

\n\n

ASSIGNMENT TITLE:         Consultancy services to Review 2018-2023   and Develop its Successor Plan

\n\n

REFERENCE NUMBER:     MW-MTPW-463819-CS-INDV 

\n\n

DATE OF ISSUE:                  12 February, 2025

\n\n

1.0       Background

\n\n

With support from the World Bank Group, the Government of Malawi is  jointly with the Government of Mozambique - implementing the Southern Africa Trade and Connectivity Project (SATCP), whose main objective is to assist the two countries to increase regional trade coordination, reduce trade costs and time, develop regional value chains, and improve access to infrastructure. Within this objective, trade facilitation is a key component, particularly due to its role in reducing time and cost to trade and enhancing competitiveness in the country’s production processes. The Ministry of Trade and Industry leads the implementation of the trade facilitation agenda in the country and utilizes as a key mechanism the National Trade Facilitation Committee (NTFC) to foster policy dialogue on various activities within this agenda between Government, private sector, and development partners. The NTFC is co-Chaired by the Ministry of Trade and Industry and the Malawi Revenue Authority, with the Ministry also serving as Secretariat to the Committee.

\n\n

Bilateral and regional trade facilitation is a key strategy of countries for promoting accelerated economic growth and increased competitiveness. Consequently, most countries in the Southern African region, have prioritized the implementation of the trade facilitation measures as outlined in the World Trade Organization (WTO) Trade Facilitation Agreement (TFA). Malawi, as one of the countries in the region with a serious commitment to undertaking trade facilitation reforms, has domesticated the trade facilitation measures through the 2016-2021 National Trade Policy, 2021-2026 National Export Strategy (NES) II, and the 2021-2026 National African Continental Free Trade Area (AfCFTA) Implementation Strategy (NIS), among others.

\n\n

2.         Purpose and Objectives

\n\n

 

\n\n

The primary objective of this assignment is to review Malawi's National Trade Facilitation Action Plan and develop an updated Action Plan that aligns with national development goals, international best practices and standards, and new developments in the trade facilitation arena including the implementation of the AfCFTA and Tripartite Agreements. The consultancy should aim to:

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. \n\t
      \n\t\t
    1. Evaluate the effectiveness of Malawi's current National Trade Facilitation Action Plan in streamlining international trade, cutting costs and time, boosting efficiency, and enhancing the business environment. This assessment should encompass all reforms implemented within and outside the 2018-2023 plan, including ongoing, completed, postponed, and discontinued initiatives.
      2. \n\t
    \n\t
    2. \n
\n\n

Key Areas of Focus

\n\n\n\n

By achieving these objectives, the project will contribute to Malawi's economic development and integration into bilateral, regional, continental and global trade.

\n\n

3.0       Scope of the Assignment

\n\n

 

\n\n

 The consultant will:

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. \n\t
      \n\t\t
    1. Review Malawi's current National Trade Facilitation Action Plan and other related documents, identifying strengths, weaknesses, opportunities, and threats (SWOT analysis). By conducting a SWOT analysis, areas to improve Malawi's trade competitiveness will be maximized by leveraging strengths, addressing weaknesses, and developing targeted strategies to capitalize on opportunities and mitigate threats.
      2. \n\t\t
    2. Conduct stakeholder engagement and analysis (government, private sector, civil society, development partners, NTFC etc.) to gather insights and feedback, ensuring broader stakeholder inclusion, including SMEs and women in trade.
      3. \n\t\t
    3. Assess Malawi's trade facilitation landscape, focusing on ongoing reforms, changing procedures, IT system upgrades, infrastructure development, and institutional frameworks. This assessment aims to pinpoint gaps and areas for enhancement to streamline trade processes.
      4. \n\t
    \n\t
    2. \n
\n\n

 

\n\n

Key Areas to Assess:     

\n\n\n\n

4.0       Methodology

\n\n

 

\n\n

The consultant will employ a combination of the following methods to review Malawi's National Trade Facilitation Action Plan and develop a succeeding Action Plan:

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. \n\t
      \n\t\t
    1. Desk Review (10% of total duration):\n\n\t\t
        \n\t\t\t
      • Analyze existing documents, reports, and data related to the current Action Plan, including the latest versions of WTO’s and Government of Malawi’s reports on the 2023/2024 Malawi Trade Policy Review.
        • \n\t\t\t
      • Identify strengths, weaknesses, opportunities, and threats (SWOT analysis) to unlock Malawi’s trade potential by identifying strategic strengths, addressing vulnerabilities, and developing proactive plans to capture opportunities and counter threats.
        • \n\t\t
      \n\t\t
      2. \n\t\t
    2. Stakeholder Engagement (20% of total duration):\n\t\t
        \n\t\t\t
      • Conduct interviews with key government officials, private sector representatives, and other stakeholders.
        • \n\t\t\t
      • Organize focus group discussions or workshops to gather feedback and insights.
        • \n\t\t\t
      • Facilitate effective involvement of the NTFC in leading stakeholder engagement, facilitating meetings, workshops, and consultations to gather input, promote ownership and commitment and build consensus among stakeholders on the plan's goals, objectives, and actions to set the stage for successful implementation and meaningful trade facilitation reforms.
        • \n\t\t
      \n\t\t
      3. \n\t\t
    3. Gap Analysis (20% of total duration):\n\t\t
        \n\t\t\t
      • Identify gaps and areas for improvement in the current Action Plan and develop strategies to address them, ultimately enhancing Malawi's trade facilitation environment. This involves evaluating the plan's effectiveness in streamlining international trade, reducing costs and time, boosting efficiency, and enhancing the business environment against the baseline situation in 2018. The analysis will assess the gaps and the impact of all reforms implemented within and outside the 2018-2023 plan, including ongoing, completed, postponed, and discontinued initiatives.
        • \n\t\t\t
      • Conduct a review workshop with the NTFC to assess TFA provisions, identify gaps, and establish clear government priorities for the next 5 years.
        • \n\t\t\t
      • Assess alignment with international trade facilitation standards and best practices.
        • \n\t\t
      \n\t\t
      4. \n\t\t
    4. Benchmarking (10% of total duration):\n\t\t
        \n\t\t\t
      • Research and compare Malawi's trade facilitation practices with regional and international benchmarks.
        • \n\t\t\t
      • Identify opportunities for improvement and modernization.
        • \n\t\t
      \n\t\t
      5. \n\t\t
    5. Action Plan (with M&E and Communication Frameworks) Development (40% of total duration):
      6. \n\t
    \n\t
    2. \n
\n\n

To ensure strategic alignment across stakeholders, the Action Plan development process will involve one or two significant sessions with the NTFC to align national agencies with trade strategic priorities for TFA and non-TFA objectives; ensure key agencies commit to and align with their 5-year strategies, resources, and budgets; achieve alignment across government MDAs; and establish performance metrics and tracking.

\n\n

 

\n\n\n\n

 

\n\n

5.0       Expected Results and Main Activities

\n\n

 

\n\n

The desired outcomes of the consultancy project are as follows:

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. A comprehensive review report of the current National Trade Facilitation Action Plan highlighting gaps, areas for improvement and the process for monitoring the implementation of the action plan.
    2. \n\t
  2. An updated Action Plan that succinctly prioritizes Malawian trade facilitation mission, goals and agenda, ensures fulfilment of the WTO TFA commitments and establishes SMART measures for delivery that are approved by relevant stakeholders.
    3. \n\t
  3. A functional M&E framework that ensures effective implementation and monitoring of the National Trade Facilitation Action Plan.
    4. \n\t
  4. Undertake an inclusive TF strategic planning process to develop a collective Malawian NTFC Action plan for 2025-2030 that realizes collaborative buy-in and ownership of the 2024-2029 trade facilitation agenda.
    5. \n
\n\n

Improved trade facilitation capacity in Malawi, contributing to increased trade competitiveness and economic growth. Involving the NTFC in action plan development enhances Malawi's capacity by fostering a deeper understanding of trade facilitation, improving analytical skills, strengthening institutions, streamlining procedures, promoting inter-agency coordination, and empowering officials to drive reforms.

\n\n

6.0       Timelines and Deliverables

\n\n

 

\n\n

The consultancy shall be completed within 135 calendar days from the commencement date, with an allocation of 90 consulting days for the total assignment. The consultant will meet the following deliverables with delivery dates and consulting day/work effort as indicated:

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. \n\t
      \n\t\t
    1. \n\t\t
        \n\t\t\t
      1. An Inception Report outlining the consultant’s understanding of the assignment, the proposed methodology, approach, and work plan to be used to achieve the outcomes of the assignment (6 days work effort).
        2. \n\t\t\t
      2. A draft review report of the current Action Plan that includes an evaluation of its effectiveness and impact (26 days work effort).
        3. \n\t\t\t
      3. A stakeholder feedback report (6 days work effort).
        4. \n\t\t\t
      4. Presentation of the findings and recommendations at stakeholders’ validation meeting (6 days work effort). 
        5. \n\t\t\t
      5. Draft new Action Plan together with Communications Plan and M&E Plan (36 days work effort). 
        6. \n\t\t\t
      6. A final review report and validated succeeding Action Plan (10 days work effort).
        7. \n\t\t\t
      7. Periodic interim reports to track progress, solicit stakeholder feedback, and inform timely adjustments.
        8. \n\t\t
      \n\t\t
      2. \n\t
    \n\t
    2. \n
\n\n

 

\n\n

7.0       Academic requirements and experience

\n\n

 

\n\n

The consultant is expected to have the following minimum requirements:

\n\n

Academic Requirements:

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. \n\t
      \n\t\t
    1. Master's degree in a relevant field, such as:\n\t\t
        \n\t\t\t
      • \n\t\t\t
          \n\t\t\t\t
        • International Trade
          • \n\t\t\t\t
        • International Relations
          • \n\t\t\t\t
        • Economics
          • \n\t\t\t\t
        • Trade Law
          • \n\t\t\t\t
        • Business Administration
          • \n\t\t\t\t
        • Public Policy
          • \n\t\t\t\t
        • Logistics and Supply Chain Management
          • \n\t\t\t
        \n\t\t\t
        • \n\t\t
      \n\t\t
      2. \n\t\t
    2. Specialized training or certifications in trade facilitation, customs modernization, or related areas.
      3. \n\t
    \n\t
    2. \n
\n\n

Experience:

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. \n\t
      \n\t\t
    1. \n\t\t
        \n\t\t\t
      1. \n\t\t\t
          \n\t\t\t\t
        1. At least 5-7 years of experience in trade facilitation, customs modernization, or related areas.
          2. \n\t\t\t\t
        2. Proven experience in developing and implementing trade facilitation action plans or similar initiatives.
          3. \n\t\t\t\t
        3. Experience working with government agencies, international organizations, or private sector entities on trade facilitation projects.
          4. \n\t\t\t\t
        4. Strong understanding of national, regional and international trade facilitation standards and best practices (e.g., WTO TFA, WCO SAFE Framework).
          5. \n\t\t\t\t
        5. Experience in conducting stakeholder engagement, gap analysis, and needs assessments.
          6. \n\t\t\t\t
        6. Strong analytical, writing, and communication skills.
          7. \n\t\t\t\t
        7. Experience in project management and coordination.
          8. \n\t\t\t
        \n\t\t\t
        2. \n\t\t
      \n\t\t
      2. \n\t
    \n\t
    2. \n
\n\n

Desirable Experience:

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. \n\t
      \n\t\t
    1. \n\t\t
        \n\t\t\t
      1. \n\t\t\t
          \n\t\t\t\t
        1. Experience working in a developing country or similar context.
          2. \n\t\t\t\t
        2. Good understanding of trade facilitation issues affecting LDCs and the region.
          3. \n\t\t\t\t
        3. Good understanding of the trade policy and business environment of Malawi will be an added advantage.
          4. \n\t\t\t\t
        4. Familiarity with regional trade agreements and initiatives (e.g., AfCFTA).
          5. \n\t\t\t\t
        5. Facilitation skills for engaging and managing strategy formulation workshops.
          6. \n\t\t\t\t
        6. Experience with trade facilitation tools and instruments (e.g., UNCTAD's ASYCUDA, Reforms Tracker, WCO's CLSS).
          7. \n\t\t\t\t
        7. Knowledge of digital trade facilitation and single window systems.
          8. \n\t\t\t\t
        8. Experience in capacity building and training programs for government officials or private sector stakeholders.
          9. \n\t\t\t\t
        9. Experience in developing and writing national strategies and plans.
          10. \n\t\t\t
        \n\t\t\t
        2. \n\t\t
      \n\t\t
      2. \n\t
    \n\t
    2. \n
\n\n

8.0       Reporting

\n\n

 

\n\n

In relation to these activities, the consultant will act under the direction of the Director of Trade in Goods and the Director of Trade in Services, with oversight from the Principal Secretary of Malawi’s Ministry of Trade and Industry. Submission of final deliverables will be done through both hard copies and electronic copies.

\n\n

Reporting on contractual terms and obligations will be made to the Project Manager of the Southern Africa Trade and Connectivity Project.

\n\n

9.0       Contracting

\n\n

 

\n\n

The consultant will be contracted in line with the World Bank’s procurement guidelines as administered by the Project Implementation Unit of the Southern Africa Trade and Connectivity Project. 

\n\n

9.1       Payment Terms

\n\n

Payments will be tallied with deliverables as follows:

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. 20% to be paid upon delivery of the approved Inception Report;
    2. \n\t
  2. 40% to be paid upon delivery of the Draft Updated National Trade Facilitation Action Plan with communications and M&E frameworks; and
    3. \n\t
  3. 40% to be paid upon delivery of the Final Updated National Trade Facilitation Action Plan with communications and M&E frameworks.
    4. \n
\n\n

 

\n\n

10.0     Conflict of Interest

\n\n

 

\n\n

The attention of interested Consultants is drawn to Section III, paragraphs, 3.14, 3.16, and 3.17 of the World Bank’s “Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers” dated November 2020 (“Procurement Regulations”), setting forth the World Bank’s policy on conflict of interest. 

\n\n

 

\n\n

10.0     Submission of Expressions of Interest

\n\n

 

\n\n

Interested Individuals meeting the stated requirements should submit their Expressions of interest including updated detailed curriculum vitae (CVs) and copies of professional certificates must be delivered in a written form to the address below (in person, or by mail, or by fax, or by e-mail) by 26 February, 2025 on or before 16:00 hours, local time.A full copy of the terms of reference can be obtained from our website www.satcp.mw or request from the below email

\n\n

 

\n\n

The Chairman,

\n\n

Internal Procurement and Disposal of Assets Committee,

\n\n

Ministry Of Transport and Public Works

\n\n

Southern Africa Trade and Connectivity Project (SATCP)

\n\n

Attn: The Project Manager

\n\n

Capital Hill, Private Bag 322, Lilongwe 3, Malawi

\n\n

Tel:      +265 1 789 577

\n\n

E-mail:            procurement@satcp.mw cc steven.manda@satcp.mw

\n\n

 

"},{"id":"OP00338420","notice_type":"Request for Expression of Interest","noticedate":"09-Feb-2025","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2025-02-23T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"12:00","project_ctry_name":"Egypt, Arab Republic of","project_id":"P172548","project_name":"Greater Cairo Air Pollution Management and Climate Change Project","bid_reference_no":"EG-EEAA-458996-CS-CQS","bid_description":"Assessment and Technical Assistance for E-waste Recyclers.","procurement_group":"CS","procurement_method_code":"CQS","procurement_method_name":"Consultant Qualification Selection","contact_address":"15 S El Tawfik Building, El Fustat El Gedida, \nOld Cairo, Cairo - Egypt","contact_ctry_name":"Egypt, Arab Republic of","contact_email":"mohamed.hassan@gccceg.com","contact_name":"Mohamed Hassan","contact_organization":"Egyptian Environmental Affairs Agency","contact_phone_no":"01128333019","submission_date":"2025-02-09T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"

REQUEST FOR EXPRESSIONS OF INTEREST

\n\n

CONSULTING SERVICES

\n\n


\n 

\n\n

Arab Republic of Egypt

\n\n

GREATER CAIRO AIR POLLUTION MANAGEMENT AND CLIMATE CHANGE “GCCC” PROJECT - PROJECT (P172548)

\n\n

 

\n\n

Assignment Title: Assessment and Technical Assistance services for E-waste Recyclers.

\n\n

Reference No. (as per Procurement Plan): EG-EEAA-458996-CS-CQS

\n\n

 

\n\n

The Greater Cairo Air Pollution Management and Climate Change Project (herein “the Project”) aims at reducing air emissions from critical sectors and increasing resilience to air pollution in Greater Cairo. The Project aims more specifically at reducing air emissions which is a key step toward the reduction of pollution concentrations and improvement of air quality. The Project will focus on two of the primary sources of air pollution in the Greater Cairo (GC) region (i.e., Cairo, Giza and Qalyoubia Governorates): open burning of solid waste and vehicle emissions; and will include six main components aiming at: (i) enhancing the air quality management framework and decision support system in Egypt; (ii) improving Solid Waste Management services; (iii) reducing air and climate pollutants from vehicle emissions; (iv) furthering stakeholder engagement, awareness and communication; (v) project management and monitoring & evaluation (M&E); (vi) addressing the important issue of unintended emissions of POPs.

\n\n

Brief description about the  Enhanced E-Waste and HCW management for Reduction of uPOPs:                  

\n\n

 It is an additional finance (AF) to the parent project; this new activity focuses on reduction of unintended persistent organic pollutants (uPOPs) aligns with the “GEF Project Design and Review Considerations in Response to the COVID-19 Crisis and the Mitigation of Future Pandemics”. This new component will comprise 3 sub-components. 

\n\n

Sub-component 6.1: Supporting effective E-Waste management, models, and solutions

\n\n

Activities under this sub-component aim to support the implementation of Egypt National Policy Framework and Legal Directive on E-Waste and piloting solutions and models for E-Waste management and recycling to reduce air pollution and climate pollutant emissions. Activities are designed to support the country in a life-cycle approach to e-waste from understanding upstream issues, such as causes and generation of e-waste to safe recycling and safe extraction of precious commodities.

\n\n

Specific activities will include: (i) strategy development and guidance for used electronic equipment, particularly at the household level including batteries and electrical appliances and their integration into existing strategies for the refurbishment, recycling, disposal and/or take back of  equipment/eWaste and establishment of safe exposure limits for key uPOPs;  (ii) technical assistance and capacity building for key public and private sector entities and agencies for the enforcement and implementation of upcoming Extended Producer Responsibility (EPR) schemes for new electronic equipment; (iii) support to recyclers of E-Waste, including: assessment and technical assistance for enhanced efficiency in recycling processes, development of strategies and support for safe and effective recycling of batteries, development of risk assessment studies and risk mitigation strategies and capacity building for recyclers to ensure safer/cleaner processing for improved human and environmental health; (iv) support for alignment with the globally harmonized system on waste and E-Waste, particularly with regard to developing train-the-trainer programs and other training/educational tools and products; (v) support for updating and monitoring of E-Waste data and utilization of the uPOPs tool kit and E-Waste calculator for E-Waste processing and needs assessment for establishing an integrated management information system (MIS; (vi) piloting collection, safe dismantling, and recycling of E-Waste, particularly older equipment and household level E-Waste at strategic locations and segregation and hazardous waste disposal, particularly waste which will not be targeted through EPR; (vii) testing of ‘take-back’ schemes and enhancing engagement with the private sector; (viii) testing of financing tools for start-ups and small and medium enterprises in E-Waste recycling and exploration of supporting enterprises in possible markets for recycled materials (e.g., gold, copper, silver) nationally, regionally, and internationally; and (ix) supporting further integration of informal sector players and those recently ‘formalized.’

\n\n

The requested services covered by these terms of reference are to support the Project Coordination Unit (PCU) and the Technical Implementation Units (TIUs) of “Greater Cairo Air Pollution Management and Climate Change (GGAP&CC) Project” in the implementation of the service of Assessment and technical assistance to E-Waste recyclers for enhanced efficiency and safer/cleaner processing of WEEE in Egypt.

\n\n

The Ministry of Environment (MoE) now invites eligible consultancy firms to indicate their interest in providing the services. Interested suppliers should provide information demonstrating that they have the required qualifications and relevant experience to perform the scope. 

\n\n

 

\n\n

The shortlisting criteria are:

\n\n

 

\n\n\n\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\n
\n\t\t\t

#

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t
    \n\t\t\t\t
  1. \n\t\t\t\t

    Shortlisting criteria

    \n\t\t\t\t
    2. \n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Percentage 

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t
    \n\t\t\t\t
  1. \n\t\t\t\t

    1

    \n\t\t\t\t
    2. \n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t
    \n\t\t\t\t
  1. \n\t\t\t\t

    The consultancy firms expected to have:

    \n\t\t\t\t
    2. \n\t\t\t
\n\n\t\t\t
    \n\t\t\t\t
  • \n\t\t\t\t

    Proven experience in working on similar projects and assignments, particularly in safety& Environmental standards, E-waste processing technologies, E-waste risk mitigation and adaptation strategies, and integration of informal recyclers.

    \n\t\t\t\t
    • \n\t\t\t\t
  • \n\t\t\t\t

    Proven history of developing risk assessment studies and mitigation strategies in line with national and international legislations and standards 

    \n\t\t\t\t
    • \n\t\t\t
\n\n\t\t\t
    \n\t\t\t\t
  • \n\t\t\t\t

    Proven experience in economic and market analysis

    \n\t\t\t\t
    • \n\t\t\t
\n\n\t\t\t
    \n\t\t\t\t
  • \n\t\t\t\t

    Experience in conducting training and capacity-building programs for recyclers.

    \n\t\t\t\t
    • \n\t\t\t
\n\n\t\t\t

Experience in assessing and incorporating start-ups and SMEs into the recycling ecosystem.

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

40% 

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

2

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

The Consultancy firms are expected to have a  minimum of 5-7 years of experience providing consulting in the waste management sector, with a strong recommendation for experience in E-waste management.

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

20%

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

3

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Key staff are expected to have Extensive experience in managing similar projects with strong leadership skills.

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

40%

\n\t\t\t
\n\n

 

\n\n

Minimum % for qualification 75 %

\n\n

 

\n\n

The Consulting Firm will be selected in accordance with the Request for Proposal with the Consultants Qualification Selection - CQS method" set out in the Procurement Regulations”.

\n\n

 

\n\n

Further information can be obtained at the address below during office hours 09:00 to 17:00.

\n\n

 

\n\n

Expressions of interest must be delivered in a written form to the address below (in person, or by mail, or by e-mail) by 23rd February- 12pm (CLT)

\n\n

 

\n\n

Greater Cairo Air Pollution Management and Climate Change “GCCC” Project

\n\n

Attn: Ms. Heba Elkarkari – Procurement Consultant

\n\n

 

\n\n

Address:  15 S El Tawfik Building, El Fustat El Gedida, 

\n\n

Old Cairo, Cairo - Egypt

\n\n

Tel: +20 1128333019

\n\n

E-mail: heba.elkarkari@gccceg.com 

\n\n

 

\n\n

The detailed Terms of Reference “TOR” including the scope of work and deliverables for the assignment is found below.

\n\n


\n
\n
\n
\n
\n
\n 

\n\n

CONSULTANT TERMS OF REFERENCE

\n\n


\n 

\n\n

Assessment and technical assistance to E-waste recyclers (formal, informal, potential startups & SMEs) for enhanced efficiency and safer/cleaner processing OF e-waste IN EGYPT

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

I. Background 

\n\n

As part of the “Sustainable Development Strategy (SDS): Egypt Vision 2030”,  the country committed to halving its fine particulate matter (PM10) air pollution by 2030. Significant improvements have been made towards that goal in recent years. In fact, Cairo’s PM10 concentration fell by about 25 percent over the past decade. Despite these improvements, the city’s pollution levels are still several times the WHO recommended concentrations and higher than national guidelines as these high levels are taking their toll on the health and quality of life of the population, in particular poor people. 

\n\n

In response to this situation, the World Bank-financed Greater Cairo Air Pollution Management and Climate Change Project (P172548) approved in September 2020, aims at reducing air emissions from critical sectors and increasing resilience to air pollution in Greater Cairo. The Project aims more specifically at reducing air emissions which is a key step toward the reduction of pollution concentrations and improvement of air quality. The Project  focuses on the two main sources of air pollution: open burning of solid waste and vehicle emissions and  geographically covers Greater Cairo (i.e., Cairo, Giza and Qalyoubia Governorates --GC) region; and  includes five main components aiming at: (i) enhancing the air quality decision support system in Egypt; (ii) improving Solid Waste Management services; (iii) reducing air and climate pollutants from vehicle emissions;(iv) furthering stakeholder engagement, awareness and communication ; and (v) Project Management and Monitoring & Evaluation.

\n\n

In addition to the 5 main component, The Ministry of Environment also received a grant from the Global Environment Facility (GEF) to implement “Improving Management of E-waste and Healthcare Waste to Reduce Emissions of Unintentionally Produced Persistent Organic Pollutants (UPOPS)” project.  The project is to be executed under the “Greater Cairo Air Pollution Management and Climate Change Project” (GCAPM&CC or ‘parent’ project) as an additional financing to the project.  The GEF grant will be implemented through activities under Component 6 of the GCAPM&CC project. The activities to be undertaken under the GEF project/Component 6 are complementary to those within the parent project, particularly its solid waste management component, as well as sharing the overall objective of the parent project:  to reduce air and climate emissions from critical sectors and increase resilience to air pollution in Greater Cairo.

\n\n

The activities to be implemented under the GEF project/Component 6 are designed to address the above issues and to expand on the work completed under previous GEF projects in the region to address on-going gaps in the sectors and contribute to the reduction of uPOPs and overall improved air quality in the Greater Cairo region.  It comprises 4 subcomponents:

\n\n\n\n

 

\n\n

II. Objective of the Assignment 

\n\n

The objective of this assignment is to hire a qualified consulting firm (“the consultant”) to support the Project Coordination Unit (PCU) and the Technical Implementation Units (TIUs) of “Greater Cairo Air Pollution Management and Climate Change (GGAP&CC) Project” in the implementation of the service of Assessment and technical assistance to E-Waste recyclers for enhanced efficiency and safer/cleaner processing of WEEE in Egypt. This service will support the implementation of the 2nd work pillar of subcomponent 6.1, where subcomponent 6.1 has 4 work pillars as indicated below:

\n\n

 

\n\n

Work pillar 1: Polices, legislation and Standard Operation Procedures (SOP)

\n\n

Work pillar 2: Technical assistance and industry development 

\n\n

Work pillar 3: Train of the Trainer and building capacities

\n\n

Work pillar 4: adoption of Best available technologies (BAT)/ best Environmental Process (BEP) and pilot solutions and models

\n\n

III. Scope of Work 

\n\n

The scope of work for this assignment pertains to the second work pillar of sub-component 6.1 of component 6. The primary objective is to evaluate the current practices of formal WEEE recyclers, identify areas for improvement to enhance efficiency, safety, and sustainability in the recycling process, and assess the practices of informal players. Furthermore, the assignment aims to identify potential support mechanisms for integrating informal players into the formal recycling system and explore the inclusion of start-ups and small and medium enterprises in E-Waste recycling.

\n\n

To achieve the scope and objectives of the assignment, the consultant must be thoroughly familiar with the Greater Cairo Air Pollution Management and Climate Change Project Appraisal Document (GCAP&CC PAD) and the Project Paper on the GEF grant titled “Improved Management of E-Waste and Healthcare Waste for Reduction of UPOPs Emissions (P176688).”; and the toolkits and standards on UPOP of the Stockholm convention. 

\n\n

The consultant should also have comprehensive knowledge of the outcomes and deliverables of the previous GEF/UNDP project, “Protect Human Health and the Environment from Unintentional Releases of POPs Originating from Incineration and Open Burning of Healthcare and Electronic Waste,” which was implemented from 2016 to 2021. Additionally, the consultant must be well-versed in international conventions relevant to the management of e-waste, particularly the Stockholm Convention and the Basel Convention.

\n\n

Familiarity with all relevant national legislation and standards, as well as the status of the e-waste market at both national and international levels, is essential. This knowledge will enable the consultant to establish a sustainable framework, models, and guidelines that ensure the sustainable management of e-waste in Egypt.

\n\n

Furthermore, the consultant should be aware of ongoing projects in Egypt with similar objectives, such as Phase Two of the Sustainable Recycling Industries (SRI) on E-Waste, implemented by CEDARE, and the SWITCH to Circular Economy Value Chains (SWITCH2CE) project on e-waste, being implemented by UNIDO-Egypt.

\n\n

IV. Detailed Tasks

\n\n

The following are the detailed tasks to be carried out by the consultant.

\n\n

Work pillar 2: Technical assistance and industry development to enhance efficiency, safety and sustainability of WEEE recycling process.

\n\n

Task 1: Support to formal recyclers of E-Waste, including: assessment and technical assistance for enhanced efficiency in recycling processes, development of strategies and support for safe and effective recycling of batteries, development of risk assessment studies and risk mitigation strategies and capacity building for recyclers to ensure safer/cleaner processing for improved human and environmental health.

\n\n

The management of Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) represents a critical environmental and public health challenge in Egypt. With the rapid increase in electronic consumption, the volume of e-waste has surged significantly. In response, the number of WEEE recycling facilities has grown over the past decade. The first WEEE recycling facility was established in 2013. As of today, there are approximately 31 recycling facilities, with potential growth to 40 facilities. Most of these facilities (about 75%) are in Greater Cairo. A detailed list of the facilities, including addresses and contact information, will be available upon the commencement of work. This growth necessitates assessment and avail technical support of recycling facilities to increase the efficiency and ensure sustainable recycling practices across these facilities for environmental protection and public health safety. 

\n\n

Based on the above, the consultant will support the TIU, and PCU in 

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. \n\t

    Assess/evaluate the current practices of all existing formal recycler for Enhanced Efficiency in Recycling Processes and identify opportunities for enhancing material recovery and opportunities for safe and effective recycling of batteries and hazardous fractions. The consultant must evaluate the following Areas:

    \n\t
    2. \n
\n\n\n\n\n\n
    \n\t
  1. \n\t

    Assess the existing monitoring & evaluation system

    \n\t
    2. \n\t
  2. \n\t

    Implement a system for ongoing monitoring and evaluation to ensure continuous improvement

    \n\t
    3. \n
\n\n
    \n\t
  1. \n\t

    Development of risk assessment studies and risk mitigation strategies in accordance with national regulations and international standards for each recycling facility. The consultant must implement the following tasks

    \n\t
    2. \n
\n\n

1.2.1. Development of Risk Assessment Studies that include the following 

\n\n\n\n
    \n\t
  1. \n\t

    Identify potential risks associated with each stage of the recycling process.

    \n\t
    2. \n\t
  2. \n\t

    Categorize risks into human health risks, environmental risks, and operational risks.

    \n\t
    3. \n
\n\n\n\n
    \n\t
  1. \n\t

    Analyse the likelihood and impact of identified risks.

    \n\t
    2. \n\t
  2. \n\t

    Use risk assessment tools and methodologies to quantify risks.

    \n\t
    3. \n
\n\n\n\n
    \n\t
  1. \n\t

    Prepare a comprehensive risk assessment report detailing findings and risk levels.

    \n\t
    2. \n\t
  2. \n\t

    Include visual aids such as risk matrices and flowcharts.

    \n\t
    3. \n
\n\n

1.2.2. Development of Risk Mitigation Strategies

\n\n\n\n
    \n\t
  1. \n\t

    Develop specific strategies to mitigate identified risks.

    \n\t
    2. \n\t
  2. \n\t

    Focus on both preventive measures and contingency plans.

    \n\t
    3. \n
\n\n\n\n
    \n\t
  1. \n\t

    Create a detailed implementation plan for each mitigation strategy with priorities and associated cost.

    \n\t
    2. \n\t
  2. \n\t

    Assign responsibilities and timelines for each task.

    \n\t
    3. \n
\n\n\n\n
    \n\t
  1. \n\t

    Identify and allocate necessary resources (e.g., equipment, personnel, budget) for implementing mitigation strategies.

    \n\t
    2. \n
\n\n\n\n
    \n\t
  1. \n\t

    Establish key performance indicators (KPIs) to monitor the effectiveness of mitigation strategies.

    \n\t
    2. \n\t
  2. \n\t

    Schedule regular reviews and updates to the mitigation plan.

    \n\t
    3. \n
\n\n

 

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. \n\t

    Capacity building for recyclers to ensure safer/cleaner processing for improved human and environmental health. The consultant must implement the following tasks

    \n\t
    2. \n
\n\n\n\n
    \n\t
  1. \n\t

    Conduct a needs assessment to identify knowledge gaps and training requirements among recyclers.

    \n\t
    2. \n\t
  2. \n\t

    Develop a training plan based on the assessment findings.

    \n\t
    3. \n
\n\n\n\n
    \n\t
  1. \n\t

    Design training modules covering risk management, safety procedures, and best practices for recycling.

    \n\t
    2. \n\t
  2. \n\t

    Include practical sessions, workshops, and hands-on training.

    \n\t
    3. \n
\n\n\n\n
    \n\t
  1. \n\t

    Conduct training sessions for recyclers

    \n\t
    2. \n\t
  2. \n\t

    Provide training materials such as manuals, presentations, and videos.

    \n\t
    3. \n
\n\n\n\n
    \n\t
  1. \n\t

    Assess the effectiveness of training programs through feedback surveys and assessments.

    \n\t
    2. \n\t
  2. \n\t

    Make necessary adjustments to improve future training sessions.

    \n\t
    3. \n
\n\n

Final Report and Presentation

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. \n\t

    Compile all findings, strategies, and recommendations of Task1 into a final comprehensive report.

    \n\t
    2. \n
\n\n


\n 

\n\n

Task 2:  Supporting further integration of informal sector players 

\n\n

Informal e-waste recycling is a significant component of Egypt’s waste management system, particularly in urban areas such as Cairo, Giza, Qalubeia, Alexanderia, Sharkia, Behera, Suez, Menoufia, kafr Elsheikh, and Beni suef. The informal sector plays a crucial role in the collection and processing of electronic waste (e-waste). Efforts have been made to integrate this sector with formal recycling initiatives, notably through the GEF/UNDP project titled “Protect Human Health and the Environment from Unintentional Releases of POPs Originating from Incineration and Open Burning of Healthcare and Electronic Waste,” which was implemented from 2016 to 2021.

\n\n

However, this sector faces several challenges, particularly related to health, social, and environmental risks. Despite these risks, the informal sector remains vital to the economy. It provides livelihoods for many individuals and aids in the recovery of valuable materials from e-waste.

\n\n

Based on the above, the consultant will support the TIU and PCU in:

\n\n\n\n
    \n\t
  1. \n\t

    Conduct a comprehensive literature review on the current state of the informal E-waste sector.

    \n\t
    2. \n\t
  2. \n\t

    Identify key stakeholders in the informal sectors and formal competent Authorities, including informal workers, informal collection centres, informal refurbish workshops, informal recycling workshops, NGOs, Ministry of Environment, Ministry of social solidarity, Ministry of Industry, etc..

    \n\t
    3. \n
\n\n\n\n
    \n\t
  1. \n\t

    Design and conduct field surveys and interviews with informal E-waste stakeholders to understand their practices, challenges, and needs.

    \n\t
    2. \n\t
  2. \n\t

    Analyze the data collected to assess the efficiency, safety, and environmental impact of current informal E-waste practices.

    \n\t
    3. \n
\n\n\n\n
    \n\t
  1. \n\t

    Research and evaluate different models for integrating the informal sector into the formal E-waste management system.

    \n\t
    2. \n\t
  2. \n\t

    Develop a strategy for integrating informal E-waste workers into the formal sector, considering legal, economic, and social aspects.

    \n\t
    3. \n\t
  3. \n\t

    Formulate policy recommendations based on the research findings and proposed integration strategy.

    \n\t
    4. \n
\n\n\n\n
    \n\t
  1. \n\t

    Design capacity-building and training programs for informal E-waste workers to facilitate their transition to the formal sector.

    \n\t
    2. \n\t
  2. \n\t

    Conduct training sessions for recyclers

    \n\t
    3. \n
\n\n

 

\n\n\n\n
    \n\t
  1. \n\t

    Develop a framework for monitoring and evaluating the integration process and its impact on both the informal and formal sectors.

    \n\t
    2. \n
\n\n

 

\n\n\n\n
    \n\t
  1. \n\t

    Compile all findings, strategies, and recommendations into a final comprehensive report.

    \n\t
    2. \n
\n\n

Task 3: Assessing the feasibility and potential to include start-ups and small and medium enterprises (SMEs) in E-Waste recycling system

\n\n

To ensure comprehensive coverage of all potential stakeholders in the Egyptian E-Waste management system, we request the consultant to assess the feasibility and potential of integrating start-ups and small and medium enterprises (SMEs) into the E-Waste recycling framework and value chain in Egypt. The consultant is also expected to explore innovative approaches and identify opportunities for collaboration within this segment. 

\n\n

Based on the above, the consultant will support the TIU and PCU in:

\n\n\n\n
    \n\t
  1. \n\t

    Conduct a comprehensive literature review on E-Waste management practices, focusing on successful models involving start-ups and SMEs.

    \n\t
    2. \n\t
  2. \n\t

    Identify key stakeholders, including government agencies, existing recycling companies, start-ups, SMEs, and industry experts.

    \n\t
    3. \n\t
  3. \n\t

    Identify gaps and opportunities for SMEs and start-ups.

    \n\t
    4. \n\t
  4. \n\t

    Assess the current environment for supporting Startups and SMEs through incubator, accelerators, and Venture Capitals (VCs)

    \n\t
    5. \n
\n\n

 

\n\n\n\n
    \n\t
  1. \n\t

    Conduct surveys and interviews with potential start-ups and SMEs

    \n\t
    2. \n\t
  2. \n\t

    Assess the current market size and potential for E-Waste recycling

    \n\t
    3. \n\t
  3. \n\t

    Assess the technical, economic, and operational feasibility of including start-ups and SMEs in the E-Waste recycling system

    \n\t
    4. \n\t
  4. \n\t

    Assess reasons for previous startups failure to sustain their activity in the e-waste sector. 

    \n\t
    5. \n
\n\n

 

\n\n\n\n
    \n\t
  1. \n\t

    Develop sustainable business models for start-ups and SMEs in the E-Waste recycling sector.

    \n\t
    2. \n\t
  2. \n\t

    Design a pilot program to test the integration of start-ups and SMEs in the E-Waste recycling system.

    \n\t
    3. \n\t
  3. \n\t

    Identify and assess potential risks associated with the integration of start-ups and SMEs

    \n\t
    4. \n
\n\n\n\n
    \n\t
  1. \n\t

    Compile all findings, analyses, and recommendations into a comprehensive final report.

    \n\t
    2. \n
\n\n

The consultant while developing the Tasks must consider the assessment developed by GEF/ UNDP project and the one developed by similar projects such as SRI project (listed below)

\n\n

List of Guidelines developed by the aforementioned GEF/UNDP project: 

\n\n\n\n

 

\n\n

V. Duration of the assignment 

\n\n

The Expected duration of the assignment is 18 Months.

\n\n

VI. Deliverables 

\n\n

The Consultant shall prepare the following deliverables in English [and in Arabic] in 1 paper copy and complete digital files in format and manner acceptable to the PCU and TIUs. Reports would be prepared initially in draft and finalized within two to three weeks following the receipt of comments from PCU/ TIU.  The final reports and training modules shall be delivered in bilingual (in English and Arabic) and in the following formats: word, pdf, and ppt files (Digital and hard copies) to PCU and TIU.

\n\n


\n
\n
\n 

\n\n

Task 1:

\n\n\n\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\n
\n\t\t\t

Deliverable

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Contents

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Expected Delivery Date

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Inception report and workplan

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Inception report with detailed workplan

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

2 weeks from contract signing 

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Assessment reports, risk assessment studies, risk mitigation strategies

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t
    \n\t\t\t\t
  • \n\t\t\t\t

    A summary assessment report covered all the findings and recommendation 

    \n\t\t\t\t
    • \n\t\t\t\t
  • \n\t\t\t\t

    Detailed assessment report, risk assessment study and risk mitigation strategy for each recycler with detailed findings and recommendations as clarified in the detailed tasks part of this TOR

    \n\t\t\t\t
    • \n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

5 months from contract signing 

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Workshops 

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t
    \n\t\t\t\t
  • \n\t\t\t\t

    Workshop with all relevant Authorities and recyclers to present the finding and recommendations

    \n\t\t\t\t
    • \n\t\t\t\t
  • \n\t\t\t\t

    Workshop with each recycler to present and discuss the finding, recommendation, risk assessment, and risk mitigation strategies.

    \n\t\t\t\t
    • \n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

2 Months from issuing the reviewed and agreed final assessment reports 

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Needs assessment report and training plan

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Training assessment report that identifies the knowledge gaps and training requirements among recyclers. And a comprehensive plan outlining the training strategy based on the assessment findings.

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

1 Month after issuing the reviewed and agreed final assessment report of the recyclers

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Training modules and practical sessions outlines

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Well-designed training modules covering all needs identified in the assessment report with clear delivery models and Detailed outlines for practical sessions, workshops, and hands-on training activities.

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

2 Months after issuing the reviewed and agreed final needs assessment report and training plan

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Training sessions and materials

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Successfully conducted training sessions for recyclers. In addition to manuals, presentations, and videos provided to participants. 

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

3 Months after issuing the reviewed and agreed final training modules

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Evaluation report and improvement plan

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

A report assessing the effectiveness of the training programs through feedback surveys and assessments. And Recommendations and adjustments for future training sessions based on the evaluation findings.

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

1 month After conducting all training sessions

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Final report

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

A final report and a presentation summarizing and compiling all findings, strategies, and recommendations of Task1 into a final comprehensive report.

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

6 weeks after conducting the training sessions

\n\t\t\t
\n\n

 

\n\n

Task 2:

\n\n\n\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\n
\n\t\t\t

Deliverable

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Contents

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Expected Delivery Date

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Inception report and workplan

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Inception report with detailed workplan

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

2 weeks from contract signing 

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Preliminary assessment report 

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

A detailed report summarizing findings on informal E-waste management practices from existing studies, reports, digital platform and stakeholder map and a plan for stakeholder engagement, including interviews and focus group discussions.

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

1 month from contract signing 

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Assessment of current practices

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

An assessment report highlighting key findings of the field survey and areas for improvement. with qualitative and quantitative data on the informal E-waste sector.

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

3 Months from contract signing

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Integration strategy and policy brief

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

A comprehensive integration strategy includes a comparative analysis of various integration models, including case studies from other regions or countries, strategic plan document outlining the proposed integration approach, steps for implementation, potential challenges, and policy brief with actionable recommendations for government and regulatory bodies.

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

2 Months after issuing the reviewed and agreed final report of assessment of current practices

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Training modules and Training program 

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Well-designed Training modules and a schedule for capacity-building workshops.

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

1 Month after issuing the reviewed and agreed final integration strategy and policy brief

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Training sessions and materials

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Successfully conducted training sessions for informal workers. In addition to manual, presentations, and videos provided to participants. 

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

2 Months after issuing the reviewed and agreed final training modules and program

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

M&E framework document

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

An M&E framework document with key performance indicators and evaluation methods.

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

1 month after conducting the training sessions 

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Final report

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

A final report and a presentation for stakeholders summarizing the entire assessment and proposed integration plan.

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

1 month after conducting the training sessions

\n\t\t\t
\n\n

 

\n\n

Task 3:

\n\n\n\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\n
\n\t\t\t

Deliverable

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Contents

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Expected Delivery Date

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Inception report and workplan

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Inception report with detailed workplan

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

2 weeks from contract signing 

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Preliminary assessment report 

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

initial report summarizing key findings, best practices, and case studies, Stakeholder map and engagement plan.

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

2 months from contract signing 

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Market analysis and feasibility study

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Market analysis report detailing demand, supply, pricing trends, and potential buyers. Feasibility study report with SWOT analysis.

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

4 Months from contract signing

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Business model, pilot project design with risk assessment 

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Business model canvas and financial projections. Pilot program proposal, including objectives, methodology, and evaluation criteria. Risk assessment report with mitigation strategies

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

2 Months after issuing the reviewed and agreed final version of market analysis and feasibility study 

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Final report and presentation  

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

A Final comprehensive report that includes all the studies and analysis of this task and presentation slides 

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

1 Month after issuing the reviewed and agreed final report of the business model and pilot project design

\n\t\t\t
\n\n

 

\n\n

VII. Expertise of the consulting Firm/Organization 

\n\n\n\n

VIII. Key Team Members

\n\n

The nature of the service requires the consultant/firm to assemble well-qualified and experienced team of experts, of sufficient size and capacity, covering the professional disciplines required to professionally undertake the assignment, meeting the agreed targets, timelines, quality assurance and standards. The required total minimum person-months input is variable depending on the specific tasks assigned. However, it will not exceed 18 months.

\n\n

The team shall be a multidisciplinary team comprising at least the following key experts:

\n\n\n\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\n
\n\t\t\t

#

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Specialist 

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Qualifications 

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

1

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Team leader/Project Manager 

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t
    \n\t\t\t\t
  • \n\t\t\t\t

    Minimum of a Master’s degree in Environmental science, environmental management, planning, or any related discipline. 

    \n\t\t\t\t
    • \n\t\t\t\t
  • \n\t\t\t\t

    At least 20 years of professional experience in environmental science and disciplines

    \n\t\t\t\t
    • \n\t\t\t\t
  • \n\t\t\t\t

    Project management certifications such as PMP Certification Training or similar are often preferred

    \n\t\t\t\t
    • \n\t\t\t\t
  • \n\t\t\t\t

    Ability to plan project timelines, manage resources, and multitask effectively

    \n\t\t\t\t
    • \n\t\t\t\t
  • \n\t\t\t\t

    Experience in working in the public sector will be an added advantage. 

    \n\t\t\t\t
    • \n\t\t\t\t
  • \n\t\t\t\t

    Experience in working with various stakeholders (including senior government officials, policymakers, traditional leaders, formal/informal recyclers, etc.) and maintaining professional relationships  

    \n\t\t\t\t
    • \n\t\t\t\t
  • \n\t\t\t\t

    Very Good understanding of the hazardous waste business/value chain sector in Egypt and the region.

    \n\t\t\t\t
    • \n\t\t\t\t
  • \n\t\t\t\t

    Demonstrable experience to supervise, manage, and advise the team in the implementation of similar assignments. 

    \n\t\t\t\t
    • \n\t\t\t\t
  • \n\t\t\t\t

    Demonstrable experience of cooperation with stakeholders from the waste informal and formal sector, government institutions

    \n\t\t\t\t
    • \n\t\t\t\t
  • \n\t\t\t\t

    Demonstrable qualifications, experience, and skills in the field of waste management (such as development of waste management strategies including life-cycle management, collection systems, waste segregation etc…) 

    \n\t\t\t\t
    • \n\t\t\t\t
  • \n\t\t\t\t

    Demonstrable experience in conducting socio-economic studies in the waste management or e-waste sector or in related fields.

    \n\t\t\t\t
    • \n\t\t\t\t
  • \n\t\t\t\t

    Strong analytical and problem-solving skills.

    \n\t\t\t\t
    • \n\t\t\t\t
  • \n\t\t\t\t

    Excellent verbal and written communication skills (in English and Arabic languages),

    \n\t\t\t\t
    • \n\t\t\t\t
  • \n\t\t\t\t

    Have a demonstrable ability to write concise assessment document, risk mitigation plans, integration strategies, and feasibility studies.

    \n\t\t\t\t
    • \n\t\t\t\t
  • \n\t\t\t\t

    Ability to evaluate potential problems and develop solutions

    \n\t\t\t\t
    • \n\t\t\t\t
  • \n\t\t\t\t

    Good ICT skills and data manipulation tools  

    \n\t\t\t\t
    • \n\t\t\t
\n\n\t\t\t

The team leader will manage the entire assignment process and will be responsible for all deliverables, ensuring good quality standards.

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

2

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Industrial Engineer 

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t
    \n\t\t\t\t
  • \n\t\t\t\t

    Minimum of Bachelor’s or Master’s degree in Industrial Engineering or any relevant discipline. 

    \n\t\t\t\t
    • \n\t\t\t\t
  • \n\t\t\t\t

    At least 7 years of professional experience working in process optimization and workflow 

    \n\t\t\t\t
    • \n\t\t\t\t
  • \n\t\t\t\t

    Experience in efficiency improvement in industrial settings.

    \n\t\t\t\t
    • \n\t\t\t\t
  • \n\t\t\t\t

    working for the public sector will be an added advantage. 

    \n\t\t\t\t
    • \n\t\t\t\t
  • \n\t\t\t\t

    Proven track record in Assessment/evaluate and provide technical assistance to E-waste recyclers either formal or informal at national, regional or international level 

    \n\t\t\t\t
    • \n\t\t\t\t
  • \n\t\t\t\t

    Experience in recovering key materials such as metals and plastics.

    \n\t\t\t\t
    • \n\t\t\t\t
  • \n\t\t\t\t

    Knowledge of advanced E-waste recycling technologies and E-waste management

    \n\t\t\t\t
    • \n\t\t\t\t
  • \n\t\t\t\t

    Deep knowledge of Egypt environment, Economy, and social challenges and opportunities across sectors 

    \n\t\t\t\t
    • \n\t\t\t\t
  • \n\t\t\t\t

    Proven capacity to work with multiple stakeholders, including government entities, formal and informal recyclers, development partners, and the private sector. 

    \n\t\t\t\t
    • \n\t\t\t\t
  • \n\t\t\t\t

    Strong capability in English writing, research and analytical skills, 

    \n\t\t\t\t
    • \n\t\t\t\t
  • \n\t\t\t\t

    Proven ability to work in a team and in a politically sensitive intercultural environmental with minimum supervision.

    \n\t\t\t\t
    • \n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

3

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

E-waste specialist 

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t
    \n\t\t\t\t
  • \n\t\t\t\t

    A bachelor’s degree in environmental science, chemistry, engineering, or a related field 

    \n\t\t\t\t
    • \n\t\t\t\t
  • \n\t\t\t\t

    Advanced degrees or certifications in waste management or environmental protection can be beneficial.

    \n\t\t\t\t
    • \n\t\t\t\t
  • \n\t\t\t\t

    At least 5 years of experience in the E-waste management industry.

    \n\t\t\t\t
    • \n\t\t\t\t
  • \n\t\t\t\t

    professional understanding of the E-waste business/value chain sector in Egypt and the region.

    \n\t\t\t\t
    • \n\t\t\t\t
  • \n\t\t\t\t

    Hands-on experience with handling and disposing of E-waste is essential.

    \n\t\t\t\t
    • \n\t\t\t\t
  • \n\t\t\t\t

    Experience in E-Waste components like batteries, plastics, and PCBs.

    \n\t\t\t\t
    • \n\t\t\t\t
  • \n\t\t\t\t

    Familiarity with hazardous waste regulations and safe disposal practices

    \n\t\t\t\t
    • \n\t\t\t\t
  • \n\t\t\t\t

    Very good understanding of local, and international regulations regarding E-waste management and environmental protection.

    \n\t\t\t\t
    • \n\t\t\t\t
  • \n\t\t\t\t

    Good understanding of hazardous materials and safe handling practices.

    \n\t\t\t\t
    • \n\t\t\t\t
  • \n\t\t\t\t

    Experience and past performance on similar assignments. 

    \n\t\t\t\t
    • \n\t\t\t\t
  • \n\t\t\t\t

    Demonstrated experience working with a variety of stakeholders, including senior government officials, private sector officials, formal and informal recyclers, etc

    \n\t\t\t\t
    • \n\t\t\t\t
  • \n\t\t\t\t

    Strong analytical and problem-solving skills.

    \n\t\t\t\t
    • \n\t\t\t\t
  • \n\t\t\t\t

    Attention to detail and a commitment to environmental sustainability.

    \n\t\t\t\t
    • \n\t\t\t\t
  • \n\t\t\t\t

    Good communication skills.

    \n\t\t\t\t
    • \n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

4

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Waste economics senior specialist 

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t
    \n\t\t\t\t
  • \n\t\t\t\t

    An Advanced degree in economics, finance, or a related field

    \n\t\t\t\t
    • \n\t\t\t\t
  • \n\t\t\t\t

    A minimum of 7 years professional experience conducting economic analysis and financial modelling. 

    \n\t\t\t\t
    • \n\t\t\t\t
  • \n\t\t\t\t

    Experience in cost-benefit analysis for environmental projects

    \n\t\t\t\t
    • \n\t\t\t\t
  • \n\t\t\t\t

    Experience working in the waste management sector and related knowledge of public-private partnerships is highly desired.

    \n\t\t\t\t
    • \n\t\t\t\t
  • \n\t\t\t\t

     Demonstrated competence and experience in conducting analysis and identification of sustainable financing mechanisms for the environmental and/or waste management sector is an asset

    \n\t\t\t\t
    • \n\t\t\t\t
  • \n\t\t\t\t

    Good knowledge in e-waste management and economics

    \n\t\t\t\t
    • \n\t\t\t\t
  • \n\t\t\t\t

    Proven track record in developing cost management/financial models of WEEE or other types of waste is highly desired 

    \n\t\t\t\t
    • \n\t\t\t\t
  • \n\t\t\t\t

    Strong analytical and quantitative skills.

    \n\t\t\t\t
    • \n\t\t\t\t
  • \n\t\t\t\t

    Good ICT skills and data manipulation tools 

    \n\t\t\t\t
    • \n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

5

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Environmental Engineer or Scientist  

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t
    \n\t\t\t\t
  • \n\t\t\t\t

    An advanced degree in Environmental Sciences, Hazardous Waste Management, Environmental Engineering, Natural Sciences, and/or Natural Resource Management, or any other related field.  

    \n\t\t\t\t
    • \n\t\t\t\t
  • \n\t\t\t\t

    Minimum (3) years of experience in the field of E-Waste management and environmental impact assessments.

    \n\t\t\t\t
    • \n\t\t\t\t
  • \n\t\t\t\t

    experience in regulatory compliance.

    \n\t\t\t\t
    • \n\t\t\t\t
  • \n\t\t\t\t

    In-depth knowledge of local and international environmental regulations and standards.

    \n\t\t\t\t
    • \n\t\t\t\t
  • \n\t\t\t\t

    Excellent writing and communication skills. 

    \n\t\t\t\t
    • \n\t\t\t\t
  • \n\t\t\t\t

    Strong interpersonal skills and ability communicate and work well with diverse people. 

    \n\t\t\t\t
    • \n\t\t\t\t
  • \n\t\t\t\t

    In-depth understanding and knowledge of Egypt Technological Context. 

    \n\t\t\t\t
    • \n\t\t\t\t
  • \n\t\t\t\t

    Good ICT skills and data manipulation tools 

    \n\t\t\t\t
    • \n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

6

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Training and capacity building expert

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t
    \n\t\t\t\t
  • \n\t\t\t\t

    Bachelor’s degree in Education, Environmental Science, or a related field.

    \n\t\t\t\t
    • \n\t\t\t\t
  • \n\t\t\t\t

    5-7 years of experience in conducting training needs assessments.

    \n\t\t\t\t
    • \n\t\t\t\t
  • \n\t\t\t\t

    Experience in developing and delivering training programs for industrial workers.

    \n\t\t\t\t
    • \n\t\t\t\t
  • \n\t\t\t\t

    Expertise in recycling processes, experience in conducting training sessions

    \n\t\t\t\t
    • \n\t\t\t\t
  • \n\t\t\t\t

    Good knowledge in e-waste management and recycling practices

    \n\t\t\t\t
    • \n\t\t\t\t
  • \n\t\t\t\t

    Proven experience in similar assignment is highly valued

    \n\t\t\t\t
    • \n\t\t\t\t
  • \n\t\t\t\t

    Strong communication and instructional design skills

    \n\t\t\t\t
    • \n\t\t\t\t
  • \n\t\t\t\t

    Good ICT skills and data manipulation tools

    \n\t\t\t\t
    • \n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

7

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Risk Assessment Specialist 

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t
    \n\t\t\t\t
  • \n\t\t\t\t

    Bachelor’s or Master’s degree in Risk Management, Environmental Science, or a related field.

    \n\t\t\t\t
    • \n\t\t\t\t
  • \n\t\t\t\t

    Certification in Risk Management (e.g., CRM) is a plus.

    \n\t\t\t\t
    • \n\t\t\t\t
  • \n\t\t\t\t

    5-7 years of experience in conducting risk assessments for environmental projects.

    \n\t\t\t\t
    • \n\t\t\t\t
  • \n\t\t\t\t

    Expertise in developing risk mitigation strategies for environmental projects.

    \n\t\t\t\t
    • \n\t\t\t\t
  • \n\t\t\t\t

    Good knowledge in e-waste management and economics

    \n\t\t\t\t
    • \n\t\t\t\t
  • \n\t\t\t\t

    Proven experience in similar assignment is highly valued

    \n\t\t\t\t
    • \n\t\t\t\t
  • \n\t\t\t\t

    Strong communication and instructional design skills

    \n\t\t\t\t
    • \n\t\t\t\t
  • \n\t\t\t\t

    Proficiency in using risk assessment tools and methodologies.

    \n\t\t\t\t
    • \n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

8

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Market and feasability analyst

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t
    \n\t\t\t\t
  • \n\t\t\t\t

    Bachelor or master degree in Economics, Business Administration, or related fields.

    \n\t\t\t\t
    • \n\t\t\t\t
  • \n\t\t\t\t

    Knowledge of technical, economic, and operational feasibility studies

    \n\t\t\t\t
    • \n\t\t\t\t
  • \n\t\t\t\t

    Strong research and analytical skills, experience in identifying market gaps and opportunities.

    \n\t\t\t\t
    • \n\t\t\t\t
  • \n\t\t\t\t

    Knowledge of stakeholder mapping, excellent communication skills, experience in engaging with government agencies and industry experts.

    \n\t\t\t\t
    • \n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

9

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Administrative assistance 

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t
    \n\t\t\t\t
  • \n\t\t\t\t

    Bachelor’s degree in business administration, management, or a related field

    \n\t\t\t\t
    • \n\t\t\t\t
  • \n\t\t\t\t

    Excellent written and verbal communication skills for preparing documents and interacting with colleagues and clients.

    \n\t\t\t\t
    • \n\t\t\t\t
  • \n\t\t\t\t

    Strong ability to manage multiple tasks, prioritize, and maintain an organized workspace.

    \n\t\t\t\t
    • \n\t\t\t\t
  • \n\t\t\t\t

    Precision in handling tasks and ensuring accuracy in documentation and scheduling.

    \n\t\t\t\t
    • \n\t\t\t\t
  • \n\t\t\t\t

    Strong verbal and written communication, active listening, and relationship-building skills

    \n\t\t\t\t
    • \n\t\t\t\t
  • \n\t\t\t\t

    Capable of coordinating workshops, meetings, and write workshop reports and minutes of meetings. 

    \n\t\t\t\t
    • \n\t\t\t\t
  • \n\t\t\t\t

    Good ICT skills and data manipulation tools  

    \n\t\t\t\t
    • \n\t\t\t\t
  • \n\t\t\t\t

    Background in administrative support is beneficial.

    \n\t\t\t\t
    • \n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t
\n\n

IX. Administrative and Reporting Arrangements 

\n\n

The Consultant will report to the Project Coordinator of the Greater Cairo Air Pollution Management and Climate Change Project and the Senior Advisor for Component 6. The Consultant will work closely with the senior advisor of component 6 at the Project Coordination Unit (the PCU) and with the TIUs, who will also make available to the Consultant all related studies and information and facilitate his task on the ground. The PCU will in that respect provide the following to the Consultant:

\n\n\n\n


\n 

"},{"id":"OP00305160","notice_type":"Request for Expression of Interest","noticedate":"13-Aug-2024","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2024-08-13T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"05:00","project_ctry_name":"Western and Central Africa","project_id":"P175525","project_name":"West Africa Coastal Areas Resilience Investment Project 2","bid_reference_no":"GH-MESTI-441702-CS-INDV","bid_description":"COMMUNICATIONS CONSULTANT FOR GHANA’S SUSTAINABLE OCEAN PLAN","procurement_group":"CS","procurement_method_code":"INDV","procurement_method_name":"Individual Consultant Selection","contact_address":"Ministry of Environment, Science, Technology and Innovation\nMinistries\nAccra","contact_ctry_name":"Ghana","contact_email":"peter.dery@mesti.gov.gh","contact_name":"Peter J. Dery","contact_organization":"Ministry of Environment, Science Technology and Innovation","contact_phone_no":"0243646749","submission_date":"2024-08-13T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"

1. Project Background

\n\n

The Government of Ghana has received financing from the PROBLUE funds under the World Bank West Africa Coastal Area Resilience Investment Project (WACA ResIP 2) through the Ministry of Environment , Science, Technology and Innovation (MESTI). The WACA Program was developed help countries to protect and restore the ecological, social, and economic assets of coastal areas in the subregion. The overall objective of WACA ResIP 2 in Ghana is to strengthen the resilience of coastal communities in addressing coastal challenges such as coastal erosion, flooding, pollution; ecosystem degradation; and inadequate institutional coordination of policies and programs. Part of the PROBLUE funds are intended for the preparation of a Sustainable Ocean Plan (SOP) for Ghana.

\n\n

 

\n\n

In December 2020, the High-Level Panel for a Sustainable Ocean Economy (Ocean Panel) launched its ‘Transformations for a Sustainable Ocean Economy – A Vision for Protection, Production and Prosperity’ (Transformations) document. The members of the Ocean Panel which includes the President of the Republic of Ghana are committed to sustainably manage 100% of the ocean area under their national jurisdiction, guided by Sustainable Ocean Plans, by 2025. As a founding member of the Ocean Panel, H. E. Nana Addo-Dankwa Akufo-Addo has underscored Ghana’s commitment to developing a Sustainable Ocean Plan (SOP) by 2025. Coordinated by SDGs Advisory Unit in the Office of the President, the SOP seeks to advance the sustainable management of marine areas to further Ghana’s blue economy development by providing a framework to guide government, businesses, and communities.

\n\n

 

\n\n

The WACA ResIP 2 comprises four components as with all other countries with WACA investments. Component 1, which involves strengthening regional integration, is implemented by WAEMU and therefore no allocation is made for Ghana. Component 2 of the Ghana project aims to strengthen institutional and policy frameworks for coastal development, protection, and natural resource management, excluding fisheries. Component 3 supports physical interventions at multiple sites across Ghana to protect communities from coastal hazards and restore critical coastal ecosystems, and social investments to directly benefit coastal communities which includes a community driven development approach to livelihoods. Component 4 supports National Coordination and implementation of the project.  

\n\n

 

\n\n

The SDGs Advisory Unit in the Office of the President is being supported under the Component 2 to develop the sustainable ocean plan for the country under which an effective communication strategy will be developed and implement ed.

\n\n

 

\n\n

Ghana is committed to developing a Sustainable Ocean Plan to guide public and private sector decision-makers on sustainably managing the nation’s ocean area. This plan aims to advance long-term economic and social development by protecting the natural marine ecosystems. It provides a framework for national ocean-related governance and aligns with the Ocean Panel’s Transformations. The plan's effective implementation will offer various economic, social, and environmental benefits, including protecting critical marine ecosystems, facilitating economic and social development, ensuring regulatory and investment certainty, and reducing the risk of conflicts.

\n\n

 

\n\n

2. Purpose and Objective

\n\n

 

\n\n

The purpose of this assignment is to promote broad ownership and deepen public awareness and participation in sustainably managing the ocean.

\n\n

 

\n\n

Overall objective of this assignment is to develop an Outreach and Communication strategy to support the development and implementation of the Sustainable Ocean Plan. The strategy will aim to engage and inform key stakeholders, including government entities, businesses, coastal communities, Indigenous Peoples, and the general public, about the benefits and processes of the Sustainable Ocean Plan. The specific objectives are to:

\n\n

 

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Increase public awareness of the importance of sustainable ocean management in Ghana.
    2. \n\t
  2. Promote and deepen engagement and collaboration among key government agencies, local communities, Civil Society Organizations, the private sector, and other relevant bodies.
    3. \n\t
  3. Obtain buy-in and support from relevant local communities and the private sector in implementing the Sustainable Ocean Plan.
    4. \n\t
  4. Design and develop communication materials targeting different audiences and stakeholders as identified in the strategy.
    5. \n
\n\n

 

\n\n

3. Scope of Work

\n\n

 

\n\n\n\n

 

\n\n\n\n
    \n\t
  1. National and Sub-national level consultations
    2. \n\t
  2. Provide Communications guidance and inputs to the Sustainable Ocean Plan Preparation
    3. \n\t
  3. Awareness creation and capacity building
    4. \n\t
  4. Report preparation.
    5. \n
\n\n

 

\n\n\n\n

 

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Conduct a stakeholder analysis and mapping that identifies and classifies stakeholders in the ocean space and who are relevant for the development and implementation of the sustainable ocean plan. Identify key stakeholders, including government agencies, NGOs, local communities, media outlets, and international partners, and assess their communication preferences and channels. By understanding stakeholders' communication needs and engagement preferences, the consultant will ensure that the Communication Strategy effectively targets and engages each stakeholder group to maximize participation and support for the initiatives.
    2. \n\t
  2. Clearly outline specific, measurable, achievable, relevant, and time-bound communication objectives that align with the overall goal and objectives of the SOP. Develop a Communication Strategy outlining goals, target audiences, key messages, and communication channels. These channels may include traditional media such as print and broadcast, as well as digital platforms encompassing social media, websites, and online forums.
    3. \n\t
  3. Develop key messages that convey the core information about the SOP, ensuring consistency across all communication channels.
    4. \n\t
  4. Identify and select appropriate communication channels (e.g., social media, traditional media, newsletters) based on the target audience and the nature of the messages.
    5. \n\t
  5. Develop compelling and relevant content, including written, visual, and audio materials, to effectively convey messages and engage the audience.
    6. \n\t
  6. Develop mechanisms for monitoring the effectiveness of the communication strategy, including key performance indicators (KPIs) and feedback mechanisms for continuous improvement. Propose mechanisms for monitoring and evaluating the effectiveness of communication activities to ensure that the Communication Strategy are achieving their intended outcomes. This should include the development of key performance indicators (KPIs) and metrics to track engagement levels, reach, and impact of various communication efforts. Regular feedback loops should be established with stakeholders to gather their input and assess their satisfaction with the communication activities. Additionally, propose the use of surveys, focus group discussions, and interviews to collect qualitative data on the effectiveness of the communication strategy. Periodic reviews and assessments should be conducted to identify any gaps or areas for improvement. Based on the findings, adjustments to the communication strategies and activities should be made to enhance their effectiveness and ensure they remain relevant and impactful in achieving the project's goals.
    7. \n\t
  7. Provide estimates of the cost of implementing the strategy, considering costs associated with content creation, media placement, technology, and any other necessary tools or services.
    8. \n\t
  8. Prepare a comprehensive budget for implementing the strategy. This budget should include detailed cost estimates for all aspects of the plan, ensuring that all necessary resources are accounted for. Specifically, the budget should cover personnel or labour costs. Material costs should be itemized, including expenses for office supplies, printing, promotional materials, and any other physical resources required for communication activities. Additionally, the budget should account for tools and software necessary for the execution of the communication strategy, such as content creation tools, graphic design software, social media management platforms, and other digital tools. Subscriptions to relevant services, such as media monitoring services, database access, or professional memberships, should also be included. Furthermore, the budget should detail costs associated with specific activities and considerations, such as travel expenses for field visits or stakeholder meetings, venue rentals for workshops and events, catering, and any other logistical requirements. All cost estimates should be accompanied by justifications and assumptions to provide a clear understanding of the financial requirements and ensure accurate allocation of funds throughout the four-year implementation period. This comprehensive budget will serve as a crucial component for effective financial planning and resource management, ensuring the successful execution of the Communication Strategy and Action Plan.
    9. \n
\n\n

 

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Provide training for key entities involved in communication activities, ensuring they have the necessary skills to effectively execute the strategy. Provide training to WACA staff of key entities on communication strategies and best practices. This training should be comprehensive and tailored to the specific needs and contexts of the initiative.
    2. \n\t
  2. Establish a reporting framework to provide regular updates on the progress of the communication strategy to relevant stakeholders and leadership.
    3. \n
\n\n

 

\n\n

4. Deliverables and Expected Output

\n\n

 

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Description of Deliverables:
    2. \n
\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Inception report: This will include the workplan with time lines, methodology. outline of report, and queries on the TOR, if any
    2. \n\t
  2. Draft strategy and communication materials
    3. \n\t
  3. Final Document: Final strategy and communication materials
    4. \n\t
  4. Training Report: Training for key entities that would be involved in communication activities.
    5. \n
\n\n

 

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Timelines:
    2. \n
\n\n\n\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\n
\n\t\t\t

#

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Deliverable

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Deliverable Deadline

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

1

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Inception report

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Month 1

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

2

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Draft strategy and communication materials

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Months 2

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

3

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Final Document

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Month 3

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

4

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Training Report

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Month 4

\n\t\t\t
\n\n

 

\n\n

5. Qualification and Requirements of Consultant

\n\n

Minimum required qualifications and key fields of competencies:

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. A minimum of master’s degree in communications, Public Relations, Marketing Communication, or any relevant discipline.
    2. \n\t
  2. Minimum 10 years of professional experience of relevant work of similar complexity or scale,
    3. \n\t
  3. An established track record in communications, public relations, branding and stakeholder management
    4. \n\t
  4. Proven experience in the preparation and implementing of Communication Strategies particularly on environmental issues and behavioral change
    5. \n\t
  5. Proven track record of client engagement in Ghana in the field of communication strategy preparation and implementation.
    6. \n\t
  6. Demonstrable experience of cooperation with ocean related stakeholders and sectors such as fisheries, maritime, tourism, environment, government institutions and international organizations in Ghana, and in the local Ghanaian setting.
    7. \n\t
  7. Excellent verbal and written communication skills (in English Language), and demonstrated experience working with a variety of stakeholders, including senior government officials, CSO, policymakers, traditional leaders, fisherfolks, the local communities in Ghana.
    8. \n\t
  8. Five (5) years of experience in undertaking similar assignments
    9. \n\t
  9. Experience working on World Bank funded projects and/or multilateral development project(s) is an advantage.
    10. \n
\n\n

 

\n\n

6. Reporting Requirements

\n\n

 

\n\n

Reporting Schedule: The consultant is expected to submit monthly progress reports to the SDGs Advisory Unit in the Office of the President

\n\n

 

\n\n

Communication Protocols: Primary contact person is the SOP Convener; all reports and queries should be directed to their office.

\n\n

7. Payment Schedule

\n\n

 

\n\n

Payment Milestones: 

\n\n

The consultant is expected to submit the deliverables as shown in the table below. The consultant will be paid in lump sum following satisfactory submission and acceptance of the deliverables.

\n\n

 

\n\n

Conditions for Payment: Payments will be contingent upon the timely submission and approval of deliverables as per the agreed timeline.

\n\n

 

\n\n\n\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\n
 \n\t\t\t

Deliverable

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Payment

\n\n\t\t\t

Terms

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

1

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Inception report

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

20%

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

2

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Draft strategy and communication materials

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

30%

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

3

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Final Document

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

30%

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

4

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Training report

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

20%

\n\t\t\t
\n\n

 

\n\n

8. Facilities, Services, and Resources to be Provided by the Client

\n\n

The client will convene the workshops, where necessary for identified entities.

\n\n

The SDGs Advisory Unit now invites eligible Individual Consultants to indicate their interest in providing the services. Interested Consultants should provide information demonstrating that they have the required qualifications and relevant experience to perform the Services by submitting their CV.

\n\n

 

\n\n

A consultant will be selected in accordance with the Individual Selection Method as set out in the Procurement regulations. Expression of interest must bear the title Communication Consultant for Ghana’s Sustainable Ocean Plan, and must be delivered in person or by email by 5:00pm GMT on 28th August 2024 to the address below:

\n\n

 

\n\n

Address:

\n\n

The Project Coordinator,

\n\n

West Africa Coastal Areas Resilience Investment Project (WACA ResIP) 2,

\n\n

Ministry of Environment, Science, Technology, and Innovation (MESTI)

\n\n

Box M32

\n\n

Accra-Ghana.

\n\n

 

\n\n

E-mail:

\n\n

procurement@mesti.gov.gh

\n\n

felix.addo-yobo@sdgadvisory.gov.gh

\n\n

For further clarification, kindly contact the following:

\n\n

Procurement Specialist

\n\n

Phone no.: 0302662626/0244-842128

\n\n

E-mail: frank.lare@mesti.gov.gh

"},{"id":"OP00301278","notice_type":"Request for Expression of Interest","noticedate":"22-Jul-2024","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2024-08-02T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"00:00","project_ctry_name":"Western and Central Africa","project_id":"P175525","project_name":"West Africa Coastal Areas Resilience Investment Project 2","bid_reference_no":"GH-MESTI-429757-CS-INDV","bid_description":"INDIVIDUAL CONSULTANT FOR THE DEVELOPMENT OF COMMUNICATION STRATEGY AND ACTION PLAN (CSAP) FOR THE WACA ResIP 2, GHANA","procurement_group":"CS","procurement_method_code":"INDV","procurement_method_name":"Individual Consultant Selection","contact_address":"Ministry of Environment, Science, Technology and Innovation\nMinistries\nAccra","contact_ctry_name":"Ghana","contact_email":"frank.lare@mesti.gov.gh","contact_name":"Peter J. Dery","contact_organization":"MINISTRY OF ENVIRONMENT, SCIENCE TECHNOLOGY AND INNOVATION","contact_phone_no":"0244842128","contact_web_url":"P. O. BOX M 232 ACCRA","submission_date":"2024-07-22T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"

CONSULTANCY SERVICES FOR THE DEVELOPMENT OF COMMUNICATION STRATEGY AND ACTION PLAN (CSAP)

\n\n

1.0 PROJECT BACKGROUND

\n\n

WACA ResIP 2 Ghana is designed to address the three key challenges to unlocking the potential of its blue economy: coastal erosion, flooding, and pollution; ecosystem degradation; and institutional fragmentation. While the ultimate objective of the project as stipulated in the Project Appraisal Document (PAD) is to strengthen the resilience of coastal communities, the project’s overarching strategy to achieve this outcome is to focus on strengthening Ghana's blue economy and to restore and protect critical coastal ecosystems which provide essential services to nearby communities, including income generation and protection against natural disasters.

\n\n

As part of WACA ResIP 2, Ghana is benefiting from an IDA Credit of US$ 150 million and a $5 million Grant from PROBLUE – total of $150 million.

\n\n

The project comprises four components as with all other countries with WACA investments.

\n\n

Component 1: Strengthening Regional Integration. The regional integration component is to strengthen the effective coordination of interventions for coastal resilience in West Africa at the regional and national levels spearheaded by WAEMU. This is achieved through the consolidation of the regional institutional set-up and harmonization of policy to seek economies of scale and the development of new strategic partnerships needed for the scale-up of response to the coastal resilience development challenge. 

\n\n

Component 2: Strengthening the Policy or Institutional Frameworks. The project will support the strengthening of institutional and policy frameworks around coastal development, protection, and natural resource management (exclusive of fisheries). Focus areas will include strengthening existing national coordination mechanisms and development of mechanisms for sub-national coordination, including civil society coordination. 

\n\n

Policy actions under this component will support improved land use and marine spatial planning for resilient coastal development. This includes measures for institutional support that will improve collection and analysis of data critical for risk-informed decision-making. This includes, but is not limited to, data related to beach profile and crest elevation, spatial data, and improved local demographic and economic data, especially as related to sources of livelihood and gender disaggregation. 

\n\n

Component 3: Strengthening National Physical and Social Investments. The project will support a wide typology of site-specific grey, green, and hybrid physical investments, and social sub-projects at the community level to achieve measurable increases in protection from coastal erosion and flooding, pollution control, and promote climate-resilient coastal development. Physical investments supported by the project are based on coastal management strategies and climate-resilient development plans, including Multi-Sector Investment Plans (MSIPs), undertaken and ongoing in each country that identifies priority investments and actions for strengthening coastal resilience and mitigating the impacts of climate change through sustainable, integrated coastal zone management. 

\n\n

The project will be financing (a) green infrastructure such as dune fixation to protect beaches from erosion using vegetation and shrubs to trap sand, wetland and mangrove restoration and beach replenishment; (b) grey infrastructure such as the construction of breakwaters, seawalls, revetments, groynes, and dikes; (c) land claim and reclamation; (d) rehabilitation of flood banks; (e) rehabilitation and management of natural flood areas, including dredging to maintain natural flow in lagoons; (f) infrastructure, e.g. culverts, for improved drainage; and (g) sustainable land management practices in transboundary sub-watersheds and areas of high ecosystem value that drain into the coastal areas, and (h) measures to improve the management of natural habitats, including reduction of invasive species encroachment.

\n\n

Specifically, physical interventions under this component 3 will support adaptation measures for protection, retreat, accommodation, or a combination thereof at three locations: Korle Lagoon, Densu Delta, and Keta Lagoon Complex. Nature-based physical protection measures will include protection and restoration of mangroves and other submerged native aquatic vegetation to reduce flooding hazards, and beach nourishment and dune rehabilitation to address coastal erosion. Grey solutions may include the construction of groins, dykes, seawalls, revetments, or other infrastructure as well as implementation of plastics related interventions. This site-specific grey, green, and/or hybrid physical rehabilitation and infrastructure investments may include: 

\n\n

Component 4: Project Management. A Project Implementation Unit (PIU) has been established with the Ministry of Environment, Science, Technology, and Innovation (MESTI) and will be guided by a multi-stakeholder project steering committee.

\n\n

Meaningful stakeholder engagement throughout the project cycle is essential to good project management. It provides opportunities for the WACA ResIP 2 to provide information and solicit feedback to guide project design, implementation, and monitoring and evaluation (M&E). Given this, the Ministry of Environment, Science, Technology, and Innovation (MESTI) via the Project Implementation Unit (PIU) is applying part of its project funds to recruit a qualified and passionate Individual Consultant to develop a Communication Strategy and Action Plan (CSAP) for the WACA ResIP 2, Ghana.  Specifically, MESTI aims to increase awareness and knowledge of the WACA ResIP 2 in project areas and the wider public.

\n\n

The communication strategy for WACA already exists at the regional level for the first phase and is currently undergoing updates. Therefore, the consultant must consider the WACA regional strategy axes while drafting the operational communication plan; this should include the already budgeted activities of the 2024 Annual Workplan and Budget, safeguard aspects, and project visibility.

\n\n

In delivering the assignment, the consultant shall make appropriate reference to the Stakeholder Engagement Plan (SEP) and other applicable documentation prepared under the Environment and Social Instruments for the WACA ResIP 2, Ghana.

\n\n

2.0 PURPOSE & OBJECTIVE

\n\n

The primary objective is to establish a strategic framework that enhances visibility, promotes stakeholder engagement, and effectively communicates the objectives, achievements, and impacts of WACA initiatives across diverse audiences. This initiative aims to foster understanding, support, and active participation from stakeholders including government entities, non-governmental organizations (NGOs), local communities, media outlets, and international partners. The consultant will develop a comprehensive Communication Strategy and Action Plan (CSAP) for the WACA project, focusing on enhancing visibility, stakeholder engagement, and dissemination of project achievements and impacts. The CSAP will serve as a roadmap for coherent messaging, utilizing appropriate communication channels such as traditional media, digital platforms, workshops, and publications.

\n\n

The CSAP remains critical for enhancing visibility, improving and promoting the project's image, disseminating information/messages from the project to the project communities and broader public, influencing decision-making and knowledge sharing, and strengthening consensus-building for project support. Additionally, the CSAP will contribute to mobilising more partnerships and resources from the more significant global donor nexus to further enhance the project's impact. 

\n\n

 

\n\n

3.0 SCOPE OF WORK

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Conduct a situational analysis to understand current communication practices, stakeholder perceptions, and information needs related to WACA.
    2. \n
\n\n

 

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Identify key stakeholders, including government agencies, NGOs, local communities, media outlets, and international partners, and assess their communication preferences and channels. By understanding stakeholders' communication needs and engagement preferences, the consultant will ensure that the Communication Strategy and Action Plan (CSAP) effectively targets and engages each stakeholder group to maximize participation and support for WACA project initiatives. The Strategy should contain analysis (focus groups) and stakeholder mapping to determine targeted audiences including: i) community members; ii) stakeholders at the institutional level including Ministries, Departments, and Agencies (MDAs) and other establishments involved in the project: iii) high-level stakeholders in positions of power, influence and decision making (MPs, office of the President, regional representatives, and local government executives): iv) NGOs and CSOs. Based on the analysis identify potential champions and influencers for collaboration to ensure buy-in and ownership of the project. The Stakeholder Engagement Plan (SEP) for the WACA project has initially identified key stakeholders in Ghana and conducted a stakeholder analysis to identify and prioritize stakeholders, including government agencies, non-governmental organizations (NGOs), local communities, media outlets, and international partners. The consultant should undertake further analysis to assess the communication preferences, preferred channels, and levels of influence of the different stakeholders.
    2. \n
\n\n

 

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Develop a Communication Strategy outlining goals, target audiences, key messages, and communication channels. These channels may include traditional media such as print and broadcast, as well as digital platforms encompassing social media, websites, and online forums. Additionally, the strategy should incorporate direct engagement methods such as workshops, seminars, and community meetings, alongside periodic newsletters to ensure consistent and effective dissemination of project updates and information.
    2. \n
\n\n

 

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Working closely with the PIU to develop targeted messages for the above audiences to ensure that benefits (e.g. increased resilience to coastal erosion) and innovations (e.g. social sub-projects) attributable to the project are well perceived and accepted by all stakeholders. It also includes communication channels to inform communities/stakeholders about the progress of the implementation works and the role of "Radio du littoral" in Ghana's project implementation. Where applicable, the CSAP should put forward some best practice style guides for communication dissemination to allow for format consistency for publications/communication products.
    2. \n
\n\n

 

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. The consultant should propose key roles and responsibilities for the Action Plan and Work Plan to ensure efficient execution and accountability. This should involve defining roles for each aspect of the communication strategy and ensuring that these roles are clearly assigned to specific individuals or teams. Key roles should be outlined for each major component of the strategy, such as content creation, media relations, stakeholder engagement, monitoring and evaluation, and budget management. Each role must have specific responsibilities, which should be clearly documented to avoid overlap and ensure accountability. The CSAP should also clearly outline the roles and responsibilities of the PIU in its implementation throughout the life of the project as well as the institutional resources (e.g. Ministry Website, WACA ResIP 2 Ghana Website) that can be used for the implementation. To the extent possible, the CSAP should utilize existing institutions, communication mechanisms and resources available under the project and among the involved ministries, agencies, and stakeholders. In case of the need of external services, the CSAP should estimate cost and potential providers.
    2. \n
\n\n

 

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Develop an Action Plan and a four-year detailed work plan that outlines detailed activities, establishes clear timelines, designates responsible parties, and defines budgetary requirements necessary for the successful implementation of the Communication Strategy. This plan should include specific tasks such as content creation for various communication channels, scheduling and organizing workshops and events, managing social media platforms, producing newsletters and press releases, conducting media outreach, and monitoring the effectiveness of communication efforts. Each activity should be carefully mapped out with achievable milestones and allocated resources to ensure timely execution and alignment with project objectives and stakeholder engagement goals.
    2. \n
\n\n

 

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Propose mechanisms for monitoring and evaluating the effectiveness of communication activities to ensure that the Communication Strategy and Action Plan are achieving their intended outcomes. This should include the development of key performance indicators (KPIs) and metrics to track engagement levels, reach, and impact of various communication efforts. Regular feedback loops should be established with stakeholders to gather their input and assess their satisfaction with the communication activities. Additionally, propose the use of surveys, focus group discussions, and interviews to collect qualitative data on the effectiveness of the communication strategy. Periodic reviews and assessments should be conducted to identify any gaps or areas for improvement. Based on the findings, adjustments to the communication strategies and activities should be made to enhance their effectiveness and ensure they remain relevant and impactful in achieving the project's goals.
    2. \n
\n\n

 

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Prepare a comprehensive budget for implementing the four-year work plan. This budget should include detailed cost estimates for all aspects of the plan, ensuring that all necessary resources are accounted for. Specifically, the budget should cover personnel or labour costs. Material costs should be itemized, including expenses for office supplies, printing, promotional materials, and any other physical resources required for communication activities. Additionally, the budget should account for tools and software necessary for the execution of the communication strategy, such as content creation tools, graphic design software, social media management platforms, and other digital tools. Subscriptions to relevant services, such as media monitoring services, database access, or professional memberships, should also be included. Furthermore, the budget should detail costs associated with specific activities and considerations, such as travel expenses for field visits or stakeholder meetings, venue rentals for workshops and events, catering, and any other logistical requirements. All cost estimates should be accompanied by justifications and assumptions to provide a clear understanding of the financial requirements and ensure accurate allocation of funds throughout the four-year implementation period. This comprehensive budget will serve as a crucial component for effective financial planning and resource management, ensuring the successful execution of the Communication Strategy and Action Plan.
    2. \n
\n\n

 

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. In close collaboration with the PIU, organize and coordinate the stakeholder validation workshop for the CSAP with the Project Technical Committee to allow for finalization of CSAP towards achieving completion of assignment – strongly considering the principles of simplicity, accountability, interactiveness, inclusivity, targeting, and cooperation.
    2. \n
\n\n

 

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Provide training to WACA staff and partners on communication strategies and best practices. This training should be comprehensive and tailored to the specific needs and contexts of the WACA project. The training program should include practical sessions where staff and partners can apply what they have learned through role-playing exercises, simulations, and case studies relevant to WACA’s objectives. This will help participants develop hands-on skills and build confidence in their ability to execute the communication strategy effectively. Additionally, the consultant should provide resources and materials such as manuals, guides, and toolkits that staff and partners can refer to after the training sessions. These resources should include templates for communication plans, checklists for media engagement, and guidelines for stakeholder consultations.
    2. \n
\n\n

 

\n\n

4.0 DURATION

\n\n

The services as required above are to be carried out over a period of 2 months from the commencement date.

\n\n

5.0 DELIVERBALES AND PAYMENTS

\n\n

The consultant shall submit the following deliverables in line with the lump sum payments and subject to all applicable taxes, as provided below;

\n\n
    \n\t
  1. Inception Report                                                                                          – 30% [1 week]
    2. \n\t
  2. CSAP and Work Plan (Draft 1)                                                                – 40% [2 weeks]
    3. \n\t
  3. Validation Workshop + CSAP (Final Draft)                            – 30% [1 month]
    4. \n
\n\n

 

\n\n

6.0 QUALIFICATION AND EXPERIENCE

\n\n

The consultant should possess the following qualifications and experience:

\n\n

Educational Qualifications: A minimum of a Master’s degree in Communications, Public Relations, Media Studies, Social Sciences, Development Studies, or a related field.

\n\n

Professional Experience: At least 10 years of professional experience in communications strategy development, journalism, public relations, or media management, particularly in the context of large-scale development projects. Demonstrated experience in designing and implementing communication strategies and action plans for international development projects, preferably in environmental or coastal management sectors. Proven track record of working with government agencies, non-governmental organizations (NGOs), and international partners in developing countries, particularly in Africa.

\n\n

Technical Skills: Expertise in a variety of communication channels, including traditional media (print, radio, TV), social media platforms, and digital tools. Strong skills in stakeholder engagement, including conducting stakeholder analysis and managing multi-stakeholder communication processes. Proficiency in using communication software and tools for content creation, media monitoring, and digital marketing. Ability to develop clear and impactful key messages and tailor them to different audiences.

\n\n

Capacity Building and Training: Experience in designing and delivering capacity-building programs and training workshops on communication strategies and best practices. Ability to create comprehensive training materials and resources for ongoing learning and development.

\n\n

Interpersonal and Communication Skills: Excellent interpersonal and communication skills, with the ability to work collaboratively with diverse teams and stakeholders. Strong analytical and problem-solving abilities, with attention to detail and a proactive approach to addressing challenges. Display cultural, gender, religion, race, nationality and age sensitivity and adaptability.  

\n\n

Knowledge of the Context: Familiarity with the environmental and social contexts of coastal areas in West Africa, including the specific challenges and opportunities related to the WACA project. Knowledge of the local languages and cultural contexts within the project area is an advantage.

\n\n

Professional Affiliations: Membership in relevant professional bodies or associations in the fields of communication, public relations, or media.

\n\n

 

\n\n

7.0 REPORTING AND COORDINATION

\n\n

The consultant shall report directly to the Project Coordinator, WACA ResIP 2, Ghana. He/she will work with other PIU team members, WACA BAR communication specialist and the World Bank team, to meet the assignment deliverables. 

\n\n

 

\n\n

8.0 HOW TO APPLY

\n\n

Interested qualified and experienced applicants who meet the above criteria should send their application and detailed curriculum vitae to the email addresses or address below by 2nd August 2024:

\n\n

 

\n\n

Address:

\n\n

The Project Coordinator,

\n\n

West Africa Coastal Areas Resilience Investment Project (WACA ResIP) 2,

\n\n

Ministry of Environment, Science, Technology, and Innovation (MESTI)

\n\n

Box M32

\n\n

Accra-Ghana

\n\n

 

\n\n

E-mail:

\n\n

frank.lare@mesti.gov.gh

\n\n

henry.bortey@mesti.gov.gh

\n\n

 

\n\n

For further clarification, kindly contact the following:

\n\n

Procurement Specialist

\n\n

Phone no.: 0302662626/0244-842128

\n\n

E-mail: frank.lare@mesti.gov.gh

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

"},{"id":"OP00287576","notice_type":"Request for Expression of Interest","noticedate":"05-Jun-2024","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2024-06-20T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"16:30","project_ctry_name":"Philippines","project_id":"P174137","project_name":"Philippine Fisheries and Coastal Resiliency Project","bid_reference_no":"PH-BFAR CO - DA-416128-CS-QCBS","bid_description":"TA Consultancy on Baseline Survey and Study","procurement_group":"CS","procurement_method_code":"QCBS","procurement_method_name":"Quality And Cost-Based Selection","contact_address":"Fisheries Complex, BPI Compound, Brgy. Vasra, Quezon City","contact_ctry_name":"Philippines","contact_email":"bac.fishcore@bfar.da.gov.ph","contact_name":"Roy C. Ortega","contact_organization":"Bureau of Fisheries and Aquatic Resources Central Office - Dept of Agriculture","contact_phone_no":"+639988427249","submission_date":"2024-06-05T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"

 

\n\n

                                                                                                                                     

\n\n

 

\n\n

REQUEST FOR EXPRESSIONS OF INTEREST

\n\n

(CONSULTING SERVICES – FIRMS SELECTION)

\n\n

 

\n\n

Philippines

\n\n

Philippine Fisheries and Coastal Resiliency Project

\n\n

Loan No.: Loan No.9480- PH

\n\n

 

\n\n

Consulting Services for Technical Assistance on the Conduct of Baseline Survey and Study

\n\n

 

\n\n

Reference No. PH-BFAR C0-DA-416128-CS-QCBS

\n\n

 

\n\n

The Republic of the Philippines has received financing from the World Bank toward the cost of the Philippine Fisheries and Coastal Resiliency Project, and intends to apply part of the proceeds for consulting services.

\n\n

 

\n\n

The Bureau of Fisheries and Aquatic Resources (BFAR) - Fisheries Coastal Resiliency (FishCoRe) Project, now invites eligible consulting firms (“Consultants”) to indicate their interest in providing the Services. Interested Consultants should provide information demonstrating that they have the required qualifications and relevant experience to perform the Services. The shortlisting criteria are summarized below:

\n\n

 

\n\n\n\n

 

\n\n

The detailed Terms of Reference (TOR) for the assignment is provided in Attachment 1.

\n\n

 

\n\n

Procurement of contracts financed by the World Bank will be conducted through the procedures as specified in the World Bank’s Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers (November 2020) (Procurement Regulations), and is open to all eligible firms as defined in the Procurement Regulations.

\n\n

 

\n\n

The attention of interested Consultants is drawn to Section III, paragraphs, 3.14, 3.16, and 3.17 of the World Bank’s “Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers” (November 2020)July 2016 (“Procurement Regulations”), setting forth the World Bank’s policy on conflict of interest.

\n\n

 

\n\n

Consultants may associate with other firms to enhance their qualifications, but should indicate clearly whether the association is in the form of a joint venture and/or a sub-consultancy. In the case of a joint venture, all the partners in the joint venture shall be jointly and severally liable for the entire contract, if selected.

\n\n

 

\n\n

A Consultant will be selected in accordance with the Quality - and Cost - Based Selection (QCBS) method set out in the Procurement Regulations.

\n\n

 

\n\n

Further information can be obtained at the address below during office hours [9:00 am to 4:30 hours, Mondays to Fridays except public holidays].

\n\n

 

\n\n

Expressions of interest must be delivered in a written form to the address below in person, or by mail, or by e-mail no later than June 20, 2024.

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

BFAR Special Bids and Awards Committee

\n\n

3rd floor, Fisheries Building Complex,

\n\n

Bureau of Plant Industry Compound,

\n\n

Brgy. Vasra, Visayas Avenue, Quezon City

\n\n

Tel. Nos. 09988427249

\n\n

Official email address: bac.fishcore@bfar.da.gov.ph

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

     

\n\n

ROY C. ORTEGA

\n\n

Chairperson, Special Bids and Awards Committee

\n\n

BFAR-FishCoRe Project

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

  

\n\n

 

\n\n

Attachment 1

\n\n\n\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\n
\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\t\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t\t\t\t

 

\n\t\t\t\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t
\n\n

TERMS OF REFERENCE

\n\n

 

\n\n

I. PROJECT TITLE      :             

\n\n

PHILIPPINE FISHERIES AND COASTAL  RESILIENCY (FISHCORE) PROJECT

\n\n

II. TITLE OF CONSULTANT   :            

\n\n

TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE ON THE CONDUCT OF BASELINE SURVEY AND STUDY

\n\n

III. PROPONENT      :            

\n\n

BFAR-NATIONAL PROJECT MANAGEMENT OFFICE

\n\n

                                                                                                                         

\n\n

IV. IMPLEMENTATION PERIOD  :             2024

\n\n

 

\n\n

V. INTRODUCTION:

\n\n

The fisheries sector contributes significantly to the national economy, food security, nutrition, employment, and livelihood. The sector comprises: (i) aquaculture including marine, brackishwater, and freshwater farming; (ii) municipal capture fisheries within 15 km of the shoreline; and (iii) commercial capture fisheries.

\n\n

Marine fisheries production dropped about 20% over the last decade due to the open-access nature of fishery resources. Illegal, unreported and unregulated (IUU) fishing further impacts stocks. So does intrusion of commercial fishing boats into municipal waters. Use of dynamite and cyanide is still rampant. About 20%-40% of total fish caught and farmed is lost annually.

\n\n

Aquaculture production grew until the mid-2000's but stagnated. The majority of production remains in milkfish, tilapia and seaweed produced by small family-run farms targeting local markets. This contrasts with neighboring countries that have pursued aquaculture growth, embraced new technology, and targeted growing export markets for quality seafood.

\n\n

The fisheries sector is highly vulnerable and is prone to climate and other risks. Damage to production facilities, boats, fishing gears, fish pens and cages, and landing sites is common during the typhoon season. All segments of the fisheries supply chains were also affected by the COVID-19 pandemic.

\n\n

Project Components

\n\n

Component 1: Fisheries and Coastal Resilient Resource Planning and Management (FishCRRM)

\n\n

FishCRRM will establish an ecosystem approach to fisheries management (EAFM)- and science-     based resource management practices (“FishCoRe models”) in FMAs 6 and 9. The component will focus on developing the enabling regulatory framework for sustainable fisheries management of FMAs, improving monitoring and enforcement of fishery policies/regulations, better protecting coastal ecosystems and habitats, and activities to enhance the overall resilience of fisheries in the FMAs to climate and other shocks. This component will seek to reduce overfishing and IUU and improve transparency and traceability and ability to export. Activities will be undertaken through three subcomponents, namely: (i) ecosystem approach to fisheries management planning and institutions; (ii) aquaculture development and management; and (iii) strengthening management of coastal resources in municipal waters.

\n\n

Component 2: Modern and Resilient Livelihood Investments (MARLIN)

\n\n

This second major component of the FishCoRe project will finance and deliver climate and disease risk-resilient aquaculture and fisheries investments, technology, infrastructure, and other support to target stakeholders in FMAs 6 and 9. It will support the expansion of modern and resilient fishery and fishery-related enterprises, inclusive of financing and information and communications technology (ICT)-enabled technology and infrastructure investments along the value chain. Targeting of value chains, enterprises, and community groups will be based on an analysis of critical FMA opportunities and needs identified under FishCRRM. Activities will be undertaken through three subcomponents: (i) fishers’ livelihood diversification and development; (ii) aquaculture and fisheries enterprise development; and (iii) aquaculture and fisheries infrastructure.

\n\n

Component 3: Support to Project Implementation and Management (SuPrIM)

\n\n

This component will establish a multi-level, interdisciplinary, and institutionalization-oriented project management system. It will support overall management, staffing and implementation of the project, including the establishment and operationalization of a digitized management information system (MIS), which will link multiple data sources beyond the Bureau of Fisheries and Aquatic Resources (BFAR)’s system and incorporate dynamic monitoring, evaluation, and learning systems. A web-based M&E system, as well as the use of geotagging and geomapping of investments, will be carried out. There will be a web- and SMS-based citizen feedback mechanism to handle complaints and suggestions from fishers and coastal communities.

\n\n

 

\n\n

VI. RATIONALE:

\n\n

The FishCoRe project will in essence pilot-test science-based governance to improve income and community and resource resiliency in the two FMAs. The Project Development Objective (PDO) is: “Improved management of fishery resources, and enhanced value of fisheries production to coastal communities in selected Fisheries Management Areas.” (See Annex A: Logical Framework.) PDO achievement will be measured in terms of increase in real household income from fishery-related sources; generation of sustainable employment from diversified sources; reduction in postharvest losses; major fish stocks moving towards target reference points; and increases in value-added in fishery commodities.

\n\n

In pursuit of evidence-based project management, the Philippine Fisheries and Coastal Resiliency (FishCoRe) project monitoring and evaluation (M&E) system design calls for the conduct of a series of baseline, midterm and endline/end-of-project (EOP) surveys focusing on the performance indicators identified in the Project Results Framework. The baseline survey should be conducted as early as possible in the life of the project to provide an accurate depiction of the “start-of-project conditions” in project areas, Fisheries Management Areas (FMAs) 6 and 9, with respect to the aforementioned project indicators representing a combination of anticipated governance, socioeconomic, ecological and behavioral changes to be triggered by the project.

\n\n

Baseline data will serve as a basis for conducting a “before-and-after project” analysis and “with versus without project” analysis (difference-in-difference analysis), documenting and evaluating changes that might be directly attributed – or at least linked – to actual project interventions. A comparative analysis of panel data – baseline, midterm, and endline – will be conducted later in the project’s life to generate knowledge, trends and insights on project performance. This TOR describes the conduct of a baseline survey; separate TORs are provided for the midterm and endline surveys.

\n\n

 

\n\n

VII. OBJECTIVES

\n\n

The objective of the activity is to establish the baseline data and information that will be used as a basis for assessing the impact of the project initially at midterm (“emerging impact” in Year 2026) and then towards project completion (“impact at end of project” in Year 2029).  Specifically, this project will:

\n\n

(i) Design and conduct data and information collection vis-à-vis selected project indicators in FMAs 6 and 9; and

\n\n

(ii) Establish the start-of-project conditions in FMAs 6 and 9 based on data and information collected.

\n\n

The Baseline Survey and Study will lay the empirical foundation for the midterm and endline survey and study of project performance in terms of specific governance, socioeconomic, and other indicators.

\n\n

 

\n\n

VIII. SCOPE OF WORK

\n\n

In the context of the above project background, objectives and components, this TOR calls for the conduct of a baseline survey and study (hereinafter referred to as “Services”) on selected performance indicators contained in the Project Results Framework.  

\n\n

A firm will be contracted to organize a multi-disciplinary team to perform the following main tasks:

\n\n\n\n

 

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

The consultants must submit datasets and final documentation both in electronic and hard copies.

\n\n

 

\n\n

XI. QUALIFICATIONS:

\n\n

 

\n\n

Eligibility Criteria for Proponent Firms

\n\n\n\n

 

\n\n

Team Composition and Level of Effort

\n\n\n\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\n
\n\t\t\t

Position

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Responsibilities

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Fisheries Specialist and Team Leader

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t
    \n\t\t\t\t
  • Formulate detailed survey and study design including data collection methods and instruments;
    • \n\t\t\t\t
  • Apply knowledge and skills in designing and implementing data collection, analysis, and presentation methods for relevant ecological/ ecosystem indicators;
    • \n\t\t\t\t
  • Serve as focal point for coordinating all activities with BFAR;
    • \n\t\t\t\t
  • Prepare detailed work plan including deliverables and timelines; and
    • \n\t\t\t\t
  • Lead consolidation, analysis  and finalization of a professional quality report.
    • \n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Governance and Institutions Specialist

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t
    \n\t\t\t\t
  • Apply knowledge and skills in designing and implementing data collection, analysis and presentation methods for relevant governance and institutional indicators.
    • \n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Agricultural      Economist (Survey and Data Specialist)

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t
    \n\t\t\t\t
  • Apply knowledge and skills in designing and implementing data collection, analysis, and presentation methods for relevant socioeconomic and behavioral indicators
    • \n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Project Monitoring and Evaluation Specialist

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t
    \n\t\t\t\t
  • Apply knowledge and skills in designing and implementing data collection, analysis, and presentation methods for the evaluation of fisheries and aquaculture performance with the application of FPI and API assessment tools.
    • \n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Statistician

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t
    \n\t\t\t\t
  • Lead in selecting/ preparing and applying practical (non- academic) quantitative and qualitative econometric/ statistical tools and techniques to generate reliable and credible and cost- and time-effective data/ information;
    • \n\t\t\t\t
  • Create and utilize spreadsheets (Excel/ SPSS/ others as may be appropriate) for data analysis and presentation; and
    • \n\t\t\t\t
  • Package and present data/ information in appropriate formats/ media.
    • \n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Social and Gender Specialist

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t
    \n\t\t\t\t
  • Lead in the conduct of meaningful stakeholder consultations;
    • \n\t\t\t\t
  • Ensure the necessary FPIC are obtained from indigenous peoples and the vulnerable sector;
    • \n\t\t\t\t
  • Apply knowledge and skills in designing and implementing data collection (what information to be collected and who collects the information) , analysis, and presentation methods anchored on cultural and gender sensitivity and other relevant socioeconomic and behavioral indicators; and
    • \n\t\t\t\t
  • Capacitate the survey team (includes survey enumerators) prior to deployment - socially prepare the team on ethics and cultural and gender sensitivity as they engage with stakeholders/respondents in particular.
    • \n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t
\n\n

Qualifications of Team Members

\n\n

Fisheries Specialist and Team Leader

\n\n\n\n

Governance and Institutions Specialist

\n\n\n\n

Agricultural/fisheries  Economist

\n\n\n\n

Project Monitoring and Evaluation Specialist

\n\n\n\n

 

\n\n

Statistician

\n\n\n\n

Social and Gender Specialist

\n\n\n\n

 

\n\n\n\n

In addition to the above team members, the Firm will engage the necessary research assistants and other support staff.

\n\n

Requirements for Technical and Financial Proposal

\n\n

Technical Proposal

\n\n

Interested firms will submit a technical proposal showing the following:

\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n

Financial Proposal

\n\n

Interested firms will include in their financial proposal the remuneration for each team member indicating basic salary, overhead cost, social charges, management fee, and billing rate.

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

X. DELIVERABLES AND TIMELINE:

\n\n

The Firm to be engaged will submit and present the following reports (reckoned from issuance of NTP):

\n\n\n\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\n
\n\t\t\t

 

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Deliverables

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Timing, in weeks, from the date of signing of the Contract with the selected Consultant

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

1

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Contract Signing

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

0

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

2

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Inception Report

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

4

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

3

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Review and adjustments of Inception Report

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

5

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

4

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Interim Report (The report should contain initial result of the survey and study)

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

12

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

5

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Review and adjustments of Interim Report

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

14

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

6

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Draft Final Report

\n\n\t\t\t

(with powerpoint presentation material)

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

20

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

7

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Review and adjustments of Draft Final Report

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

22

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

8

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Final Report

\n\n\t\t\t

(with powerpoint presentation material)

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

24

\n\t\t\t
\n\n

        Note: The Firm shall revise/adjust the Report, accordingly.

\n\n

The Baseline Survey and Study (from team mobilization up to final report submission) will be completed within 6 months (3 months data collection, 2 months data processing and report writing, 1 month revisions and finalization) from the issuance of a Notice to Proceed (NTP).

\n\n

 

\n\n

XI. REPORTING AND WORKING RELATIONSHIP

\n\n

The Firm shall be reporting to the FISHCORE National Project Management Office (NPMO) specifically to the Planning Unit Head with the Project Component Leads. The Project Manager, the Deputy Project Manager as well as the World Bank shall provide supervision and guidance. 

\n\n

The FISHCORE NPMO shall undertake the following in support to the implementation of the activity:

\n\n\n\n

 

\n\n

XII. SUSTAINABILITY PLAN

\n\n

The survey and study output such as reports, raw data, and all other data/information collected and analyzed shall be submitted by the Firm to the Planning Unit which acts as the repository of data. All the information gathered is the property of the BFAR.

\n\n

The Firm shall also provide general recommendations relative to data sharing and management.

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

                            

\n\n

 

\n\n

ANNEX A: LOGICAL FRAMEWORK OF THE FISHCORE PROJECT

\n\n\n\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\n
\n\t\t\t

Narrative Summary

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Objectively Verifiable Indicators (OVIs) and Targets

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Means of Verification (MOVs)

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Key Assumptions and Risks

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Goal – higher level objective to which FishCoRe will contribute but cannot achieve by itself

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

Enhanced ecosystem and community resilience in selected FMAs

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

“Resilience:” ability of a community or ecosystem to quickly recover from disasters or external shocks.

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

By 2028, compared to baseline, by FMA, for project impact areas:

\n\n\t\t\t
    \n\t\t\t\t
  1. Food security enhanced, with zero hunger incidence year-round for 85% of household beneficiaries (disaggregated by gender of household heads and ethnicity)*
    2. \n\t\t\t\t
  2. 80% of beneficiaries express satisfaction on resilience improvement (disaggregated by gender and ethnicity)*\n\t\t\t\t
      \n\t\t\t\t\t
    1. Ecosystem resilience
      2. \n\t\t\t\t\t
    2. Community resilience
      3. \n\t\t\t\t
    \n\t\t\t\t
    3. \n\t\t\t\t
  3. Starting 2025, household income in real terms derived from fishery- related sources increased by 3% annually (disaggregated by gender and ethnicity) *
    4. \n\t\t\t\t
  4. Incidence of IUU fishing activities reduced by at least 5% in target FMAs*
    5. \n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

PSA data

\n\n\t\t\t

Household consumption survey (including poverty indicators such as food, shelter, etc.)

\n\n\t\t\t

BFAR MIS

\n\n\t\t\t

Surveys and studies

\n\n\t\t\t
    \n\t\t\t\t
  • Baseline
    • \n\t\t\t\t
  • Midterm (incipient impact)
    • \n\t\t\t\t
  • End-of-project (emerging impact)
    • \n\t\t\t\t
  • Five years post-project completion (sustainable impact assessment)
    • \n\t\t\t
\n\n\t\t\t

BFAR IMEMS

\n\n\t\t\t

Beneficiary Perception Survey Survey of backyard food production Community monitoring reports

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Enabling policy and legal environment for fishery resilience sustained if not enhanced

\n\n\t\t\t

EAFM-FMA-based management models approved or endorsed by the concerned higher authorities

\n\n\t\t\t

LGU cooperation sustained if not enhanced throughout the life of the project

\n\n\t\t\t

Fisherfolk adopt fishery management practices and climate-resilient technologies

\n\t\t\t
\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n\n\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\n
\n\t\t\t

Narrative Summary

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Objectively Verifiable Indicators (OVIs) and Targets

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Means of Verification (MOVs)

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Key Assumptions and Risks

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Purpose – the Project

\n\n\t\t\t

Development Objective, the immediate reason for the project, the outcome expected shortly after completion of project implementation (Reference: ICC Guidelines)

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

The objective which FishCoRe should achieve:

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

Improved management of fishery resources, and enhanced value of fisheries production to coastal communities in selected FMAs

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

“Fishery resources” coverage includes coastal areas.

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Compared to relevant baseline, by FMA, for project areas:

\n\n\t\t\t
    \n\t\t\t\t
  1. Two ecosystem-based FMP formulated in FMAs 6 and 9 by 2022; implemented by 2023; and
    2. \n\t\t\t
\n\n\t\t\t

evaluated in 2025

\n\n\t\t\t
    \n\t\t\t\t
  1. By 2028, post-harvest losses reduced by 5% (disaggregated by commodity)*
    2. \n\t\t\t\t
  2. By 2028, 50% of major fish stocks covered in FMPs moving towards target reference points*
    3. \n\t\t\t\t
  3. Starting 2025, sustainable employment from diversified sources including fishery and aquaculture value chains increased by 3% annually (disaggregated by gender and ethnicity, source, full- time vs. part-time/ seasonal, by year) *
    4. \n\t\t\t\t
  4. Starting 2025, value-added in fishery commodities in targeted areas increased by 3% annually in real terms (disaggregate by commodity, capture fisheries vs. aquaculture)*
    5. \n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

FMA framework plan and FMP performance review and evaluation reports

\n\n\t\t\t

Philippine Statistics Authority reports

\n\n\t\t\t

Baseline, midterm and endline surveys and studies

\n\n\t\t\t

FPI and API-based assessments

\n\n\t\t\t

BFAR-NFRDI scientific/ technical reports

\n\n\t\t\t

Third-party certification of harvest Sample survey-study per FMA Project M&E reports

\n\n\t\t\t

FMA reports

\n\n\t\t\t

World Bank Missions Beneficiary Perception Survey BFAR MIS

\n\n\t\t\t

Official records of:

\n\n\t\t\t
    \n\t\t\t\t
  • BFAR
    • \n\t\t\t\t
  • LGUs
    • \n\t\t\t\t
  • Community organizations
    • \n\t\t\t\t
  • Community monitoring reports
    • \n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Higher level policy- and decision-makers prioritize fishery sector in terms of supportive policies and resource allocation including recovery from disasters

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

LGUs support and implement management strategies formulated for the FMA

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

LGU cooperation sustained if not enhanced despite changes in leadership throughout the life of the project

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

Cooperation from other agencies and industries (e.g., mining, construction) sustained over the project’s life

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

No major disasters, whether man-made or natural

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

Improved fishery and climate change adaptation practices adopted by fisherfolk

\n\t\t\t
\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n\n\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\n
\n\t\t\t

Narrative Summary

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Objectively Verifiable Indicators (OVIs) and Targets

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Means of Verification (MOVs)

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Key Assumptions and Risks

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Outputs – project deliverables arising from activities carried out with project resources (Reference: ICC Guidelines)

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

Combination of plans, subprojects, goods, services and other “products” that FishCoRe will produce in order to achieve the above Project Purpose.

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

Output 1 FishCRRM

\n\n\t\t\t

Improved FishCRRM in two FMAs

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t
    \n\t\t\t\t
  1. \n\t\t\t\t
      \n\t\t\t\t\t
    1. By 2022, formulation and adoption of FMA Framework Plans in FMAs 6 and 9 approved by their respective FMA MB
      2. \n\t\t\t\t\t
    2. At least one ecosystem-based ADMP formulated in FMAs 6 and 9 by 2022; integrated into LGU CRM and LCCAPs starting 2023; and updated by 2025
      3. \n\t\t\t\t\t
    3. At least two resource assessment studies on protection of critical habitats implemented by 2025; and adopted and translated by 40 LGUs into local legislation starting 2026 onwards
      4. \n\t\t\t\t
    \n\t\t\t\t
    2. \n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Project M&E reports

\n\n\t\t\t

FMA framework plan and FMP performance review and evaluation reports

\n\n\t\t\t

Provincial/ municipal resource management policies and plans

\n\n\t\t\t

Official records of:

\n\n\t\t\t
    \n\t\t\t\t
  • BFAR
    • \n\t\t\t\t
  • NFRDI
    • \n\t\t\t\t
  • LGUs
    • \n\t\t\t\t
  • SUCs
    • \n\t\t\t\t
  • Other agencies
    • \n\t\t\t\t
  • Community organizations
    • \n\t\t\t
\n\n\t\t\t

Special studies:

\n\n\t\t\t
    \n\t\t\t\t
  • Resource management policy and planning
    • \n\t\t\t\t
  • Technical/ science innovations
    • \n\t\t\t\t
  • Institutional/ governance
    • \n\t\t\t\t
  • Vulnerability assessments
    • \n\t\t\t\t
  • Others
    • \n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Key stakeholders remain fully committed to actively address coastal/ fishery resilience challenges

\n\n\t\t\t

National and local policy-makers and legislators remain fully supportive of EAFM and science-based resource management

\n\n\t\t\t

Communities continue to be willing to collaborate on ecosystem approach to fisheries management

\n\n\t\t\t

Private sector can be incentivized through national and sub-national policies and legislation to more significantly invest in fisheries/ coastal areas under PPP and PPCP investment modalities

\n\t\t\t
\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n\n\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\n
\n\t\t\t

Narrative Summary

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Objectively Verifiable Indicators (OVIs) and Targets

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Means of Verification (MOVs)

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Key Assumptions and Risks

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Output 2 MARLIN

\n\n\t\t\t

Modern and resilient catalytic investments for fishers’ livelihood diversification, aquaculture and fisheries enterprises, aquaculture and fisheries infrastructure, technologies and support services delivered effectively to target stakeholders in FMAs 6 and 9

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t
    \n\t\t\t\t
  1. \n\t\t\t\t
      \n\t\t\t\t\t
    1. By 2028, 6 (3 each per FMA) ABCs established and operational in FMA
      2. \n\t\t\t\t\t
    2. By 2028, ABTI platforms operationalized for fishery extension services delivery in 50% of participating provinces in project sites
      3. \n\t\t\t\t\t
    3. Market development support services piloted per FMA by 2024; and operational starting 2026 onwards (including online marketing platform, market promotion, and web-based market information system)
      4. \n\t\t\t\t\t
    4. By 2028, 18 PPCP forged (three for each of six ABCs in 2.1) to support value-adding and/ or scaling-up of enterprise operations (disaggregated by scale of enterprises)
      5. \n\t\t\t\t\t
    5. By 2028, 25% of the livelihood and enterprises subprojects are headed by women*
      6. \n\t\t\t\t
    \n\t\t\t\t
    2. \n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Project M&E reports FMA reports

\n\n\t\t\t

Official records of:

\n\n\t\t\t
    \n\t\t\t\t
  • BFAR
    • \n\t\t\t\t
  • NFRDI
    • \n\t\t\t\t
  • LGUs
    • \n\t\t\t\t
  • SUCs
    • \n\t\t\t\t
  • Community organizations
    • \n\t\t\t
\n\n\t\t\t

Special studies:

\n\n\t\t\t
    \n\t\t\t\t
  • Market development including market information system
    • \n\t\t\t\t
  • Value chain/ logistics
    • \n\t\t\t\t
  • Investment planning
    • \n\t\t\t\t
  • Vulnerability assessments
    • \n\t\t\t\t
  • Social enterprise development
    • \n\t\t\t\t
  • Subproject feasibility
    • \n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Key stakeholders remain fully supportive of coastal fishery management improvement

\n\n\t\t\t

Investment climate remains stable if not improved for micro-, small-, medium- and large-scale investments

\n\n\t\t\t

Private sector can be incentivized through national and sub-national policies and legislation to more significantly invest in fisheries/ coastal areas

\n\t\t\t
\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n\n\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\n
\n\t\t\t

Narrative Summary

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Objectively Verifiable Indicators (OVIs) and Targets

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Means of Verification (MOVs)

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Key Assumptions and Risks

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Output 3 Project Management, Coordination and Monitoring and Evaluation

\n\n\t\t\t

Effective multi-level, inter- disciplinary, and institutionalization-oriented project management system organized/ established and operational

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

By Year 2022:

\n\n\t\t\t
    \n\t\t\t\t
  1. \n\t\t\t\t
      \n\t\t\t\t\t
    1. Vertically and horizontally integrated project management system fully operational
      2. \n\t\t\t\t\t
    2. M&E and knowledge management system supported by digital, multi-level MIS system fully operational
      3. \n\t\t\t\t\t
    3. Publicly accessible web-based digital platforms (“Geo-Stories,” citizen feedback loop, etc.) fully operational and linked to existing systems
      4. \n\t\t\t\t
    \n\t\t\t\t
    2. \n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Project M&E reports FMA reports Operations Manuals

\n\n\t\t\t

Project management effectiveness assessment

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Suitably qualified men and women can be recruited to fill up positions at all levels

\n\t\t\t
\n\n

Note: * will require Baseline Data

\n\n

Legend : ABC = Aqua-Industrial Business Corridor; ABTI= Aqua-Business Technology Incubation, ADMP= Aquaculture Development Management Plan, BFAR = Bureau of Fisheries and Aquatic Resources, CRM= coastal resource management, EAFM = Ecosystems Approach to Fisheries Management, FishCoRe = Fisheries and Coastal Resiliency, FishCRRM = Fisheries and Coastal-Resilient Resource Planning and Management, FMA = Fisheries Management Area, FMP = Fishery Management Plans, ICC = Investment Coordination Committee, IMEMS = Integrated Marine Environment Monitoring System, IUU = Illegal, Unreported and Unregulated, LCCAP= Local Climate Change Action Plan, LGU = Local Government Unit, M&E = Monitoring and Evaluation, MARLIN = Modern and Resilient Livelihood Investments, MB = Management Board, MIS = Management Information System, MOV = Means of Verification, NFRDI = National Fisheries Research and Development Institute, OVI = Objectively Verifiable Indicators, PPCP = Public-Private Community Partnership, PPP = Public Private Partnership, PSA = Philippine Statistical Authority, SUCs = State Universities and Colleges, USAID = United States Agency for International Development,

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

ANNEX B: REGIONS AND PROVINCES COVERED BY FMA 6 AND 9

\n\n\n\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\n
\n\t\t\t

FMA

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Provinces Covered

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Regions Covered

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Top species caught

\n\n\t\t\t

(by volume) *

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Top aquaculture species

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

FMA 6

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Ilocos Norte, Ilocos Sur, La Union, Pangasinan, Bataan, Bulacan, Pampanga, Zambales, Batangas, Cavite, Occidental Mindoro and Metro Manila

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

1,3,4A,4B,NCR (lead: R3)

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

1. Thunnus albacaress

\n\n\t\t\t

2. Katsuwonus pelamis

\n\n\t\t\t

3. Decapterus macarellus

\n\n\t\t\t

4. Coryphaena hippurus

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

1. Milkfish

\n\n\t\t\t

2. Oyster

\n\n\t\t\t

3. Tiger prawns

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

FMA 9

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Agusan del Norte, Bohol, Camiguin, Lanao del Norte, Misamis Occidental, Misamis Oriental, Siquijor, Southern Leyte, Surigao del Norte, Zamboanga del Norte, Zamboanga del Sur

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

7, 8, 9, 10, 13 (lead: R10)

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

1. Sardinella lemuru

\n\n\t\t\t

2. Decapterus maruadsi,

\n\n\t\t\t

3. Auxis rochei

\n\n\t\t\t

4. Decapterus macrosoma

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

1. Seaweed

\n\n\t\t\t

2. Milkfish

\n\n\t\t\t

3. Tiger prawns

\n\t\t\t
\n\n

*Top species are determined based on percentage volume of monitored landed catch of both commercial and municipal fishers in monitored landing centers of BFAR/NFRDI National Stock Assessment Program. This is clustered information from 2015-2018 from the regional teams forming the FMA, unless date is otherwise specified.

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

ANNEX C: FISHERIES PERFORMANCE INDICATORS (FPIs)

\n\n

 

\n\n

 Figure 1 FPI output indicators and associated dimensions

\n\n

 

\n\n

From Fisheries Performance in the Philippines FMA 6 and 9: Applying the Fishery Performance Indicators in the Philippines Management Areas 6 & 9, by J. Flores & T. Garlock, (n.d), Unpublished manuscript.

\n\n

Figure 2: FPI input indicators and associated dimensions

\n\n

 

\n\n

From Fisheries Performance in the Philippines FMA 6 and 9: Applying the Fishery Performance Indicators in the Philippines Management Areas 6 & 9, by J. Flores & T. Garlock, (n.d), Unpublished manuscript.

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

ANNEX D: AQUACULTURE PERFORMANCE INDICATORS (APIs)

\n\n

Table 1: API output indicators and associated dimensions

\n\n

 

\n\n\n\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\n
\n\t\t\t

Dimension

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Component

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Metric

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

Environmental Health

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Feed-related impacts

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Sustainability of aquatic feed sources

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Sustainability of non-marine feed ingredients

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

Water use and effluents

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Impact of discharge (nutrient emissions)

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Non-nutrient emissions

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Freshwater use

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

Impacts to wildlife

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Wildlife mortality

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Benefits to wildlife

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Ecological impacts of escaped fish

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Genetic impacts of escaped fish

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Parasite and disease transmission

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Site use

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Land Use

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

GHG emissions

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Environmental compliance

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Compliance with environmental law

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Certification

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Proportion of production with 3rd party certification

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

Production Sector

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

Production Performance

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Production Technology

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Adult feed

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Juvenile survival rate

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Juvenile production

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Selective breeding and production time

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Survival Trend

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Survival Rate

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Proportion of production affected by disease and parasites

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Proportion of production affected by predation

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Proportion of production that escapes

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Proportion of production lost to handling and unspecified loss

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Production costs compared to historic high

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

Production Assets

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Ratio of Asset Value to Gross Earnings

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Total Revenue Compared to Historic High

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Asset (Permit, Quota, etc...) Value Compared to Historic High

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Borrowing Rate Compared to Risk-free Rate

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Source of Capital

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Functionality of Production Capital

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

Risk

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Annual Total Revenue Volatility

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Annual Production Volatility

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Intra-annual Production Volatility

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Annual Price Volatility

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Intra-annual Price Volatility

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Spatial Price Volatility

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Contestability & Legal Challenges

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

Farm Owners

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Earnings Compared to Regional Average Earnings

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Owner Wages Compared to Non-Aquaculture Wages

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Education Access

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Access to Health Care

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Social Standing of Farm Owners

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Proportion of Nonresident Owners

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

Farm Workers

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Earnings Compared to Regional Average Earnings

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Worker Wages Compared to Non-Aquaculture Wages

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Education Access

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Access to Health Care

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Social Standing of Workers

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Proportion of Nonresident Workers

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Worker Experience

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Age Structure of Workers

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Proportion of income spent on food

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

Post-Harvest Sector

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

Markets

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Farm-gate Price Compared to Historic High

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Final Market Use

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

International Trade

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Final Market Wealth

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Wholesale Price Compared to Similar Products

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Capacity of Firms to Export to the US & EU

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Farm-gate to Wholesale Marketing Margins

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Food safety

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

Supply Chain Performance

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Processing Yield

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Shrink

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Capacity Utilization Rate

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Product Improvement

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Proportion of production sold fresh

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Sanitation

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Local Support Businesses

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Availability of Support Businesses

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Proportion of feed ingredients sourced from socially responsible sectors

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

Post-Harvest Assets

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Borrowing Rate Compared to Risk-free Rate

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Source of Capital

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Age of Facilities

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

Processing Managers

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Earnings Compared to Regional Average Earnings

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Manager Wages Compared to Non-fish farming Wages

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Education Access

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Access to Health Care

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Social Standing of Processing Managers

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Nonresident Ownership of Processing Capacity

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

Processing Workers

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Earnings Compared to Regional Average Earnings

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Worker Wages Compared to Non-fish farming Wages

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Education Access

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Access to Health Care

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Social Standing of Processing Workers

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Proportion of Nonresident Employment

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Worker Experience

\n\t\t\t
\n\n

From Aquaculture Performance in the Philippines FMA 6 and 9: Applying the Fishery Performance Indicators in the Philippines Management Areas 6 & 9, by J. Flores & T. Garlock, (n.d), Unpublished manuscript.

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

\n\n

Table 2: API inputs metrics and associated dimensions

\n\n\n\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\t\t\n\t\t\n\t\n
\n\t\t\t

Dimension

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Component

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Metric

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

Macro Factors

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

National Environment

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Environmental Performance Index (EPI)

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Exogenous Factors

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Natural Disasters and Catastrophes

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Drought

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Pollution Shocks and Accidents

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Level of Chronic Pollution - Production Effects

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Level of Chronic Pollution - Consumption Effects

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Governance

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Governance Quality

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Governance Responsiveness

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Economic Conditions

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Index of Economic Freedom

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Gross Domestic Product (GDP) Per Capita

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

Property Rights

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

Land Rights

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Proportion of Production with Property or Lease Right

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Transferability Index

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Security Index

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Durability Index

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Flexibility Index

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Exclusivity Index

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

Co-management

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Collective Action

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Proportion of Farmers in Industry Organizations

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Farmer Organization Influence on Management

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Farmer Organization Influence on Business & Marketing

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Participation

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Days in Stakeholder Meetings

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Industry Financial Support for Management

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Community

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Leadership

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Social Cohesion

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Gender

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Business Management Influence

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Resource Management Influence

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Labor Participation in Production Sector

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Labor Participation in Processing Sector

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

Management

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Management Inputs

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Management Expenditure Compared to Farm-Gate Value

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Enforcement Capability

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Management Jurisdiction

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Generations separated by selective breeding

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Coordination of regulatory authorities

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Level of Subsidies

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Percentage of marine ingredients

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Traceability of feed inputs

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

R&D

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Private R&D

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Data

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Biological data collection

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Market and economic data

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Management Methods

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Regional disease control

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Genetics

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Discharge/effluent control

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Antibiotic use

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Antibiotic use practices

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Food safety services

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Animal welfare/handling practices

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Damage compensation/management

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Access to Water

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Land or water zoning/management

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

Supply Chain

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Markets & Market Institutions

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Transparency of Farm-gate price

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Availability of Farm-gate Price & Quantity Information

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Number of Buyers

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Degree of Vertical Integration

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Level of Tariffs

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Level of Non-tariff Barriers

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Contribution to Economy

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Infrastructure

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

International Shipping Service

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Road Quality Index

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Technology Adoption in Production

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Technology Adoption in Processing

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Extension Service

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Reliability of Utilities/Electricity

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Access to Ice & Refrigeration

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

 

\n\n\t\t\t

Production

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Producer characteristics

\n\t\t\t		\n\t\t\t

Scale of farm

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Integrated culture

\n\t\t\t
\n\t\t\t

Production under contract farming

\n\t\t\t
\n\n

From Aquaculture Performance in the Philippines FMA 6 and 9: Applying the Fishery Performance Indicators in the Philippines Management Areas 6 & 9, by J. Flores & T. Garlock, (n.d), Unpublished manuscript.

\n\n

 

\n\n

 

"},{"id":"OP00265765","notice_type":"Request for Expression of Interest","noticedate":"29-Dec-2023","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2024-01-12T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"10:00","project_ctry_name":"Rwanda","project_id":"P171462","project_name":"Commercialization and De-Risking for Agricultural Transformation Project","bid_reference_no":"RW-RAB-322817-CS-QCBS","bid_description":"Hiring a Consultancy firm for supervision of Rubuyenge - Burakari marshland","procurement_group":"CS","procurement_method_code":"QCBS","procurement_method_name":"Quality And Cost-Based Selection","contact_address":"P. O Box 5016\nKicukiro District, Rubilizi\nKigali-Rwanda\nEmail : infos@rab.gov.rw","contact_ctry_name":"Rwanda","contact_email":"stephen.rwamulangwa@rab.gov.rw","contact_name":"Stephen Rwamulangwa","contact_organization":"Rwanda Agriculture and Animal Resources Development Board","contact_phone_no":"+250788305780","contact_web_url":"www.rab.gov.rw","submission_date":"2023-12-29T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"

The Government of Rwanda has received financing from the International Development Association (IDA) toward the cost of the Commercialization and De-risking for Agricultural Transformation (CDAT) Project and intends to apply part of the proceeds for consulting services of hiring a Consultancy firm for supervision of Rubuyenge - Burakari marshland

The Terms of Reference (TOR) related to this assignment are attached to this request for expressions of interest.

The Rwanda Agriculture and Animal Resources Development Board (RAB) / Commercialization and De-risking for Agricultural Transformation (CDAT) Project now invites eligible consulting firms (“Consultants”) to indicate their interest in providing the above Services. Interested Consultants should provide information demonstrating that they have the required qualifications and relevant experience to perform the Services. Expression of Interest (EOI) will include: core business and years in business, relevant experience, technical and managerial capability of the firm.

The shortlisting criteria are:

The shortlist will contain five (5) to eight (8) firms.

The attention of interested Consultants is drawn to Section III, paragraphs, 3.14, 3.16, and 3.17 of the World Bank’s “Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers” Fourth Edition November, 2020 (“Procurement Regulations”), setting forth the World Bank’s policy on conflict of interest.

Consultants may associate with other firms to enhance their qualifications, but should indicate clearly whether the association is in the form of a joint venture and/or a sub-consultancy. In the case of a joint venture, all the partners in the joint venture shall be jointly and severally liable for the entire contract, if selected.

 

A Consultant will be selected in accordance with the criteria set out in the Request for Proposals.

Expressions of interest must be delivered through e-procurement system on www.umucyo.gov.rw by the time indicated in the system.

TERMES OF REFERENCES TO HIRE A CONSULTING FIRM TO PROVIDE CONSTRUCTION SUPERVSION OF WORKS FOR THE REHABILITATION OF RUBUYENGE-BURAKARI MARSHLANDS (417 Ha) COMMAND AREA, LOCATED IN NYANZA AND RUHANGO DISTRICTS, SOUTHERN PROVINCE.

  1. BACKGROUND

The World Bank approved $300 million in financing under the International Development Association’s (IDA’s) grant, credit, and Scale Up Window to help the Government of Rwanda increase the use of irrigation and commercialization among producers and agribusiness firms in supported value chains, and to increase access to agricultural finance. 

The Commercialization and De-Risking for Agricultural Transformation Project (CDAT) will support the Government to provide services and create an enabling environment for the private actor throughout the agricultural value chain. It will finance public investments in the seeds sector, develop and rehabilitate irrigation systems on over 17,600 ha, provide accompanying land husbandry development on about 11,000 ha in surrounding water catchment areas to increase productivity and promote climate smart agriculture.

 

The project will also support commercialization by helping farmers access markets and availing matching grants for investments in mechanization, post-harvest infrastructure and processing equipment.  A CDAT challenge fund will invest in particularly innovative solutions for the sector that can be brought to scale. The project is nationwide and is foreseen to directly benefit at least 235,000 households, including women and youth. In partnership with financial institutions, the Commercialization and De-Risking for Agricultural Transformation Project will seek to enhance access to affordable financial services and products in the agricultural sector by providing short and long-term financing and reducing risks and challenges faced by agricultural value chains through strengthening market linkages and scaling up agriculture insurance.

    1. Site Description

The Rubuyenge-Burakari site is located in Southern Province, between Districts of Ruhango and Nyanza, along Ntongwe-Kigoma-Busoro Sectors and Kibirizi and Ntyazo Sectors. The project area is accessible through the asphalted national road NR1-Kigali-Huye-Akanyaru, by diverting at the Kigoma Power Post, and driving downwards to Murinja Cell in Nyanza District to access the right bank, and Kareba Cell in Ntongwe Sector on the left bank, for about 17km taking about 20 minutes. The irrigation scheme was developed in 2005 by Quick-Win Marshland Development Program (QWMDP) under  Rwanda Ministry of Agriculture (MINAGRI) funds.  The investments made were intended to develop diversion and irrigation infrastructures.  The marshland is managed by famers through two cooperatives; CODEBA at Rubeyenge with 515 members, and COPRORIZ at Burakari with 400 members.  The following map depicts the schematic layout of the Irrigation Scheme.

The developed marshland irrigation scheme covers 417 ha with the Rubuyenge zone (231ha) at the upstream (including the left branch of Kamirantama) and the Burakari zone (186 ha) at the downstream of the complex (including the left branch of Kantwari).  The largest part of the catchment is located in Nyanza District. The upstream part is within both Ruhango and Nyanza Districts while the major downstream part is only located in Nyanza District.

 

Local farmers have made some arrangements to divert water from the stream in order to irrigate cropped land of Rubuyenge zone without any formal irrigation infrastructure.  Part of Burakari was developed but as of today only one intake out of the two established remains active to divert and deliver irrigation water to Burakari zone.  The other intake was completely destroyed by floods. Most infrastructures of Burakari zone including irrigation canals, drops, and offtakes, are generally in a degraded state and no longer function effectively due to excessive siltation coming from upstream.  The existing intake at the junction of both zones does not withstand the silt-sand deposits coming from Rubuyenge - Burakari stream, and often overtops depositing silt-sand over about 10 Ha of land near this intake.  Sand depositions at the intake reduce its diversion capacity and hence less water is available to the downstream zone.

 

In addition to that, Rubuyenge zone has no access road.  And, Rubuyenge – Burakari stream bed is gradually deepening at the downstream end while its stream banks are continually collapsing due to heavy flood flows and absence of adequate bank protection, hence, enlarging the stream width.

 

Salient Features

 

The table below summarizes the key salient features and current status of the project:

 

#

Infrastructure

Description

Current Status

Proposed Improvement

Irrigation network: Intake-Weir / Water conveyance and distribution Infrastructures

1

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

3

4

 

 

5

 

 

6

 

7

 

8

Weir Intake at Rubuyenge part

2 (to be made of stone masonry walls and RCC columns and slabs)

They are new infrastructures.

Sand-silting problems from upstream

Need to be upgraded and reconstruct as new

Weir Intake at Burakari part

2 (to be made of stone masonry walls and RCC columns and slabs)

1 exist and is aged diversion Weir (slide gates do not close) while other is new

Need to repair the existing and construct a new one

Aqueduct

1 (at Rubuyenge part)

New structure

None

Off-takes on Main canal

9 existing and 67 new (at Rubuyenge side) and 54 ( at Burakari side)

Sand depositions

To be upgraded with sand trap basins

Drop Structures

40 (Rubuyenge) and 9 (Burakari side)

Not enough at Burakari side

To propose additional at Burakari side.

Road pass over / Dallots

3 (Rubuyenge) and 5 (Burakari)

-

-

Weir on main canal

2 (at Rubuyenge side) and 3(at Burakari side)

Diversion Weir aged

Need to repair and reconstruct

Weir on main canal

2 (at Rubuyenge side) and 3(at Burakari side)

Diversion Weir aged

Need to repair and reconstruct

Canal

9

Main Irrigation Canal

  • 16291.95 m (for Rubuyenge)
  • 12142.2 m (for Burakari)

Not lined and sand depositions

Propose RCC or Stone masonry lining for entire canal length and add sand trap structures along the canal

10

Secondary irrigation Canal

  • 11,275m (for Rubuyenge)
  • 6,991.41 m (for Burakari)

Silted and diversion Weir aged

Repair and   recalibrate

11

Main Drainage Canal

12 km

Bank collapsing and bottom deepening

To be upgraded with additional structures to prevent its deepening and banks collapsing.

12

Secondary Drainage Canal

 

Not well aligned

To be upgraded based on alignment of rice – farming basins.

Access Road

13

Road

7.2 km

As new road, resettlement action plan is needed due to new features that have been put in place since the last survey.

No side drainage ditches proposed

To be upgraded and adjusted according to current situation and propose side drainage ditches, footpaths and culverts and bridges well possible

Land Husbandry

14

Water pond

3 (to control sediment erosion flow from the main road and hillsides)

Not well specified and dimensions unknown

To be re-designed and updated as per sediment analysis findings

15

Gullies

-

Not mentioned

Propose adequate check diversion Weirs to reduce storm water velocity and outlet structure to main drain for flooding control.

16

Bill of quantities

2 (one for Rubuyenge and other for Burakari)

Not updated

To be updated according to current situation and upgraded or additional works

      
  1. Overall objective of the terms of reference

These terms of reference are designed to engage/hire a qualified consulting firm to undertake the supervision of works of Rubuyenge - Burakari marshland 417 ha.

    1. Brief Description of the Contract Works

The consutlant will supervise the all diversion head works, primary, secondary, and teriary canals, and access roads for the entire command area (417 ha)

    1. Scope of the consulting service

The consulting firm shall have the responsibility to provide technical services and input into the Construction Supervision of the Rubuyenge-Burakari Marshland development works. Involvement of local staff under the lead of an International Consultant is encouraged.

    1. Objective of supervision services

The main objective of the construction supervision of irrigation schemes is to ensure that the construction work is carried out in accordance with the design and specifications and within the budget and timeframe.

      1. Services to be Provided by the Consultant

The Consulting service for this assignment shall cover, but is not limited to, the tasks mentioned below. The service is expected to take a total of 9 months for the construction period and 15 months for liability period making total of 24 Months. These tasks are:

  1. General contract administration;
  2. Supervision of Works;
  3. Quality control of construction materials during execution of the works;
  4. Supervision during defect liability period.

These tasks are further elaborated below:

      1. General contract administration

The duties of the Consultant related to General Contract Administration shall include, but not limited to the following:

  1. Issuance of written Order to Commence as approved by CDAT Project.
  2. Approval of the contractor's authorized representative and key personnel on site and monitoring of their performance.
  3. Review, for conformance with the specifications, the Contractors' proposed site layout, camp facilities, construction of pumping stations, irrigation system, access roads, and miscellaneous site facilities and temporary works.
  4. Review of the overall construction program, including detailed subprograms for construction, manufacturing, shipping, drawing submittal, etc., and their periodically updated versions according to mechanisms provided in the construction contract.
  5. Monitor progress against program, instructing the Contractor to revise its program as necessary in order to meet due completion dates.
  6. Evaluation of the Contractors' requests to subcontract or for major suppliers and consulting with the Client prior to approval or rejection.
  7. Request, critical review, corrections and approval of Method Statements to be submitted by the Contractor for the construction activities.
  8. Timely monitoring of submittals, by the Contractor, of outline drawings, diagrams, and erection drawings, reinforcing bar lists, and other schedules and documents to be provided in accordance with the Contract Documents.
  9. Review and approve the manufacturer's designs, specifications, fabrication and shop drawings, civil design loads and analysis…etc for all mechanical works.
  10. Monitoring of importation requests, by the Contractor, against the requirements of the works and approval/certification of justified requests.
  11. Check and establish that the Contractor mobilizes and supplies to the site, all materials, equipment and machinery that have been committed in its bid, and ensure that all such items remain on site until their release has been authorized. Ensure that the Contractor properly records all equipment, materials and labour which have been supplied under the Works Contract, and keep and regularly update lists of the Contractor's equipment (and its condition) and personnel on site.
  12. Examination of the Contractors' Monthly Statements and preparation and issuance of Payment Certificates.
  13. Management and Preparation of Variation Orders, estimation of the cost of the variations, negotiation of prices with the Contractors, and issuing of the Variation Orders, after obtaining approval of CDAT Project.
  14. Monitoring, controlling and keeping records of the project current costs.
  15. Evaluation and documentation of claims submitted by the Contractor, such as for extension of time, additional compensation, extra work or expenses. Attend claims meetings between SPIU/CDAT and the contractor. The Consultant shall evaluate and respond, in timely fashion, to all claims, after consultation with CDAT Project.
  16. Approval of the removal of Contractors' Equipment, Temporary Works and Materials.
  17. Preparation of a limited number of general record drawings for use in the Project Completion Report to supplement the As-built drawings prepared by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer.
      1. Preparation of work

Consultant shall review contractors' detailed work plans, procedures, and method statements to ensure the successful and safe execution of the project.

  1. Compliance with Regulations and Standards:
  1. Ensure that the contractor's plans comply with relevant regulations.
  2. Verify that the plans adhere to construction standards and codes.
  1. Scope of Work:  Confirm that the contractor's documents clearly define the scope of work, including deliverables, milestones, and objectives.
  2. Safety Procedures:
  1. Review the contractor's safety plans and procedures to ensure they align with industry best practices and regulatory requirements.
  2. Verify that the contractor has identified potential safety hazards and has mitigation measures in place.
  1. Quality Assurance and Control:
  1. Check for quality control measures and procedures to ensure that the work meets specified standards.
  2. Verify that the contractor has a system in place for inspecting and testing materials and workmanship.
  1. Project Schedule:
  1. Review the proposed project schedule to ensure that it is realistic and aligns with the overall project timeline.
  2. Check for dependencies, critical paths, and milestones.
  1. Personnel Competency:
  1. Ensure that the contractor has qualified and competent personnel assigned to key roles.
  2. Review the qualifications and certifications of key staff members.
  1. Communication Protocols:
  1. Verify that there are clear communication channels established between the contractor and relevant stakeholders (local authorities, water users associations,).
  2. Confirm how progress updates, issues, and changes will be communicated.
  1. Environmental Considerations:
  1. Check for plans to mitigate the environmental impact of the work.
  2. Ensure compliance with environmental regulations.
  1. Risk Management:
  1. Evaluate the contractor's risk assessment and management plans.
  2. Confirm that the contractor has identified potential risks and has plans to mitigate them.
  1. Insurance and Bonding:
  1. Verify that the contractor has the required insurance coverage and bonding in place.
  2. Ensure that insurance certificates are current and meet project requirements.
  1. Contractor and Subcontractor Management:
  1. Review the plans for managing subcontractors.
  2. Ensure that subcontractors meet the same standards and requirements as the primary contractor.
  1. Document Control:  Establish a clear system for document control, including version control, approvals, and distribution of updated documents.
  2. Review and Approval Process:
  1. Define a process for reviewing and approving the contractor's plans, procedures, and method statements.
  2. Identify key stakeholders (local authorities, water users associations etc,) who need to be involved in the review process.
  1. Records and Documentation:
  1. Specify the type of records and documentation that the contractor is required to maintain.
  2. Establish a protocol for access to and retention of project records.
  1. Penalties and Incentives:  In accordance with contract of works, define penalties for non-compliance or delays and incentives for early completion or outstanding performance in accordance with contract of works
      1. Supervision of Works

The Consultant shall supervise the construction works, erection and commissioning activities to ensure compliance with the contract drawings, specifications and recognized international standards. This shall include, but not be limited to, the following:

  1. Review of the design, BOQ, technical specifications, and contract documents before commencement of works.  This review should be performed in consultation with the Contractor and his planned materials and methods, and where appropriate, propose modifications with working drawings in consultation with the Client.
  2. Review and approve Contractor’s method statements and execution plans and drawings for each component of the works and check for any non-compliant methods, equipment, or materials to be corrected before work commencement.
  3. Check the Contractor's surveys and setting out.
  4. Inspect construction activities, site installations and infrastructure, management of temporary material dumps, spoil dumps, aggregate and concrete production, etc.  Prepare inspection checklists to ensure quality.
  5. Ensure that the Works are executed in accordance with the drawings and that the quality of workmanship and materials is in compliance with the technical specifications. Issuing the approvals to proceed with permanent works. 
  6. Review and make recommendations to the Contractor’s procurement schedule, and supervise the Contractors’ procurements, ensuring that all materials are from the right source, quality and of sufficient quantities.
  7. Evaluate and determine acceptability of substitute or equal materials and equipment proposed by the Contractor.
  8. Carry out design changes if necessary during construction (for unforeseen conditions during the feasibility and detail design stage) and issue construction drawings and related specifications to the Contractor in compliance with the provisions of the Contract documents in consultation with the Client for approving the changes. Before any design change approval, there must be evaluation and prioritization of changes and variations according to their importance, urgency, feasibility, and value. 
  9. Supervision of material tests on site and in laboratories.  Undertake independent tests or inspections as considered necessary to confirm that the construction is completed in accordance with the design intent.
  10. Conduct performance testing of pumps, control systems, piping systems, reservoirs, and irrigation systems after installation.
  11. Maintaining records of visits to the site and meetings held; details of equipment standing or lost time; and any other matters affecting the progress or cost of the works.
  12. Inform the CDAT project team about problems or potential problems, which may arise in connection with the Works Contract and make recommendations for possible solutions.
  13. Provide timely assistance and direction to the Contractor in all matters related to the interpretation or clarification of the Works Contract, ground survey controls, quality control testing and other matters related to Works Contract compliance and progress of the Works; and ensure prompt responses when the Contractor calls for inspections and approvals.
  14. Ensure health and safety regulations are complied with on site. 
  15. Review and approve the contractor’s construction and as-built drawings.
  16. Arrange and make public presentations of the work done to date at the request of the CDAT project.
  17. Update and improve the Operation and Maintenance Plan to guide the Water User’s Association and CDAT Project staff for operation and maintenance of the entire system.  The Plan should cover preventive maintenance schedules, inventory management, water accounting, energy monitoring etc.
  18. Ensure environmental protection measures are implemented to mitigate the impacts of construction.  The following environmental aspects will be attended by the consulting firm.
  1. Review the Contractor’s Environment and Social Management Plan (C-ESMP), including all updates and revisions at frequencies specified in the Contractor’s contract (normally not less than once every 6 months);
  2. Review all other applicable contractor’s documents related to ES aspects including the health and safety manual, security management plan and SEA prevention and response action plan;
  3. Review and consider the ES risks and impacts of any design change proposals and advise if there are implications for compliance with ESIA, ESMP, consent/permits and other relevant project requirements;
  4. Undertake, as required, audits, supervisions and/or inspections of any sites where the Contractor is undertaking activities under its contract, to verify the Contractor’s compliance with ES requirements (including relevant requirements on SEA/SH, soil erosion, tree clearance, traffic disruption, laborer’s facilities, etc.);
  5. Undertake audits and inspections of Contractor’s accident logs, community liaison records, monitoring findings and other ES related documentation, as necessary, to confirm the Contractor’s compliance with ES requirements (including relevant requirements on SEA/SH);
  6. Determine remedial action/s and their timeframe for implementation in the event of a noncompliance with the Contractor’s ES obligations;
  7. Ensure appropriate representation at relevant meetings, including site meetings and progress meetings, to discuss and agree on appropriate actions to ensure compliance with ES obligations;
  8. Ensure that the Contractor’s actual reporting (content and timeliness) is in accordance with the Contractor’s contractual obligations;
  9. Review and critique, in a timely manner, the Contractor’s ES documentation (including regular reports and incident reports) regarding the accuracy and efficacy of the documentation;
  10. Undertake liaison, from time to time and as necessary, with project stakeholders to identify and discuss any actual or potential ES issues.
  11. Monitor water sources for siltation, pollution during construction.
  12. Establish and maintain a grievance redress mechanism including types of grievances to be recorded and how to protect confidentiality e.g. of those reporting allegations of SEA and/or SH.
  1. Review and approve Contractor’s invoices.

 

      1. Coordination with local authorities, water users associations, and other stakeholders

 

Coordinating with local authorities, water users associations, and other stakeholders is crucial for the successful implementation of an irrigation project. Effective communication and collaboration help ensure that the project aligns with local regulations, addresses community needs, and minimizes potential conflicts. The consultant will consider the following coordination requirement:

  1. Regulatory Compliance:
  1. Obtain necessary permits and approvals from local authorities before initiating the project.
  1. Ensure that the project adheres to environmental regulations and land-use policies.

 

  1. Community Engagement:
  1. Conduct community meetings and consultations on monthly basis to gather input on project plans and address concerns.
  2. Provide clear and transparent information about the project's benefits, potential impacts, and mitigation measures.
  3. Water Users Associations (WUAs):
  4. Collaborate with existing WUAs to facilitate participatory management of water resources.
  5. Involve WUAs in decision-making processes related to water allocation, distribution, and maintenance during construction period.

 

  1. Stakeholder Mapping:
  1. Identify and map all relevant stakeholders, including local businesses, farmers, environmental groups, and government agencies.
  2. Tailor communication strategies to engage different stakeholders effectively.
  3. Communication Plan:
  4. Develop a comprehensive communication plan outlining key messages, channels (like creating WhatsApp group), and timelines.
  5. Establish regular communication mechanisms to provide updates and address concerns throughout the project.

 

  1. Conflict Resolution Mechanisms:
  1. Anticipate potential conflicts and establish mechanisms for resolving disputes promptly.
  2. Foster a collaborative approach to problem-solving and encourage open dialogue.
  3. Capacity Building:
  4. Provide training and capacity-building programs for local communities, water users, and relevant stakeholders.
  5. Empower local entities to actively participate in the project and its long-term management.

 

 

 

  1. Inclusive Decision-Making:
  1. Facilitate inclusive decision-making processes to ensure that the diverse needs of various stakeholders are considered.
  2. Seek consensus on key project aspects to build a sense of ownership and commitment.
  3. Monitoring and Evaluation:
  4. Establish monitoring mechanisms to assess the project's impact on the community, environment, and water resources.
  5. Regularly evaluate the effectiveness of coordination efforts and adjust strategies as needed.
      1. Quality control of construction materials during execution of the works

The Consultant shall be fully responsible for quality control of construction materials. This involvement shall include, but is not limited to:

  1. Supervision and monitoring the conformity of specifications to the supplied irrigation equipment prior installation.
  2. Supervision of the operation of site materials laboratory to be supplied and maintained by the Contractor. Monitoring, for compliance with the specifications, of borrow and quarry operations to produce suitable materials.
  3. Supervision of the sampling and testing of construction materials including fill materials, concrete, concrete aggregate from various sources, cement of various types from different mills for concrete and grout, and verification of both mill and shipping test certificates.  Prepare clear protocols for testing construction materials, concrete, soils etc.
  4. Review and approval of Mix Design of concrete and grout mixes for a variety of purposes and placement conditions.
  5. Monitoring of concrete and grout batching operation and calibration.
  6. Prepare a quality control plan for inspection and testing procedures for civil, mechanical and electrical works.

 

      1. Commissioning, trial runs, and performance testing of irrigation systems and equipment

Supervising the commissioning, trial runs, and performance testing of irrigation systems and equipment is a crucial phase to ensure that the system operates efficiently and meets the desired objectives.

  1. Preparation:
  1. Documentation Review: Before starting the commissioning process, review all relevant documentation, including design plans, specifications, and equipment manuals.
  2. Safety Checks: Ensure that all safety measures are in place and understood by the personnel involved in the commissioning process.
  1. Commissioning:
  1. Check Installation: Verify that all components of the irrigation system are installed correctly and according to the design plans.
  2. Electrical Checks: Ensure that all electrical connections are secure and comply with safety standards.
  3. Sensor Calibration: If applicable, calibrate sensors such as moisture sensors, temperature sensors, and flow meters to ensure accurate readings.
  4. Programming and Control Panel Setup: Verify that the programming of the irrigation controller is in line with the irrigation schedule and specific requirements.
  5. Valve and Pump Testing: Test the operation of valves and pumps to ensure proper functioning.
  1. Trial Runs:
  1. Partial System Testing: Initially, conduct trial runs on a smaller scale to identify and address any issues before running the entire system.
  2. Monitor Water Distribution: Observe water distribution across the irrigation area to ensure uniform coverage.
  3. Address Issues: If any issues arise during trial runs, address them promptly to prevent further complications during full-scale operation.
  1. Performance Testing:
  1. Flow and Pressure Testing: Measure and record flow rates and pressures at various points in the system to ensure they meet design specifications.
  2. Water Quality Testing: If applicable, conduct water quality testing to ensure that the water being used for irrigation is suitable and won't harm the crops or the system after construction.
  3. Energy Consumption: Monitor energy consumption of pumps and other components to ensure they are within expected limits.
  4. Efficiency Assessment: Evaluate the overall efficiency of the irrigation system in terms of water use, coverage, and resource utilization.
  1. Data Logging:
  1. Install Data Loggers: consider installing data loggers to continuously monitor system performance.
  2. Data Analysis: Analyze the collected data to identify patterns, trends, and potential areas for improvement.
  1. Training and Documentation:
  1. Training Sessions: Provide training to operators and maintenance personnel on the proper operation and maintenance of the irrigation system.
  2. Documentation Update: Update system documentation, including any changes made during the commissioning and testing phases.
  1. Final Adjustments:
  1. Fine-Tuning: Make any necessary adjustments based on the data collected during trial runs and performance testing.
  2. Client Acceptance: Seek client or stakeholder approval before considering the irrigation system fully commissioned.
  1. Handover:
  1. Documentation Handover: Provide the client with all relevant documentation, including manuals, test results, and training materials.
  2. Post-Commissioning Support: Offer ongoing support and follow-up to address any issues that may arise after the commissioning process.
      1.    Supervision during Defect Liability Period

The Consultant shall ensure and maintain quarterly supervision and monitoring during the Defects Liability Period (DLP). During the entire period, the consultant shall work in close cooperation with relevant operational staff, as nominated by the local authorities, communities and Client. During the Defects Liability Period, the consultant’s task shall include, but not be limited to the following:

  1. Supervise and update the Contractor’s snag list, as agreed and contained in the draft completion report.
  2. Monitor the performance of all hydraulic works and equipment including checking the design flow capacities, notify both the contractor and the Client on defects identified, and recommend remedial actions.
  3. Supervise and certify the remedying of any defects that become apparent during the Defects Liability Period.
  4. Provide technical advice to operational staff to ensure they are fully capable of operating the system.
  5. Ensure that the Contractor supplies complete sets of all works manuals, drawings, models, warranties, and other relevant documentation to the Client. The supervision Consultant shall point out all items missing and recommend actions to be taken to the Client.
  6. Review, update, approve, and certify ‘As-Built’ drawings with any changes during DLP.
  7. Review and certify the Final Statement of Accounts.
  8. Develop and maintain a Defects Liability quarterly reporting format that is both, concise and in accordance with the Client’s requirements.  Prepare quarterly progress reports to the Client on the operational status of scheme.
  9. Hold regular scheduled meetings with the Contractors and Client where all defects identified are recorded and a time schedule for remedying these shall be agreed.
  10. Prepare Final Completion Report, including the design modifications (detailed analysis).
  11. Assist the Client in the final handover and acceptance process, including all associated administrative work.
  12.   Requirement for Reports and Documentation

All the reports, documentations, calculations and drawings produced by the Consulting Engineer as part of the Services under this agreement are the sole property of the Client and the Consulting Engineer shall not reproduce it or give to any third party without the consent and written approval of the Client.

In performing his duties under this agreement the Consulting Engineer shall submit to the Client the following reports: Implementation program for construction works, Monthly progress report, Draft completion report, Commissioning and site testing report, Draft updated Operation and Maintenance Plan, Final Completion Report, Updated Operation and Maintenance Plan (and others as may be required during the course of the Project). The total number of copies of each report and document to be prepared by the Consultant during the Services period is listed below:

  1. Implementation Program for Construction Work (2 hard copies & a soft copy).
  2. Monthly Progress Report, to be submitted latest by the first week of the subsequent month (2 hard copies & a soft copy).
  3. Draft Completion Report to be submitted before provisional inspection by Client (2 hard copies & a soft copy).
  4. Draft updated Operation and Maintenance Plan to be submitted before provisional inspection by Client (2 hard copies & a soft copy).
  5. Final Completion Report with all As-built Drawings to be submitted after final inspection by Client (4 hard copies & a soft copy).
  6. Updated Operation and Maintenance Plan to be submitted together with the Final Completion Report (4 hard copies & a soft copy).

These reports and documents will be reviewed and approved by the Client within a maximum period of 30 days.

  1. Preparing as-built drawings, O&M manuals, and completion report

Preparing as-built drawings, Operation and Maintenance (O&M) manuals, and completion reports is an integral part of construction and engineering projects. These documents provide a comprehensive record of the project's final state and are crucial for future reference, maintenance, and compliance.

The consultant will consider the following requirements for preparing each of these:

  1. As-Built Drawings:
  1. Accurate Recordkeeping: Throughout the construction process, maintain accurate and up-to-date records of any deviations from the original design or plans.
  2. Field Verification: Conduct on-site verification to ensure that the as-built drawings accurately reflect the constructed conditions.
  3. Detailed Information: Include detailed information on changes, modifications, and any deviations from the original plans.
  4. Clear Graphics: Ensure that the drawings are clear, legible, and accurately represent the final state of the project.
  5. Coordination with Design Team: Collaborate with the design team to incorporate changes and updates into the as-built drawings.

 

  1. Operation and Maintenance (O&M) Manuals:
  1. Equipment Information: Include detailed information on all installed equipment, including specifications, model numbers, and maintenance requirements.
  2. Operating Procedures: Provide clear and concise operating procedures for all systems and equipment within the facility.
  3. Maintenance Schedules: Outline regular maintenance schedules, including recommended tasks, frequencies, and any special considerations.
  4. Safety Information: Include safety procedures, emergency shutdown processes, and any other critical safety information.
  5. Warranty Information: Document warranty details for equipment and materials, including contact information for warranty support.
  6. Completion Report:
  7. Project Overview: Provide a comprehensive overview of the project, including its objectives, scope, and key deliverables.
  8. Project Schedule: Summarize the project schedule, highlighting milestones and key activities.
  9. Budget Information: Include an overview of the project budget, detailing expenditures and any variations from the original budget.
  10. Quality Assurance/Control: Describe the quality assurance and control processes implemented during the project.
  11. Challenges and Resolutions: Document any challenges faced during the project and the corresponding resolutions.
  12. Lessons Learned: Include a section on lessons learned, highlighting what worked well and areas for improvement in future projects.
  13. Sign-off and Approvals: Provide evidence of sign-off and approvals from relevant stakeholders, confirming the completion and acceptance of the project.
  14.   Consulting firm profile

General experience of at least 10 years in design and construction supervision of marshland development works for irrigation with at least 2 certificates of good completion with contracts for the following nature of Works: marshland irrigation system, reinforced head works structures, earth and Lined canal, leveling works, reservoirs, access roads, and related works.

 

  1. Profiles of Consultant’s Staff

Key personnel to be appointed on project site should have the following minimum qualifications but not limited to:

In addition to the above experts, the consultant team should be, as required, augmented by a structural engineer and one or more site inspectors, whose qualifications should be approved by CDAT project.

  1. Work plan

The consultant together with contractor will produce project work plan by organizing and scheduling various tasks to ensure the project progresses smoothly and is completed on time. Below is the outline of a work plan to be covered during construction:

  1. Construction Planning:
  1. Develop a construction schedule outlining the start and end dates for each phase of the project.
  2. Allocate resources such as labor, machinery, and materials.
  3. Identify potential risks and develop risk mitigation strategies.
  1. Site Preparation:
  1. Clear the construction site.
  2. Set up temporary facilities, including office space, storage, and worker accommodations.
  1. Earthworks:
  1. Excavate trenches for pipelines and canals.
  2. Grade the land to ensure proper water flow.
  3. Construct any required water storage structures.
  1. Infrastructure Installation:
  1. Lay pipelines and canals according to the approved design.
  2. Construction of weirs, offtakes turnouts structures etc
  3. Valves, gates and other necessary components.
  1. Testing and Commissioning:
  1. Conduct water flow tests in canals or and in pipes.
  2. Test the functionality of gates, valves, pumps if applicable and control systems.
  3. Make necessary adjustments to ensure the system operates efficiently.
  1. Training and Documentation:
  1. Train operators and maintenance staff on the use and maintenance of the irrigation system.
  2. Prepare operation and maintenance manuals.
  3. Document "as-built" drawings reflecting any changes made during construction.
  1. Quality Assurance and Inspection:
  1. Conduct regular inspections to ensure construction meets design specifications.
  2. Implement a quality assurance program to address any deviations from the plan.
  1. Client contractor and Community Engagement:
  1. Keep local communities informed about the project's progress.
  2. Address any concerns or issues raised by community members.
  3. Arrange weekly management meeting with client, contractor and beneficiary to share information on progress of project, constraints faced, and discuss on solution to overcome the constraints
  1. Monitoring and Evaluation:
  1. Implement a system for monitoring the performance of the irrigation system.
  2. Evaluate the project against key performance indicators.
  3. Make any necessary adjustments for optimal performance.
  1. Project Closeout:
  1. Obtain final inspections and approvals.
  2. Complete any outstanding documentation.
  3. Conduct a project review and lessons learned session.
  4. Time period

The estimated total time of service is 9 months. But the consulting firm will continue to be responsible of quality control and administrative communication during defects liability period of 15 months from the day of provisional handover.

  1. Payment schedule and Modalities

The consultant shall be paid monthly after approval by the Client of submitted monthly reports during the construction period. The amount to be paid should be less or match to the percentage of site financial work progress.  During the defect liability period no payment shall be made.

"},{"id":"OP00193342","notice_type":"Request for Expression of Interest","noticedate":"30-Aug-2022","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2022-09-16T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"00:00","project_ctry_name":"Western and Central Africa","project_id":"P176693","project_name":"Sub-Saharan Women’s Empowerment and Demographic Dividend Project, SWEDD3","bid_reference_no":"GM-SWEDD-GM-297502-CS-CQS","bid_description":"Environmental and Social Instruments Consulting Services","procurement_group":"CS","procurement_method_code":"CQS","procurement_method_name":"Consultant Qualification Selection","contact_address":"Quadrangle\nBanjul\nThe Gambia","contact_ctry_name":"Gambia, The","contact_email":"njiebucher@yahoo.co.uk","contact_name":"Abdoulie Mam Njie","contact_organization":"MINISTRY OF HEALTH","contact_phone_no":"2203561753","submission_date":"2022-08-30T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"

REQUEST FOR EXPRESSIONS OF INTEREST

(CONSULTING SERVICES)

 

Republic of The Gambia

Projects Coordination Unit

Ministry of Health

 

The Government of The Republic of the Gambia has requested and obtained an advance fund for the preparation of Sub-Saharan Women’s Empowerment and Demographic Dividend Project (P176693) (SWEDD) and intends to apply part of the proceeds for consulting services.

 

The consulting services (“the Services”) includes services to prepare environmental and social instruments i.e., Environmental and Social Management Framework, Stakeholder Engagement Plan, and Labor Management Procedures. The Ministry of Health Projects Coordination Unit now invites eligible consultants (“Consultants”) to indicate their interest in providing the Services. Interested Consultants should provide information demonstrating that they have the required qualifications and relevant experience to perform the Services. The shortlisting criteria are qualifications and experience of the firm.

 

The attention of interested Consultants is drawn to Section III, paragraphs, 3.14, 3.16, and 3.17 World Bank’s Procurement Regulations dated July 2017, revised in November 2017 and August 2018, and is open to all eligible bidders as defined in the guidelines (“Procurement Regulations”), setting forth the World Bank’s policy on conflict of interest.  In addition, please refer to the following specific information on conflict of interest related to this assignment: the bank requires that firms or individuals involved in Bank IPF procurement shall not have a conflict of interest.

 

Further information can be obtained at the address below during office hours from Monday to Thursday 8am to 4pm. The terms of reference are also attached to this request.

 

Expressions of interest must be delivered in a written form to the address below by e-mail by September 16th, 2022

 

Projects Coordination Unit

Attn: Abdoulie Mam Njie

Kanifing Estate, The Gambia

Tel: +220 3373333

E-mail: njiebucher@yahoo.co.uk

Copy : asecka@gmail.com

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

TERMS OF REFERENCE

Consulting Firm for the 

 Preparation of Environmental and Social Risk Management Instruments: 

  1. CONTEXT AND RATIONALE

The Gambia has observed rapid population growth, increasing pressure on the economy and national social systems including health, education, and social protection. High desired family size and high levels of adolescent childbearing are some of the drivers of rapid population growth with gender inequality as both a root cause and a consequence of this. In The Gambia, the demographic transition is still in its early stages. The under-five mortality rate has decreased by approximately two-thirds, from 167 in 1990 to 49 in 2020. The age dependency ratio decreased from 95 in 2000 but continues to be among the highest globally at 87 in 2020.  Fertility rates remain high (Total Fertility Rate [TFR] 4.4). This exposes the country to higher poverty rates, smaller investments in human capital, high unemployment, or underemployment, especially among young women, higher poverty, increased pressure on natural environments and climate vulnerability, economic migration, and increased risks of instability.

Child marriage and teenage pregnancy continue to be high, increasing total unwanted fertility and contributing to the high level of population growth. At sub-regional levels there are “hotspots” with rates above The Gambia’s national average of married underage girls, adolescent, and total fertility, as well as low student retention rates for girls. In addition to child marriage, adolescent pregnancies can occur due to girls being at a higher risk of sexual exploitation and abuse, making it one of the most vulnerable population groups. A very large proportion of girls is out of school during the secondary school years, specifically for those in the poorest wealth quintiles and in five of the eight Local Government Administrative areas. The low secondary educational attainment of adolescents leads to even more limited prospects for current or future employment, in an economy already restricted by employment opportunities, presenting a challenge to increasing the human capital. The 2020 Gambia Women Enterprise Fund (WEF) Act provides the avenue to expand economic opportunity for adolescents and young women. Empowering adolescent girls and young women is essential to accelerate The Gambia’s demographic transition, improve human development outcomes, and build human capital and inclusive growth. Investing in adolescent girls and young women human capital also has the potential to contribute to building resilient communities that can adapt to rising threats such as climate change.

  1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT

2.1 Project Development Objective (PDO) The Project objective is to increase adolescent girls’ and young women’s empowerment, including their access to quality reproductive, maternal neonatal child and adolescent health services, in selected areas of the participating countries and to improve regional peer learning, capacity and coordination in The Gambia.

 

 2.3. Objective of the SWEDD3 Project

Girls’ and Women’s Empowerment in the context of SWEDD3 objectives is defined as contributing to:

2.4. Project components and sub-components

The proposed project has three components.

 

Component 1: Design and implement gender transformative interventions across the 4E’s that promote girls’ and women’s social and economic autonomy

This component has two subcomponents: Subcomponent 1.1: Promoting positive gender roles, girls’ continued schooling and other GWE messages through community engagement and use of a variety of channels; Subcomponent 1.2: Empowering young women and girls using community level interventions based on evidence and learning from across SWEDD countries.

 

Subcomponent 1.1: Promoting positive gender roles, girls’ continued schooling and other GWE messages through community engagement and use of a variety of channels

 

Subcomponent 1.2: Empowering young women and girls using community level interventions based on evidence and learning from across SWEDD countries

 

The project will include the following activities under Subcomponent 1.2: improve livelihood skills and SRH of adolescents; keep girls in school through at least upper basic school; expand economic opportunity and financial inclusion; and improve prevention and response to GBV/SEA/SH.

 

Component 2: Improve Availability of Reproductive, Maternal, Newborn, Child and Adolescent Health and Nutrition (RMNCAHN) Commodities and Qualified Health Workers at the community level and Strengthen Regional Capacity for adolescent-friendly services (US$8 million equivalent IDA)

 

This component will have two subcomponents: Subcomponent 2.1: Enhance accessibility of contraceptives and targeting of adolescents at the community level; and Subcomponent 2.2: Improve availability of reproductive health workers in rural areas, strengthening rural midwives and other personnel involved in RMNCAHN delivery services.

 

 Component 3: Foster National and Regional Commitment and Capacity for Policy Making and Project Implementation

Component 3.1: Strengthen advocacy, legal frameworks, and political commitment on RMNCAHN at continental, regional and national levels

Component 3.2: Strengthen capacity for policymaking, M&E related to demographic dividend and gender issues.

Component 3.3: Strengthen project implementation capacity

 

 Beneficiaries. 

Primary beneficiaries are adolescent girls and young women that are vulnerable to early marriage, early pregnancy, and early school drop-out.

 

Other beneficiaries include:

  1. secondary beneficiaries are the communities where these adolescent girls live including parents, siblings, husbands, children, religious and traditional leaders, health workers, and other community members who can influence decision-making and access to services
  2.  Legislators, government officials, technical government agencies such as National Demographic Dividend Observatories, civil society to strengthen advocacy and political commitment on women’s empowerment and for policy making, monitoring and evaluation (M&E) related to demographic dividend and gender issues .

 

2.5 Project intervention area 

The project activities will be implemented in phases beginning with the priority LGAs (Mansakonko, Kerewan, Kuntaur, Janjanbureh and Basse) and then expanding nationally.  


3.0 WORLD BANK ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL FRAMEWORK (ESF)

The World Bank's Environmental and Social Framework (ESF), which became operational in October 2018, sets out requirements for borrowers to identify and assess the environmental and social risks and impacts associated with projects supported by the World Bank.  By focusing on identifying and managing environmental and social risks, the framework aims to help borrowers reduce poverty and increase prosperity in a sustainable way for the benefit of the environment and their citizens.

The standards will: (a) Help borrowers implement international best practices for environmental and social sustainability; (b) Assist borrowers in meeting their national and international environmental and social obligations; c) Strengthen non-discrimination, transparency, participation, accountability, governance, and inclusion; and (d) Improve project sustainability outcomes through continued stakeholder engagement.

3.1 Relevant guidance and support materials to be used by the consultant:

 

 

 

3.2   TEMPLATES to be filled by the consultant for the following instruments are available via this link

https://www.worldbank.org/en/projects-operations/environmental-and-social-framework/brief/environmental-and-social-framework-resources#guidancenotes

 

 

Scope of work of the consultancy

The objective of this consultancy is to develop instruments that meet the requirements of the Bank's environmental and social standards applicable to the project.

The following environmental and social risk documents to be developed by the consultant:   

    1. The Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) (ESS1) - Annex A
    2. The Labor management Procedures (LMP) (ESS2) (the template to be filled out is in the link in section 3.2) - Annex C
    3. The Stakeholder Engagement Plan (SEP)) (ESS 10) - Annex D 

 

NB1 : The Ministry of Health (MOH) Projects Coordination Unit (PCU) will make available to the team of consultants all documentation and information relating to the nature of the investments as well as the potential areas of intervention. 

 

NB2 : The specific tasks for the development of each document are presented in the annexes. 

B.   Mandate of the consulting team

A consulting firm will be recruited to assist in the preparation of the necessary instruments under the ESF for SWEDD3 Project.  The instruments relating to environmental and social standards are subject to a consultation and disclosure procedure. An Environmental and Social Summary Review (ESRS) (concept stage) has been prepared by the World Bank and will be shared with the consultants once recruited. The classification of social risk was deemed Substantial while environmental risk was deemed Moderate. The preliminary risk of Sexual Exploitation and Abuse (SEA) and Sexual Harassment (SH) is deemed to be Substantial. However, the level of risk may change depending on the additional information that will become available when preparing the documents relating to the safeguards.   

Qualifications of the Consultancy Firm

Interested Consultancy Firms should possess the following qualifications:

  1. Evidence of recent experience in environmental and social instruments and/or environmental and social due diligence in The Gambia;
  2. Demonstrate the availability of a qualified team to undertake the assignment;
  3. Having the experience of working in local languages will be an added advantage
  4. Each member of the team of consultants shall hold a university degree

Various roles of the consultants:

  1. Principal Consultant : is responsible for the overall coordination for the development of all environmental and social risk management instruments and their finalization. In addition, he (she) will be responsible for developing (i) the Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF); and (ii) Labor Management Procedures (LMP in collaboration with the MOH PCU and the World Bank team and will coordinate consultants to ensure quality outputs of instruments in line with the World Bank’s Environmental and Social Framework (ESF) 
  2. Consultant in Social Risk Management : He/she is responsible for working with the principal consultant and environmental consultant to develop the ESMF; (ii) will work with the principal consultant to develop the Stakeholder Engagement Plan (SEP) and will assist in the production of the LMP. He/she will also be responsible for preparing and undertaking public consultations on social risk management instruments (with the environmental and principal consultant) (i.e ESMF and LMP) ensuring that consultations include disadvantaged and marginalized groups and individuals so that the consultation is inclusive, accessible and participatory (in line with Environmental and Social Standard 10) and consider the  necessary good practices to mitigate against COVID-19 transmission in line with the guidance in the Technical Note on holding public consultations (see section 3.1).  The Social Specialist will also develop the Grievance Mechanism and work with the GBV consultant to develop the social basement, social risk assessment, mitigation measures and the Grievance Mechanism to address SEA/SH incidents.
  3. Consultant with Gender Based Violence Specialization (GBV):  He/she is responsible for working with the social specialist to undertake women only consultations to discuss GBV related risks from project activities, develop the Sexual Exploitation and Abuse/Sexual Harassment (SEA/SH) Prevention and Response Action Plan, develop appropriate mitigation measures in the Environmental and Social Management Plan in the ESMF, contribute to developing the social baseline in the ESMF, develop the Grievance Mechanism (GM) for SEA/SH incidents based on the project level GM to be developed by the social consultant. The GBV consultant will also ensure the appropriate measures are reflected in the SEP and LMP (including an appropriate mechanism to address SEA/SH grievances in the labor GM)
  4. Consultant in Environmental Risk Management: He/she is responsible for supporting the principal consultant and social consultant to develop the ESMF and assisting in the production of the LMP and SEP.  

 

  1. DURATION OF THE CONSULTANCY

The consultancy will cover the period from September 5 to November 30, 2022

 

a) The Principal Consultant: must be an environmental and social assessment expert with at least a Master's degree in a relevant field related to environmental and social impact assessment (e.g. environmental sciences, environmental engineering, social sciences such as political science or policy, sociology, anthropology, gender studies, social assessment studies, or related fields, economics, etc.), having proven record in the preparation of environmental and social risk management instruments (ESMF,  SEP, LMP). The Environmental and Social Commitment Plan (ESCP) will be done with the World Bank as this is a legal document appended to the Legal Agreement.

S/he must:

 

b) The social consultant should be an expert in social assessment with at least a Master's degree in a relevant field related to environmental and social impact assessment (e.g. political science, sociology, anthropology , social sciences, etc.), with proven experience in the preparation of environmental and social safeguard instruments such as ESMF, ESIA/ESMP, RAP, and LMP.

 

He (she) must:

 

c) The environmental consultant must be an expert in environmental assessment with at least a Master's degree in a relevant field related to the assessment of environmental and social impacts, including Occupational Health and safety (OHS) (e.g. environmental sciences, environmental engineering, biological sciences, etc.), having proven itself for at least 5 years in the preparation of environmental and social risk management instruments  such as ESMF, ESIA, and ESMP. 

He (she) must:

 

D. Reporting, Deliverables and Schedule

 

The specific deliverables and anticipated timelines are as follows:

 

Activity

Number of days

Date for submission

  1. Draft LMP, SEP including stakeholder consultation

15

October 14, 2022

  1. Final LMP, SEP after incorporation of WB comments

5

October 21, 2022

  1. Draft ESMF

30

October 21, 2022

  1. Final ESMF after incorporation of WB comments (including Quality Assurance Team (QAT) review.

7

December 7, 2022

Total:

57

 

The number of days required for each activity are negotiable.

 

 

 

ANNEX A: ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL MANAGEMENT FRAMEWORK

 

The development of the Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) for the SWEDD3 project is necessary for the compliance of the program with both national regulations on the environment and social requirements and with the Environmental and Social Standards of the World Bank.

To this end, the consultant responsible for carrying out the ESMF studies will work in close collaboration with the regulatory institutions in The Gambia on the basis of the national regulations and policies and the environmental and social standards of the World Bank, in particular:

• For the national part:

 

• For the World Bank: The following ESF Environmental and Social Standards relevant to the project

The relevance of the following standards will be determined during the environmental and social assessments.

 

The ESMF will identify the potential negative environmental and social risks and impacts, among which risks relating to vulnerable groups and individuals, the risk of increased Sexual Exploitation and Abuse/Sexual Harassment (SEA/SH) and social conflicts (including fragility risks) during implementation  .

The main stakeholders in the project area will be consulted and in during the national validation workshop.

  1. The ESMF is an instrument that examines risks and impacts when a project consists of a program or a series of sub-projects and the risks and impacts cannot be determined until the details of the program or sub-project components have been determined. The ESMF sets out the principles, rules, guidelines and procedures for assessing environmental and social risks and impacts. It contains measures and plans to reduce, mitigate and/or compensate for risks and adverse impacts, provisions for estimating and budgeting the costs of these measures, and information on the agency or agencies responsible for managing project risks and impacts, including its ability to manage environmental and social risks and impacts. It includes adequate information on the area in which the sub-projects are expected to be located, including the potential environmental and social vulnerabilities of the area, as well as the potential impacts that may occur and the mitigation measures that could be put in place.

 

  1. The ESMF will carry out an environmental and social assessment of the project in order to assess the environmental and social risks and impacts of the project throughout its life cycle. The assessment will be proportionate to the potential risks and impacts of the project and will assess, in an integrated manner, all relevant direct, indirect, and cumulative environmental and social risks and impacts throughout the life cycle of the project, including those specifically identified in the ESF Environmental and Social Standards (ESS) 2-10.

 

 

  1. The ESMF will be based on current information, including an accurate description and delineation of the project and any related aspects, as well as on sufficient detailed environmental and social baseline data to allow the characterization and determination of risks and impacts and mitigation measures. The ESMF will assess the potential environmental and social risks and impacts of the project; examine alternative solutions; identify ways to improve the selection, location, planning, design and implementation of projects to apply the hierarchy of measures to mitigate adverse environmental and social impacts and seek opportunities for improving the positive impacts of the project. The ESMF will include stakeholder participation as an integral part of the assessment, in line with ESS 10.

 

  1. The ESMF will be an adequate, accurate and objective assessment and presentation of known risks and impacts, prepared by qualified and experienced persons.

 

  1. The Government of the Gambia will ensure that the ESMF appropriately addresses all matters relating to the Project, including:

 

  1. The ESMF will establish and apply a mitigation hierarchy that:
      1. Anticipate and avoid risks and impacts;
      2. Where avoidance is not possible, minimize or reduce risks and impacts to acceptable levels;
      3. Once risks and impacts have been minimized or reduced[2], mitigate the risks and impacts;
      4. Where significant residual impacts remain, or offset them, where technically and financially feasible.[3]

 

  1. The ESMF, informed by the scoping of issues, will consider all relevant environmental and social risks and impacts of the project, including:
      1. Environmental risks and impacts, including: (i) those defined by the EHSS; (ii) those related to community safety ; (iii) those relating to climate change and other transboundary or global risks and impacts; (iv) any significant threat to the protection, conservation, maintenance and restoration of natural habitats and biodiversity; and (v) those relating to the services provided by ecosystems and the use of biological natural resources, such as fisheries and forests.
      2. Social risks and impacts, including: (i) threats to human security through escalation of personal, community or interstate conflict, crime or violence[4] (b) Social risks and impacts, including: (i) threats to human security due to the escalation of personal, communal or interstate conflict, crime or violence (consider also security risks in the country, including those related to potential conflict and list potential conflicts, state the reasons and include conflicts currently active and where; does the project area intersect with conflict areas where security forces are present; (ii) the risks that project impacts will significantly affect disproportionately individuals and groups who, because of their particular circumstances, may be disadvantaged or vulnerable to including a gender analysis;[5] (iii) any prejudice or discrimination against individuals or groups in providing access to project resources and benefits, including those who may be disadvantaged or vulnerable; (iv) negative economic and social impacts related to involuntary land grabbing or land use restrictions; (v) risks or impacts associated with land tenure and the use of land and natural resources,[6] including (if applicable) the potential impacts of the project on local land tenure patterns and arrangements, land access and availability , food security and land values, and any corresponding risk related to conflicts or disputes over the latter; (vi) consequences for the health, safety and welfare of workers and communities affected by the projects; (vii) risks to cultural heritage, (viii) risks of Sexual Exploitation and Abuse (SEA) and Sexual Harassment (SH).
      3. There will also be a mapping and diagnosis of medical care services and legal, security and psychosocial assistance for survivors of Sexual Exploitation and Abuse and Sexual Harassment using the tool developed by the World Bank team on GEMS/Kobo Toolbox.
      4. A SEA/SH and VAC risk mitigation and response action plan should be included in line with the recommendations outlined in the Good Practices Note for Substantial Risk Projects (see Table 2, pages 27-36 of the Note on Good Practices)[7].
      5. The characteristics and identification of the different communities living in and around the tourism areas, their means of existence will be included.

 

  1. Where the ESMF identifies specific individuals or groups as disadvantaged or vulnerable, the differentiated measures will be proposed and implemented so that adverse impacts do not fall disproportionately on disadvantaged or vulnerable people and that 'they are not disadvantaged in sharing the development benefits and opportunities resulting from the project (e.g. young people, elders, women, people with disabilities, illiterates, landless people, etc.).

 

  1. The ESMF will also consider the risks and impacts associated with major suppliers,[8] as required by ESSs 2 and 6. The Borrower will address these risks and impacts in a manner commensurate with the control or influence of the Borrower on its main suppliers, as indicated in ESS 2 and ESS 6.

 

  1. The ESMF will take into account potentially significant transboundary and global risks and impacts related to the project, such as effluent and emissions impacts, increased use or contamination of international waterways, greenhouse gas emissions short-lived and long-lived, climate change mitigation, adaptation and resilience issues, and impacts on threatened or declining migratory species and their habitats.

 

  1. During consultations, a protocol explaining how stakeholders will be consulted while respecting social distancing measures and other recommendations from WHO and [insert country] Government.

 

  1. The ESMF will describe the risks related to the implementation of project activities during the pandemic (COVID-19) and others.

 

 

Stakeholder engagement and information disclosure

  1. As indicated in ESS 10, the Borrower will continue to engage with stakeholders and provide them with sufficient information throughout the life of the project, in a manner appropriate to the nature of their interests and the potential environmental and social risks and impacts of the project.

 

  1. For high risk and substantial risk projects, the Borrower will provide to the Bank and disclose documentation, as agreed with the Bank, relating to the environmental and social risks and impacts of the project prior to project appraisal. The documentation will adequately address the main risks and impacts of the project and provide sufficient detail to inform stakeholder engagement and Bank decision-making. The Borrower will provide to the Bank and disclose the final or updated documentation as specified in the ESCP.

 

  1. If there are significant changes to the project that result in additional risks and impacts, particularly where they will affect parties affected by the project, the Borrower will provide information on such risks and impacts and consult with affected parties by the project as to how these risks and impacts will be mitigated. The borrower will disclose an updated ESCP, outlining the mitigation measures.

 

Key principles and tasks under the ESMF

  1. The ESMF will specifically provide the following:

 

  1. The project's Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) must also comply with the country's environmental legislation.

 

  1. Due to the potential negative impacts of certain project activities, these safeguards, in addition to providing an understanding of positive impacts, provide an operational framework for the identification, analysis of negative impacts and appropriate mitigation measures in relation to them, avoiding or eliminating negative environmental and social impacts or reducing them to an acceptable level.

 

 

  1. The main tasks and the associated deliverables:

 

OUTLINE OF THE ESMF REPORT:

Overview of the ESMF

  1. Executive summary
  2. Legal and institutional framework
    1. Analysis of the legal and institutional framework of the project, in which the environmental and social assessment takes place
    2. Comparison of the existing environmental and social framework of the borrower and the SSEs and identification of gaps between them
    3. Identification and assessment of the environmental and social needs of potential co-financiers.
  3. Description of the project
    1. A concise description of the proposed project and its geographic, environmental, social and temporal context, including any off-site investments that may be required (e.g. dedicated pipelines, access roads, power supply, water supply, water supply, housing and storage facilities for raw materials and products), as well as the main suppliers of the project.
    2. Country context
      1. Environmental and social situation in the project area in the country including an analysis of the gender situation
      2. Political, administrative, and legal framework
      3. Country Environmental Impact Assessment Approval Mechanism
      4. Institutional capacity assessment
  4. Explanation of the need for any environmental and social plan to meet the requirements of ESS 1 to 10 including measures addressing risks of SEA/SH as part of the SEA/SH Action Plan to be annexed to ESMF (see Annex 6 for more information).
  5. A sufficiently detailed map, showing the location of the project and the area that could be affected by the direct, indirect and cumulative effects of the project.

Reference data

  1. Explanation and, where possible, provision of basic social and environmental data relevant to decisions regarding project location, design, operation or mitigation measures. This should include a discussion of data accuracy, reliability and sources, as well as information on dates surrounding project identification, planning and implementation.
  2. Identification and estimation of the extent and quality of available data, major data gaps and uncertainties associated with predictions.
  3. Based on current information, an assessment of the scope of the area to be surveyed and a description of the relevant physical, biological and socio-economic conditions, including any anticipated changes prior to the start of the project.
  4. Baseline data should take into account current and proposed development activities in the project area, but which are not directly related to the project.

5. Environmental and social risks and impacts

  1. Assessment of all environmental and social risks and impacts of the project, including those set out in ESS 2 to 8, as well as all other environmental and social risks and impacts arising from the specific nature and context of the project (see summary of risks above).
  2. Include a description of GBV/SEA/SH (including child marriage and cultural practices such as female genital mutilation), forced labor and child labor risks (in national context and sections on the risks)[9].

6. Mitigation measures

  1. Identification of mitigation measures and significant residual negative impacts that cannot be mitigated and, to the extent possible, assessment of the acceptability of these residual negative impacts.
  2. Identification of differentiated measures to avoid adverse effects being felt disproportionately on disadvantaged or vulnerable people, including persons with disabilities, women, elderly, informal workers, fishers, and other vulnerable groups in the tourism sector.
  3. Assessment of the environmental and social impact mitigation feasibility, capital and recurrent costs of proposed mitigation measures, and their suitability under local conditions, as well as institutional, training and monitoring for proposed mitigation measures.
  4. Identification of specific measures to prevent and response to the risks of SEA/SH that could be exacerbated or created by project activities, both in the workplace as well as neighboring communities.
  5. Identification of specific issues that do not require further attention, what provides the basis for this determination.

7. Analysis of alternatives

  1. Systematic comparison of feasible alternatives to the site, technology, design and operation of the proposed project – including the “without project” situation – according to their potential environmental and social impacts.
  2. Assessment of the feasibility of alternatives in terms of mitigating environmental and social impacts;
  3. For each of the alternatives, quantification of environmental and social impacts to the extent possible and explanation of economic values, to the extent possible.

8. Design measures

  1. Explanation of the basis for selection of the particular design of the proposed project and specifies the applicable EHSSs or if the EHSSs are deemed inapplicable, justifies the emission levels and recommended pollution prevention and abatement approaches that are GIIP compliant.
  2. The explanation of the selection of the particular design of the proposed projects should also take into account the relevant social risks and impacts.

9. Institutional arrangements for the implementation and monitoring of the ESMF, including institutional capacity assessment

10. Capacity building and training

  1. Precise description of the institutional arrangements, identifying the party responsible for implementing the mitigation and monitoring measures (e.g. for operation, supervision, enforcement, monitoring of implementation, corrective actions, funding, reporting and staff training).
  2. Recommendations regarding the establishment or expansion of responsible parties, staff training and any additional measures that may be necessary to support the implementation of the mitigation measures and any other recommendations of the ESMF.

11. Monitoring

The monitoring section of the ESMF should provide: a) a precise description and technical details of the monitoring measures, including the parameters to be measured, the methods to be used, the sampling locations, the frequency of measurements, the detection limits (if applicable) and the definition of thresholds that will signal the need for corrective action; and b) monitoring and reporting procedures to: (i) ensure early detection of conditions that require particular mitigation measures and (ii) provide information on the progress and results of the mitigation measures.

12. Public consultation and Grievance Mechanism

a) Briefly summarize the results of the consultations, including the focus group discussions. In a table in the appendix, indicate the dates and lists of participants and summarize the main questions, concerns and results of the public consultations (and, subject to community agreement, a few photos of the consultation, except those involving children and women only focus groups). Ensure methodologies allow for women to be consulted in separate groups (with only women facilitated by a woman).

b) Grievance Mechanism: include a description of how the Borrower will propose and implement a grievance mechanism (GM) to address these concerns and receive complaints, including SEA/SH complaints, and facilitate their resolution. This description would be derived from the Stakeholder Engagement Plan (SEP) and recognize that management of SEA/SH complaint should: i) include distinct channels for receiving, documenting and responding to complaints related to SEA/SH with multiple accessible and safe entry point identified through consultations with women and girls; ii)  link all survivors disclosing incidents to medical, psychosocial, and legal GBV services through referral protocols; iii) include procedures for managing complaints that prioritize survivors’ confidentiality, safety, dignity and informed consent, in line with a survivor-centered approach, iv) include procedures on how to handle and store confidential records. The ESMF will clearly define roles, responsibilities and accountabilities and designate the persons who will be responsible for implementing and monitoring stakeholder engagement activities and ensuring compliance with national laws and regulations, as well as the requirements of the World Bank ESF.

 

13. Implementation schedule and cost estimate

  1. For the three aspects (mitigation, monitoring and capacity building), the ESMF should provide, to the extent possible, an implementation schedule of the measures to be implemented within the framework of the project, indicating the phasing and coordination with overall project implementation plans;
  2. Estimates of capital and recurrent costs and sources of funding to implement the ESMF and possible ESIA/ESMP. These figures are also included in the tables of total project costs.

14. Appendices

 

 

 

 


ANNEX C: LABOR MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES (LMP)

 

Use the template provided in the link in section 3.2 above for the Labor Management Procedures (LMP) and review ESS2 and the Borrower’s Guidance Note for ESS2 in the link in section 3.1

 

This LMP describes the requirements and expectations in terms of compliance, reporting, roles, supervision, and training with respect to labor and working conditions, including discriminatory working conditions (especially against women), child labor, camp accommodation where applicable etc. The LMP will cover all categories of workers but exclude government workers/civil servants working in connection with this project except there is a legal transfer of their employment or engagement to this project. The LMP will set out the following procedures

 

  1. The objectives of ESS 2 (Labor and Working Conditions) are:

•   To promote safety and health at work.

•   To promote the fair treatment, nondiscrimination, and equal opportunity of project workers.

•   To protect project workers, including vulnerable workers such as women, persons with disabilities, children (of working age, in accordance with this ESS) and migrant workers, contracted workers, community workers and primary supply workers, as appropriate.

•   To prevent the use of all forms of forced labor and child labor.

•   To support the principles of freedom of association and collective bargaining of project workers in a manner consistent with national law.

•   To provide project workers with accessible means to raise workplace concerns.

 

2.             The scope of application of ESS 2 depends on the type of employment relationship between the Borrower and the project workers. The term “project worker” refers to:

 

    1. people employed or engaged directly by the Borrower (including the project proponent and the project implementing agencies) to work specifically in relation to the project (direct workers)
    2. people employed or engaged through third parties[10] to perform work related to core functions[11] of the project, regardless of location (contracted workers)
    3. people employed or engaged by the Borrower’s primary suppliers[12] (primary supply workers)
    4. people employed or engaged in providing community labor[13] (community workers)

 

8.           ESS2 applies to project workers including fulltime, part-time, temporary, seasonal and migrant workers.[14]

  1. ESS 2 includes prescriptive requirements for each worker.

 

 

ANNEX D:  OBJECTIVES OF THE STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT PLAN (SEP)

 

 

ESS 10:  Stakeholder Engagement and Information Disclosure- Use the template for the Stakeholder Engagement Plan (SEP) in in the link in section 3.2. Information in the SEP previously prepared for the Project Preparation Advance (PPA) can be used in the preparation for the project SEP.

 

 

Stakeholder Engagement and Disclosure Information (ESS10) recognizes the importance of open and transparent engagement between the Borrower and project stakeholders as an essential element of good international practice. Effective stakeholder engagement can improve the environmental and social sustainability of projects, enhance project acceptance, and make a significant contribution to successful project design and implementation.

 

Stakeholder engagement is an inclusive process conducted throughout the project life cycle. Where properly designed and implemented, it supports the development of strong, constructive and responsive relationships that are important for successful management of a project’s environmental and social risks. Stakeholder engagement is most effective when initiated at an early stage of the project development process and is an integral part of early project decisions and the assessment, management and monitoring of the project’s environmental and social risks and impacts. Stakeholder engagement must take into consideration the gendered context and ensure that women are consulted separately in women-only groups facilitated by a woman to ensure that they are able to express themselves safely and freely, and that their voices are meaningfully integrated into the project and safeguard instrument design.

 

 

Objectives

 

 

Scope of application

 

  1. For the purpose of this ESS, “stakeholder” refers to individuals or groups who:
      1. are affected or likely to be affected by the project (project-affected parties); and
  1. may have an interest in the project (other interested parties).

 

  1. The considerations for undertaking public/stakeholder consultations in restricted scenarios (for example under security constraints, pandemics such as COVID-19) will need to be incorporated into the Stakeholder Engagement Plan.  Please refer to the technical note (below) on undertaking public consultations and stakeholder engagement in World Bank supported operations where there are constraints on conducting public meetings/consultations.

 

 

TECHNICAL NOTE: PUBLIC CONSULTATIONS AND STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT IN WB-SUPPORTED OPERATIONS WHEN THERE ARE CONSTRAINTS ON CONDUCTING PUBLIC MEETINGS

 

With the outbreak and spread of COVID-19, people have been advised, or may be mandated by national or local law, to exercise social distancing, and specifically to avoid public gatherings to prevent and reduce the risk of the virus transmission.  Countries have taken various restrictive measures, some imposing strict restrictions on public gatherings, meetings and people’s movement, and others advising against public group events.  At the same time, the general public has become increasingly aware and concerned about the risks of transmission, particularly through social interactions at large gatherings. 


These restrictions have implications for World Bank-supported operations.  They will affect Bank requirements for public consultation and stakeholder engagement in projects, both under implementation and preparation. WHO has issued technical guidance in dealing with COVID-19, including: (i) Risk Communication and Community Engagement (RCCE) Action Plan Guidance Preparedness and Response; (ii) Risk Communication and Community engagement (RCCE) readiness and response; (iii) COVID-19 risk communication package for healthcare facilities; (iv) Getting your workplace ready for COVID-19; and (v) A guide to preventing and addressing social stigma associated with COVID-19.  All these documents are available on the WHO website through the following link: https://www.who.int/emergencies/diseases/novel-coronavirus-2019/technical-guidance.  

 

This Note offers suggestions to World Bank task teams for advising counterpart agencies on managing public consultation and stakeholder engagement in their projects, with the recognition that the situation is developing rapidly, and careful regard needs to be given to national requirements and any updated guidance issued by WHO. It is important that the alternative ways of managing consultation and stakeholder engagement discussed with clients are in accordance with the local applicable laws and policies, especially those related to media and communication. The suggestions set out below are subject to confirmation that they are in accordance with existing laws and regulations applying to the project.

 

Investment projects under implementation.  All projects under implementation are likely to have public consultation and stakeholder engagement activities planned and committed as part of project design.  These activities may be described in different project documents and will involve a variety of stakeholders.  Commonly planned avenues of such engagement are public hearings, community meetings, focus group discussions, field surveys and individual interviews.  With growing concern about the risk of virus spread, there is an urgent need to adjust the approach and methodology for continuing stakeholder consultation and engagement.  Considering the importance of confirming compliance with national law requirements, below are some suggestions for task teams’ consideration while advising their clients:

 

Task teams will need to review their project, jointly with the PMUs, and should:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Based on the above, task teams should discuss and agree with PMUs the specific channels of communication that should be used while conducting stakeholder consultation and engagement activities.  The following are some considerations while selecting channels of communication, considering the current COVID-19 situation:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment projects under preparation.  Where projects are under preparation and stakeholder engagement is about to commence or is ongoing, such as in the project E&S planning process, stakeholder consultation and engagement activities should not be deferred, but rather designed to be fit for purpose to ensure effective and meaningful consultations to meet project and stakeholder needs.  Some suggestions for advising clients on stakeholder engagement in such situations are given below. These suggestions are subject to the coronavirus situation in country, and restrictions put in place by governments. The task team and the PMU should:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ANNEX E : Potential procedures for intervening in SEA/SH and VAC cases

 

 General

 The purpose of these Codes of Conduct and Action Plan for the implementation of Environmental and Social, Health and Safety (ESHS) and Occupational Health and Safety (HST) standards and the prevention of Sexual Exploitation and Abuse (SEA), Sexual Harassment (SH), Violence Against Children (VAC) consists of introducing a set of key definitions, codes of conduct and guidelines in order to : 

  1. Clearly define the obligations of all project personnel (including contractors and day laborers) regarding the implementation of environmental, social, health and safety (ESHS) and health and safety standards at the work (HST) ; and 
  2. Contribute to preventing, identifying, and combating SEA/SH and VAC on the site and in surrounding communities by outlining what protocols and mechanisms will the project put in place to address risks of SEA/SH and VAC and how it will address any SEA/SH and VAC allegations that may arise.

 

The application of these Codes of Conduct will ensure that the project achieves its objectives in terms of ESHS and HST standards, as well as preventing and/or mitigating the risks of SEA/SH and VAC on the site of the project and in local communities.

People working in the project must adopt these Codes of Conduct which aim to : 

  1. Sensitize the staff operating in the project to the expectations in terms of ESHS and HST ; and 
  2. Create awareness about SEA/SH and VAC, and : 

at)  Create a consensus on the fact that such acts have no place in the project ; and 

b)  Establish a protocol for identifying SEA/SH and VAC incidents ; respond to such incidents ; and punish them.  

 

The purpose of Codes of Conduct is to ensure that all project personnel understand the moral values of the project, the conduct that all employees are expected to follow, and the consequences of violating these values. This understanding will contribute to a smoother, more respectful and more productive project implementation, to ensure that the project objectives are achieved.

  1. Definitions

In these Codes of Conduct, the following terms will be defined below : Environmental, Social, Health and Safety (ESHS) Standards: a general term covering matters relating to the impact of the project on the environment, communities and workers. 

Occupational Health and Safety (OHS) : Occupational Health and Safety aims to protect the safety, health and well-being of those who work or are employed on the project. Compliance with these standards at the highest level is a basic human right that should be guaranteed to every worker.

Gender-Based Violence (GBV): A general term for any harmful act perpetrated against a person's will and based on the socially attributed (i.e. gender) differences between men and women . They include acts inflicting physical, sexual or mental suffering, or threats of such acts ; coercion ; and other acts of deprivation of liberty. These acts can take place in public or in private. The term GBV is used to highlight the systemic inequality between men and women (which exists in all societies around the world) and which characterizes most forms of violence perpetrated against women and girls. The 1993 United Nations Declaration on the Elimination of Violence against Women defines violence against women as " any act of violence directed against the female sex which causes or is likely to cause women harm or physical, sexual or psychological suffering ”  . The main types of GBV are[15] : 

Child abuse (VAC): physical, sexual, emotional and/or psychological harm, neglect or negligent treatment of minor children (i.e. under the age of 18), including the fact that a child is exposed to such harm to a third party, which results in actual or potential harm to their health, survival, development or dignity, in the context of a relationship of responsibility, trust or power. This includes the use of children for profit, labor, sexual gratification or any other personal or financial advantage. It also includes other activities like using computers, cell phones, video devices, digital cameras or any other means to exploit or harass children or to access child pornography.

Malicious solicitation of children: these are behaviors that allow an aggressor to gain the trust of a child for sexual purposes. This is how an offender may establish a relationship of trust with the child and then seek to sexualize that relationship (for example, by encouraging romantic feelings or exposing the child to sexual concepts through pornography) .

Malicious solicitation of children on the Internet : is the sending of electronic messages with indecent content to a recipient whom the sender believes to be a minor, with the intention of inducing the recipient to engage in or submit to sexual activity, including understood but not necessarily the sender .

Accountability Measures and Confidentiality : Measures instituted to ensure the confidentiality of survivors and to hold contractors, consultants, and the client accountable for establishing a fair system for handling GBV cases and VAC.

Contractor's Environmental and Social Management Plan (E-ESMP) : the plan prepared by the Contractor that describes how it will carry out the activities of the works in accordance with the project's Environmental and Social Management Plan (ESMP).

Child : term used interchangeably with the term “ minor ” which means a person under the age of 18. This is in accordance with Article 1 of the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child .  

Child protection: activity or initiative aimed at protecting children from all forms of harm, in particular arising from VAC.

Consent : is the informed choice underlying a person's intention, acceptance or free and voluntary agreement. There can be no consent where such acceptance or agreement is obtained by threat, force or other forms of coercion, kidnapping, fraud, deception or misrepresentation. In accordance with the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child, the World Bank considers that consent cannot be given by children under the age of 18, even if the national legislation of the country where the Code of Conduct is introduced considers sexual majority at a younger age. Lack of knowledge of the child's age and the latter's consent cannot be invoked as a means of defense.

Consultant: any firm, company, organization or other institution that has been awarded a contract to provide consultancy services in connection with the project and has hired managers and/or employees to carry out this work.

Contractor: any business, corporation, organization or other institution that has been awarded a contract to provide construction services for the project and has hired managers and/or employees to perform that work. This includes subcontractors hired to perform activities on behalf of the contractor.

Employee : any person who provides labor to the Contractor or Consultant in-country, on-site or off-site, under a contract or labor agreement for a salary, performed formally or informally (including unpaid interns and volunteers), without responsibility for managing or supervising other employees.

SEA/SH and VAC Incident Allegation Procedure : prescribed procedure for reporting SEA/SH or VAC incidents. 

SEA/SH and VAC Code of Conduct : Code of conduct adopted for the project covering corporate commitment and accountability of managers and individuals regarding SEA/SH and VAC.

GBV and VAC Compliance Team (CT): A team set up by the project to deal with SEA/SH and VAC issues.

Grievance Mechanism (GM) : The process established by a project to receive and handle complaints.

Manager : any person offering labor to a contractor or consultant, on site or off, under a formal or informal contract of employment and in exchange for a salary, with the responsibility for controlling or directing the activities of a contractor or consultant's team, unit, division or similar and with responsibility for supervising and managing a predefined number of employees.

Perpetrator: the person(s) who commits or threatens to commit an act or acts of SEA/SH or VAC.

Intervention protocol: mechanisms put in place to intervene in cases of SEA/SH and VAC (see Section 4.7 Intervention protocol).

Survivor(s): the person(s) adversely affected by SEA/SH or VAC. Women, men and children can be survivors of SEA/SH; only children can be survivors of VAC.

Site: the place where the infrastructure development work under the project takes place. Consultancy assignments are considered to have as their site the places where they take place.

Site environment: the “ project area of influence ” which is any place, urban or rural, directly affected by the project, including human settlements.  

  1. Codes of Conduct

This chapter presents three Codes of Conduct to use : 

  1. Company Code of Conduct: Commits the company to addressing SEA/SH and VAC issues ; 
  2. Manager's Code of Conduct: Commits managers to implement the Company's Code of Conduct, including those that are signed by individuals ; and 
  3. Individual Code of Conduct: Code of conduct for everyone working on the project, including managers.

 

 

 

Company Code of Conduct

 

Implementation of ESHS and HST standards

Prevention of gender-based violence and violence against children

 

The company is committed to ensuring that the project is implemented in a way that minimizes any negative impact on the local environment, communities and its workers. To do this, the company will comply with Environmental, Social, Health and Safety (ESHS) standards and ensure that the appropriate Occupational Health and Safety (HST) standards are met. The company is also committed to creating and maintaining an environment in which Sexual Exploitation and Abuse (SEA), Sexual Harassment (SH) and Violence Against Children (VAC) do not take place – they will not be tolerated by any employee, contractor, supplier, associate or representative of the Company.

Therefore, to ensure that everyone involved in the project is aware of this commitment, the company is committed to the following fundamental principles and minimum standards of behavior, which will apply without exception to all employees , associates and company representatives, including contractors and suppliers : 

General

  1. The company - and therefore all employees, associates, representatives, contractors and suppliers - agrees to comply with all relevant national laws, rules and regulations.
  2. The company undertakes to fully implement its “ Entrepreneurs' Environmental and Social Management Plan ” (E-PGES).  
  3. The company is committed to treating women, children (persons under the age of 18) and men with respect, regardless of their race, color, language, religion, political or other opinion, national, ethnic or social origin, level of wealth, disability, citizenship or other status. Acts of Sexual Exploitation and Abuse/Sexual Harassment and VAC constitute a breach of this commitment.
  4. The company ensures that interactions with members of the local community take place with respect and in the absence of discrimination.
  5. Language and behavior that is demeaning, threatening, harassing, abusive, culturally or sexually inappropriate, or provocative is prohibited among all Company employees, associates, and representatives, including contractors and suppliers.
  6. The company will follow all reasonable work instructions (including those relating to environmental and social standards).
  7. The company will protect the assets and ensure their proper use (for example, prohibit theft, negligence, or waste).

Health and Safety

  1. The company will ensure that the project's Occupational Health and Safety (OHS) management plan is effectively implemented by company personnel, as well as contractors and suppliers.
  2. The company will ensure that all persons on the job site wear the appropriate Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) as prescribed, to prevent avoidable accidents and to report conditions or practices that pose a safety risk or threaten the environment.
  3. The company : 
    1. Prohibit the consumption of alcohol during work ; 
    2. Prohibit the use of narcotics or other substances that may impair faculties at any time.

 

  1. The company will ensure that adequate sanitary facilities are available for workers on site and in all project worker accommodation.

Gender-based violence and violence against children

  1.   The actions of SEA/SH and VAC constitute serious misconduct and may therefore result in sanctions, including penalties and/or dismissal, and, if appropriate, referral to the police for further action. .
  2. All forms of SEA/SH and VAC, including the solicitation of children, are unacceptable, whether they take place in the workplace, in the vicinity of the workplace, in work camps or in the local community.
    1. Sexual harassment - for example, making unwanted sexual advances, asking for sexual favors, or engaging in verbal or physical behavior that has a sexual connotation, including subtle acts, is prohibited.
    2. Sexual favors — for example, it is prohibited to promise or perform favors conditioned on sexual acts, or other forms of humiliating, degrading or exploitative behavior.
  1. Any sexual contact or activity with children under the age of 18, including through digital media, is prohibited. Lack of knowledge of the child's age cannot be invoked as a defense. Nor can the child's consent constitute a defense or an excuse.
  2. Unless there is full consent without reservation[16] from all parties involved in the sexual act, sexual interactions between Company employees (at any level) and members of the surrounding communities are prohibited. This includes relationships involving the withholding/promising of a benefit (monetary or non-monetary) to members of the community in exchange for sexual activity – such sexual activity is considered as sexual exploitation and “ non-consensual ” under this Code.  
  3.  In addition to the sanctions applied by the company, legal proceedings against the authors of acts of the SEA/SH or VAC will be initiated, if necessary.
  4.  All employees, including volunteers and contractors, are strongly encouraged to report suspected or actual acts of SEA/SH and/or VAC committed by a colleague, whether at the same company or not. Reports must be submitted in accordance with the project's SEA/SH and VAC Allegation Procedures.
  5.   Managers are required to report suspected or actual acts of SEA/SH and/or VAC and act accordingly, as they are responsible for upholding company commitments and holding their direct reports accountable for such actions. acts.

Implementation

To ensure that the principles set out above are effectively implemented, the company undertakes to ensure that : 

  1. All managers sign the project's “Managers' Code of Conduct ”, which details their responsibilities, including implementing company commitments and enforcing the obligations of the “ Individual Code of Conduct ”.    
  2. All employees sign the project's “ Individual Code of Conduct ” confirming their commitment to comply with ESHS and HST standards, and not to engage in activities resulting in SEA/SH or VAC.  
  3.  Company and individual Codes of Conduct should be prominently displayed in work camps, offices and in public areas of the workspace. Examples of these spaces are the waiting, rest and reception areas of the sites, the canteens and the health centres.
  4.  Posted and distributed copies of the Company Code of Conduct and the Individual Code of Conduct must be translated into the appropriate language used in the worksite areas as well as the native language of any international personnel.
  5.  A designated person should be appointed as the company's " Focal Point " for handling SEA/SH and VAC matters, including representing the company on the Compliance Team (CT) against SEA/SH and the VACs, which is composed of representatives of the client, the contractor(s), the supervision consultant and the local service provider(s).  
  6.  In consultation with the Compliance Team (CT), an effective Action Plan should be developed, which should include at least the following provisions : 
    1. SEA/SH and VAC Incident Allegation Procedure for reporting SEA/SH and VAC incidents through the Complaints Mechanism (Section 4.3 Action Plan) ; 
    2. Accountability and confidentiality measures to protect the privacy of all involved (Section 4.4 Action Plan ) ; and 
    3. The Response Protocol for survivors and perpetrators of GBV and VAC (Section 4.7 Action Plan).
  7.  The company shall effectively implement the final agreed Sexual Exploitation and Abuse (SEA) and Sexual Harassment (SH) and Child Abuse (CVA) Mitigation Action Plan, making informs the Compliance Team (CT) of possible improvements and updates, if necessary.
  8.   All employees must complete an orientation course before commencing work on site to ensure they are aware of the company's commitments to ESHS and HST standards, as well as Codes of Conduct on site and its Sexual Exploitation and Abuse (SEA), Sexual Harassment (SH) and Violence Against Children (VAC) measures.
  9.  All employees must attend a mandatory training course once a month for the duration of the contract, starting with an initial training at the time of entry into service before the start of work, in order to reinforce the understanding of ESHS and HST standards as well as the SEA/SH and VAC measures and Code of Conduct.

I hereby acknowledge having read the above Company Code of Conduct and agree, on behalf of the company, to abide by the standards contained therein. I understand my role and responsibilities to support the Occupational Health and Safety (OHS) standards and the Environmental, Social, Health (ESH) and Safety (ESHS) standards of the project, and to prevent and combat acts of GBV and VAC. I understand that any action inconsistent with this Code of Business Conduct or failure to act in accordance with this Code of Business Conduct may result in disciplinary action.

Company Name :                                                                                                                                                            

Signature:                                                                                                                                                                        

 

Name in full:                                                                                                                                                                    

  

Title :                                                                                                                                                                                 

 

Date:                                                                                                                                                                                 

 

 

 

Manager's code of conduct

Implementation of ESHS and HST standards Prevention of Sexual Exploitation and Abuse (SEA), Sexual Harassment (HS) and Violence Against Children (VAC) 

Managers at all levels should uphold the company's commitment to implement Environmental, Social, Health and Safety (ESHS) standards and Health and Safety requirements in the workplace. Work (HST), as well as to prevent and deal with SEA/SH and VAC. This means that managers have a heavy responsibility to create and maintain an environment that meets these standards and helps prevent SEA/SH and VAC. They must support and promote the implementation of the Company's Code of Conduct. To this end, they must comply with the Manager's Code of Conduct and sign the Individual Code of Conduct. In doing so, they undertake to support the implementation of the Contractors Environmental and Social Management Plan (E-ESMP) and the Occupational Health and Safety (HST) Standards Management Plan, as well as to develop systems that facilitate the implementation of the GBV and VAC Action Plan. They must ensure a safe workplace as well as a SEA/SH and VAC free environment both in the workplace and in local communities. These responsibilities include, but are not limited to : 

Implementation

  1. Ensure maximum effectiveness of the Company Code of Conduct and the Individual Code of Conduct : 
    1. Visibly display the Company Code of Conduct and Individual Code of Conduct by prominently displaying them in work camps, offices and public areas of the workplace. Examples of areas include venue waiting, rest and reception areas, canteens and healthcare facilities ; 
    2. Ensure that all posted and distributed copies of the Company Code of Conduct and Individual Code of Conduct are translated into the appropriate language that is used in the workplace as well as the native language of any international employee.
  2. Explain orally and in writing the Company Code of Conduct and the Individual Code of Conduct to all staff.
  3. Ensure that : 
    1. All direct reports sign the “ Individual Code of Conduct ”, confirming that they have read and agree to it ;   
    2. Staff rosters and signed copies of the Individual Code of Conduct are provided to the OHS manager, the Compliance Team (CT) and the client ; 
    3. Participate in training and ensure that staff also participate, as detailed below ; 
    4. Establish a mechanism for staff to : 

a)       Report concerns regarding compliance with ESHS standards or HST standards requirements ; and 

b)       Confidentially report incidents of GBV or VAC through the Complaints and Grievances Mechanism

  1. Staff members are encouraged to report suspected and proven issues related to ESHS standards and HST requirements, SEA/SH or VAC, emphasizing the responsibility of staff to the company and country where they work and respecting the principle of confidentiality.
  1. In accordance with applicable laws and to the best of your ability, prevent perpetrators of sexual exploitation and abuse from being hired, rehired or deployed. Check the backgrounds and criminal records of all employees.
  2. Ensure that when entering partnership, subcontracting, supplier or similar agreements, these agreements : 
    1. Include in appendices the codes of conduct on ESHS standards, HST requirements, SEA/SH and VAC ; 
    2. Incorporate appropriate language requiring such contracting entities and individuals under contract, as well as their employees and volunteers, to comply with the Individual Code of Conduct ; 
    3. Expressly state that the failure of such entities or individuals, as the case may be, to ensure compliance with ESHS standards and HST requirements ; to take preventive measures to combat SEA/SH and VAC ; to investigate related allegations or take corrective action when acts of SEA/SH and VAC are committed – all of this is not only grounds for sanctions and penalties under individual Codes of Conduct, but also grounds for termination project work or service agreements.   
  3. Provide support and resources to the Compliance Team (CT) on SEA/SH and VAC to create and disseminate internal awareness initiatives through the outreach strategy under the SEA/SH Action Plan against SEA/SH and VAC.
  4. Ensure that any GBV or VAC issues warranting police action are immediately reported to law enforcement[17], the client and the World Bank.
  5.  Report any suspected or proven acts of SEA/SH and/or VAC and respond in accordance with the Response Protocol (Section 4.7 : Response Protocol), as managers have the responsibility to uphold the commitments of the company and to hold their subordinates directly responsible for their actions. 
  6. Ensure that any major incidents related to ESHS standards or HST requirements are reported immediately to the client and the supervising engineer.

Training

  1. Managers are responsible for : 
    1. Ensure that the OHS Standards Management Plan is implemented, accompanied by adequate training for all staff, including contractors and suppliers ; 
    2. Ensure that staff have an adequate understanding of the E-ESMP and receive the necessary training to implement its requirements.
  2.  All managers are required to complete a Manager Induction course before commencing work on site to ensure they are aware of their roles and responsibilities with respect to compliance with both GBV and VAC aspects of these Codes of Conduct. This training will be separate from the pre-service training required of all employees and will provide managers with the proper understanding and technical support needed to begin developing the Action Plan to address issues related to SEA/SH and VAC.
  3. Managers are required to attend and contribute to the monthly training courses facilitated by the project and delivered to all employees. They will be required to present training and self-assessments, including encouraging the compilation of satisfaction surveys to assess satisfaction with the training and to provide advice on how to improve its effectiveness.
  4.  Ensure that there is scheduled time available during working hours for staff to attend the project's mandatory induction training on the following topics : 
    1. HST requirements and ESHS standards ; and 
    2. SEA/SH and VAC ; this training is required of all employees. 
  5.  During civil works, ensure that personnel undergo continuous training on HTS requirements and ESHS standards, as well as the mandatory monthly refresher course required of all employees to deal with the increased risk of SEA/SH and of VAC.

Response

  1.  Managers will need to take appropriate action to respond to any incident related to ESHS standards or HST requirements.
  2. Regarding SEA/SH and VAC : 
    1. Contribute to the Procedures relating to allegations of SEA/SH and VAC (Section 4.2 of the Action Plan) and the Response Protocol (Section 4.7 of the Action Plan) developed by the Compliance Team (CT) in the framework of the final SEA/SH and VAC Action Plan approved ; 
    2. Once adopted by the company, managers will need to apply the Accountability and Confidentiality measures (Section 4.4 of the Action Plan) set out in the SEA/SH and VAC Action Plan, in order to maintain confidentiality about the identity of employees who report or (allegedly) commit acts of SEA/SH and VAC (unless a breach of confidentiality is necessary to protect persons or property from serious harm or if required by law requires) ; 
    3. If a manager has any concerns or suspicions about any form of SEA/SH or VAC committed by one of their direct reports or by an employee working for another contractor in the same workplace, they are required to report the case by referring to complaints mechanisms ; 
    4. Once a sanction has been determined, the managers concerned are supposed to be personally responsible for ensuring that the measure is effectively applied, within a maximum period of 14 days following the date on which the sanction decision was issued ;  
    5. If a manager has a conflict of interest due to personal or family relationships with the survivor and/or abuser, they must inform the company concerned and the Compliance Team (CT) . The company will be required to appoint another manager who has no conflict of interest to handle complaints ; 
    6. Ensure that any SEA/SH or VAC-related issues warranting police action are immediately reported to law enforcement[18], the client, and the World Bank.

 

  1.   Managers who do not address incidents related to ESHS standards or HST requirements, or who fail to report incidents related to SEA/SH and VAC or who do not comply with the provisions relating to SEA/SH and VAC, may be subject to disciplinary action, which will be determined and issued by the CEO, Managing Director or equivalent senior manager of the company. These measures may include : 
  1. The informal warning ; 
  2. The formal warning ; 
  3. Additional training ; 
  4. The loss of a maximum of one week's salary ; 
  5. Suspension of the employment relationship (without pay), for a minimum period of one month and a maximum period of six months ; 
  6. The dismissal.
  1. Finally, the failure of managers or the CEO of the company to respond effectively to cases of violence related to Environmental and Social, Hygiene and Health (ESHS) and Occupational Hygiene and Health standards (HST), and responding to Sexual Exploitation and Abuse (SEA), Sexual Harassment (SH) and Violence Against Children (VAC) in the workplace, may result in legal action before national authorities.

 

I hereby acknowledge that I have read the Manager Code of Conduct above, agree to abide by the standards therein, and understand my roles and responsibilities in preventing and responding to ESHS-related requirements, to HST, SEA/SH and VAC. I understand that any action inconsistent with the Manager's Code of Conduct or failure to act in accordance with this Manager's Code of Conduct may result in disciplinary action.

Signature:                                                                                                                                                                        

 

Name in full:                                                                                                                                                                    

 

Title:                                                                                                                                                                                  

  

Date:                                                                                                                                                                                 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Individual code of conduct

 

Implementation of ESHS standards and HST requirements

Prevention of Sexual Exploitation and Abuse (SEA), Sexual Harassment (HS) and Violence Against Children (VAC)

 

I, ______________________________________, acknowledge the importance of complying with Environmental, Social, Health (ESH) and Safety (ESHS) standards, to comply with the project's Occupational Health and Safety requirements ( HST) and to prevent Sexual Exploitation and Abuse (SEA), Sexual Harassment (HS) and Violence Against Children (VAC).

The company considers that non-compliance with Environmental, Social, Hygiene (ESH) and Safety (ESHS) standards and Occupational Health and Safety (HST) requirements, or failure to participate in activities to fight against Sexual Exploitation and Abuse (SEA), Sexual Harassment (SH) as well as Violence Against Children (VAC) whether in the workplace – around the workplace, in work camps, workers or in surrounding communities – constitutes serious misconduct and is therefore subject to sanctions, penalties or possible dismissal. Prosecutions can be initiated by the police against the perpetrators of SEA/SH or VAC, if necessary.

While working on the project, I consent to : 

  1. Attend and actively participate in training courses related to Environmental, Social, Health (ESH) and Safety (ESHS) standards, and Occupational Health and Safety (OHS) requirements, HIV/AIDS , SEA/SH and VAC, as required by my employer ; 
  2. Wear my Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) at all times in the workplace or during project-related activities ; 
  3. Take all practical measures to implement the Contractors Environmental and Social Management Plan (E-PGES) ; 
  4. Implement the HST Management Plan ; 
  5. Adhere to a zero-tolerance policy regarding the consumption of alcohol while at work and refrain from consuming narcotics or other substances that may impair my faculties at any time ; 
  6. Let the police check my background; 
  7. Treat women, children (persons under the age of 18) and men with respect, regardless of race, color, language, religion, political or other opinion, national, ethnic or social origin, level of wealth, disability, citizenship or other status ; 
  8. Not address women, children or men with inappropriate, harassing, abusive, sexually provocative, degrading or culturally inappropriate language or behavior ; 
  9. Not engage in sexual harassment – for example, making unwanted sexual advances, asking for sexual favors, or engaging in any other verbal or physical behavior with a sexual connotation, including subtle acts of such behavior (for example, staring at someone one up and down ; kissing or blowing kisses ; making sexual innuendos by making noises ; brushing against someone ; whistling; giving personal gifts ; making comments about someone's sex life, etc.) ;      
  10.  Not engage in sexual favors – for example, making promises or making favorable treatment conditional on sexual acts – or other forms of humiliating, degrading or abusive behavior ;  
  11.   Not engage in sexual contact or activity with children (persons under the age of 18) – including the malicious solicitation of children – or contact through digital media ; ignorance of the child's age cannot be invoked as a defense ; nor can the child's consent constitute a defense or an excuse ;   
  12.  Unless full consent without reservations is obtained[19] of all parties concerned, not to have sexual interactions with members of neighboring communities ; this definition includes relationships involving the refusal or promise to actually provide a benefit (monetary or non-monetary) to members of the community in exchange for sexual activity – such sexual activity is considered  sexual exploitation and “ non-consensual ” for purposes of this Code ;    
  13.   Consider reporting through the complaints and grievances mechanisms or to my manager any suspected or proven cases of SEA/SH or VAC committed by a co-worker, whether or not that co-worker is employed by my company, or any violation of this Code of Conduct.

 

For children under the age of 18 : 

  1. Whenever possible, ensure that another adult is present when working near children.
  2.  Not to invite unaccompanied children unrelated to my family into my home, unless they are at immediate risk of injury or physical danger ; 
  3.  Do not use computers, mobile phones, video devices, digital cameras or any other medium to exploit or harass children or to access child pornography (see also the section " Use of images of 'children for professional purposes ' below) ;   
  4. Refrain from corporal punishment or disciplinary action against children ; 
  5. Refrain from engaging children under the age of 14 for domestic work or any other work, unless national law sets a higher age or exposes them to a significant risk of injury ; 
  6.  Comply with all relevant local laws, including labor laws relating to child labor and World Bank safeguard policies on child labor and minimum age ; 
  7. Take the necessary precautions when photographing or filming children (refer to Annex 2 for further details).

 

Use of images of children for professional purposes

When photographing or filming a child for professional purposes, I must : 

  1.  Before photographing or filming a child, assess and endeavor to respect local traditions or restrictions on the reproduction of personal images ; 
  2. Before photographing or filming a child, obtain informed consent from the child and a parent or guardian ; to do this, I have to explain how the photograph or film will be used ;  
  3.  Ensure that photographs, films, videos and DVDs present children in a dignified and respectful manner, and not in a vulnerable or submissive manner ; children should be dressed appropriately and not strike poses that could be considered sexually suggestive ;  
  4. Ensure images are honest representations of context and facts ; 
  5. Ensure that file tags do not reveal information that identifies a child when sending images electronically.

 

Penalties

I understand that if I violate this Individual Code of Conduct, my employer will take disciplinary action which may include : 

  1. The informal warning ; 
  2. The formal warning ; 
  3. Additional training ; 
  4. Loss of up to one week's salary ; 
  5. Suspension of the employment relationship (without pay), for a minimum period of one month and a maximum period of six months ; 
  6. The dismissal.
  7. Reporting to the police, if applicable.

I understand that it is my responsibility to ensure that environmental, social, health and safety standards are met. That I will comply with the Occupational Health and Safety Management Plan. That I will avoid acts or behaviors that could be construed as SEA/SH and VAC. Any such act will constitute a violation of this Individual Code of Conduct. I hereby acknowledge that I have read the aforementioned Individual Code of Conduct, agree to abide by the standards therein, and understand my roles and responsibilities in preventing and responding to cases related to ESHS standards and requirements HST, SEA/SH and VAC. I understand that any action inconsistent with this Individual Code of Conduct or failure to act in accordance with this Individual Code of Conduct could result in disciplinary action and impact my continued employment.

  Signature:                                                                                                                                                                      

 

  Name in full:                                                                                                                                                                  

 

  Title:                                                                                                                                                                                

 

  Date:                                                                                                                                                                               

 

 

 

GBV and VAC action plan

4.1 The SEA/SH and VAC Compliance Team (CT)

The project will set up an SEA/SH and VAC Compliance Team (CT). It will include, depending on the needs of the project, at least four representatives (“ Focal Points ”), distributed as follows :    

  1. A safeguards specialist, appointed by the PIU 
  2. The occupational health and safety manager appointed by the contractor[28] , or any other person responsible for SEA/SH and VAC matters, having the time and experience necessary to fill this position 
  3. The supervision consultant 
  4. A representative of a local service provider with experience in SEA/SH and VAC (the “ Service Provider ”)

It will be the responsibility of the Compliance Team (CT), with the support of company management, to inform workers of the activities and responsibilities of the CT. To serve effectively within the CT, members should undergo training provided by the local Service Provider prior to the start of their assignment, to ensure that they are fully aware of SEA/SH and protection issues. children.

The CT will be held responsible for: 

  1. Approve any changes to the SEA/SH and VAC Codes of Conduct contained herein, upon World Bank approval of any such change. 
  2. Prepare the Action Plan on prevention and response to SEA/SH and VAC , which includes : 
    1. SEA/SH and VAC Allegation Procedures (see section 4.2) 
    2. Accountability and Confidentiality Measures (see Section 4.4) 
    3. An Outreach Strategy (see section 4.6) 
    4. An Intervention Protocol (see section 4.7)

 

  1. Obtain approval of the SEA/SH and VAC Action Plan from the company's management 
  2. Obtain client and World Bank clearances for the SEA/SH and VAC Action Plan prior to full mobilization 
  3. To receive and ensure the follow-up of the resolutions and sanctions concerning the complaints received in terms of EAS / SH and VAC related to the project ; and 
  4. Ensure that SEA/SH and VAC complaint statistics are up to date and included in regular project reports

 

The Compliance team (CT) will hold quarterly update meetings to discuss ways to strengthen SEA/SH and VAC resources and support for employees and community members.

4.2 Complaint Filing : SEA/SH and VAC Allegation Procedures 

All staff, volunteers, consultants, and contractors are encouraged to report suspected or confirmed cases of SEA/SH and VAC. Managers are required to report suspected or actual cases of SEA/SH and VAC, as they have a responsibility to uphold company commitments and hold their direct reports accountable for adherence to the Individual Code of Conduct.

The project will provide information to employees and the community on how to report violations of the SEA/SH and VAC Code of Conduct through the Grievance Mechanism (GM). The Compliance  Team (CT) will follow up on SEA/SH and VAC Code of Conduct violations reported through the grievance mechanism.

4.3 SEA/SH and VAC complaint handling

All SEA/SH and VAC complaints will be handled following procedures described in the Grievance Mechanisms with strict respect of the confidentiality of information about the incident, its survivor and the alleged perpetrator and following the survivor centered approach. All survivors of SEA/SH and VAC signaled through the GM will be offered referral to GBV service providers identified before the start of project activities in the area of project implementation.

Grievance Mechanism (GM)

The project implements a Grievance Mechanism which is managed by a designated operator of the GM in collaboration with the Project Management Unit. SEA/SH and VAC reports, other complaints or concerns may be submitted online, by phone, by mail or in person.

All SEA/SH and VAC complaints should be immediately reported to the World Bank Task Force by the GM operator, only non-identifiable information should be shared (type of violence, age and sex of survivor, link to the project- if known and whether referral to services had been made).

The GM operator will escalate GBV and VAC related complaints to the Compliance Team (CT) for resolution. In accordance with the SEA/SH Action Plan, the Compliance Team, through the Service Provider and Focal Point(s), will verify the complaint and ultimately propose to the operator of the GM a resolution of the complaint, or will refer to the police, if necessary and with consent of the survivor. The identity of the survivor should be kept confidential during the management of the complaint.

Once the complaint has been processed and verified, the GM operator will notify the complainant, unless the complaint was made anonymously. Complaints addressed to the managers or the Service Provider will be transmitted by the latter to the GM for the purpose of their treatment. The sanctions against the perpetrator will be applied only after the complainant/survivor is aware of the planed actions.

If the complaint is filed with GM by or on behalf of a survivor, the complainant will be referred directly to the Service Provider to receive support services while the Compliance Team (CT ) is also conducting an verification of the link of the complaint to the project.

Service provider

The Service Provider is a local organization that has the experience and capacity to provide support to survivors of SEA/SH. The Client, Contractor(s), and Consultant must establish a working relationship with the Service Provider, so that SEA/SH and VAC cases can be safely referred to them. The Service Provider will also provide support and guidance to SEA/SH and VAC Focal Points, as required. The Service Provider will have a representative on the compliance team and will participate in the resolution of complaints related to SEA/SH and VAC.

Focal points responsible for SEA/SH and VAC within the compliance team (CT)

The CT will confirm that all SEA/SH and VAC related complaints have been referred to the World Bank by the GM operator (or other means).

The CT will review all SEA/SH and VAC related complaints and agree on a resolution plan. The relevant Focal Point will be responsible for the implementation of this plan (i.e. matters relating to the contractor's personnel should be resolved by the latter ; those relating to the consultant's personnel by the consultant and customer personnel matters by the customer). The Focal Point will provide advice to the CT regarding resolution, including referral to the police, if necessary. They will be assisted, if necessary, by the Service Provider.  

All focal points within the CT should be trained and empowered to address SEA/SH and VAC issues. It is essential that all staff within the GM and CT understand the guiding principles and ethical requirements that govern the care of survivors of SEA/SH and VAC. All denunciations must remain confidential and be forwarded immediately to the Service Provider represented within the CT . In cases of SEA/SH and VAC warranting police action[20], Focal Points should, as appropriate, refer the complaint to: i) authorities ; ii) to the Service Provider ; and (iii) management for further action. The client and the World Bank must be informed immediately.   

4.4 Accountability measures and confidentiality

All reports from SEA/SH and VAC must be treated confidentially to protect the rights of all concerned. The client, the contractor and the consultant must maintain the confidentiality of employees who report acts of violence or threats of violence as well as the confidentiality of any employee accused of having committed acts of violence or uttering threats of violence (unless a breach of confidentiality is necessary to protect persons or property from serious harm or when required by law).

To ensure survivors feel comfortable sharing their experience of SEA/SH and VAC, they can report cases of SEA/SH and VAC through a variety of means, including: i) online ; (ii) by telephone ; iii) in person ; iv) with the local Service Provider ; (v) with the manager(s) ; (vi) with village councils ; or (vii) to the police. In order to maintain confidentiality, only the Service Provider will have access to information about the survivor. The CT will be the main Focal Point with regard to information and follow-up of the perpetrator of the violence.       

4.5 Monitoring and evaluation

The CT should follow up on cases that have been reported and keep all reported cases in a preserved and secure place. Monitoring should identify the number of cases that have been reported and the proportion of cases that are handled by the police, NGOs, etc.

These statistics should be provided to the Grievance Mechanism and the supervising engineer for inclusion in their reports.

For all cases of SEA/SH and VAC warranting law enforcement action[21], the client and the World Bank must be notified immediately.

4.6 Outreach Strategy

It is important to have an Awareness Strategy in place that includes activities to educate employees about SEA/SH and VAC in the workplace and their related risks, the provisions of the SEA/SH Codes of Conduct and VAC, Allegations Procedures, Accountability and Confidentiality Measures and Response Protocol. This Strategy will be accompanied by a timetable indicating the various awareness-raising activities through which it will be implemented and the corresponding (planned) execution dates. Awareness raising activities should be linked to training provided by the Service Provider.

4.7 Intervention protocol

The CT will be responsible for developing a written Response Protocol to meet project requirements, in accordance with national laws and protocols. The Response Protocol should include mechanisms for reporting and intervening with perpetrators of workplace violence (see Section 4.9 : Perpetrator Policy and Response). The Response Protocol will include the GM process, to ensure effective and confidential response to SEA/SH and VAC case disclosures. An employee who discloses a case of SEA/SH and VAC in the workplace should be referred to the Grievance Mechanism for reporting.  

4.8 Support measures for survivors

 

It is essential to respond appropriately to the complaints of survivors of violence in a way that respects their choices, in order to minimize the risk of further trauma and violence against survivors. Survivors should be referred to the service provider for appropriate support services in the community – including medical and psychosocial support, emergency accommodation, security, including police protection and support for survivors. livelihoods – facilitating contact and coordination with these services. The client, contractor or consultant may, where possible, provide financial or other support to survivors of SEA/SH and VAC for these services (see Appendix 1 for examples of financial support ).

4.9 Perpetrator Policy and Response

 

Encourage and accept reporting through the GM by employees and community members about perpetrators of workplace violence. Oversee the investigation of such complaints through the Compliance Team (CT) and/or the Service Provider, ensuring procedural fairness for the accused, in compliance with local laws . If an employee breaches the Code of Conduct, the employer will take action which may include : 

  1. Take disciplinary action in accordance with the sanctions set out in the SEA/SH and VAC Codes of Conduct ; 
  2. Report the perpetrator of violence to the police in accordance with local legal paradigms ; and or 
  3. If possible, provide or facilitate counseling services for the perpetrator.

 

5.0 Penalties

 

In accordance with the Code of Conduct, any employee who is a confirmed SEA/SH or VAC perpetrator will be subject to disciplinary measures corresponding to the sanctions and practices agreed upon in the individual Code of Conduct (see Appendix 1 for examples of sanctions). It is important to note that, in each case, disciplinary sanctions are meant to be part of a process which is entirely internal to the employer, which is under the full control and responsibility of its managers and which is carried out in accordance to the national labor legislation in force.

 

This process should be completely independent of any official investigation that the competent authorities (eg the police) may decide to carry out in the context of the same case, and in accordance with the national legislation in force. In addition, internal disciplinary measures that the employer's managers may decide to adopt are meant to be separate from any charges or sanctions that the official investigation may result in (eg monetary fines, detention, etc.).

 

Appendix 1 – Potential Procedures for Responding to SEA/SH and VAC Cases

Accountability measures to maintain confidentiality can be taken through the following actions:

 

  1. Inform all employees that the privacy of the personal information of SEA/HS/VAC survivors is of paramount importance ; 
  2. Train members of the compliance team on empathetic and non-judgmental listening ; 
  3. Take disciplinary action, including up to and including termination, against individuals who breach the confidentiality of the identity of survivors (unless a breach of confidentiality is necessary to protect the survivor). you or any other person from serious harm, or where required by law).

SEA/SH and VAC Allegation Procedures should specify : 

  1. Who survivors can turn to for information and assistance ; 
  2. The process for community members and employees to file a complaint through the GM in the event of an allegation of SEA/SH and VAC ; 
  3. The mechanism by which community members and employees can escalate a request for support or report violence if the whistleblowing process is not effective due to unavailability or non-responsiveness, or if the employee's concern is not resolved.

The support offered by GBV service providers for survivors may include : 

  1. Free of change medical consultation and medical expenses ; 
  2. Free of charge psychosocial support through the process of complaint management;
  3. Free of charge legal aid; 
  4. The provision of safe transportation to access support services or to travel to and from accommodation (if necessary).
  5. The possibility to participate in support groups or other group counselling activities (if available)
  6. Participation in socio-economic activities offered by the service provider (if available)

 

Depending on the rights, needs and wishes of the survivor, survivor support measures to ensure the safety of the survivor, who is an employee, may include[31] : 

  1. The change in the distribution of hours and/or work arrangements of the perpetrator or survivor of the violence 
  2. The reorganization or modification of the tasks of the perpetrator of the violence or the survivor of the violence 
  3. Changing the survivor's phone number or email address to avoid harassment 
  4. The relocation of the survivor or the perpetrator of the violence to another place of work / in alternative premises 
  5. The guarantee of safe transportation to and from work for a specified period 
  6. Support for the survivor to enable him/her to apply for an interim protection order or refer him/her to appropriate support 
  7. Taking any other appropriate measures, including those provided for by existing flexible and family-friendly working arrangements.

Leave options for survivors who are employees may include the following : 

  1. A surviving SEA/SH employee should be able to request paid special leave to attend medical or psychosocial appointments, court proceedings, as well as to move into a safe living environment and to undertake any other family care activities. does SEA/SH 
  2. Any employee who supports an SEA/SH and/or VAC survivor may take compassionate care leave, including but not limited to accompanying them to court or hospital, or to take child care 
  3. Employees who are recruited on a temporary basis could apply for special leave without pay or compassionate care leave without pay to undertake the activities described above. 
  4. The length of leave granted will be determined based on the condition of the individual, after consultation with the employee, Management and the Compliance team (ET), as appropriate

 

Potential sanctions against employee perpetrators of SEA/SH and VAC include : 

  1. The Informal Warning 
  2. The formal warning 
  3. Additional training 
  4. Loss of up to one week's salary 
  5. Suspension of the employment relationship (without pay), for a minimum period of one month and a maximum period of six months 
  6. dismissal 
  7. Referral to the police or other authorities, if necessary.

 

 

 

 

Sample SEA/SH Prevention and Response Action Plan Template

Note:  The activities identified in this sample action plan are only indicative.  Activities should be determined based on the level of risk for the project

Name of project: 

Client Name: 

Level of Risk Identified through Risk Assessment:

 

  1. Introduction

 

[Information about the project.]

 

  1. Contextual SEA and SH Risks

 

[Description of GBV risk factors in the community and how they may contribute to risks of SEA; Description of project risk factors that may contribute to both SEA and SH]

 

  1. Risk Management Systems (status/proposed interventions)

 

[Description of measures to limit, report and follow up on potential cases of sexual exploitation and abuse and sexual harassment cases, including, for example, summary of:  a) Borrower Policies on SEA/SH; b) Code of Conduct; c) Referral Pathways for Survivor Care and Support; d) Safe and Confidential Staff and Community Reporting Mechanisms; e) Accountability and Response Framework.]

 

  1. Action Plan

 

[Description of specific measures for mitigating SEA/SH risks under the project. These include the mitigation measures already in place as well as steps to be undertaken to further mitigate and respond to risks and allegations of SEA and SH in the project sites. The template below is an example only and will need to be adapted and contextualised.]

 

SEA/SH Prevention and Response Action Plan

Workplan

 

Activity to Address SEA/SH risk                                          

Steps to be taken

Timeline

Responsible

Monitoring

(Who will monitor)

Output indicators

Estimated Budgets

 

1

Sensitize Borrower (and, where relevant, Supervising Engineer and Contractor) on the importance of addressing SEA/SH on the project, and the mechanisms that will be implemented

 

Train on SEA and SH to include:

  1. Accountability and response framework
  2. Responsibilities and reporting
  3. Confidentiality and whistle blower protection clauses
  •  

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

Conduct SEA and SH assessment at project sites

 

Conduct an SEA and SH risk assessment in project area to inform risk mitigation strategies, including analysis of GBV issues, services and gaps in services  

  •  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

Map out GBV prevention and response service providers able to provide care to SEA and SH survivors

a.

Deliver GBV/SEA/SH   interventions by a qualified service provider

  •  

 

 

 

 

 

b.

Map out and review capacity and quality of GBV service providers in the project area able to provide care and support SEA and SH survivors

  •  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

b.

Stakeholder consultations

  •  

 

 

 

 

 

c.

Develop and or/update a multi-sectoral GBV/SEA/SH referral pathway(s) for all project sites

  •  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

Strengthen Institutional capacity for SEA and SH risk mitigation and response

a.

Engage/hire a GBV/SEA/SH Specialist to supervise and provide technical support for the implementation of SEA/SH Action Plan

  •  

 

 

 

 

 

b.

 

Support capacity of local systems to respond to SEA and SH (e.g. police, health, legal, CDOs, CBOs)

i)Strengthen the reporting mechanisms & procedures   of local systems

ii)Strengthen a survivor centred referral and response.

iii)Strengthen coordination for better services with local/national GBV/SEA service providers

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

Integrate SEA and SH  risk management in Borrower’s and  Contractors’ Environment and Social Management Plan (ESMP)

a)

Incorporate SEA and SH risk in the Borrower’s and Contractor’s Environment and Social Management Plan (ESMP)

  • ) 

 

 

 

 

 

b)

Develop and establish/review SEA and SH accountability framework to include: Allegation Procedures to report SEA and SH incidents and internally for case accountability procedures which should clearly lay out confidentiality requirements for dealing with cases

  •  

.

 

 

 

 

6

 Review the Borrower’s and  Contractor’s capacity to prevent and respond to SEA and SH

a)

Review for attention to SEA and SH:

  1. Human resource manuals and staff capacity.
  2. Existing SEA and SH Policies and procedures.
  3. Project code of conduct.
  •  

 

 

 

 

 

 

b)

Recruit/train an officer with GBV/SEA/SH- specific skills to support supervise issues related

 

 

  •  

 

 

 

 

 

c)

Develop M&E programme

  •  

 

 

 

.

 

d)

Conduct SEA and SH orientation training for project staff

  •  

 

 

 

 

 

7

Inform project-affected communities about SE risks

a)

Establish partnerships with CBOs/CSO’s and local government institution

  •  

 

 

 

 

 

b)

Identify, train and establish community focal point for SEA activities

  •  

 

 

 

 

 

c)

Develop Stakeholder Engagement Plan for SEA- related issues

  •  

 

 

 

 

 

d)

Develop information dissemination strategy

  •  

 

 

 

 

 

e)

Develop relevant IEC materials for community engagements

  •  

 

 

 

 

 

f)

Outreach to schools on the risks of SEA

  •  

 

 

 

 

 

 

g)

Conduct community sensitization

  •  

 

 

 

 

 

8

Ensure SEA and SH- sensitive channels for reporting in GRM

a)

Develop/Review GRM for specific SEA/SH procedures

 

 

  •  

 

 

 

 

 

 

b.

Identify and train SEA/SH focal points within the GMC who will be responsible SEA/SH cases and referrals

  •  

 

 

 

 

 

c)

Review GRM reports/logs for SEA/SH sensitivity

 

 

 

 

 

 

9

Define and reinforce SEA/SH requirements in procurement processes and contracts

a.

Incorporate SEA/SH Requirements and expectations in the contractor and consultants’ contracts

  •  

 

 

 

 

 

b.

Allocation of funds for SEA/SH related costs in procurement documents

  •  

 

 

 

 

 

 

c.

Workers (Contractor/consultant) sensitization on SEA and SH

  •  

 

 

 

 

 

d.

Codes of Conduct signed and translated in the local language 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  •  

 

 

 

 

 

 

10

Separate toilet and shower facilities for men and women and SEA and SH-free signage

a.

Provide separate facilities for men and women and display signs, posters and pamphlets around the project site that signal to workers and the community that the project site is an area where SH is prohibited

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The support offered by GBV service providers for survivors may include : 

 

 

[1] Good Industry Practice International (BPIIC) is defined as the exercise of professional skill, diligence, prudence and foresight which can reasonably be expected from qualified and experienced professionals engaged in the same type of undertaking in the same or similar circumstances globally or regionally. The result of such an exercise should be that the project uses the most appropriate technologies in the specific circumstances of the project.

[2] The obligation to mitigate impacts may include measures to assist project-affected parties to improve or at least restore their livelihoods, as appropriate, in the context of a particular project.

[3] The Borrower will make reasonable efforts to incorporate the costs of offsetting and/or offsetting significant residual impacts into project costs. The environmental and social assessment will consider the significance of these residual impacts, their long-term effects on the environment and those affected by the project, and the extent to which they are deemed reasonable in the context of the project. Where it is determined that it is not technically or financially feasible to offset or offset such residual impacts, the rationale for this determination (including options that have been considered) will be set out in the environmental and social assessment.

[4] These include mainly gender-based violence and sexual exploitation and abuse.

[5] Disadvantaged or vulnerable people are those who are more likely to be adversely affected by the impacts of the project or whose ability to realize the benefits of a project is more limited than others. Such an individual or group is also more likely to be excluded or unable to participate fully in the general consultation process and, as such, may need specific measures and/or assistance to do so. This will take into account age considerations, including the elderly and minors, including where they may be separated from family, community or others on whom they depend.

[6] Due to the complexity of land issues in many contexts and the importance of tenure security to livelihoods, careful assessment and design is required to ensure that projects do not inadvertently compromise legitimate rights. rights (including collective rights, subsidiary rights and women's rights) or have other unintended consequences, especially where the project supports land titling and related issues. In such circumstances, the Borrower will demonstrate, at a minimum, to the satisfaction of the Bank, that applicable laws and procedures, as well as project design features (a) provide clear and adequate rules for the recognition of relevant tenure rights; b) establish fair criteria and functional, transparent and participatory processes for resolving competing land disputes; and (c) make genuine efforts to inform data subjects of their rights and provide access to impartial advice

[7] https://thedocs.worldbank.org/en/doc/fc074f5b6cc1621dc65675bf83c9d0b8-0290032021/original/ESF-Labor-Influx-Good-Practice-Note.pdf

[8] Primary suppliers are those suppliers who, on an ongoing basis, directly supply the project with goods or materials essential to the essential functions of the project. The essential functions of a project constitute the production and/or service processes essential to a specific project activity without which the project cannot continue. This includes all greenhouse gases (GHG) and “black carbon” (BC).

[9] Existing data sources like Demographic Health Study etc. and secondary interviews with service providers and other stakeholders should be prioritized to gather this information. Consultations with women (in small separate groups facilitated by a woman) are encouraged to gather their perception about the risks related to GBV and SEA/SH but those should never include questions about individual experience of violence. The facilitator of such consultation should be able to offer referral to GBV services should anyone disclose experience of violence.

[10] Third parties may include contractors, subcontractors, brokers, agents or intermediaries.

[11] Core functions of a project constitute those production and/or service processes essential for a specific project activity without which the project can continue.

[12] Primary suppliers are those suppliers who, on an ongoing basis, provide directly to the project goods or materials essential for the core functions of the project.

[13] Projects may include the use of community workers in a number of different circumstances, including where labor is provided by the community as a contribution to the project, or where projects are designed and conducted for the purpose of fostering community-driven development, providing a social safety net (for example, food-for-work programs and public works as safety nets programs) or providing targeted assistance in fragile and conflict-affected situations. Given the nature and objectives of such projects, the application of all requirements of ESS2 may not be appropriate. In all such circumstances, the Borrower will require measures to be implemented to ascertain whether such labor is or will be provided on a voluntary basis as an outcome of individual or community agreement.

[14] Migrant workers are workers who have migrated from one country to another or from one part of the country for purposes of employment.

[15] Adapted from 6 types of GBV defined by Gender Based Violence Information Management System- http://gbvims.com/wp/wp-content/uploads/Annex-B-Classification-Tool.pdf

[16] Full consent without reservations in the context of economic and social power differences between the company employees and the community members might be very hard to prove therefor company employees at any level are strongly discourage of initiating any sexual interactions with community members.

[17] Unless there is a mandatory reporting on GBV and VAC in the national legislations any legal action and reporting to the police or authorities should be done only with informed consent of the survivor.

[18] Unless there is a mandatory reporting on GBV and VAC in the national legislations any legal action and reporting to the police or authorities should be done only with informed consent of the survivor.

[19] Full consent without reservations in the context of economic and social power differences between the company employees and the community members might be very hard to prove therefor company employees at any level are strongly discourage of initiating any sexual interactions with community members.

[20] Unless there is a mandatory reporting on GBV and VAC in the national legislations any legal action and reporting to the police or authorities should be done only with informed consent of the survivor.

[21] Unless there is a mandatory reporting on GBV and VAC in the national legislations any legal action and reporting to the police or authorities should be done only with informed consent of the survivor.

"}]}